Loading...
HomeMy WebLinkAboutBID - 6110 SOAPSTONE PRAIRIE NATURAL AREA SHELTERS AND OBSERVATORYcity of ort Collins Purchas_ l ADDENDUM No 2 SPECIFICATIONS AND CONTRACT DOCUMENTS Financial Services Purchasing Division 215 N Mason St 2 'Floor PO Box 580 Fort Collins CO 80522 970 221 6775 970 221 6707 fcgov com/purchasing Description of Bid 6110 Soapstone Prairie Natural Area Shelters and Observatory OPENING DATE 3 00 p m (Our Clock) August 21 2008 To all prospective bidders under the specifications and contract documents described above the following changes are hereby made CHANGE General 1 The Observation Shelter concrete trail and associated site access improvements involving the widening of the existing trail from the north parking lot to the Observation Shelter will put into a separate lump sum bid Item Reference the attached access exhibit and typical cross section sketches for the extent of site access Improvements to be included in the base bid scope of work See the attached revised Bid Form 2 See the attached revised Bid Form for revised unit price for overruns of 16 diameter drilled piers in lieu of 12 diameter piers 3 See the attached revised Bid Form for revised unit price for standard gray concrete sidewalk with fiber mesh 5 thick 4 The substantial completion date for Phase 1 scope of work is being extended to January 30 2009 5 (1) One concrete clean out will be provided per parking lot in a designated area to be determined General Contractor is responsible for removing concrete and repairing existing parking lot as required at the completion of the protect 6 Excess soil will be allowed to be wasted within two miles of the site being excavated at a specific location to be determined The site will be accessible by a dump truck Owner will provide soils testing and open -hole inspections as needed General Contractor is responsible for all below slab sub grade preparation at all concrete walks picnic shelter kiosk entry station and observatory slab on grade Reconditioning of existing sub grade to proper earthwork compaction specifications is acceptable The Contractor will need to coordinate with artist Robert Tully to accurately locate and size the block outs needed in the concrete walls at the Lindenmeier Overlook Observation structure for the art work which will be installed by the artist following completion of the structure Staring .enal # Brass EZ 203000001001 ..� �«............ I,. MI. MIMI OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS AND OWNER'S MANUAL Model # MHGLLPB MHGLLP G READ INSTRUCTIONS CAREFULLY Read all information and instructions including Gaslight Warning Tag attached to light before installation or use Retain this guide for future reference INDOOR GASLIGHT WARNING If the information in this manual is not followed exactly a fire or explosion may result causing property damage personal injury or loss of life — Do not store or use gasoline or other flammable vapors and liquids in the vicinity of this or any other appliance — FOR YOUR SAFETY If you smell gas Shut off gas to the appliance Open windows Don t touch electrical switches Extinguish any open flame Immediately call your gas supplier — Service must be performed by a qualified service agency Attention installer _ C S A regulations require that you leave these instructions with the appliance for the consumer NERCOGR0l1P NC A960Fi 60T 5 CLEVELAND 01110"135 2169163000 CNM p362 Rev f1 56 dmF A.. M�ed to Whom . �Pftafioate of U�wa we has bee, ENGINEER. aJGEVEER� CORWIM S and fhe "Mr 10 EICDC GENERAL CONDFRONS 19104(1990 Eft.) w/ CITY OF FORT COLLINS MODIFICAVONS (REV 4l1000) ENGINEER Ri]GINTER, ^a..a -"m--e 1 Receipt and Application ojlnsumnee proceeds 512 Any insured loss under the policies of insurance required by paragraphs 5 6 and 5 7 will be adjusted with OWNER and made payable to OWNER as fiduciary for the insureds, as their interests may appear subject to the requirements of any applicable mortgage clause and of Paragraph 513 OWNER shall deposit in a separate account any money so received and shall distribute it in accordance with such agreement as the parties in interest may reach If no other special agreement is reached the damaged Work shall be repaired or replaced. the moneys so received applied on account thereof and the Work and the cost thereof covered by an appropriate Change Order or Written Amendment 513 OWNER as fiductary shall have power to adjust and settle any loss With the insurers unless one of the parties in interest shall object in writing within fifteen days after the occurrence of loss to OWNERS exercise of this Power If such objection be made OWNER as fiduciary, shall make settlement with the insurers in accordance with such agreement as the parties in interest may reach If no such agreement among the parties in interest is reached, OWNER as fiduciary shall adjust aittC settle the loss with the insurers -d •° - --a aim E r fIFAM p Acceptance ojBonds and Insurance Opdon to Rep(ace 5 14 If OWNER has any objection to the coverage afforded by or other provisions of the Beads er msurance required to be purchased end maintained by the other party CONTRACTOR in accordance with Article 5 on the basis of nonconformance with the Contract Documents the in writing Witt the certificates partial Uhbzation—Property Insurance 5 15 If OWNER finds it necessary to ex,upv o use d portion or potions of the Work prior w Substantial ERT)C GENERAL CONDITIONS 19104 (19%Edam) w/ CITY OF FORT COLMM MODIFICATIOM (REV 42000) Completion of all the Work such use or occupancy may be accomplished in accordance With paragraph 141U provided that no such use or occupancy shall commence before the msurem providvig the property insurance have acknowledged notice thereof and in wring effected any changes in coverage necessitated thereby The insurers Providing the property insurance shall consent by endorsement on the policy or policies, but the property insurance shall not be cancelled or permitted to lapse on account of any such partial use or occupancy AR ICLE 6—CON I RACI OR S RESPONSIBILITIES Supervision and Superintendence 61 CONTRACTOR shall supervise inspect and direct the Work competently and efficiently devoting such attention thereto and applying such skills and expertise as may be necessary to perform the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents CONTRACTOR shall be solely responsible for the means, methods, techniques, sequences and procedures of construction, but CONTRACTOR shall not be responsible for the negbgence of others in the design or specification of a specific means, method technique sequence or procedure of construction which is shown a indicated in and expressly required by the Contract Documents CONTRACTOR shall be responsible to see that the completed Work complies accurately with the Contract Documents 62 CONTRACTOR shall keep on the Work at all times during its progress a competent resident superintendent, who shall not be replaced without written noise to OWNER and ENGINEER accept under extraordinary circumstances The superintendent will be CONTRACTORS representative at the site and shall have authority to act on behalf of CONTRACTOR All communications to the superintendent shall be as binding as if given to CONTRACTOR Labor Materials and Equipment 63 CONTRACTOR shall provide competent, suitably qualified personnel to survey lay out and construct the Work as required by the Contract Documents CONTRACTOR shall at all times maintain good discipline and order at the site Fxcept as otherwise required for the safety or, protection of persons or the Work or property at the site or adjacent thereto and except as otherwise indicated in the Contract Documents, all Work at the site shall be performed during regular working hours and CONTRACTOR will not permit overtime work or the performance of Work on Saturday Sunday or any legal holiday without OWNER,, written consent given after prior wnnen notice to FNCINFER CONTRACTOR shall submit rem esa in the ENGINEER no less than 48 hours in advance of am Wok to be perCuimed tin Satuidav Sunday,Sunuay, holiday, or o a de the Regular W orking Hours m 64 Unless otherwise specified to the General contains or is followed by words reading that no like Requirements, CONTRACTOR shall furnish and assume equivalent or or equal item or no substitution is full responsibility for all materials, equipment, labor permitted, other items of material o equipment or transportation, construction equipment and machinery material or equipment of other Suppliers may be tools appliances, fuel power light heat telephone water accepted by ENGINEER under the following sanitary facilities, temporary facilities and all other circumstances facilities and incidentals necessary for the furnishing performance testing start up and completion of the Work 6 7 1 1 "Or Equal" If in ENGINEERs sole discretion an item of material or equipment 641 Purchasing Restrictions CONTRACTOR proposed by CONTRACTOR Is functionally must comply w th the Citys pun having restrictions A equal to that named and sufficiently similar so that copy of the resolutions are available for review in the no charge in related Work will be required, it may offices of the Purchasing and Risk Mans ern be considered by ENGINEER as an or- qual Division or the City Clerks office item in which case review and approval of the 642 Cement RestnWore Cty f Fort Coll proposed item may in ENGINEERs sole discretion, be accomphshed without compliance Resolution 91 12l reaunes that suppliem end producers with some or all of the requirements for of ceinent o products contauang cement to certify that acceptance of proposed substitute items the cement was not made in cement kilns that bum 6712 Substitute Items If in ENGINEERs sole hazardous waste as a tuel discretion an item of material or equipment proposed by CONTRAGI OR does not qualify as o 5 All materials and equipment shall be of good an or equal item under subpanagraph 6 7 1 1 it quality and new except as otherwise provided in the will be considered a proposed substitute item Contract Documents All warranties and guarantees CONTRACTOR shall submit sufficient specifically called for by the Specifications shall expressly information as provided below to allow nun to the benefit of OWNER If required by ENGINEER, ENGINEER to determine that the item of material CONTRACTOR shall furnish satisfactory evidence or equipment proposed its essentially equivalent to (including reports of required tests) as to the kind and that named and an acceptable substitute therefor quality of materials and equipment All materials and The procedure for review by the ENGINEER will equipment shall be applied, installed connected erected, include the following as supplemented in the used cleaned and conditioned in accordance with General Requirements and as ENGINEER may instructions of the applicable Supplier except as otherwise decide is appropriate under the circumstances provided in the Contract Documents Requests for review of proposed substitute items of material or equipment will not be accepted by Progress Schedule ENGINEER from anyone other than CONTRACTOR If CONTRACTOR wishes to 66 CONTRACTOR shall adhere to the progress furnish o use a substitute item of material o schedule established in accordance with paragraph 2 9 as it equipment, CONTRACTOR shall first make may be adjusted from time to time as provided below mitten application to ENGINEER for acceptance thereof cemfying that the proposed substitute will 66 1 CONTRACTOR shall submit to ENGINEER perform adequately the functions and aclueve the for acceptance (to the extent indicated in results called for by the general design, be similar paragraph 2 9) proposed adjustments in the progress in substance to that specified and be suited to the schedule that will not change the Contract Times (or same use m that specified The application will Milestones) Such adjustments will conform generally state the extent, if any to wtuch the evaluation to the progress schedule then in effect and additionally and acceptance of the proposed substitute will will comply with any provisions of the General prejudice CONTPACTORs achievement of Requirements applicable thereto Substantial Completion on time whether or not 6 6 2 Proposed adjustments in the progress schedule acceptance of the substitute for use in the Work will require a change in any of the Contract that will change the Contract Times (or Milestones) Documents (or in the provisions of any other shall be submitted in accordance with the requirements direct contract with OWNER for work on the of paragraph 12 1 Such adjustments may only be Project) to adapt the design to the proposed made by a Change Order or Witten Amendment in substitute and whether or not mcarporation o use accordance with Article 12 of the substitute in connection with the Work m subject to payment of any hunse fee or royalty 67 SubsMutesand Or Equal Items All variations of the proposed substitute from that specified will be identified in the apphcatior and 6 7 1 Whenever an item of material or equipment is available maintenance repair and replacement specited or described in the Contract Documents by service will be indicated The application will using the name of a proprietary item or the name of a also contain an itemized estimate of all costs or particular Supplier the specntication or description is credits that will result directly or indirectly from intended to establish the type function and quality acceptance of such substitute mcluding cents of required Unless the specificauoi or description redesign and clams of other contractors affected 12 ESCDCGENERAL CONDITIONS 19104(1990 Edition) w/ CITY OF FORT COLLIM MODIFICATIONS (REV 42000) by the resulting change, all of which will be considered by ENGINEER in evaluatng the proposed substitute ENGINEER may require CONTRACTOR to f mush additional data about the proposed substitute 6 7 13 CONTRACTOR s Expense All data to be provided by CONTRACTOR in support of airy Proposed or -equal or substitute Item will be at CONTRACTOR a expense 672 Subshmte Construction Methods or Procedures if a specific means method technique sequence or procedure of construction is shown or indicated in and expressly required by the Contract Documents, CONTRACTOR may furnish or ubfize a substitute means method, technique sequence or Procedure of construction acceptable to ENGINEER CONTRACTOR shall submit sufficient mformabon to allow ENGINEER in ENGINEERs sole discretion to determine that the substitute proposed is equivalent to that expressly called for by the Contract Documents The procedure for review by ENGINEER will be sunilar to that provided in subparagraph 6 7 1 2 673 Engineer's Evaluation ENGINEER will be allowed a reasonable time within which to evaluate each proposal or submittal made pursuant to paragraphs 6 7 12 and 6 7 2 ENGINEER will be the sole judge of acceptability No orcual or substitute will be ordered installed or utdaej without ENGINEERS prior written acceptance which will be evidenced by either a Change Order or an approved Shop Drawing OWNER may require CONTRACTOR to furnish at CONTRACTORS expense a special performance guarantee or other surety with respect to any or -equal or substitute ENGINEER will record time required by ENGINEER and ENGINEERS Consultants in evaluating substitutes proposed or submitted by CONTRACTOR pursuant to paragraphs 6 7 12 and 672 and in making changes in the Contract Documents (a in the provisions of any other direct contract with OWNER for work on the Project) occasioned thereby Whether or not ENGINEER accepts a substitute item so proposed or submitted by CONTRACTOR CONTRACTOR shall reimburse OWNER fa the chazges of ENGINEER and ENGINEERS Consulmrits for evaluating each such proposed substitute item 68 Cbneeming Suhcnrihadnrx Suppliers and Others 681 CONTRACTOR shall not employ any Subcontractor Supplier a other person or organization (including those acceptable to OWNER and ENGINEER as indicated in paragraph 6 8 2) whether mmhally or as a substitute against whom OWNER or FNCINEFR may have reasonable objection CONTRACTOR shall not be required to employ arty Subcontract Supplier or other person or organization to furnish or perform any of the Work agauut whom CONTRACTOR has reasonable objection EAMC GENERAL CONDITTOM 19104 (1990 EAnm) w/ CITY OF FORT COLUI MODIFICATIONS(REV V200m) 6.9 CONTRACTOR shall oerform not less than 20 Rancem of the Work with is own for (that i umthout subconhac[mo) Th 2( ce cent sirement shall be understood to refer to the Work the value of w}uch totals nIX less than 20 percent of the Contract Price 682 the Supplefflemmy calidit, Emddin Documents require the Identity of certain Subcontractors Suppliers or other persons or organizabons (including these who are to furtush the principal items of materials or egwpment) to be submitted to OWNER m-adw.,•.���- date prior to the Effective Date of the Ageement for acceptance by OWNER and ENGINEEA—m-if GG nGTG OWNERs or ENGINEERS acceptance (either in writing or by failing to make written objection thereto by the date indicated for acceptance or objection in the bidding documents or the Contract Oocuments) of -cpuuicc Dy vwNhK or ENGINEER of any such Subcontractor Supplier a other person or organization shall constitute a waiver Of any right of OWNER or ENGINEER to reject defective Work 6 9 1 CONTRACTOR shall be fully responsible to OWNER and ENGINEER for all acts and camssions of the Subcontractors Suppliers and other persons and organizations performing or fumishmg any of the Work under a direct or indirect contract with CONTRACTOR just as CONTRACTOR is responsible for CONTRACTORS own acts and omissions Nothing in the Contract Documents shall create for the benefit of any such Subcontractor Supplier or other person or organization any contractual relationship between OWNER or ENGINEER and any such Subcontractor Supplier or other person or organization, nor shall it create any obligation on the par of OWNER a ENGINEER to pay or to we to the payment of any moneys due any such Subcontractor Supplier or other person or organization except as may otherwise be required by Laws and Regulations OWNER or ENGINEER may famish to any s be trto -mWher otherpawn or omanization evidence of amouras Paid to CONTRACTOR in accordance with CONTRACTORS 1 tionsf Pam t 13 692 CONTRACTOR shall be solely responsible for scheduling and coordinating the Work of Subcontractors, Suppliers and other persons and orgamrvtions performing or hhrntsharg any of the Work under a direct or indirect contract with CONTRACTOR CONTRACTOR shall require all Subcontractors, Suppliers and such other persons and organizations performing or fivmslung any of the Work to communicate with the ENGINEER through CONTRACTOR 610 The divisions and sections of the Speciftcalrons and the Identifications of any Drawings shall not control CONTRACTOR in dividing the Work among Subcontractors or Suppliers or delineating the Work to be performed by any specific trade 611 All Work performed for CONTRACTOR by a Subcontractor or Supplier will be pursuant to an appropnate agreement between CONTRACTOR and the Subcontractor or Supplier which specifically bands the Subcontractor or Supplier to the applicable terms and conditions of the Contract Documents for the benefit of OWNER and ENGINEER the ULM- If thm CONT-R-1 GTQRehit.es Lip -axe Patent Fees and Royalhes 612 CONTRACTOR shall pay all license fees and royalties and assume all costs incident to the use in the performance of the Work or the incorporation in the Work of any invention, design, process, product or device which is the subject of patens rights or copyrights held by others If a particular invention design, process, product or device is specified in the Contract Documents for use in the performance of the Work and if to the actual knowledge of OWNER or ENGINEER its use is subject to patent rights or copyrights calling for the payment of any license fee or royalty to others the existence of such rights shall be disclosed by OWNER in the Contract Documents To the fullest extent permitted by Laws and Regulations, CONTRACTOR shall indemnify and hold harmless OWNER, ENGINEER, ENGINEERS Consultants and the officers, directors, employees, agents and other consultants of each and any of them from and against all claims, costs, losses and damages arising out of or resulting from any infringement of patent rights or copyrights incident to the use in the performance of the Work or resulting from the Incorporation in the Work of any invention design, process, product or device not specified in the Contract Documents 14 E]CDCOENERAL CONDInONS 19104 (1990 Edam) w/ CITY OF FORT COLLINS MODIFICATIONS (REV 4200m Permits 613 Unless otherwise provided in the Supplementary Conditions, CONTRACTOR shall obtain and pay for all construction permits and licenses OWNER shall assist CONTRACTOR when necessary In obtaining such remits and licenses CONTRACTOR shall pay all governmental charges and inspection tees necessary for the prosecution of the Work which are applicable at the time of opening of Btds, or if there are no Bids on the Effective Date of the Agreement CONTRACTOR shall pay all charges of utility owrters for connections to the Work, and OWNER shall pay all charges of such utility owners for capital costs related thereto such as plant investment fees 614 LawaandRegulahons 614 1 CONTRACTOR shall give all names and comply with all Laws and Regulations applicable to furnishing and performance of the Work Except where otherwise expressly regwred by applicable Laws and Regulations, neither OWNER nor ENGINEER shall be responsible for monitoring CONTRACTORS compliance with any Laws or Regulations 6142 If CONTRACTOR performs any Work knowing or having reason to know that it u contrary to Laws or Regulations, CONTRACTOR shall bear all claums, costs losses and damages caused by ansIng out of orresulting therefrorn however rt shall not be CONTRACTORS primary responsibility to make certain that the Specifications and Drawings are in accordance with Laws and Regulations, but this shall not relieve CONTRACTOR of CONTRACTORS obligations under paragraph 3 3 2 Taxes 615 CONTRACTOR shall pay all sales consumer use and other similar taxes required to be paid by CONTRACTOR in accordance with the Laws and Regulations of the place of the Project which are applicable during the performance of the Work 6 15 1 OWNER is exempt from Colorado State and local sales and use taxes on materials to be pernanenty v3001POMWd Into the protect Said tax s shall not ne included in the Contract Price CONTRACTOR must apply forand receive a Certificate of Exemption from the Colorado Demattment of Revenue for construction materials to be nhvsically incormoramd mW the orolect This CertficaGon of Exempton provides that the CONTRACTOR shall neither My nor include m has Bid, Sales and Use I axes on those tsukft v and constmctiorl mmt is ohysically incorporated into ie nmie t Address Colorado De iartment of Revenue State Capital Annex 1375 Sherman Street Tema Colomdo 80261 Sales and Use Taxes for the State of Colorado, Rexional Trar!_ nation District (RTDI and certain Colored` counties are collected by the State of Colorado and are included in the Cernfrcatioh of Exemption All anmlcable Sales and Use Taxes (mcluding State collected taxes) on any [eras other than construction and build OR malenals physically rap ra igud into the afro act are to be raid by CON1 RAU I UK and are to be included in appropriate bid items Use of Premw& 616 CONTRACTOR shall corhfine construction equipment, the storage of materials and equipment and the oopperations of workers to the site and land and areas idaihfied m and permitted by the Contract Documents and other land and areas permitted by Laws and Regulations, nghtsof way permits and easements, and shall not unreasonably encumber the premises with construction equipment Of other materials or equipment CONTRACTOR shall assume full responsibility for any damage to any such land or area, or to the owner or Occupant thereof or of any adjacent land or areas resulting from the performance of the Work Should any clam be made by any such owner o occupant because of the performance of the Work CONTRACTOR shall promptly settle with such other parry by negotiation or otherwise reach a the claim by arbitration or other dispute resolution Proceeding or at law CONTRACTOR shall, to the fullest extent permitted by Laws and Regulations, indemnify and hold harmless OWNER ENGINEER ENGINEER, Consultant and anvone directly or mdhrectly employed by any of them from and against all clawas, costs, losses and damages answhg out of or resulting from ary claim ,- action, legal or equitable brought by any such owner or occupant against OWNER ENGINEER Or am other party indemnified hereunder to the extent caused by or based upon CONTRACTORS performance of the Work 6 17 During the progress of the Work CONTRACTOR shall keep the premises free from accumulations of waste materials rubbish and other debris resulting from the Work At the completion of the Work CONTRACTOR shall remove all waste mmenals, rubbish and debris from and about the premises as well as all tools appliances, construction equipment and maclunery and surplus materials CONTRACTOR shall leave the rate clean and ready for Occupancy by OWNER at Substantial Completion of the Work CONTRACTOR shall restore to original condition all property no designated fat alteration by the Contract Documents 618 CONTRACTOR shall not load nor permit any pan Of any structure to be loaded in any manner that will endanger the structure nor shall CONTRA(TOR subject any part of the Work or adjacent propem to stresses or pressures that will endanger it Record Documents EJCDC GENERAL CONDITIONS 19108 (1990 EJtiun) w/ C[TY OF FORT COLLINS MODIFICATIONS (REV 40000) 619 CONTRACTOR shall marn atin m a safe place at the site one record copy of all Drawings, Specifications, Addenda Witten Amendments, Change Orders, Work Change Directives, Field Orders and written interpretations and clarifications (issued pursuant to pamgraph94) in good order and annotated to show all changes made during construction These record documents together with all approved Samples and a counterpart of all approved Shop Drawings will be avmlable to ENGINEER for reference Upon completion of the Work, and prior to release of final pavment these record documents, Samples and Shop Drawings will be dehvered to ENGINEER for OWNER Safely and Pmeecam 620 CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for mhnstmg, maintaumig and supervising all safety precautions and programs in connecncit with the Work CONTRACTOR shall take all necessary precautions for the safety of, and shall provide the necessary protection to Prevent damage injury or loss to 6 20 1 all persons On the Work site a who may be affected by the Work 6 20 2 all the Work and materials and equipment in be incorporated therein, whether in storage on or off the site and 6 20 3 other property at the site or adjacent thereto including trees, shrubs lawns walks, pavements, roadways, structures, utilities and Underground Facilities not designated for removal, relocation o replacement in the course of construction CONTRACTOR shall comply with all applicable Laws and Regulations of any public body havhngjunsdiction for safety of persons or property or to protect them from damage injury or loss and shall erect and maintain all necessary safeguards for such safety and protection CONTRACTOR shall notify owners of adjacent property and of Undergound Facilities and utility owners when Prosecution of the Work may affect them and shall cooperate with them in the protection, removal relocation and replacement of thew property All damage injury or loss to any property referred to in paragraphs 6 20 2 or 6 20 3 roused dwecdy or indirectly in whole or in Fan, by CONTRACTOR any Subcontractor Supplier or any Other person or organization directly or indirectly employed by any of them to perform or furnish any of the Work or anyone few whose acts any of them mzv he liable shall be remedied by CONTRACTOR (except damage or loss attnbutable to the fault of Drawings a Specifications or to the acts or omissions of OWNER or ENGINEER or ENGINEERS Consultant or anyone employed by any of them or anyone fix whose acts any of them may be table and not attributable directly or indirectly in whole or in part to the fault or negligence of CONTRACTOR or any Subcontracor Supplier or Other person or orgammum directly or indirectly employed by any of them) CONTRACTORS duties and responsibhhnes for the safety did protection of the Work shall ,untmu, until such nine as all the Work is completed and ENGINEER has issued a 15 notice to OWNER and CONTRACTOR in accordance with paragraph 14 13 that the Work its acceptable (except as otherwise expressly provided in connection with Substantial Completion) 621 Safety Represenumve CONTRACTOR shall designate a qualified and experienced safety representative at the site whose duties and responsibilities shall he the prevention of accidents and the maintaining and supervising of safety precautions and programs Hazard Communication Programs 622 CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for coordinating any exchange of material safety data sheets or other hiunird communication information required to be made available to or exchanged between or among employers at the site in accordance with Laws or Regulations Emergenaes 623 In emergencies affecting the safety or protection of persons or the Work or property at the site or adjacent thereto CONTRACTOR, without special instruction or authonimm from OWNER cr ENGINEER, m obligated to act to prevent threatened damage injury or loss CONTRACTOR shall give ENGINEER prompt written nonce if CONTRACTOR believes that any significant changes in the Work or variations fro, the Cmtract Documents have been caused thereby If ENGINEER detemloes that a change in the Contract Documents its required because of the action taken by CONTRACTOR in response to such an emergency a Work Change Directive or Change Order will be issued to document the consequences of such action 6.24 Shop DrawmgsandSamples 6 24 1 CONTRACTOR shall submit Shop Drawings to ENGINEER for review and approval in accordance with the accepted schedule of Shop Drawings and Sample submittals (see paragraph 2 9) All submittals will be identified as ENGINEER may require and in the number of copies specified in the General Requirements The data shown on the Shop Drawings will be complete with respect to quanuties, dlmemaim speclhed performance and design criteria materials and similar data to show ENGINEER the materials and equipment CONTRACTOR proposes to Provide and to enable ENGINEER to review the information for the limited purposes required by paragraph 6 26 6 24 2 CONTRACTOR shall also submit Samples to ENGINEER for review and approval in accordance with sand accepted schedule of Shop Drawings and lample submittals Each Sample will he identified clearly as to material, Suppher pertrnem data such as catalog numbers and the use for which intended and Otherwise as ENGINEER may require to enable ENGINEER to review the submittal for the limited 16 EICDC GENERAL CON,,nONs 19t04(1990EAam) W CITY OF FORT COLLINS MODIFICATIONS (REV 420(0) Purposes required by paragraph 626 The numbers of each Sample to be submitted will be as specified in the Specifications 6.29 Submittal Procedures 6 25 1 Before submitting each Shop Drawl or Sample CONTRACTOR shall have determmed and verified 62511 all field measurements glmtm,,s dunensams, specified performance cntena installation requirements, materials, catalog numbers and similar information with respect thereto 62512 all materials with respect m intended use fabrication slipping, handling storage assembly and metal1lation pertaining to the Performance of the Work and 62513 all information relative to CONTRACTORS sole responsibilities in respect of means, methods techniques, sequences and procedures of construction and safety precautions and programs incident thereto CONTRACTOR shall also have reviewed and coordinated each Shop Drawing or Sample with other Shop Drawings and Samples and with the requirements of the Work and the Cmnet Documents 6 25 2 Each submittal will bear a stamp or specific written indication that CONTRACTOR has satisfied CONTRACTORS obligations under the Contract Documents with respect to CONTRACTORS review and approval of that submittal 6253 At the time of each mbmissucn, CONTRACTOR shall give ENGINEER specific written notice of such sanations, if any that the Shop Drawing a Sample submitted may have from the requirements of the Contract Documents, such notice to be in a written communication separate from the submittal and, in addition shall cause a 9pemhc notation to be made on each Shop Drawing and Sample submitted to ENGINEER for review and approval of each such vanztim 626 ENGINEER will review and approve Shop Drawings and Samples in accordance with the Schedule of Shop Drawings and Sample submittals accepted by ENGINEER as required by paragraph 2 9 ENGINEER, review and approval will be only to determine if the items covered by the submittals will, after installation 0 incorporation in the Work confom to the information given in the Contract Documents and be compatible with the design concept of the completed Project as a Rmchmlrg whole as indicated by the Contrast Documents ENGINEERS review and approval will not extend to means, methods techniques, sequences or procedwes of consinuetim (except where a particular means, method, techmque sequence or procedure of construction Is specifically and expressly called for by the Contract Documents) or to safety precautions or programs incident thereto The review and approval of a separate item as such will not indicate approval of the assembly in which the item functions CONTRACTOR shall make corrections required by ENGINEER arid shall return the required number of corrected copies of Shop Drawings and submit as required new Samples for review and approval CONTRACTOR shall direct specific attention in w iti g to revisions other than the corrections celled for by ENGINEER on previous submittals 627 EN(rINEhRs review and approval of Shop Drawings or Samples shall not relieve CONTRACTOR from responsibility for any variation from the requirements of the Contract Documents unless CONTRACTOR has in writing called ENGINEERS attention to each such variation at the time of submission as required by paragraph 6 25 3 and ENGINEER has given written approval of each such variation by a specific written notation thereof incorporated in or accompanying the Shop Drawing or Sample approval nor will any approval by ENGINEER relieve CONTRACTOR from resportsibdity for complying with the requirements of paragraph 6 25 1 628 Where a Shop Drawing or Sample is required by the Contract Documents or the schedule of Shop Drawn and Sample submissions accepted by ENGINEER as required by paragraph 29 any related Work performed Prior to ENGINEERS review and approval of the penmen submittal will be at the solo expense and responsibility of CONTRACTOR Continuing the Work 629 CONTRACTOR shall cany on the Work and adhere to the progress schedule during all disputes or disagreements with OWNER No Work shall be delayed or postponed peing ndresolution of any disputes or disagreements, except as permitted by paragraph 15 5 or as OWNER and CONTRACTOR may otherwise agree in writing 630 CONTRACTORS General Warranty and Guarantee 6 30 1 CONTRACTOR warrants and guarantees to OWNER, ENGINEER and ENGINEERS Consultants that all Work will be in accordance with the Contract Documents aril will not be defective CONTRACTORS warranty and guarantee hereunder excludes defects or damage caused by 63011 abuse, modification or Improper mamtenam,e a operation by persons other than CONTRACTOR Subcontractors or Suppliers or 6301 2 normal wear and tear under normal usage 6302 CONTRACTORS obbgnim to perform and complete the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents shall be absolute None of the lollowmg will constitute an acceptance of Work that Is not in EICW GENERAL CONDITIOM 1910.8 (1990 Ehum) -1 CITY OF FORT COUINS MODIFICATIONS (REV 42000) accordance with the Contract Documents or a release Of CONTRACTORS obligation to perform the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents 6 30 2 1 observations by ENGINEER 63022 recommendation of any progress or final Payment by ENGINEER 63023 the Issuance of a certificate of Substantial Completion or any payment by OWNER to CONTRACTOR under the Contract Documents 63024 use or occupancy of the Work or any pan thereof by OWNER 63025 any acceptance by OWNER or any failure to do so 63026 any review and approval of a Shop Drawing or Sample submittal or the Issuance of a notice of acceptabdity by ENGINEER pursuant to paragraph 14 13 63027 any mspeMM test or approval by others or 63028 any correction of dtfechvz Work by OWNER Indentnifrcemon 631 To the fullest extent permitted by Laws and Regulations, CONTRACTOR shall indemnify and hold harmless OWNER ENGINEER, ENGINEER, Consultants and the officers, directors, employees, agents and other consultants of each and any of them from and against all clefts, casts, losses and damages (including but not limited to all fees and charges of engui architects, attorneys and other professionals and all court or arbitration or other dispute resolution costs) caused by arising out of or resulting from the performance of the Work provided that any such clam cost, loss or damage (1) is attributable to bodily injury sickness disease or death, or to hnphry to or destruction of tangible property (other than the Work itself) including the loss of use resulting therefrom and (u) is caused in whole or in part by any neglhgen actor omission of CONTRACTOR any Subcontractor any Supplier any person or organrzation directly or mdmecUy employed by any of them to perform OW fumhsh any of the Work or anyone for whose acts any of them may be liable regardless of whether or not caused in part byy any negligence or omission of a person or entity in mm ied hereunder or whether hebdhty, is imposed upon such mdemmfied party by Laws and Regulations regardless of the negligence of any such person or entity 632 In any and all clamps against OWNER or FN('FNFFR or any of them respective consultants, agents, officers, directors or employees by any employee (or the survivor or personal representative of such employee) of CONTRACTOR any SubcwWctcr any Supplier any Person or orgammtron directly or indirectly employed by 17 any of them to perform or fumtslt any of the Work or anyone for whose acts any of them may be liable the indemmficahon obligation under paragraph631 shall not be limited in any way by any limitation on the amount or type of damages, compensation or benefits payable by or for CONTRACTOR or any such Subcontractor Supplier or other person or organization under workers compensation acts, disability benefit acts or other employee benefit acts 633 The indemnification obliganons of CONTRACTOR under paragraph 631 shall not extend to the liability of ENGINEER and ENGINEERS Consultants, Officers, directors, employees or agents caused by the professional negligence errors or omissions of any of them Slurvival ofObhgahons 634 All representations, undemmfications, warranties and guarantees made in, required by or given in accordance with the Contract Document; as well as all Wort in Obligations indicated in the Contract Documents will survive final payment, completion and acceptance of the Work and termination or completion of the Agreement ARTICLE 7—OTIIER WORK Refitted Work all Site 71 OWNER may perform other work related to the Project at the site by OWNERs own forces or let other direct contracts therefor which shall contain General Conditions similar to these or have other work performed by utility owners If the fact that such other work is to be perfumed was not noted in the Contract Documents, then (t) written notice thereof will be given to CONTRACTOR prior to starting any such other work and (II)CONTRACTOR may make a clan therefor as Provided in Articles 1 I and 12 if CONTRACTOR believes that such performance will involve additional expanse to CONTRACTOR or requires additional time and the parties are unable to agree as to the amount or extent thereof 72 CONTRACTOR shall afford each other convector who a a party to such a direct contract and each utility owner (and OWNER if OWNER is performing the additional work with OWNERS employees) proper and sate access to the site and a reasonable opportunity for the introduction and storage of materials and equipment and the execution of such other work and shall properly connect and coordinate the Work with theirs Unless otherwise provided in the Contract Documents, CONTRACTOR shall do all cutting, fitting and patching of the Work that may be required to make its several parts cane together Properly and Integrate with such other work CONTRACTOR shall not endanger any work of others by cutting excavating or otherwise altering then work and will only cut or alter their work with the written consent of ENGINEER and the others whose work will be affected The duties and responsibilities of CONTRACTOR under this paragraph are for the benefit of such utility owner, and other contractors to the extent that there are comparable 18 EICDC GENERAL CONDITIONS 19108(1990 Edition) w/ 0TY OF FORT WLLINS MODIFICATIONS (REV 42000) provisions for the benefit of CONTRACTOR in said direct contracts between OWNER and such utility, owners and other contractors 73 If the proper execution or results of any Fart of CONTRACTORS Work depends upon work performed by others under this Article 7 CONTRACTOR shall mspect such other work and promptly report to ENGINEER in writing any delays, defects or deficiencies in such other work that render it unavailable or unsuitable for the proper execution and results of CONTRACTORS Work CONTRACTORS failure all to report will constitute an acceptance of such other work as fit and proper for integration with CONTRACTORS Work MITI for latent or nonapparent defects and deficiencies in such other work Cowdtaatim 74 If OWNER contracts with others for the performance of other work on the Project at the site the following will be set forth in Supplementary Conditions 74 1 the person, firm or corporation who will have authority and responsibility for coordination of the activities among the various prime contractors will be identified, 742 the specific matters to be covered by such authority and responsibility will be itemiwd and 743 the extent of such authority and responsibilmes will be provided Unlem otherwise provided in the Supplementary Conditions OWNER shall have sole authority and responsibility in respect of such coordination ARTICLE 8- OWNER S RESPONSB31LITIES 81 Except as otherwise provided an these (reneml Conditions OWNER shall issue all commumcationg to CONTRACTOR through ENGINEER 82 In case of termination of the employment of ENGINEER, OWNER ahaf appoint an engineer agexst whose status under the Contract Documents shall be that of the former ENGINEER 83 OWNER shall famish the data required of OWNER under the Contract Documents promptly and shall make payments to CONTRACTOR promptly when they are due as provided in paragraphs 14 4 and 14 13 84 OWNERs duties in respect of providing lands and easements and providing engineering survevs to establish reference points are set forth in paragraphs 4 1 and 44 Pamgmph42 refers to OWNERs identifying and making available to CONTRACTOR copies of reports of explorations and tests of subsurface unditions at the site and drawings of physical conditions in existing structures at or contiguous to the shin that have been uhhad by ENGINEER in preparing the Contract Documents 86 OWNER is obligated to execute Change Orders As indicated in paragraph 10 4 87 OWNERs responsibility in respect of certain iispechons, tests and approvals is set forth in Paragraph 13 4 98 In connection with OWNERS right to stop Work or suspend Work, see Paragraphs 13 10 and 151 Paragraph 152 deals with OWNERS right to terminate services of CONTRACTOR under certain circumstances 89 The OWNER shall not supervise direct or have control or authority over nor be responsible for CONTRACTORS means, methods techniques, sequences or procedures of construction or the safety precautions and Programs incident thereto or for any failure of CONTRACTOR to comply with Laws and Regulations applicable to the fumishmg or performance of the Work OWNER will not be responsible for CONTRACTORS failure to perform or furnish the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents g 11 if Mid be III obhE— under the Contract-Doetimems, BLVNERs s„ nela�..,m,�,o,a _ ARTICLE 9-ENGINEERS STATUS DURING CONSTRUCTION OWNER sRepresentonve 91 ENGINEER will be OWNERS representative during the construction period The dunes and responsibilities and the limitations of authority of ENGINEER as OWNERS representative during construction are set forth in the Contract Documents and shall not be extended without written consent of OWNER and ENGINEER Vesta to Sate 92 ENGINEER will make visits to the site at Intervals appropriate to the various stages of construction as, ENGINEER deems necessary, in order to observe ds an experienced and qualified design professional the progress EICDC GENERAL CONDITIONS 19104 (1990 Eaim) w/ CITY OF FORT COLLINS MODIFICATIONS (REV 4/ 000) that has been made and the quality of the various aspects Of CONTRACTORS executed Work Based on information obtained during such volts and observations ENGINEER will endeavor for the benefit of OWNER to determine in general If the Work is proceeding in accordance with the Contract Documents ENGINEER will not be required to make exhaustive or continuous on site Inspections m check the quality or quantity of the Work ENGINEERS efforts will be directed toward Providing for OWNER a greater degree of confidence that the completed Work will conform generally to the Contract Documents On the basis of such visits and on site observations, hNUINEER will keep OWNER informed of the progress of the Work and will endeavor to guard OWNER against defective Work ENGINEERS visits and onsite observations are subject to all the limitations on ENGINEERS aiithmty and responsibility set forth in paragraph 9 13 and particularly but without limitation, during or as a result of ENGINEER, Im ite visits or observations of CONTRACTORS Work ENGINEER will not supervise direct, control or have authority over or be responsible for CONTRACTORs means methods techniques, sequences or procedures of wnstruction. or the safety precautions and programs Incident thereto or for any failure of CONTRACTOR to comply with Laws and Regulations applicable to the furnishing o Performarce of the Work Prgecr Representative 93 If OWNER and ENGINEER agree ENGINEER will furrush a Resident Project Representative to assist ENGINEER in providing more continuous observation of the Work The responsibilities and authority and limitations thereon of any such Resident Project Representative and assistants will be as provided in paragraphs93 and 913 and--iii th.-Suyple eRyiy` randitIGs of these General Conditions If OWNER designates another re resentauve or agent to represent OWNER at the site who Is not ENGINEER, Consultant agent or employee, the responshbthhes and authority and limitations thereon of such other person will be as provided in •`_ o __ T 93 1 The R re mnv ckahms in matters Ikrtaimne to the mn ite wok will in general, be with the ENGINEER and CONTRACTOR But the Representative will keen the OWNER ocerl advised about such IMIUMM The Representatives .KIM s with subcontractors will only be throughor with the Cull knowledge and VprovskI of the CONTRACTOR 9 42 Dunes and Resodrisibilities Representatry will 9321 Schedules Review the progress 19 The design of Models MHGLLP 8 and MHGLLP G are C SA certified Installation must conformwRh local codes or in the absence of local codes with the National Fuel Gas Code ANSI Z223 1 (latest edition) and/orwith CAN1 B1492 (latest edition) installation code for propane burning appliances and equipment and local codes IMPORTANT INFORMATION FOR USING MR HEATER INDOOR GASLIGHTS Use Gaslight only for purposes of illumination Installationand repair of equipment that operates on propane gas is a lob for experts Do not attempt to Install or repair your gaslight unless you have been thoroughly trained and are experienced in such matters If your gaslight appears to be malfunctioning turnit tothe OFF position and immediately wntactyour local dealer or the Mr Heater factory After installation and before use have qualified gas personnel approve your installation and check for gas leaks using a leak detector Tubing fittings gaslight valve and any other gas transporting component should be checked Subjectingvalve assembly to testing pressures in excess of 6 PSI can damage sealing grease which can cause leaks and voids warranty WARNING ® Use your gaslight invented rooms only Carbon monoxide is produced by the incomplete combustion of fuel WARNING ® Do not store or use gasoline or other flammable vapors and liquids in the vicuiity of this or any other appliance THE STATE OF CALIFORNIA REQUIRES THE FOLLOWING WARNING WARNING Combustion by products produced when using this product contain carbon monoxide a chemical known to the State of California to cause cancer and birth defects (or other reproductive harm) CONTENTS General Safety Instructions Recommended Maintenance Bunsen Burner Ventun (BBV) Cleaning Instructions Gaslight Location Mounting & Assembly Mantle installation & Lighting Instructions Optional OPK 31n 1 Kit Parts List Limited Warranty RECOMMENDED MAINTENANCE The following matters should be dealtwith as frequently as necessary If yourgaslght has been out of use for a period of time examine it before lighting it Keep area clear and free from combustible materials Including gasoline and other flammable vapors and liquids Flowof combustion air and ventilation all must not be obstructed Use propane gas only for models MHGLLP B and MHGLLP G Propane gas must be to this rating 2500tO253OBTU percubic foot Mr Heater propane gas orifices are manufactured to this pressure noting only See Gaslight Rating Label Propane gas supply tank and regulator Gas supply tank must not be overfilled Regulator must be adjusted to operate at a pressure of 11 inches of water column (279 cm) (6 oz of mercury) This same gas pressure must be maintained at the orifice of the gaslight Higher or lower pressures will cause the gaslight to malfunction Coppergastubmg Copper gas tubing must be internally tinned to meet National Gas Code Standards unless otherwise directed by local codes Orifice All gaslights are equipped with standard propane orifices To use gaslights at elevations of 4500 feet or more above sea level order High Altitude Orifice #20368 for propane gas WARNING 8 Never touch drilled hole in orifice as R is extremely delicate Use low, pressure compressed air to clean the orifice Pins wire even oil from hands may disturb proper gas flow Replace orifice if in question 8 Both MHGLLP B and MHGLLP G are ready to use with PRORl ONLY at attitudes under 4 SOO ft The following gas orifices are available for these other applications FUELTYPE GAS ORIFICE PROPANE (High Ahnude) r 2-0368 Valve Assembly The valve assembly must be straight on the wall bracket Bracket can become cocked or bent when tightening copper tubing flare nut etc causing orifice to be aimed crooked Gas flow through the orifice must be aimed straight down the center of the BBV When gaslight is operating properly gas consumption a 2700 BTU perhour One pound of propane gas produces approximately 10 hours of light Permanent screws that attach valve assembly to wa Ilplate should never be loosened or removed Removing valve assembly from wallplate will void warranty Mantles Use Mr Heater mantles which are designed for use with propane gas only Never use broken mantles Inspect forcarbon deposits each time gaslight is used Clean or replace defective mantles immediately Use proper ceramic burner head and mantle combination (Example Ti on type burner head 920352 with tie- onmantles #20353 Or Preformed type burner head 920337 with pre -formed mantles #20351 )Also see Mantle Installation and Lighting Instructions Mr He ar I MHGLLP B MHGLLP G O OPa t n9 I t uano s and Ov, wr s Manual schedule and other schedules prepared by the CONTRACTOR and consult with the ING[NEER corcernng acceptability 9 3 2 2 Conferences and Meeting Attend Meeting with the CONTRACTOR su,h as Drxonstruction conferences woums me tl and other lob conferences and gepare and cmculaw copses of munaes of meetings 9 3 2 3 Liamn 93231 Serve m ENG1NhhRS liaison with CONTRACTOR workinit -ipa11 through CONTRACTORS super mendent to assist the CONTRACTOR in understand_ the Contract Documents 93232 Assist rn bta no,, fro OWNER additional details or infbruiation, wh n egui s for proper execution of the Work 9 3 2 3 3 Advise the ENGINEER and CONTRACTOR of the commencement of airy Work requiring a Shop Drawua or sample submission If the SUbMission has not been aptrroVW by the ENGINEER 9 3 2 4 Review of Work Rele non of Defect e Work Inspections and Tests 9324 1 Conduct on site observations of the Work in progress to assist the ENGINEER in delermimn¢ that tileWork is proccedme in accordance with the Contract Documents 99243 Acwmoany visnm urvecters represemm¢ pnbllc or other agencies havm Iunsdtchon over the Protect record the results of these InTectiom and report to the ENGINEER 9325 Imeipretat on of Co tract Documents Report to ENGINEER when clarifications and interpretation, of the Contract Documents are needed and tianLSrnit to CONTRACTOR clanficetin and rat_ etabon of the Contract Documents as itt cd by the ENGINEER 9326 Modifi et cns Consider and evaluate CONTRACTORS �ipeeshons for 20 EICDC GENERAL CONDITIONS 1910-8(1990 Edit m) w/ alY OF FORT OOLLINS MODIFICATIONS (REV 42000 modification in Dmw W or Sce ifncanons and report these recommendations to ENGINEER Accurately nTaM—n to CONTRACTOR MCISIOnS Issued by the ENGINEER 9 3 2 7 Records 9 3 2 8 Reports 9 3 2 8 1 Furnish ENGINEER mriodic reas ports re of the prestress of the Work and of the CONTRACTORS canphance with the proer ss schedule and schedtde of shoo Drawing and sample submittals 93282 Consult with ENGINEER m advance of scheduling major testa mspecnons or start at important phaws of the 6Vork 9 3 2 8 3 DmR proposed Change Orders and Work Directive Changes obtaining backup material from the ACTOR and recommend mend to ENGINEERCONTRChan ize Orders. Work Dlrecn a Chan¢, and field orders 9 3 2 8 4 Report rim ediately to ENGINEER and OWNER the mcuame, of any accidem 9 3 2 9 Pavme t Re ests Review apple bons for payment with CONTRACTOR for compliana, with the established le, ore , dure C r their submission and forward with r,commerdahon to ENGINEER noun¢ panicularly the rem tmonshm of the pa ym t reau red to the hedmil f values. work completed andmaterials and egwtnnent dehverea at the site but not incom-,led i the Work 9 3 2 10 Completion 932101 Before ENGINEER issues a to Ct to of Substantial Cli 14on suhm t to CONTRACTOR a hst of observed Hems reaturmat correction or completion 932102 Conduct final mscecuon in the company of the ENGINEER OWNER and CONTRACTOR and prepare a final Inst if ¢ems to be coreoed or completed 932 10 3 Observe that all items on the final list have been corrected or completed and make recommendations to ENGINEER concerning acceptance 933 Limiamon of Authority The Representative shall not 933 1 Authorize ov adnatlnfrom the Contractenubstitu[e matenam or umpmML unless authorized by [he ENGINEER 9 3 3 2 Exceed Ivnimtions of ENGINEER S authority asset forth m the Contract D cum rite 9 3 3 3 Undertake any of the resporvabilines of the CONTRACTOR Subcontractor or CONTRACTOR S superintendent 9334 Advise on or issue directions relahve [o or assume control over any ascect of the means methods techniques sewences or procedures for constraction unless such is specifically called for in the Contract Documents 9335 Advise on or issue directions regardrna or assume control over safety precautions and MMms in connechons with the Work 11311 Accent Shon Dra t r sampl submittals hom anv rue other than the CONTRACTOR 9337 Authorize OWNER to occupy the Work in whole or in art 9 3 3 8 Panic i to msnecialimd field or labomtory tests or is ar ru conducted by others excem as specifically amhonzed by the ENGINEER Clarifications and Interpremnons 94 ENGINEER will issue with reasonable promptness such written clarifications or interpretations of the EICDC GENERAL CONDITTONS 19IM (1990 EAtim) w/ CITY OF FORT COLUM MODIFICATIONS (REV 400M) requirements of the Contract Documents (in the form of Drawings or otherwise) as ENGINEER may detename necessary which shall be consistent with the intent of and reasonably inferable font the Contract Documents Such written clanfications and interpretations will be binding on OWNER and CONTRACTOR If OWNER or CONTRACTOR beheves that a written clanfication or interpretation justifies an adjustment in the Contract Rice or the Contract Tunes and the parties are unable to agree to the mom or event thereof if any OWNER or CONTRACTOR may make a wntten clan therefor as provided in Article I or Article 12 Authortred Vanon in Work 95 ENGINEER may authonm minor variations in the Work from the requirements of the Contract Documents which do not involve an adpwrient in the Contract Rice or the Contract Times and me compatible with the design concept of the completed Project as a functioning whole as mdtcated by the Contract Documents These may be accomplished by a Field Order and will be banduig on OWNER and also on CONTRACTOR who shall perform the Work involved Promptly If OWNER or CONTRACTOR believes that a Field Orderjusufies an adjustment in the Contract Price or the Contract Times and the parties are unable to agree as to the amount or event thereof OWNER or CONTRACTOR may make a written clam therefor as provided inArticle I I or 12 Rejecting Defective Work 96 ENGINEER will have authority to disapprove or reject Work winch ENGINEER believes to be defective or that ENGINEER believes will not produce a completed Project that conforms to the Contract Documents or that will prejudice the integrity of the design concept of the completed Project as a functioning whole as indicated by the Contract Documents ENGINEER will also have authority to require special uvspectmn or testing of the Work as provided in paragraph 13 9 whether or act the Work is fabricated, installed or completed Shop Drawings, Change Orders and Payments 97 In connection with ENGINEERs authority as to Shop Drawings and Samples, we paragraphs 6 24 through 6 28 incluswe 98 In connection with ENGINEERS authority as to Change Orders, ire Anccles 10 11 and 12 99 In connection with ENGINEERs authority as to Applications for Payment see Article 14 Determinanons for Unit Prices 910 ENGINEER will determine the actual quanubes and classifications of linen price Work performed by CONTRACTOR ENGINEER will review with CONTRACTOR the ENGINEERS preliminary detennuiations on such matters before rendering a written decision thereon (by recommendation of an Application 21 for Paymem or otherwise) ENGINEERS written decision thereon will be feral and binding upon OWNER and CONTRACTOR unless within ten days after the date of any such decision, either OWNER or CONTRACTOR delivers to the other and to ENGINEER written notice of mtertion to appeal from ENGINEERS decision and (i)an appeal from LNGINEERs decision is taken within the tare limits and in accordance with the procedures set forth in Exhibit GC A. Dispute Resolution Agreement entered into between OWNER and CONTRACTOR pursuant to Article 16 or (it) if no such Dispute Resolution Agreement has been entered into a formal proceeding is instituted by the appealing party in a forum of competent jurisdiction to exercise such rights or remedies as the appealing party may have with respect to ENGINEERS decision, unless otherwise agreed in writing by OWNER and CONTRACTOR Such appeal will not be subject to the procedures of paragraph 9 11 Decisions on Disputes 9 11 ENGINEER will be the initial interpreter of the requirements of the Contract Documents and judge of the acceptability of the Work (hereunder Claims, disputes and other matters relating to the acceptability of the Work or the interpretation of the requirements of the Contract Documents pertaining to the performance and furnishing of the Work and claims under Articles I I and 12 in respect of changes m the Contract Price or Contract Tames will be referred initially to ENGINEER in writing with a request for a formal decision in accordance with this paragraph W ritten notice of each such eta= dispute or other matter will be delivered by the claimant to ENGINEER and the other party to the Agreement promptly (but in no event later than thirty days) after the start of the occurrence or event giving rise thereto and written supporting data will be submitted to ENGINEER and the other party within suety days after the start of such occurrence or event unless ENGINEER allows an additional period of time for the submission of additional or more accurate data in support of such claim dispute or other matter The opposing party shall submit any response to ENGINEER and the claunant within thirty days after receipt of the claimants last submittal (unless ENGINEER allows additional tune) ENGINEER will render a formal decision in writing within thaty days after receipt of the opposing party s submittal if any in accordance with this paragraph ENGINEERS written decision on such claim dispute Or other matter will be firal and binding upon OWNER and CONTRACTOR unless (i) an appeal from ENGINEERS decision a taken within the time limits and in accordance with the procedures set forth in FXHTBIT CC A, Dispute Resolution Agreement entered mto betweenOWNER and CONTRACTOR pursuant to Article 16 or (it) if no such Dispute Resolution Agreement has been entered mho a written notice of intention to appeal from ENGINEERS written decision its delivered by OWNER or CONTRACTOR to the other and to ENGINEER within thirty days after the date of such decision and a formal proceeding its instituted by the appealing party in a forum of competent jurisdiction to exercise such rights or remedies as the appealing party may have with respect to such charm dispute or other matter in accordance with applicable Laws and Regulations within sixty days of the date of such 22 E]CDCGENERAL CONDITIONS 19104 (19" Edam) w/ CITY OF PORT COLLIM MODIFICATTONB (RUN 40000) dectmOn, unless otherwise agreed in writing by OWNER and CONTRACTOR 912 When functioning as interpreter and judge under Paragraphs 910 and 9 11 ENGINEER will not show Partiality to OWNER or CONTRACTOR and will not be liable in connection with any mterpretanm or decision rendered in good faith in such capacity The rendering of a decision by ENGINEER pursuant to paragraphs 9 10 or 911 with respect to any such clam dispute a other matter (except any wluch have been waived by the making or acceptance of final payment as provided in paragraph 14 15) will be a condition precedent to any exercise by OWNER or CONTRACTOR of such rights or remedies as either may otherwise have under the Contract Documents or by Laws or Regulations in respect of any such clam dispute or other matterpaas%ant4,,Arfiee46 913 Lunuonons on ENGINFERs Authority and Responsibilines 9 13 1 Neither ENGINEERS authority or responsibility under this Article 9 or under any other PrOVISIOn of the Contract Documents nor any decision made by ENGINEER in good faith either to exercise or not exercise such authority or responsibility or the undertaking, exermw or performance of any authority or responsibility by ENGINEER shall create, impose or give rise to any duty owed by ENGINEER in CONTRACTOR, arty Subcontractor any Supplier any other person a organisation, or to any surety for or employee or agent of any of them 9 13 2 ENGINEER will not supervise direct, control or have authority over or be responsible for CONTRACTORS means, methods, techniques, sequences or procedures of construction, or the safety precautions and programs incident thereto or for any failure of CONTRACTOR to comply with Laws and Regulations applicable to the furnishing a performance of the Work ENGINEER will not be responsible for CONTRACTORS failure to perform or firrtush the fork in accordance with the Contract Documents 9 13 3 ENGINEER will not be responsible fa the acts OF omissions of CONTRACTOR or of any Subcontractor any Suppher a of any other person a ag- nsanon perfuming or furnishing any of the 9 13 4 FNC INFER s review of the final Application for Payment and accompanying documenmtian and all maintenance and operat,M,r instructions, schedules, guarantees, Bonds and certdicates of inspection tests and approvals and other documentation required to be delivered by pamgmph 14 12 will only be to determine generally that their content complies with the requirements of and in the case of certificates of impactions tests and approvals that the results certified indicate compliance with, the Contract Documents 9 13 5 The limitations upon authority and responsibility set forth in thus paragraph 913 shall also apply to ENGINEERS Consultants, Resident Project Representative and assistants ARTICLE 10—CIANGES IN THE WORK 101 Without invalidating the Agreement and without notice to any surety OWNER may at any time or from time to time order additions deletions or revisions in the Work Such additions deletions or revisions will be authorized by a Written Amendment, a Change Order or a Work Change Directive Upon receipt of any such document. CONTRACTOR shall promptly proceed with the Weak involved winch will be performed under the applicable conditions of the Contract Documents (except as otherwise specifically provided) 102 if OWNER and CONTRACTOR are unable to agree as to the extent if any of an adjustment in the Contract Price or an adjustment of the Contract Times that should be allowed as a result of a Work Change Directive a claim may be made therefor as provided in Article 11 or Article 12 103 CONTRACTOR shall not be entitled to an increase in the Contract Price or an extension of the Contract Times with respect to any Work performed that is not requmed by the Contract Documents as amended, modified and supplemented as provided in paragraphs 3 5 and 3 6 except in the case of an emergency as provided in paragraph 6 23 or in the case of uncovermig Work as provided in paragraph 13 9 104 OWNER and CONTRACTOR shall execute aPPropnare Change Orders recommended by ENGINEER (or Written Amendments) covering 1041 changes in the Work which are (i) ordered by OWNER pursuant to paragraph 10 1 (u) required because of acceptance of defective Work ,der paragraph 13 13 or correcting defective Work under paragraph 13 14 or (tit) agreed to by the panics 1042 changes in the Contract Price w Contract Times which are agreed to by the parties and 1043 changes in the Contract Price or Contract Times which embody the substance of any written decision rendered by ENGINEER punsuanl to paragraph 9 11 provided that, in lieu of execut ig any such Change Order an appeal may be taken from any such decision in accordance with the Provisions of the Contract Documents and applicable Laws and Regulations, but during any such appeal CONTRACTOR shall cony on the Work and adhere to the progress schedule as provided In paragraph 6 29 105 If notice of any change affecting the general scope of the Work or the Provlsiore of the Contract Documents E1CDC GENERAL CONDITIONS 19104 (1990 Edtm) w/ CITY OF FORT COLUI MODIFICATIONS(REV 42000) (including but not limited to, Contract price a Contract Times) is required by the provisions of any Bond to be given to a surety the giving of any such nonce will be CONTRACTORS responsibility and the amount of each applicable Bond will be adjusted accordingly ARTICLE 11—CHANGE OF CONTRACT PRICE Ill The Contract Price constitutes the total compensation (subject to authorized adjustments) payable to CONTRACTOR for performing the Work All duties, responsibilities and obligations assigned to or undertaken by CONTRACTOR shall he at CONTRACTORs expense without change in the Contract Price 112 The Contract Price may only be changed by a Change Order or by a Written Amendment Any clam for an adjustment in the Contract price shall be based on written nonce delivered by the parry making the clam to the other Party and to ENGINEER prompdy (but in no event later than thirty days) after the start of the occurrence or event giving rise to the alarm and stating the general nature of the clam Notice of the amount of the claim with supporting data shall be delivered within sixty days after the start of such occurrence or event (unless ENGINEER allows additional time for claimant to submit additional or more accurate data in support of the clan) and shall be accompamed by claimants written statement that the adjustment claimed covers all known amounts to which the claunant is entitled as a result of said occurrence or event All claims for adjustment in the Contract Price shall be determined by ENGINEER in accordance with paragmph 911 if OWNER and CONTRACTOR cannot otherwise agree on the amount involved No clan for an adjustment in the Contract Price well be valid if not submitted m accordance with thus paragraph 112 113 The value of any Work covered by a Change Order or of any clam for an adjustment in the Contract Price will be detemnmed m follows 113 1 where the Work involved is covered by unit Pnces contained in the Contract Documents, by application of such unit prices to the quantities of the items involved (subject to the provisions of 23 paragraphs 11 91 through 119 3 memsmve 113 2 where the Work involved is not covered by unit prices contamed in the Contract Documents, by a mutually agreed payment basis, including lump sum (which may include an allowance for overhead and Profit not necessarily in accordance with paragraph 116 2) 11 3 3 where the Work involved is not covered by unit Prices contained in the Contract Documents and agreement to a lump sum is not reached under Paragraph 1 13 2 on the basis of the Cost of the Work (determined as provided in paragraphs 114 and 11 5) Plus a CONTRACTORS fee for overhead and profit (determined as provided in pamgmph 11 6) Cost of the Wwh, 114 The term Cost of the Work means the sum of all costs necessarily mcurred and paid by CONTRA(- 1 OR in the proper performance of the Work Except as otherwise may be agreed to in writing by OWNER such cents shall be in amounts no higher than those prevailing in the locality of the Protect, shall include only the following items and shall not include any of the costs itemtmd in paragraph I 1 5 11 41 Paroll vests for employees in the direct employ of CONTRACTOR in the performance of the Work under schedules of lob classifications agreed upon by OWNER and CONTRACTOR Such employees shall include without limitation superintendents, foremen arid other personnel employed full nine at the site Payroll costs for employees not employed full time on the Work shall be apportioned on the basis of them time spent on the Work Payroll costs shall melude-has I be limited to, salaries and wages plus the cost of fringe benefits which shall include social security contnbutiomq unemployment, excise and payroll taxes, workers compensation, health And rettrement beneLts�rerrases- appbcablethereto The expenses of performing Work after regular working hours, on Saturday Sunday or legal holidays, shall be included in the above to the extent authorized by OWNER 11 4 2 Cost of all materials and equipment furnished and mcorpomted in the Work, including costs of transportation and storage thereof and Suppliers field services required in connection therewith All cash discounts shall accrue to CONTRACTOR unless OWNER deposits funds with CONTRACTOR with which to make payments, in which case the cash discounts shall accre to OWNER All trade discounts rebates and refunds and returns from sale of surplus materials and equipment shall accrue to OWNER and CONTRACTOR shall make provisions so that they may he ohlemed 1143 Payments made by CONTRACTOR to the Subiuntrumm for Work performed or furnished by Subcontractors If required by OWNER, 24 EICDC GENERAL CONDmoNs 19104(19%Edmm) w/ Q]Y OF FORT MLLI NS MODIE CATIONS (REV 420W) CONTRACTOR shall obtain competitive bids from Subcontractors acceptable to OWNER and CONTRACTOR and shall deliver such bids to OWNER who will then determine with the advice of ENGINEER, which bids if any will be aaepted If any subcontract provtdes that the Subcontractor is to be paid on the basis of Cost of the Work plus a fee the SubeontnitAces Cost of the Work and fee shall be determined in the same manner as CONTRACTORS Cost. of the Work and fee as provided in paragraphs 114 115 116 and 117 All subcontracts shall be subject to the other provisions of the Contract Documents insc lar as applicable 1144 Costs of special consultants (including but not limited to engineers architects, tee aig laboratories, surveyors, attorneys and accountants) Wployed for services specifically related to the ork 114 5 Supplemental costs including the following 114 S I The proportion of necessary transportation, travel and subsistence expenses of CONTRACTORS employees incurred in discharge of duties connected with the Work 11452 Cost including transportation and maintenance of all materials, supphes, equipment, machinery appliances, office and temporary facilities at the site and hand tools not owned by the workers, which are consumed in the Performance of the Work and cost less market value of such items used but not consumed which remain the property of CONTRACTOR 11453 Rentals of all constriction equipment and machinery and the parts thereof whether rented from CONTRACTOR or others in accordance with rental agreements approved by OWNER with the advice of ENGINEER and the costs of transportation, loading unloading utstallation, dismanthng and removal thereof -all in accordance with terms of said rental agreements The rental of any such equipment machinery or parts shall cease when the use thereof is no longer necessary for the Work 11454 Sales, consumer use or similar taxes related to the Work, and tor which CONTRACTOR is liable unposed by Laws and Regulations 11455 Deposits lost for causes other than negligence of CONTRACTOR any Subcontractor or anyone directly or indirectly employed by any of them or for whose acts any of them may be liable and royalty Payments and fees for permits and licenses 11456 Lewes and damages (and related expenses) caused by damage to the Work not compema[ed by insurance or otherwise sustained by CONTRACTOR in connector with the performance and furnishing of the Work (except losses and damages within the deductible amounts of property insurance established by OWNER in accordance with paragraph 5 9) provided they have resulted Iran causes other than the negligence of CONTRACTOR, any Subcontractor or anyone directly or indirectly employed by any of them or for whose acts any of them may be liable Such losses shall include settlements made with the written consent and approval of OWNER No such losses, damages and expenses shall be included in the Cost of the Work for the purpose of determining CONTRACTORS fee If however any such Ions or damage requires reconstruction and CONTRACTOR is placed in charge thereof CONTRACTOR shall be paid for services a fee proportionate to that stated in paragraph 116 2 1145 7 The cost of utilities fuel and sanitary facilities at the site 11458 Mmor expenses such as telegrams long distance telephone calls, telephone wince at the site expressage and similar pettv cash items in connection with the Work 11459 Cost of premiums for additional Bonds and insurance required because of changes m the Work 115 The tern Cost of the Work shall not include any of the following 1151 Payroll costs and other compensation of CONTRACTORS officers executives, principals (of partnership and sole proprietorships) general managers engmeaS, architects estimators, attorneys, auditors, accountants, purchasing and connecting agents, expediters timekeepers clerks and other personnel employed by CONTRACTOR whether at the site or in CONTRACTORS principal or a branch office for general administration of the Work and not specifically included in the agreed upot schedule of job classifications referred in in paragraph 114 1 or specifically covered by paragraph 114 4 all of which are to be considered administrative costs covered by the CONTRACTORsfee 115 2 Expenses of CONTRACTORS principal and branch offices other than CONTRACTORS office at the site 1153 Any part of CONTRACTORS capital expenses, mcluduig interest on CONTRACTORS capital employed for the Work and charges against CONTRACTOR for delinquent payments 11 5 4 Cost of premiums for all Bonds and for all insurance whether or not CONTRACTOR is required by the Contract Documents to purchase and maintain the same (except for the cost of premiums covered by subparagraph 11 4 5 9 above) EKDC GENERAL CONDITIONS 191M (1990 E6nm) w/ CITY OF PORT COLLINS MODIRCAUONS (REV 42000) 115 5 Costs be to the negligence of CONTRACTOR any Subcontractor or anyone directly or indirectly employed by any of them or for whose acts any of them may be liable including but not limited to the correction of defective Work disposal of materials or equipment wrongly supplied and making good any damage to property 115 6 Other overhead or general expense costs of any kind and the costs of any item not specifically and expressly included in paragraph 114 116 The CONIRACfORs fee allowed to CONTRACTOR for overhead and profit shall be determined as follows 116 1 a mutually acceptable faced fee or 116 2 if a fixed fee its not agreed upon, then a fee based on the tollowmg percentages of the various portions of the Cost of the Work 11621 for costs incurred under paragraphs 11 41 and 11 4 2 the CONTRACTOR s fee shall be fifteen percant, 11622 for costs mcurred under Paragraph 11 43 the CONTRACTORS fee shall be five percent 11623 where one or more tiers of subcontracts are on the basis of Cost of the Work plus a fee and no fixed fee its agreed upon, the intent of paragraphs 114 1 114 2 114 3 and 11 6 2 w that the Subcontractor who actually performs or furnishes the Work at whatever tier will be lard a fee of fifteen percent of the costs intuited by such Subcontractor under paragraphs 1141 and 1142 and that arty higher tier Subcontractor and CONTRACTOR will each be paid a f tliel beertftat�to be negotiated in good faith with the OWNER but not to exceed live percent of the amount paid to the next lower tier Subcontractor 11624 no fee shall be payable on the basis of costs itemized under paragraphs 114 4 114 5 andll5 11 625 the amount of credit to be allowed by CONTRACTOR to OWNFR for any change which results in a net decrease in cost will be the amount of the actual net decrease in cost plus a deduction in CONTRACTOR s fee by an amount equal to five percent of such net decrease and 11626 when both additions and credits me involved in any one change the adjustment in CONTRACTORS fee shall he computed on the basis of the net change in accordance with paragraphs 116 2 1 through 116 2 5 inclusive 117 Whenever the cost of any Work is to be 25 determined pursuant to paragraphs 114 and 11 5 CONTRACTOR will establish and maintain records thereof in accordance with generally accepted accounting practices and submit in form acceptable to ENGINEER an itemized cost breakdown together with supporting data Cash Alloivances 11 8 It is understood that CONTRACTOR has included in the Contract Price all allowances so named in the Contract Documents and shall cause the Work so covered to be furnished and performed for such sums m may be acceptable to OWNER and EN(ANEEF CON TRACI OR agreesthat 118 1 the allowances include the cost to CONTRACTOR (less any applicable trade discounts) of materials and equipment required by the allowances to be delivered at the site and all applicable taxes and 1182 CON1RAUORs costs for unloading and handling on the sate labor installation costs, overhead, profit and other expenses contemplated for the allowances have been included in the Contract Price and not in the allowances and no demand for additional payment on account of any of the foregoing will be valid Prior to final payment, an appropriate Change Order will be issued as recommended by ENGINEER to reflect actual amounts due CONTRACTOR on account of Work covered by allowances, and the Contract Pnce shall be correspondutgly adjusted 119 UndPnce Work 11 9 I Where the Contract Documents provide that all or part of the Work is to be Unit Price Work initially the Contract Price will be deemed to include for all Unit Rice Work an amount equal to the stun of the established unit prices for each separately identified item of Unit Price Work tunes the estimated quantity of each item as indicated in the Agreement The estimated quantities of items of Unit Price Work are not guaranteed and are solely for the purpose of companson of Bids and determining an initial Contract Price Detemmnanons of the actual quantities and classifications of Unit Price Work performed by CONTRACTOR will be made by ENGINEER in accordance with paragraph 9 10 11 92 Fach unit price will he deemed to include an amount considered by CONTRACTOR to be adequate to cover CONTRACTORS overhead and profit for each separately identified item 11 93 OWNER or CONTRACTOR may make a clam for an adjustment in the Contract Price in accordance with Article l I if 11931 the quantity of any Rem of Unit Rice Work performed by CONTRACTOR defers materially and significantly, from the estimated quantity of such item indicated in the Agreement 26 DMCOENERAL CONDMOM 19104(19%ENnan) a/ aI OF PORT COLLINS MODIFICATIONS (REV 40000) and I l 9 3 2 there is no corresponding adjustment with respect to any other item of Work and 11933 if CONTRACTOR believes that CONTRACTOR his entitled to an increase in Contract Price as a result of having incurred additional expense or OWNER believes that OWNER is entitled to a decrease in Contract Rice and the parties are unable to agree as to the amount of any such increase or decrease 11934 CONTRACTOR kit wledges that the OWNER has th right to add r delete itemsm the Bid or change quantities, at OWNERS sole discretiorh without affecting the Contract Price of any emaimng it m so lone as the deletion or addition does not exceed twenty five Percent f the original total Contract Rice ARTICLE 12 CHANGE OF CONTRACT TIMES 121 The Commit Tunes (or Milestones) may only be changed by a Change Order or a Written Amendment An claim for an adjustment of the Contract Tunes (or Milestones) shall be based on written notice delivered by the party making the claim to the other party and to ENGINEER promptly (but in no event later than thirty days) after the occurrence of the event giving rise to the claim and stating the general nature of the clam Notice of the extent of the clam with supporting data shall he delivered within sixty days after such occurrence (unless ENGINEER allows additional time to ascertain more accurate data in support of the claim) and shall be accompanied by the claimanes written statement that the adjustment claimed a the entire adjustment to which the claimant has reason to believe it is entitled m a result of the occurrence of sad event All claims for adjustment in the Contract Tunes (or Nfilestones) shall be determined by ENGINEER in accordance with pairagraph911 of OWNER and CONTRACTOR cannot otherwise agree No clam for an adjustment in the Contract Tunes (or Milestones) will be valid if not submitted in accordance with the requirements of this paragraph 12 1 122 All time limits stated in the Contract Documents are of the essence of the Agreement 123 Where CONTRACTOR is prevented from completing any part of the Work within the Contract Times (or Milestones) due to delay beyond the control of CONTRACTOR the Contract Tunes (or Milestones) will be extended in an amount equal to time lost due to such delay if a clam is made therefor as provided in paragraph 12 I Delays beyond the control of CONTRACTOR shall include but not be limited to acts or neglect by OWNER acts or neglect of utility owners or other contractors; perfonni g other work as contemplated by Article 7 fries, floods, epdemca, abnormal weather conditions or acts of God Delays attributable to and within the control of a Subcontractor or Supplier shall be deemed to be delays within the control of CONTRACTOR 124 Where CONTRACTOR is prevented from completing any part of the W ork within the Contract Times (or Milestones) due to delay beyond the control of both OWNER and CONTRACTOR an extension of the Contract Times (or Milestones) in an amount equal to the time lost due to such delay shall be CONTRACTORS sole and exclusive remedy for such delay In no event shall OWNER be liable m CONTRACTOR any Subcontractor any Supplier any other person or organization, or to any surety for or employee or agent of any of them for damages arising out of or resulting from (i) delays caused by or within the control of the CONTRACTOR or (u) delays beyond the control of both panics including but not limited to fires, floods epidemics, abnormal weather conditions, acts of God or acts or neglect by utility owners or other contractors performing other work as contemplated by Article 7 ARTICLE 13 TESTS AND INSPECTIONS CORRECTION REMOVAL OR ACCEPTANCE OF DEFECTIVE WORK 13 1 Notice of Defects Prompt notice of all defective Work of which OWNER or ENGINEER have actual knowledge will be given to CONTRACTOR All defective Wok may be rejected, corrected or accepted as provided in this Article 13 Access to Work 13 2 OWNER ENGINEER ENGINEERS Consultants, other representatives and personnel of OWNER independent testing laboratories and governmental agencies with jurisdictional interests will have access to the Work at des for their observation, inspecting and testing CONTRACTOR shall provide them proper and safe conditions for such access and advise them of CONTRACTORS site safety procedures and programs so that they may comply therewith as applicable Tests and Inspections 133 CONTRACTOR shall give ENGINEER timely notice of readiness of the Work for all required inspections, tests or approvals, and shall cooperate with inspection and testing personnel m facilitate required inspections or tests 134 OWNER shall employ and pay for the services of an independent testing laboratory to perform all inspections tests, or approvals required by the Contract Documents except 1341 for inspections tests or approvals covered by paragraph 13 5 below 1342 that costs incurred in wnnectmn with teats or inspections conducted pursuant to paragraph 13 9 EXDC GENERAL CONDITIONS 1910-8 (1990 Emnao) w/CITY OF FORT COL M MODIFICATIONS (REV 40000) below shall be paid as provided in said paragraph 13 9 and 1343 as otherwise specifically provided in the Contract Documents 135 If Laws or Regulations of any public body having jurisdiction require any Work (or part thercot) specifically to be inspected, tested or approved by an employee or other representative of such public body CONTRACTOR shall assume full responsibility for arranging and obtaining such inspections tests or approvals, pay all costs in connection therewith, and fumvsh ENGINEER the required certificates of inspection, or approval CONTRACTOR shall also be impossible for arranging and obtaining and shall pay all costs in connection with any inspections, tests or approvals required for OWNERS and ENGINEERS acceptance of materials or equipment to be incorporated in the Work, or of materials, ma designs, or equipment submitted for approval prior to CON TRACIORs purchase thereof to incorporation in the Wok 136 If any Work (or the work of others) that is to be inspected, tested or approved is covered by CONTRACTOR without written concurrence of ENGINEER it must, of requested by ENGINEER, be uncovered for observation 137 Uncovering Work as provided in paragraph 13 6 shall be at CONTRACTORS expense unless CONTRACTOR has given ENGINEER timely notice of CONTRACTORS intention to cover the same and ENGINEER has not acted with reasonable promptness in response to such notice Uncovering Work 13 8 If any Wok is covered contrary to the written request of ENGINEER, it must, if requested by ENGINEER be uncovered for ENGINEERS observation and replaced at CONTRACTORs expense 139 If ENGINEER considers it necessary or advisable that covered Work be observed by ENGINEER or inspected or tested by others, CONTRACTOR at ENGINEERS request, shall uncover expose or otherwise make available for observation, inspection or testing as ENGINEER may require that portion of the Work in question, furnishing all necessary labor material and equipment If it is found that such Work is defective CONTRA( TOR shall pay all claims costs, losses and damages caused by arising out of or resulting from such uncovering exposure observation, inspection and testing and of satisfactory replacement or reconstruction, (including but not limited to all costs of repair or replacement of work of others) and OWNER shall be entitled to an appropriate decrease in the Contract Price and if the parties are unable to agree as to the amount thereof may make a claim therefor as provided in Article l l If however such Wok is not found to be defective CONTRACTOR shall be allowed an macaw in the Contract Price or an edensnon of the Contract Times (or Milestones) or both, directly attributable to such °7 uncovering exposure observation, inspection, testing replacement and reconstruction and if the parties are unable to agree as to the amount or extent thereof CONTRACTOR may make a claim therefor as provided in Articles 11 and 12 OWNER May Stop the Work 13 10 If the Work is defective or CONTRACTOR fads to supply sufficient skilled workers or suitable materials or equipment, or fads to furnish or perform the Work in such a way that the completed Work will conform to the Contract Documents, OWNER may order CONTRACTOR to stop the Work or any portion thereof until the cause for such order has been eliminated however this right of OWNER in stop the Work shall not give rise to any duty on the pert of OWNER to exercise this right for the benefit of CONTRACTOR or any surety or other party Correction or Removal ofDefeetive Work. 13 11 If required by ENGINEER, CONTRACTOR &ball Promptly as directed. either correct all defective Work, whether or not fabricated, installed or completed or if the Work has been rejected by ENGINEER remove it from the site and replace R with Work that is not defective CONTRACTOR shall pay all clams costs, losses and damages caused by or resulting from such correction or removal (including but not limited to all costs of repair or replacement of work of others) 13 12 Correction Penod 13 12 1 If within one-year two veers after the date of Substantial Completion or such longer period of time as may be prescribed by Laws or Regulations or by the terms of any applicable special guarantee required by the Contract Documents or by any specific provision of the Contract Documents, any Work is found to be defective CONTRACTOR shall promptly without cost to OWNER and in accordance with OWNERS written Instructions (1) correct such cefective Work or if it has been rejected by OWNER remove it from the site and replace it with Work that is not defective and (i) satisfactorily correct or remove and replace any damage to other Work or the work of others resulting therefrom If CONTRACTOR does not promptly comply with the terms of such instructions or m an emergency where delay would cause serious risk of loss or damage OWNER may have the defective Work corrected or the rejected Work removed and replaced and all claims, costs, louse% and damages caused by or resulting from such removal and replacement (including but not limited to all costs of repair or replacement of work of others) will be paid by CONTRACTOR- 13 12 2 In special circumstances where a particular item of equipment is placed in continuous service before Substantial Completion of all the Work, the correction period for that item may start to ran from an earlier date if so provided in the Specifications or by Written Am endment 13 12 3 Where defective Work (and damage to other og EICDCGENERALCONDITION, 19104(19WEmumi w/ CITY OF PORT COLLIM MODIW CATION$ (REV 4R000) Work resulting therefrom) has been corrected, removed or replaced under this paragraph 13 12 the correction period hereunder with respect to such Work will be extended for an additional period of aria -year two years after such correction or removal and replacement has been satisfactonly completed Acceptance ofDefechve Work 13 13 If instead of requurig correGion or removal and replacement of defective Work OWNER (and, prior to ENGINEERS recommendation of final payment, also ENGINEER) prefers to accept it, OWNER may do so CONTRACTOR shall pay all claims costs, losses and damages attributable to OWNER, evaluation of and determination to accept such defective Work (such costs to be approved by ENGINEER as to reasonableness) If any such acceptance occurs prior to ENGINEERS recommendation of finial payment a Change Order will be issued mcorpomung the necessary mvisiom in the Contract Documents with respect to the Bork and OWNER shall be entitled to an appropriate decrease in the Contract Price and, if the parties are unable to agree as to the amount thereof OWNER may make a clam therefor as provided In Article I I If the acceptance occurs alter such recommendation, an appropriate amount will be paid by CONTRACTOR to OWNER OWNER May CorrecrDefechve Work 1314 If CONTRACTOR Fads within a reasonable time after written notice from ENGINEER to correct defective Work or to remove and replace rejected Work as required by ENGINEER in accordance with paragraph 13 It a if CONTRACTOR fails to perform the Work in accordance with the Contract Documens, or if CONTRACTOR fails to comply with any other provision of the Contract Document% OWNER may after seven days written notice to CONTRACTOR, correct and remedy any such deficiency In exercising the rights and remedies under this paragraph OWNER shall proceed expeditiously In connectiori with such corrective and remedial action, OWNER may exclude CONTRACTOR from all or part of the site take possession of all a pan of the Work, and suspend CONTRACTORS services related thereto take Possession of CONTRACTORS tools, appliances construction equipment and machinery at the site and mcorporate in the Work all materials and equipment stored at the site or for which OWNER has paid CONTRACTOR but which are stored elsewhere CONTRACTOR shall allow OWNER, OWNER, representative% agent% and employee% OWNER % other contractors and ENGINEER and ENGINEER, Consultants access to the site to enable OWNER to exemm the rights and remedies under this pamgmph All clams, costs losses and damages Incurred or sustained by OWNER in exercising such rights and remedies will be charged against CONTRACTOR and a Change Order will be issued Incorporating the necessary revisions in the COMMCI Documents with respect to the Work and OWNER shall be entitled to an appropriate decrease in the Contract Price and if the parties are unable to agree as to the amount thereof OWNER may make a clam therefor as provided in Article 11 Such clams, cost% losses and damages will include but not be limited to all costs of repo¢ or replacement of work of others destroyed or damaged by correction, removal or replacement of CONTRACTOR defective Work CONTRACTOR shall not be allowed an emenston of the Contract Tames (a Milestones) because of any delay in performance of the Work attributable to the exerctse by OWNER of OWNERS rights and remedies hereunder ARTICLE 14- PAYMENTS TO CONTRACTOR AND COMPLETION Schedule of Values 141 The schedule of values established as provided in paragraph 2 9 will serve as the basis for progress payments and will be incorporated into a form of Application for Payment acceptable to ENGINEER Progress payments on amount of Unit Rice Work will be based on the number of units completed Amlicamin for Progress Payment 142 At least twenty days before the date established for each progress payment (but not more often than once a month) CONTRACTOR shall submit to ENGINEER for review an Application for Payment filled out and signed by CONTRACTOR covering the Work completed as of the date of the Application and accompanied by such supporting documentation as its required by the Contract Documents if payment is requested on the basis of materials and equipment not incorporated in the Work but delivered and suitably scored at the site or at another locatton agreed to in writing, the Application for Payment shall also be accompanied by a bill of sale invoice or other documentation warranting that OWNER has received the materials and equipment free and clear of all Liens and evidence that the materials and equipment are covered by appropriate property insurance and other arrangements to Protect OWNERS interest thereirt, all of which will be satisfactory to OWNER The amount of retamage with respect to progress payments will be as stipulated in the Agreement Anv funds that are withheld by the OWNER shall not be subject to substitution by the CONTRACTOR with stones or any arrangements involving an escrow, or w9odmisfuo By cKecuunt, me application for payment form the CONTRACTOR expressly waives tits n t to the benefits of Colorado Revised Statute Section 2491 1 Of et sea CONTRACTOR s Warranty of Title 143 CONTRACTOR warrants and guarantees that tide to all Work, materials and equipment covered by any Application for Payment, whether incorporated in the Project or not will pass to OWNER no later than the time of payment fice and clear of all Liens Review OfAPPlecahoas for Progress payment 144 ENGINEER will, with ten days after receipt of each Application for payment either indicate in writing a EICDC GENERAL CONDITIONS 19104 (1990 EAnm) W CITY OF FORT COL M MODIFICATIONS (REV 411000) recommendation of payment and present the Application to OWNER or return the Application to CONTRACTOR mdicatmg in writing ENGINEER s reasons for refusing to recommend payment In the latter case CONTRACTOR may make the necessary corrections and resubmit the Apphcanon Ten days after presentation of the Application for Payment to OWNER with ENGINEERS recommendation. the amount recommended will (Subject to the provisions of the last sentence of paragraph 14 7) become due and when due will be paid by OWNER to CONTRACTOR 145 ENGINEERS recommendation of any payment requested in an Application for Payment will cortsntute a representation by ENGINEER to OWNER, based on ENGINEER on site observations of the executed Work as an experienced and qualified design professional and on ENGINEERS review of the Appbcahon to Payment and the accompanying data and schedules, that to the best of ENGINEERs knowledge Information and belief 14 5 1 the Work has progressed to the point indicated, 1452 the quality of the Work its generally in accordance with the Contract Documents (subject to an evaluation of the Work as a functioning whole Prior to or upon Substantial Completion, to the results of any subsequent tests called for in the Contract Documents, to a final determination of quantities and classifications for Unit Price Work under Paragraph 9 10 and to any other qualifications stated in the recommendation) and 14 5 3 the conditions precedent to CONTRACTORS being entitled to such payment appear to have been fulfilled insofar as it ts ENGINEER s responsibility to observe the Work However by recommending any such payment ENGINEER will not thereby be deemed to have represented that (1) exhaustive or conttnuous on site inspections have been made to check the quality a the quantity of the Work beyond the responsibilities speeitically assigned to ENGINEER in the Contract Documents or (it) that there may not be other matters or issues between the parties that might emitle CONTRACTOR to be paid additionally by OWNER or entitle OWNER to withhold payment to CONTRACTOR 146 ENGINEERS recommendation of any payment, including final payment, shall not mean that FTICENFER its responsible for CONTRACTOR, means, methods, techmques, sequences or procedures of construction, a the safety precautions and programs incident thereto or for any failure of CONTRACTOR to comply with Laws and Regulations applicable to the f imtshmg or Performance of Work, or for any feilwe of CONTRACTOR to perform or furnish Work in accordance with the ( contract Documents 147 ENGINEER may refuse to recommend the whole or arty part of any payment of in ENGINEERS opinion, It would be incorrect to make the representations to 29 Burner Head Screen Screen must be in threaded end of burner head Gaslight will not function properly if screen is missing Seal Seal is placed on threaded end of burner head Seal and burner head should be screwed securely Into Bunsen Burner Ventura (BBV ) The seal must be replaced any time the burner head is removed after the lamp has been used Included "Preformed" Mantle Use Preformed type burner head #20337 with pre formed mantles #20351 Bunsen Burner Venturi (BBV) Flow of combustion air and ventilation air must not be obstructed To ensure proper air flow and gas mlxtu re the inside of the BBV must be clean aril free of any material that may potentially accumulate such as spiderwebs insects etc Make a periodicvisual check ofthe BBV The BBVcan be cleaned by drawing a clean dry cloth through it It can also be cleaned by blovmg it out with compressed air Never attach a mantle directly to the BBV Bunsen Burner Venturi (BBV) Clean dry cloth Burner head screen Burner head BUNSEN BURNER VENTURI (BBV) CLEANING INSTUCTIONS t Remove burner head 2 Pullaclean dry cloth through BBVto clean out foreign material 3 Replace seal Reassemble burner head and tighten securely Note Always replace seal if lamp has been previously lit GASLIGHT LOCATION MOUNTING & ASSEMBLY WARNING ® Read all instructions and Gaslight Warning Tag (attached to light) before installing light m Make sure that the gas supply is turned OFF at the supply tank and that the gaslight valve handle is in the OFF position Plumbing Supplies The following plumbing supplies are needed for nstallation They are available from your local gas dealer Copper Tubing Internally tin ned copper tubing Y. outside diameter is recommended Copper tubing must be Internally tinned to meet National Fuel Gas Code unless otherwise directed by local codes Fittings If3/. copper tubing is used a3/a Flare Male Con nectorx /.NPT Straight Fitting is required Mr Heater#20347(included) tf Gaslight is to be connected from behind (through wall) a /a NPT Street Elbow(MaI&Female) Mr Heater #20348 (included) must be used in addition to the Straight Fitting Permanent screws that attach valve assembly to wallplate should never be loosened or removed Removing valve assembly from waliplatewdl void warranty M Heater I MHGLLP 3 MHGLLP G O OPOPti 9 In tract on and Owner s Manu I TIT OWNER referred tom paragraph 145 ENGINEER may also refuse to recommend any such payment or because of subsequently discovered evidence or the results of subsequent Inspections or tests, nullify any such payment previously recommended to such extent m may be necessary in ENGINEERs opmuon to protect OWNER from loss because 14 7 1 the Work is defective or completed Work has been damaged requiring correction or replacement 1472 the Contract Rice has been reduced by Written Amendment or Change Order 1473 OWNER has been required to correct defective Work or complete Work in accordance with paragraph 13 14 or 14 7 4 ENGINEER has actual knowledge of the occurrence of any of the events enumerated in paragraphs 15 2 I through 15 2 4 inclusive OWNER may refuse to make payment of the full amount recommended by ENGINEER because 1475 clans have been made against OWNER on account of CONTRACTORS performance or fumshung of the Work 1476 Liens have been filed in connection with the Weak except where CONTRACTOR has delivered a specific Bond satisfactory to OWNER to secure the satisfaction and discharge of such Liens 1477 there are other items enmtlmg OWNER to a set off against the amount recommended or 1478 OWNER has actual knowledge of the occurrence of any of the events enumerated in Paragraphs 14 7 1 through 14 7 3 or paragraphs 15 2 1 through h 2 4 inclusive but OWNER must give CONTRACTOR Immediate written nonce (with a copy to ENGINEER) stating the reasons tot such action and promptly pay CONTRACTOR the amount so withheld or any adjustment thereto agreed to by OWNER and CONTRACTOR when CONTRACTOR corrects to OWNERs satefactlon the reasons for such action Substantial Complellm 148 When CONTRACTOR considers the entire Work ready for Its intended use CONTRACTOR shall notify OWNER and ENGINEER in writing that the entire Work is substantially complete (except for Items specifically listed by CONTRACTOR as incomplete) and request that ENGINEER issue a certificate of Substantial Completion Within a reasonable time thereafter OWNER, CONTRACTOR and FNCFNFFR shall make an inspection of the Work to determine the status of completion If ENGINEER does not consider the Work substantially complete ENGINEER will notify CONTRACTOR in writing giving the reasons therefor If ENGINEER 30 EJCDC GENERAL CONDITIONS 19104(19%EAum) w/ CITY OF FORT COLLIN MODIFICATIONS(REV 42000) considers the Weak substantially complete ENGINEER will prepare and deliver to OWNER a tentative certificate of Substantial Completion which shall fix the date of Substantial Completion There shall be attached to the certificate a tentative lug of Items to be completed or corrected before Emil payment OWNER shall have seven days after receipt of the tentative certificate during which to make written objection to ENGINEER m to any Provisions of the certificate or attached list If after considering such objections, ENGINEER concludes that the Work is not substannally complete, ENGINEER will within fourteen days after submission of the tentative certificate to OWNER notify C'ONERACfOR in writing stating the reasons therefor If after consideration of OWNERS objections, ENGINEER considers the Work substantially complete, ENGINEER will within said fourteen days execute and deliver to OWNER and CONTRACTOR a definitive certificate of Substantial Completion (with a revised tentative list of items to be completed or corrected) reflecting such changes Goan the tentative certificate as ENGINEER believes justified after consideration of any objections from OWNER At the time of delivery of the tentative certificate of Substantial Completion ENGINEER will deliver to OWNER and CONTRACTOR a written recommendation as to division of resporsnbilnties pending final payment between OWNER and CONTRACTOR with respect to seventy operation, safety maintenance heat, utilities Insurance and warranties and guarantees Unless OWNER and CONTRACTOR agree otherwise in writing and so inform ENGINEER in writing prior to ENGINEERS issuing the definitive certificate of Substantial Completion, ENGINEERS aforesaid recommendation will be binding on OWNER and CONTRACTOR untd final payment 149 OWNER shall have the right to exclude CONTRACTOR from the Work after the date of Substantial Completion, but OWNER shall allow CONTRACTOR reasonable access to complete or correct Items on the tentative lust Parttal UnItzahon 1410 Use by OWNER at OWNERS option of any substart ally completed pan of the Work which (I) has specifically been identified in the Contract Documents, cis (u) OWNER ENGINEER and CONTRACTOR agree constitutes a separately functioning and usable part of the Work that can be used by OWNER for Is intended purpose without significant interloence with CONTRACTORS performance of the remainder of the Work may he accomplished prior to Substantial Completion of all the W ork subject to the following I4101 OWNER at any time may request CONTRACTOR In writing to permit OWNER to use any such part of the Work which OWNER believes to be ready for its intended use and substantially complete If CONTRACTOR agrees that such pat of the Work is substantially complete CONTRACTOR will certify to OWNER and ENGINEER that such part of the Work is substantially complete and request ENGINEER to issue a certificate of Substanhdl Completion for that part of the Work CONTRACTOR at any time may notify OWNER and ENGINEER in wrltuig that CONTRACTOR considers any such part of the Work ready for its intended use and substantially complete and request ENGINEER to Issue a certificate of Substantial Completion for that Pan of the Work Within a reasonable time after either such request, OWNER CONTRACTOR and ENGINEER shall make an inspection of that Fart of the Work to determine Its status of completion If ENGINEER does not consider that part of the Work to be substanually complete, ENGINEER will notify OWNER and CONTRACTOR in writing giving the reasons therefor If ENGINEER considers that part of the Work to be substantially complete the provisions of paragraphs 14 8 and 14 9 will apply with respect to certification of Subsmnnal Completion of that part of the Work and the division of responsibility an respect thereof and access thereto 14 10 2 No occupancy or separate operation of part of the Work will be accomplished print to compliance with the requirements of paragraph 5 15 in respect of property Insurance Finallnspechon 1411 Upon written nonce from CONTRACTOR that the entire Work or an agreed portion thereof Is complete ENGINEER will make a full inspection with OWNER and CONTRACTOR and will notify CONTRACTOR in writing of all particulars in which this mspecnon reveals that the Work is incomplete or defective CONTRACTOR shall immediately take such measures as are necessary to complete such work or remedy such deficiencies, Final App(manon for Payment 1412 After CONTRACTOR has completed all such worectrons to the satisfaction of ENGINEER and delivered in accordance with the Contract Documems all maintenance and operating instructions, schedules, guarantees Bonds, certificates or other evidence of insurance required by paragraph54 certificates of inspection, marked -up record documents (as provided in paragraph 6 19) and other documents, CONTRACTOR may make application for final payment following the Procedure fa progress payments The final Applicatian for Payment shall be accompanied (except as previously delivered) by (i) all doeumeraatnon called for in the Contract Documents, including but not limited to the evidence of insurance required by subparagraph 5413 (it)consent of the surety if any to final payment and (tin) complete and legally effective releases or waivers (satisfactory to OWNER) of all Liens arising out of a filed in conrnection with the Work In lieu of such releases or walvers of Liens and as approved by OWNER, CONTRACTOR may furnish receipts or releases in full and affidavit of CONTRACTOR that (I) the releases and receipts include all labor services, material and equipment for which a I Len could be filed and (it) all payrolls, material and equipment bills and other indebtedness connected with the Work for which OWNER or OWNERS Property might in any way be responsible have been pad or Otherwise satisfied If any Subcontractor or Supplier falls EICDC GENERAL CONDITIONS 191"(1990 EAom) w/ QTY OF FORT COLLINS MODIFICATIONS (REV 42000) to furnish such a release or receipt in full CONTRACTOR may furtush a Bond or other collateral satisfactory to OWNER m indemnify OWNER against any Lien. Releases a warvem of hens and the consent of the curet to fmal a pament are to he submitted on forms COMOML19 to the format of the OWNER S standard forms bound in them ect man l Final Payment and Acceptance 14 13 If on the bass of ENGINEERS observation of the Work during construction and final inspection, and EN(rINEERs review of the tine! Application for Payment and accompanying documentation as required by the Contract Documents, ENGINEER is satisfied that the Work has been completed and CONTRACTORs other obligations under the Contract Documents have been fulfilled, ENGINEER will within ten days after receipt of the final Application for Payment indicate in waning ENGINEERs recommendation of payment and present the Apphcation to OWNER for payment At the same trine ENGINEER will also give written notice to OWNER and CONTRACTOR that the Work is acceptable subject to the provisions of paragraph 14 15 Otherwise ENGINEER will ream the Application to CONTRACTOR indicating in writing the reasons for refusing to recommend fmal payment in which case CONTRACTOR shall make the necessary corrections and resubmit the Application Thirty days after presentaum to OWNER of the Application and accompanying docamentanon, in appropriate form and substance and with ENGINEERS recommendation and notice of acceptability the amount recommended by ENGINEER will become due and will be paid by OWNER to CONTRACTOR subject to paragraph 1761 of these General Concklinns 1414 If� through no fault of CONTRACTOR tonal completion of the Work is significantly delayed and if ENGINEER So confirms, OWNER shah upon receipt of CONTRACTORS final APPllcanon for Payment and recommendation of ENGINEER and without terminating the Agreement make payment of the balance due for that Portion of the Work fully completed and accepted If the remaining balance to be held by OWNER for Work nor fully completed or corrected its less than the retamage stipulated in the Agreement, and if Bonds have been furnished as required in paragraph 5 1 the written consent of the surety to the payment of the balance due fa that portion of the Work fully completed and accepted shall be submitted by CONTRACTOR to ENGINEER with the Application to such payment Such payment shall he made under the terms and conditions governing final payment, except that it shall not constitute a waiver of claims Waver of Claims 1415 The makmg and we pmnee of final payment will con4ntute 14 15 1 a waiver of all claims by OWNER against CONTRACTOR, except claims arising from unsettled Liens, from defective Work appearing after 31 final Inspection pursuant to paragraph 14 11 from failure to comply with the Contract Documents or the terms of any special guarantees spen6ed therein, or from CONTRACTORs continuing obligations under the Contract Documents and 1415 2 A waiver of all clans by CONTRACTOR against OWNER other than those previously made in writing and still unsettled ARTICLE 15-SUSPENSION OF WORK AND rERNDNAIION OWNER May Suspend Work 151 At any time and without cause OWNER may suspend the Work or any portion thereof for a period of not more than ninety days by notice in writing to CONTRACTOR and ENGINEER which wdl fix the date on which Work will be resumed CONTRACTOR shall resume the Work on the date so fixed CONTRACTOR shall be allowed an adjustment in the Contract Price or an extension of the Contract Times, or bout, directly attributable to any such suspension if CONTRACTOR makes an approved clan therefor as provided in Articles I and 12 OWNER May Terminate 152 Upon the occurrence of any tine or more of the following events 1521 of CONTRACTOR persistently fads to perform the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents (mcludmg, but not limited to failure to supply s,ffiamt skilled workers or suitable materials or equipment or failure to adhere to the progress schedule established under paragraph29 as adjusted from time to time Pursuant to paragraph 6 6) 1522 if CONTRACTOR disregards Laws or Regulations of any public body havnngjunsdretnon, 15 2 3 if CONTRACTOR disregards the authority of ENGINEER or 15 2 4 if CONTRACTOR otherwise violates in any substantial way any provisions of the Contract Documents OWNER may after giving CONTRACTOR (and the surety if airy) seven days written notice and to the extent permitted by Laws and Regulations terminate the services of CONTRACTOR, exclude CONTRACTOR from the site and take possession of the Work and of all CONTRACTORS tools, appliances construchon equipment and machinery at the site and use the came to the full extent they could be used by CONTRACTOR (without liability ro CONTRACTOR for trespass or wnversron) incorporate in the Work all materials and equipment stored at the site or for which OWNER has paid 32 E]CDCOENERAL CONDITIONS 1910-8 (19% Editim) w/CITY OF FORT COLLINS MODIFICATIONS (REV 420W) CONTRACTOR but which are stored elsewhere and fuush the Work as OWNER may deem expedient In such case CONTRACTOR shall not be entitled to receive any further payment until the Work is finished If the unpaid balance of the Contract Price exceeds all clans costs, Iowa and damages sustained by OWNER arising out of or resulting from completing the Work such excess will be Paid to CONTRACTOR If such clams costs, losses and damages exceed such unpurd balance CONTRACTOR shall pay the difference to OWNER Such claims, costs losses and damages incurred by OWNER will be reviewed by ENGINEER as to their reasonableness and when so approved by ENGINEER Incorporated in a Change Order provided that when exercising any rights or remedies under thus paragraph OWNER shall not be required to obtain the lowest price for the Work performed 153 Where CONTRACTORS services have been so terminated by OWNER, the temin anon will not affect MY rights or remedies of OWNER against CON IRAC TOR then existing or which may thereafter accrue Any retention or payment of moneys due CONTRACTOR by OWNER will not release CONTRACTOR from liability 154 Upon seven days written notice to CONTRACTOR and ENGINEER, OWNER may without cause and without prejudice to any other right or remedy of OWNER elect to terminate the Agreement In such case CONTRACTOR shall be paid (without duplication of any items) 15 41 for completed and acceptable Work executed in accordance with the Contract Documents prior to the effective date of termmahon including fair and reasonable sums for overhead and profit on such Work 15 4 2 for expenses sustained prior to the effecuve date of termination In performing services and furnishing labor materials or equipment as required by the Contract Documents in connection with uncompleted Work, plus fax and reasonable sums for overhead and profit on such expenses 15 4 3 for all clams, costs, losses and damages incurred in settlement of terminated contracts with Subcontractors Suppliers and others, and 1544 for reasonable expenses directly attributable to termination CONTRACTOR shall not be paid on account of lose of anticipated profits or revenue or other economic loss arising out of or resulting from such termination CONTRACTOR May Stop Work ar T,,,Mnore 155 If through no act or fault of CONTRACTOR, the Work is suspended for a pennd of more than ninety days by OWNER or under an order of court or other public authority or ENGINEER fails to act on any Application for Payment within thirty days after it m submitted or OWNER fads for thirty days to pay CONTRACTOR any sum finally determined to be due then CONTRACTOR may upon seven days written nonce to OWNER and ENGINEER and provided OWNER or ENGINEER do not remedy such suspension or failure within that time terminate the Agreement and recover from OWNER payment on the same terms as provided in paragraph 15 4 In lieu of terminating the Agreement and without prejudice to any other right or remedy of ENGINEER bas faded to act on an Application for Payment within flurry days after it a submitted or OWNER has faded for thirty days to pay CONTRACTOR any sum finally determined to be due CONTRACTOR may upon seven days written notice to OWNER and ENGINEER stop the Work until payment of all such amounts due CONTRACTOR including uterest thereon The provisions of this paragraph 155 we not upended to preclude CONTRACTOR from making clan under Articles I 1 and 12 for an mcresse in Contract Price or Contract Tunes or otherwise for expenses or damage directly attributable to CONTRACTORS stopping Work m permitted by this paragraph ARTICLE 16—DISPUTE RESOLUTION If and to the extent that OWNER and CONTRACTOR have agreed on the method and procedure for resolving disputes between them that may arise under this Agreement such dispute resolution method and procedure if any shall be as set forth in Exhibit GC A, Dispute Resolution Agreement to be attached hereto and made a pan hereof If no such agreement on the method and procedure tot resolving such disputes has been reached and subject to the provisions of paragraphs 910 9 11 and 912 OWNER and CONTRACTOR may exercise such rights or remedies as either may othennnse have under the Contract Documents or by Laws or Regulations in respect of any dispute ARTICLE 17—MLSCELLANEOUS Giving Notice 171 Whenever any provision of the Contract Documents requires the giving of written notice it will be deemed to have been validly given if delivered in person to the individual or to a member of the film or to an officer of the corporation for whom it is intended, or if delivered at or semi by registered or certified mail postage prepmd to the last business address known to the giver of the notce 17 2 Computation of Tune 17 2 1 When any period of time is referred to in the Contract Documents by days it will be computed to exclude the first and include the last day of such period If the last day of any such period falls on - Saturday or Sunday a on a day made a legal holiday by the law of the applicable junsdation, such day will be omitted from the computation EJCDC GENERAL CONDfrioNs 191"(1990 Ebum) W CITY OF FORT COLLIN9 MODIFICATIONS (REV 42000) 17 2 2 A calendar day of twenty four hours measured from midnight to the next midnight will constitute a day Nonce of Clam 173 Should OWNER or CONTRACTOR suffer injury a damage to person or property because of any error omission or act of the other party or of any of the other party's employees or agents or others for whose acts the other party is legally liable clam will be made in writing to the other party within a reasonable tune of the fast observance of such injury or damage The provisions of this paragraph 17 3 shall not be construed as a substitute for or a waiver of the provisions of any applicable statute of limitations or repose Cumulative Remedies 174 The duties and obligations unposed by these General Conditions and the rights and remedies available hereunder to the parties hereto and, in particular but without limitation, the warranues, guarantees and obligations Imposed upon CONTRACTOR by paragraphs 612 616 630 631 632 131 1312 1314 14 3 and 15 2 and all of the rights and remedies available to OWNER and ENGINEER thereunder are in addition to and are not to be construed in any way as a Imitation of arry rights and remedies available to any or all of them which are otherwise unposed or available by Laws or Regulations by special warranty or guarantee or by other provisions of the Contract Documents and the provisions of this paragraph will be as effective as if repeated Mf;ally tin the Contract Documents inconnection with each particular duty obligation, right and remedy to which they apply Professional Fees and Court Costs Included 175 Whenever reference is made to clauns, costs, losses and damages it shall include in each case but not be ]mated to all fees and charges of engineers, architects attorneys and other professionals and all court or arbitration or other dispute resolution costs 176 The laws of the State of Colorado apply to this Apaeement Reference to two nemnem Colorado statutes are as follows 1762 If a cln is fit OWNER i eau d by law iCm 13R 26 1071 rowltonold fr II namem, to CONTRACTOR sutticiem funds to Insure the Cuvment of nit clans for labor materiels twin lure sustenance nrov ors aov der Cher col used or consumed by CONTRACTOR or his 33 34 EICDC GENERAL CONDI77ON519104(1990EdUM) -1 CITY OF FORT COLLINS MODIFICATIONS (REV 42000) (This page left blank mtenuonally ) EICDC GENERAL CONDIl7ONS 19105 (1990 Edmm) 35 w/ CITY OF FORT COLLIN9 MODIFICATIONS (REV 42OW) 36 EICDCOENMM CONDITIONS 19104(1990EdUm) w/ CITY OF FORT CO66IM MODIFICATIONS (REV 42000) EXHIBIT GC -A to General Conditions of the Construction Contract Between OWNER and CONTRACTOR DISPUTE RESOLUTION AGREEMENT OWNER and CONTRACTOR hereby agree that Article 16 of the General Conditions of the Construction Contract between OWNER and CONTRACTOR is amended to include the following agreement of the parties 161 All claims, disputes and other matters in question between OWNER and CONTRACTOR anstrg out of or relating to the Contract Docurrems or the breach thereof (except for claims which have been waived by the making or acceptance of final payment as provided by Paragraph 1415) will be decided by arbitration in accordance with the Construction Industry Arbitration Rules of the American Arbitration Association then obtaining subject to the limitations of the Article 16 This agreement so to arbitrate and any other agreement a consent to arbitrate entered into in accordance herewith as provided in dus Article 16 will be specifically enforceable under the prevailing law of any court having jurisdiction 162 No demand for arbmation of any claim dispute a other matter that is required to be referred to ENGINEER initially for decision in accordance with Paragraph 9 11 will be made until the earlier of (a) the date on which ENGINEER has rendered a written decision or (b) the thirty first day after the parties have presented their evidence to ENGINEER if a written decision has not been rendered by ENGINEER before that date No demand for arbitration of any such claim dispute or other matter will be made later than thirty days after the date on which ENGINEER has rendered a written decision in respect thereof in accordance with paragraph 9 11 and the failure to demand arbitration within said thirty days period will result in ENGINEERS decision being final and binding upon OWNER and CONTRACTOR If ENGINEER renders a decision after arbitration proceedings have been initiated, such decision may be entered as evidence but will not supersede the arbitration proceedings, except when the decision is acceptable to the parties concerned No demand for arbitration of any written decision of ENGINEER rendered in accordance with paragraph 9 10 will be made later than ten days after the party making such demand has delivered written notice of intention to appeal as provided in paragraph 9 10 163 Notice of the demand for arbitration will be filed in writing with the other party to the Agreement and with the American Arb Craton Association, and a copy will be Sam to ENGINEER for information The demand for arbitration will be made within the thirtydav or ten-day period specified in paragraph 16 2 as applicable and in all other cases wnthm a reasonable time after the clam dispute or other matter in question has ansan and in no event shall any such demand be made after the date when institution of legal or equitable proceedings based on such clam dispute or other matter in question would be barred by the applicable statute of limitanons EJCDC GENERAL CONDITIONS 191 o- (199oEAn.) w/ CITY OF PORT COLLINS MODIFICATIONS (REV 9199) 164 Except as provided in paragraph 165 below no arbitration musing out of or relating to the Contract Documents shall include by consolidation, Joinder or in any other manner any other person or entity (including ENGINEER, ENGINEERS Consultant and the officers, directors, agents, employees or consultants of any of them) who is not a party to this contract unless 16 4 1 the inclusion of such other person or entity is necessary if complete relief is to be afforded among those who are already parties to the arbitration and 1642 such other person or entity is substantially involved in a question of law or fact which is common to those who are already parties to the arbitration and which will artse in such proceedings, and 1643 the written consent of the other person or entity sought to be included and of OWNER and CONTRACTOR has been obtained for such inclusion, which consent shall make specific reference to this paragraph but no such consent shall constitute consent to arbitration of any dispute not specifically described in such consent a to arbitration with any party not specifically identified in such consent 165 Notwithstanding paragraph 164 if a claim dispute or other matter in question between OWNER and CONTRACTOR involves the Work of a Subcontractor either OWNER or CONTRACTOR may join such Subcontractor as a party to the arbitration between OWNER and CONTRACTOR hereunder CONTRACTOR shall include in all subcontracts required by paragraph 6 11 a specific provision whereby the Subcontractor consents to being joined in an arbitration between OWNER and CONTRACTOR awolvmg the Work of such Subcontractor Nothing m t}us paragraph 16 5 nor in the Pow ision of such subcontract consenting to joinder shall create any clean right or cause of action in favor of Subcontractor and against OWNER ENGINEER or ENGINEER s Consultants that does not otherwise exist 166 The award rendered by the arbitrators will be final judgment may be entered upon it in any court having jurisdiction thereof and it will not be subject to modification or appeal 167 OWNER and CONTRACTOR agree that they shall first submit any and all unsettled claims, counterclaims, disputes and other matters in question between them ansrng out of or relating to the Contract Documents or the breach thereof ( dhspurom ) to mediation by the American Arbitration Association under the Constriction Industry Mediation Rules of the American Arbitration Association prior to either of them initiating against the other a demand for arbitration pursuant m Paragraphs 161 through 166 unless delay in morning arbitration would irrevocably prejudice one of the parties The respective thirty and ten day time limits within which to file a demand for arbnmtion as provided in paragraphs 16 2 and 16 3 above shall be suspended with respect to a dispute submitted to medumon within those same applicable time limits and shall remain suspended until ten days after the termmation of the mediation The mediator of any dispute submitted to mediation under this Agreement shall not serve as arbitrator of such dispute urdess otherwise agreed GC Al EJCDC GENERAL CONDITIONS 1910 8 (1990 E ht,.) .1 CITY OF FORT COLLINS MODIFICATIONS (REV 9N41 GC AI SE SECTION 00800 SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS Location of Indoor Gaslight Always mount gaslight on an open wall Never mount gaslight in a timed -in or recessed area Wall Bracket Assembly (Ref #1) must be mounted so that Heat Deflector (Ref #15) is a minimum of four Inches from a combustible surface and outside of Globe (Ref #13)is a minimum of three inches from a combustible surface to either side or in front Mounting gaslights too close to a door may subject delicate mantles to vibrations and could damage the mantle Assembly First remove all packaging materials from gaslight 1 Remove Wall Bracket Assembly (Ref #1) and visually Identify Valve Assembly (Ref #2) and Orifice (Ref #4) From center of Orifice measure a minimum of seven inches below an overhead combustible surface and a minimum often Inches from a combustible surface at the front These dimensions will provide the minimum clearance to combustible surfaces for the Heat Deflector and Globe DONOTTOUCH DISTURB OR DAMAGE HOLE IN ORIFICE even oil from hands can interfere with proper gas flow If gas supply is to be connected through bottom of valve cover (Ref #27) remove Knockout tab (twist out using pliers) in valve cover before proceeding 2 Connect internally tinned copper tubing to Gas Inlet (Gas Inlet) using proper fitting (See Fittings page 3) It is easier to connect the tubing before fastening Wall Bracket Assembly to wall (also Walt Bracket Assembly is less likely to be bent) Valve Assembly (Ref #2) must be straight on the Wall Bracket Assembly Orifice (Ref #4) must aim into the center of the BBV (Ref #28) for proper au and gas mixture 3 Fasten Wall Bracket Assembly to wall using four mounting screws(Ref #26)supplied CAUTION DO NOT OVER TIGHTEN SCREWS The four Bosses (Mounting Bosses) on the Wall Bracket Assembly must not be imbedded in the wall because air must circulate behind the Wall Bracket Assembly to prevent scorching 4 Attach Valve Cover Assembly (Ref 027) to Wall Bracket Assembly by engaging Slots (Slots) with Wall Bracket Assembly Tabs (Assembly Tabs) 5 Carefully swing down the Valve Cover Assembly so that the slots in the bottom of valve cover engage Lock Screws (Ref #12) Tighten Lock Screws 6 Check the following dimensions Minimum of 4 inch clearance from top of Heat Deflector (Ref #15) to ceding Minimum of 3 inch clearance from outer edge of Globe to both sides and front Ensure 1 /a inch dimension between Heat Deflector and Globe Holder (Ref #16) 7 Loosen Globe Lock Screw (Ref 014) and remove Globe Be sure that all packaging material has been removed Attach mantle 8 Attach Globe after installing mantle but before burn off (See Mantle Installation and Lighting Instructions ) by engaging Tabs (Globe Holder Tabs (2)) and inserting Globe so that Globe Lock screw can be tightened Into the neck of the Globe Do not over tighten Replacement parts and accessories are avallable from your local gas dealer orfrom Mr Heater Inc MANTLE INSTALLATION & LIGHTING INSTRUCTIONS Do not use defectve mantles (holes etc ) Replace defective mantles immediately After installation and before use have qualified gas personnel approve your installation and check for gas leaks using a leak detector Tubing fittings gaslightvalve andanyothergas transporting component should be checked After gaslight has been properly installed and thoroughly checked for leaks by qualified gas personnel only 1 Remove globe 2 a Pre formed mantle Grasp ceramic ring - do not touch mantle Itself Hook legs into reverse L of the burner head Optional Tie -on mantle Loop the Leon strings at the throat of the mantle Work fingertips into mantle throat and enlarge the opening so that it wtl I fit over the ceramic burner head and seat in lowergroove of burner head Do not tie the mantleto the BBV Distribute puckers in the mantle evenly around the burner head Pull theends of the string snugly so that mantle and string are seated securely in the burner head groove Tie a double knot and clip off excess string 3 Replace globe 4 Mantle burn off WITH GASLIGHT VALVE HANDLE IN THE OFF POSITION and in a well ventilated room holdalighmd match close to but not touching bottom of mantle Remove match when mantle begins to smolder Allow fabric to burn completely NOTE R is normal for mantles to smoke during burn -off procedure WARNING ® After burn off mantle is a chemical ash It will break if touched Upon lighting of gaslight it will shrink to its final form 5 Lighting of gaslight Light gaslight only after mantle turn off M Hut r I MHGUPB Mi r O OP rat n9 1 stet to 5 and owner Manu I SECTION 00800 SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS Conditions of the Contract These Supplementary Conditions amend or supplement the General Conditions of the Construction Contract (EJCDC General Conditions 1910-8 1990 edition with City of Fort Collins modifications) and other provisions of the Contract Documents as indicated below SC-5 4 8 Limits of Liability A Add the following language at the end of paragraph 5 4 8 The limits of liability for the insurance required by the paragraph numbers of the General Conditions listed below are as follows 5 4 1 and 5 4 2 Coverage A - Statutory Limits Coverage B - $100,000/$100,000/$500,000 5 4 3 and 5 4 5 Commercial General Liability policy will have limits of $1 000,000 combined single limits (CSL) This policy will include coverage for Explosion Collapse, and Underground coverage unless waived by the Owner 5 4 6 The Comprehensive Automobile Liability Insurance policy will have limits of $1 000 000 combined single limits (CSL) 5 49 This policy will include completed operations coverage/product liability coverage with limits of $1,000 000 combined single limits (CSL) Rev 10/20/07 Section 00800 Page 1 SECTION 00900 ADDENDA, MODIFICATIONS AND PAYMENT 00950 Contract Change Order 00960Appli.cation for Payment Rev 10/20/07 SECTION 00950 CHANGE ORDER NO PROJECT TITLE 6110 Soapstone Prairie Natural Area Shelters and Observatory CONTRACTOR PROJECT NUMBER DESCRIPTION 1 Reason for change 2 Description of Change 3 Change in Contract Cost 4 Change in Contract Time ORIGINAL CONTRACT COST $ 00 TOTAL APPROVED CHANGE ORDER 0 00 TOTAL PENDING CHANGE ORDER 0 00 TOTAL THIS CHANGE ORDER 0 00 TOTAL s OF THIS CHANGE ORDER TOTAL C 0 - OF ORIGNINAL CONTRACT ADJUSTED CONTRACT COST $ 0 00 (Assuming all change orders approved) ACCEPTED BY DATE Contractor's Representative ACCEPTED BY DATE ProDect Manager REVIEWED BY DATE Title APPROVED BY DATE Title APPROVED BY DATE Purchasing Agent over $30,000 cc City Clerk Contractor Pro3ect File Architect Engineer Purchasing Rev 10/20/07 Section 00950 Page 1 C - - I --- /fi n n In APPLICATION FOR PAYMENT PAGE 1 OF 4 OWNER City of Fort Collins PROJECT APPLICATION NUMBER APPLICATION DATE ENGINEER PERIOD BEGINNING CONTRACTOR PERIOD ENDING PROJECT NUMBER CHANGE ORDERS Application is made for Payment as shown below in connection with Contract NUMBER The present status of the account for this Contract is as DATE AMOUNT follows 1 2 Original Contract Amount 3 Net Change by Change Order Current contract Amount Total Completed and Stored to Date Less Previous Applications Amount Due this Application Before Retainage Less Retainage Net Change by Change Order $0 00 I AMOUNT DUE THIS APPLICATION CERTIFICATION The undersigned CONTRACTOR certifies that all obligations of CONTRACTOR incurred in connection with the Work have been satisfied as required in Paragraph 14 3 of the General Conditions of the Contract The above Amount Due This Application is requested by the CONTRACTOR Date Li Payment of the above Amount Due This Application is recommended by the ENGINEER Date By Payment of the above Amount Due This Application has been reviewed by the OWNER S Project Manager Date By Payment of the above Amount Due This Application is approved by the OWNER 1... —"'"' Section 00960 Page 1 $0 00 $0 00 $0 00 CONTRACT AMOUNTS APPLICATION FOR PAYMENT PAGE 2 OF 4 Work Work Work Completed Completed Completed Stored Bid This Previous To Item Month Periods Date Materials Total Unit This Earned Percent Number Description Quantity Units Price Amount Qty Amount Qty Amount Qty Amount Period To Date Billed $0 00 $0 00 $0 00 $0 00 $0 00 $0 00 $0 00 $0 00 $0 00 $0 00 $0 00 $0 00 $0 00 $0 00 $0 00 $0 00 $0 00 $0 00 $0 00 $0 00 $0 00 $0 00 $0 00 $0 00 $0 00 $0 00 $0 00 $0 00 $0 00 $0 00 $0 00 $0 00 $0 00 $0 00 $0 00 $0 00 $0 00 $0 00 $0 00 $0 00 $0 00 $0 00 $0 00 $0 00 $0 00 $0 00 $0 00 $0 00 $0 00 $0 00 $0 00 $0 00 $0 00 $0 00 $0 00 $0 00 $0 00 $0 00 $0 00 $0 00 $0 00 $0 00 $0 00 $0 00 $0 00 $0 00 $0 00 $0 00 $0 00 $0 00 $0 00 $0 00 $0 00 $0 00 $0 00 $0 00 $0 00 $0 00 $0 00 $0 00 $0 00 $0 00 $0 00 $0 00 $0 00 $0 00 $0 00 $0 00 $0 00 $0 00 $0 00 $0 00 $0 00 $0 00 $0 00 $0 00 $0 00 $0 00 $0 00 $0 00 $0 00 $0 00 $0 00 $0 00 $0 00 $0 00 $0 00 $0 00 $0 00 $0 00 $0 00 $0 00 $0 00 $0 00 $0 00 $0 00 $0 00 $0 00 $0 00 $0 00 $0 00 $0 00 $0 00 $0 00 $0 00 $0 00 $0 00 $0 00 $0 00 $0 00 $0 00 $0 00 $0 00 $0 00 $0 00 $0 00 $0 00 $0 00 $0 00 $0 00 $0 00 $0 00 $0 00 $0 00 $0 00 $0 00 $0 00 $0 00 $0 00 $0 00 $0 00 $0 00 $0 00 $0 00 $0 00 $0 00 $0 00 $0 00 TOTALS $0 00 $0 00 $0 00 $0 00 $0 00 $0 00 $0 00 $0 00 $0 00 $0 00 Section 00960 Page 2 CHANGE ORDERS Bid Item Number Description Quantity Units Unit Price Amount APPLICATION FOR PAYMENT Work Work Work Completed Completed Completed This Previous To Month Periods Date Qty Amount Qty Amount Qty Amount Stored Materials This Period PAGE 3 OF 4 Total Earned Percent To Date Billed $0 00 $0 00 $0 00 $0 00 $0 00 $0 00 $0 00 $0 00 $0 00 $0 00 $0 00 $0 00 $0 00 $0 00 $0 00 $0 00 $0 00 $0 00 $0 00 $0 00 $0 00 $0 00 $0 00 $0 00 $0 00 $0 00 $0 00 $0 00 $0 00 $0 00 $0 00 $0 00 $0 00 $0 00 $0 00 $0 00 $0 00 $0 00 $0 00 $0 00 $0 00 $0 00 $0 00 $0 00 $0 00 $0 00 $0 00 $0 00 $0 00 $0 00 $0 00 $0 00 $0 00 $0 00 $0 00 $0 00 $0 00 $0 00 $0 00 $0 00 $0 00 $0 00 $0 00 $0 00 $0 00 $0 00 $0 00 $0 00 $0 00 $0 00 $0 00 $0 00 $0 00 $0 00 $0 00 $0 00 $0 00 $0 00 $0 00 $0 00 $0 00 $0 00 $0 00 $0 00 $0 00 $0 00 $0 00 $0 00 $0 00 $0 00 $0 00 $0 00 $0 00 $0 00 $0 00 $0 00 $0 00 $0 00 $0 00 $0 00 $0 00 $0 00 $0 00 $0 00 $0 00 $0 00 $0 00 $0 00 $0 00 $0 00 $0 00 $0 00 $0 00 $0 00 $0 00 $0 00 $0 00 $0 00 $0 00 $0 00 $0 00 $0 00 $0 00 $0 00 $0 00 $0 00 $0 00 $0 00 $0 00 $0 00 $0 00 $0 00 $0 00 $0 00 $0 00 $0 00 $0 00 $0 00 $0 00 $0 00 $0 00 $0 00 $0 00 $0 00 $0 00 $0 00 $0 00 $0 00 $0 00 $0 00 $0 00 $0 00 $0 00 $0 00 $0 00 $0 00 $0 00 $0 00 $0 00 $0 00 TOTALS CHANGE ORDERS $0 00 $0 00 $0 00 $0 00 $0 00 $0 00 $0 00 $0 00 $0 00 $0 00 PROJECT TOTALS $0 00 $0 00 $0 00 $0 00 $0 00 Section 00960 Page 3 STORED MATERIALS SUMMARY On Hand Received Installed Item Invoice Previous This This Number Number Description Application Period Period PAGE 4 OF 4 On Hand This A lication $0 00 $0 00 $0 00 $0 00 $0 00 $0 00 $0 00 $0 00 $0 00 $0 00 $0 00 $0 00 $0 00 $0 00 $0 00 $0 00 $0 00 $0 00 $0 00 $0 00 $0 00 $0 00 $0 00 $0 00 $0 00 $0 00 $0 00 $0 00 $0 00 $0 00 $0 00 $0 00 $0 00 TOTALS $0 00 $0 00 $0 00 $0 00 Section 00960 Page 4 TABLE OF CONTENTS DIVISION 1 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS Section 01010 Summary of Work 01022 Unit Prices 01027 Change Order Procedures 01030 Alternates 01040 Coordination 01041 Superintendent 01046 Access to Site 01050 Field Engineering 01060 Regulatory Requirements 01070 Abbreviations 01200 Project Meetings 01310 Construction Schedules 01340 Shop Drawings Product Data and Samples 01370 Schedule of Values 01400 Quality Control 01410 Testing 01510 Temporary Utilities 01520 Construction and Equipment Aids 01590 Field Offices and Sheds 01600 Material and Equipment 01700 Contract Close Out 01710 Cleaning 01714 Construction Waste Management 01720 Project Record Documents 01730 Operating and Maintenance Data 01740 Warranties and Bonds DIVISION 2 SITEWORK Section 02100 Site Preparation 02220 Excavating Filling and Grading 02225 Structural Excavating Backfilling and Compacting 02230 Drilled Piers 02515 Portland Cement and Concrete Paving DIVISION 3 CONCRETE Section 03100 Concrete Formwork 03150 Expansion and Fixed Joints 03200 Concrete Reinforcement 03250 Concrete Accessories 03300 Cast In Place Concrete DIVISION 4 MASONRY Section 04100 Mortar and Masonry Grout 04220 Concrete Unit Masonry 04400 Stone Masonry 04430 Simulated Stone Veneer (Bid Alternate) DIVISION 5 METALS Section 05120 Structural Steel 05300 Metal Decking 05999 Miscellaneous Metals DIVISION 6 WOOD AND PLASTICS Section 06100 Rough Carpentry 06410 Custom Cabinetwork DIVISION 7 THERMAL AND MOISTURE PROTECTION Section 07210 Thermal Building Insulation 07466 Wood Siding 07467 Fiber Cement Siding 07612 Cold Rolled Steel Sheet Metal Screwed Down Metal Roofing 07621 Galvanized Metal Flashing and Trim 07900 Sealants and Joint Fillers DIVISION 8 DOORS AND WINDOWS Section 08110 Standard Steel Doors and Frames 08520 Aluminum Windows DIVISION 9 FINISHES Section 09900 Painting 09930 Transparent Finishes DIVISION 12 FURNISHINGS Section 12512 Horizontal and Vertical Blinds Table of Contents 1 Soapstone Natural Area 0743 07 SECTION 01010 SUMMARY OF WORK PART 1 GENERAL 1 01 PROJECT SITE A Location The site is located in the Soapstone Natural Area in northern Lanmer County Colorado 1 02 DESCRIPTION OF THE WORK General The work consists of the following 1 Phase 1 Three (3) picnic shelters, Lmdenmeier observation shelter, two (2) kiosks entrance station building and entrance station island curbing sidewalk and parking area 2 Phase 2 North and south trailhead trail paving and handicap parking spaces and paved trail to the Lindenmeier site Unless otherwise provided Contractor shall provide at his expense all materials, labor equipment tools transportation and utilities including cost of connection necessary for successful completion of the project The Contractor shall be responsible for seeing that all contractors subcontractors suppliers and workmen associated with the project conduct themselves in a professional respectful and businesslike manner while on the site 1 Firearms, alcoholic beverages and controlled substances are not permitted on the premises 2 Smoking or use of tobacco products shall only be allowed in designated areas, and is prohibited within any structure 3 All workers shall refrain from the use of profane or abusive language and other forms of harassment on the site 4 Other specific conditions of this Section shall be as arranged at the Pre Construction Conference Refer to Section 01046 for specific rights of the Owners principal representa trve Related requirements or conditions specified elsewhere 1 Section 01030, Alternates 2 Section 01046 Access to Site 3 Section 01060 Regulatory Requirements 4 Section 01400 Quality Control Quality control and workmanship standards 5 Section 01600 Material and Equipment Quality of materials and equipment to be installed in the work 1 03 HANDICAPPED ACCESSIBILITY Handicapped Accessibility/Adaptability For purposes of building permit review by Lanmer County and general coordination of interrelated elements of the Work the following shall apply 1 04 CONTRACTOR QUALIFICATIONS Superintendent Qualifications Refer to Section 01041 1 05 FORM OF BID AND/OR CONSTRUCTION CONTRACT The work of this Project shalt be bid and construction contracts awarded on the following basis Soapstone Natural Area 0743 07 01010 1 100% Construction Documents unless otherwise modified in the General or Supplementary Conditions of the Contract (select one) 1 Lump sum basis including approved Alternates 1 06 WORK BY OTHERS A Owner shall furnish and install all grading landscaping and related site improvements beyond the construction limits indicated on the Drawings, by separate contract B Owner shall furnish and install all off site improvements, including street improvements utility extensions and stormwater systems by separate contract C Off site street, bridge and utility improvements will be bid and constructed by the City of Fort Collins by separate contract D Owner shall furnish and deliver to the site all artwork materials associated with the City Art in Public Places program by separate contract END OF SECTION Soapstone Natural Area 0743 07 01010 2 100% Construction Documents (Step 4) has been completely accomplished Caution Do not turn gaslight to ON povtion until after lighting match Do not touch mantle with the match Note When gaslight is newly installed air maybe present in the gas line Several matches may be required before the gaslight will light After a new mantle is ignited allow It to burn for five to ten minutes so itwill shrink to its final form Gaslight Is now ready for use 6 Turning gaslight off To turn off simply move gaslight valve handletothe OFF position Light gaslight only after mantle burnoff (Step 4) has been completely accomplished Caution Donotturn gaslightto ON position until after lighting match I When gaslight is burning properly flame is bright white and has no visible outlines Turn gaslight to ON povtion Do not touch mantle with the match To turnoff simply move gaslight valve handle to the OFF position M H"tQ I MHGLLPB MHi LLP r O OPOMIIng I Grua ons a a Pan rs Man al G /w SECTION 01022 UNIT PRICES PART 1 GENERAL 1 01 WORK INCLUDED A This Section identifies each Unit Price by number as referred from the Drawings and/or specific Sections of these Specifications, including but not limited to 1 Section 03300 Cast in Place Concrete B Related requirements specified elsewhere 1 Bidding Documents Bid Form 2 Owner Contractor Agreement Incorporation of Unit Prices into the Work 3 Sections of the Specifications as referenced 1 02 DESCRIPTION OF UNIT PRICES A The Contractor shall furnish the following Unit Prices for addition and/or deletion of bid items by the Owner Unit Prices shall include all labor materials tools equipment and supervision necessary for each item to be installed and all mark ups for the Contractor and Subcontractor completely finished operational and coordinated with related work Unit Prices requested shall not be construed as all inclusive and the Owner reserves the right to add or delete from the project using these Unit Prices in any order or quantity Base Bid shall include all items shown on the Drawings or specified herein Item Description Unit Overruns and underruns of 12 diameter drilled piers L F Colored concrete sidewalk with fiber mesh 5 thick S F END OF SECTION 01022 1 Soapstone Natural Area 0743 07 100% Construction Documents SECTION 01027 CHANGE ORDER PROCEDURES PART 1 GENERAL 1 01 REQUIREMENTS INCLUDED Contractor shall prepare and promptly implement Change Order procedures 1 Provide full written data required to evaluate proposed changes in the Contract Sum or extensions of the Contract Time 2 Maintain detailed records of work done on a time and matenal/force account basis 3 Maintain detailed records of weather related delays to substantiate claims for additional time Designate in writing the member of Contractors organization who is authorized to accept changes in the work Related requirements specified elsewhere 1 Owner Contractor Agreement and Conditions of the Contract a Methods of determining cost or credit to Owner resulting from changes in the work made on a time and material basis b Contractor's claims for additional costs c Allowable limits for Contractors overhead and profit d Established unit prices 2 Section 01026 Applications for Payment 3 Section 01046 Access to Site Designation of Owner s Principal Representative authorized to execute change orders 1 Section 01310 Construction Schedules i Section 01370 Schedule of Values i Section 01600, Material and Equipment Substitutions Section 01720 Project Record Documents 102 DEFINITIONS A Change Order See General Conditions B Architects Supplemental Instructions AIA Document G710 A written order instructions or interpretations signed by Architect making minor changes in the work not involving a change in Contract Sum or Contract Time C Proposal Request AIA Document G709 A written request by the Owner or Architect describing proposed changes in the work and requesting change order pricing from the Contractor, but not authorizing the work to be completed until approved in writing by the Owner D Construction Change Authorization or standard City of Fort Collins form A written order to the Contractor signed by Owner and Architect which amends the Contract Documents as described and authorizes Contractor to proceed with a change which affects the Contract Sum or the Contract Time for inclusion in a subsequent Change Order 1 03 PRELIMINARY PROCEDURES A Owner or Architect may initiate changes by submitting a Proposal Request to Contractor Request will include 1 Detailed description of the change products and location of the change in the project 2 Supplementary or revised Drawings and Specifications Soapstone Natural Area 0743 07 01027 1 100% Construction Documents 3 The projected time span for making the change and a specific statement as to whether overtime work is or is not authorized 4 A specific period of time during which the requested price will be considered valid 5 Such request is for information only and is not an instruction to execute the changes or to stop work in progress Contractor may initiate changes by submitting a written notice to Architect containing 1 Description of the proposed changes 2 Statement of the reason for making the changes 3 Statement of the affect on the Contract Sum and the Contract Time 4 Statement of the affect on the work of separate contractors 5 Documentation supporting any change in Contract Sum or Contract Time as appropriate Changes in the work affecting construction cost and/or contract time shall not be started without a fully executed Change Order or other written authorization from the Owner and Architect in accordance with the General and Supplementary Conditions 1 04 CONSTRUCTION CHANGE AUTHORIZATION A In lieu of a Proposal Request Architect may issue a Construction Change Authorization for Contractor to proceed with a change for subsequent inclusion in a Change Order B Authorization will describe changes in the work both additions and deletions with attachments of revised Contract Documents to define details of the change and will designate the method of determining any change in the Contract Sum and any change in Contract Time C Owner and Architect will sign and date the Construction Change Authorization as authorization for the Contractor to proceed with the changes D Contractor will sign and date the Construction Change Authorization to indicate agreement with the terms therein 1 05 DOCUMENTATION OF PROPOSALS AND CLAIMS A Support each quotation for a lump sum proposal and for each unit price which has not previously been established with sufficient substantiating data to allow Architect and Owner to evaluate the quotation 1 Labor and equipment required 2 Materials required a Recommended source of purchase and unit cost b Quantities required 3 Taxes insurance and bonds 4 Credit for work deleted from Contract similarly documented 5 Overhead and profit Refer to Supplemental Conditions of the Contract for established limits if applicable 6 Justification for any change in Contract Time B Support each claim for additional costs and for work done on a time and material/force account basis with documentation as required for a lump sum proposal plus additional information 1 Name of the Owners authorized agent who ordered the work and date of the order 2 Dates and times work was performed and by whom 3 Time record, summary of hours worked and hourly rates paid 4 Receipts and invoices for a Equipment used listing dates and times of use b Products used, listing quantities c Subcontracts C Document requests for substitutions for products as specified in Section 01600 Soapstone Natural Area 0743 07 01027 2 100% Construction Documents 1 06 MODIFICATIONS TO TIME OF COMPLETION IN THE APPROVED SCHEDULE The date of beginning and the times for completion of the work are essential conditions of the Contract Documents and the work embraced shall be commenced on a date specified in the Notice to Proceed The Contractor will proceed with the work at such rate of progress to ensure full completion within the contract time It is expressly understood and agreed by and between the Contractor and the Owner that the contract time for the completion of the work described herein is a reasonable time taking into consideration the chmatic and other factors prevailing in the locality of the work Every effort shall be made by the Contractor to complete the project within the Contract Time shown in the proposal The Contract Time anticipates a Normal weather and climate condition in and around the vicinity of the Project site during the times of year that the construction will be carried out Extensions of time based upon weather conditions shall be granted only if the Contractor demonstrates clearly that such conditions were unusually severe would not have been reasonably anticipated, and that such conditions adversely affected the Contractor s work and thus required additional time to complete the work The following specifies the procedure for the determination of time extensions for unusually severe weather The listing below defines the anticipated number of calendar days lost to adverse weather for each month and is based upon National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration (NOAA) or similar data for the geographic location of the project Monthly Anticipated Calendar Days Lost to Adverse Weather Conditions IAN FEB MAR APR MAY JUN JUL AUG SEP OCT NOV (7) (4) (4) (4) (6) (3) (4) (2) (3) (3) (2) The above schedule of anticipated adverse weather will constitute the base line for monthly (or portion thereof) weather time evaluations Upon acknowledgment of the Notice to Proceed and continuing throughout the contract on a monthly basis, actual adverse weather days and the impact of adverse weather days that delay the work will be recorded on a day today basis It rs assumed that the work will be carried out Mondays through Fridays (holidays excepted) unless an approved construction schedule or written authorization from the Owner indicates otherwise The number of days of delayed work due to adverse weather or the impact thereof will then be compared to the monthly adverse weather schedule above An actual adverse weather day must prevent work for 50 percent or more of the Contractors workday, delay work critical to the timely completion of the project, and be documented by the Contractor The City Representative observing the construction shall determine on a daily basis whether or not work can proceed or if work is delayed due to adverse weather or the effects thereof The Contractor shall notify the Construction Coordinator In writing of any disagreement as to whether or not work can proceed on a given date within 2 calendar days of that date The Owner will use the above written notification in determining the number of working days for which work was delayed dunng each month At the end of each month if the number of working days for which work was delayed due to adverse weather exceeds that shown in the above schedule a Change Order will be executed which increases the Contract Time The number of workdays delayed due to adverse weather or the impact thereof will then be converted to Calendar Days based on the contract completion day and date This conversion assumes a 5 day work week Mondays through Fridays, holidays excepted, Soapstone Natural Area 0743 07 01027 3 100% Construction Documents should the Contractor have authorization to work weekends and/or holidays then the method of conversion of workdays to calendar days would take this into consideration The contract time period will then be increased by the number of calendar days calculated above and a new contract completion day and date will be set D The Contractors schedule must reflect the above anticipated adverse weather delays on all weather dependent activities E White extensions of time shall be granted for unusually severe weather or climate conditions the Owner shall make no monetary compensation for any costs to the Contractor ansmg out of such delays The Contractor shall comply with the portions of the Contract Documents relating to his project schedule and amendments thereto which result from the unusually severe weather condition F Breakdowns in equipment or lack of performance by the Contractor Witt not be considered justification for an extension of time Liquidated damages will be assessed as delineated elsewhere G The Contractor shall not be charged with liquidated damages or any excess cost when the delay in completion of the work is due to the following and the Contractor has promptly given written notice of such delay to the Owner or Engineer 1 To any preference priority or allocation order duly issued by the Owner 2 To unforeseeable causes beyond the control and without the fault or negligence of the Contractor, including but not restricted to acts of God or of the public enemy acts of the Owner, acts of another Contractor in the performance of a contract with the Owner, fires floods epidemics, quarantine restrictions strikes, freight embargoes, and abnormal and unforeseeable weather as provided above 3 To any delays of Subcontractors occasioned by any of the causes specified in paragraphs 1 and 2 above 1 07 PREPARATION OF CHANGE ORDERS A Contractor shall prepare each Change Order unless Owner or Architect is authorized to prepare Change Orders at the Pre Construction Conference B Form Change Order, AIA Document G701 or Owner provided form C Change Order will describe changes in the work both additions and deletions, with attachments of revised Contract Documents to define details of the change D Change Order will provide an accounting of the adjustment in the Contract Sum and the Contract Time 1 08 LUMP SUM/FIXED PRICE CHANGE ORDER A Content of Change Orders will be based on either 1 Architects Proposal Request and Contractors response as mutually agreed between Owner and Contractor or 2 Contractors proposal for a change as recommended by Architect B Owner and Architect will sign and date the Change Order as authorization for the Contractor to proceed with the changes C Contractor will sign and date the Change Order to indicate agreement with the terms therein 1 09 UNIT PRICE CHANGE ORDER A Content of Change Orders will be based on either 1 Architects definition of the scope of the required changes 2 Contractor's proposal for a change as recommended by Architect 3 Survey of completed work 01027 4 Soapstone Natural Area 0743 07 100% Construction Documents The amounts of the unit prices to be either i Those stated in the Agreement 2 Those mutually agreed upon between Owner and Contractor When quantities of each of the items affected by the Change Order can be determined prior to start of the work 1 Owner and Architect vnll sign and date the Change Order as authorization for Contractor to proceed with the changes 2 Contractor will sign and date the Change Order to indicate agreement with the terms therein When quantities of the items cannot be determined prior to start of the work 1 Architect or Owner will issue a Construction Change Authorization directing Contractor to proceed with the change on the bass of unit prices and will ate the applicable unit prices 2 At completion of the change Architect will determine the cost of such work based on the unit prices and quantities used a Contractor shall submit documentation to establish the number of units of each item and any claims for a change in Contract Time 3 Architect will sign and date the Change Order to establish the change in Contract Sum and in Contract Time 4 Owner and Contractor will sign and date the Change Order to indicate their agreement with the terms therein 1 10 TIME AND MATERIAL/FORCE ACCOUNT CHANGE ORDER/CONSTRUCTION CHANGE AUTHORIZATION A Architect and Owner will issue a Construction Change Authorization directing Contractor to proceed with the changes B At completion of the change Contractor shalt submit itemized accounting and supporting data as provided in paragraph 1 05 Documentation of Proposals and Claims C Architect will determine the allowable cost of such work as provided in General Conditions and Supplementary Conditions D Architect and Owner will sign and date the Change Order to establish the change in Contract Sum and in Contract Time E Contractor will sign and date the Change Order to indicate their agreement therein F Owner must approve in writing and on a daily basis all time and material Change Orders 1 11 CONTRACTOR OVERHEAD AND PROFIT A General Allowable limits to the Contractors and Subcontractors mark ups on Change Orders shall be as established in the Supplementary Conditions of the Contract 1 12 CORRELATION WITH CONTRACTORS SUBMITTALS A Periodically revise Schedule of Values and Application for Payment forms to record each change as a separate item of work and to record the adjusted Contract Sum B Periodically revise the Construction Schedule to reflect each change in Contract Time 1 Revise subschedules to show changes for other items of work affected by the changes C Upon completion of work under a Change Order enter pertinent changes in Record Documents END OF SECTION 01027 5 Soapstone Natural Area 0743 07 100% Construction Documents SECTION 01030 ALTERNATES PART 1 GENERAL 1 01 REQUIREMENTS INCLUDED This section identifies each Alternate by number and describes the bask changes to be incorporated into the work only when that Alternate is made a part of the work by specific provisions in the Owner Contractor Agreement Coordinate related work and modify surrounding work as required to properly integrate the work under each Alternate for the complete construction required by the Contract Documents Related requirements specified elsewhere 1 Bidding Documents Method of quotation of the cost of each Alternate and the basis of the Owners acceptance of Alternate 2 Owner Contractor Agreement Incorporation of Alternates into the work 3 Bid Form and Bid Schedule 4 Sections of the Specifications as listed under the respective Alternates Referenced Sections of Specifications stipulate pertinent requirements for products and methods to achieve the work stipulated under each Alternate Alternates will be accepted as follows unless otherwise modified by the General or Supplementary Conditions to the Contract (select one) 1 Alternates will be accepted in any order 2 Alternates will be accepted in the order listed The Owner will consider the price quotation for each Alternate in addition to the Base Bid in determining the apparent Low Bidder unless otherwise modified by the General or Supplementary Conditions to the Contract Refer to Information for Bidders 1 02 DESCRIPTION OF ALTERNATES A Alternate No 1 (Add) Entry Station Gateway Structure (structure similar to Kiosk just east of the entry station) B Alternate No 2 (Deduct) Delete all 4 nominal Colorado Buff sandstone strip stone veneer and associated brick ledges at the foundations from base bid and provide and install simulated stone veneer at the extended stone wing walls on the north and west elevations of the Entry Station with the deductive alternate END OF SECTION Soapstone Natural Area 0743 07 01030 1 100% Construction Documents SECTION 01040 COORDINATION PART 1 GENERAL 1 01 COORDINATION REQUIREMENTS Contractor shall be responsible for the overall coordination of all civil landscape and urban design architectural structural plumbing mechanical and electrical components and systems that are a part of this project i Coordinate components and systems prior to purchasing or fabricating 2 Coordinate materials equipment and fixtures supplied byvanous trades for compatibility with the final installation Coordinate all work included in the Construction Documents, including but not limited to the following construction trades 1 Earthwork excavation and grading 2 Pier dnlhng 3 Asphalt, Portland Cement and other hard surface pavements 4 Cast in place concrete and precast concrete 5 Brick stone and concrete unit masonry 6 Structural steel and metalwork 7 Carpentry and cabinetwork 8 Building roof and foundation insulation 9 Roofing and flashings 10 Doors, windows and storefront glazing systems 11 Painting and finishing 12 Flooring and hard surfaces Coordinate scheduling submittals and work of the Drawings and various Sections of Specifications to assure efficient and orderly sequence of installation of interdependent construction elements Related requirements specified elsewhere 1 General and Supplementary Conditions Contractors Responsibilities 2 Section 01010 Summary of Work 3 Section 01050 Field Engineering 4 Section 01060 Regulatory Requirements i Section 01310 Construction Schedules i Section 01600 Materials and Equipment Substitutions r Section 06100 Rough Carpentry General project coordination 1 02 RELATED WORK BY OTHERS A Coordinate as required with the Owner for related work as shown on the Drawings or specified herein, to be performed by the Owners own forces or by separate contract from this project Refer to Section 01010 1 03 COORDINATION OF SCHEDULES A Coordinate schedule of construction activity with the Owners continued use of the facility and site Refer to Section 01046 Access to Site B Coordinate schedule of construction activity with the Owner and other Contractors as necessary to facilitate the related work by others described above 01040 1 Soapstone Natural Area 0743 07 100% Construction Documents 1 04 COORDINATION MEETINGS In addition to progress meetings specified in Section 01200, Contractor shall hold coordination meetings and pre installation conferences with personnel and Subcontractors to assure coordination of work 1 05 COORDINATION OF SUBMITTALS A General Schedule and coordinate all submittals specified in Section 01340 or other Sections B Coordinate work of various Sections having interdependent responsibilities for Installation connection and start up and controls for systems and equipment C Coordinate requests for substitutions to assure compatibility of space operating elements and the effect on work of other Sections 1 06 COORDINATION OF SPACE Coordinate use of project space and sequence of installation of mechanical plumbing fire Protection and electrical work which is indicated diagrammatically on the Drawings Follow routing shown for pipes ducts and conduits as closely as practicable with due allowance for available physical space, make runs parallel with lines of building Utilize space efficiently to maximize accessibility for other installations for maintenance and for repairs In finished areas, except as otherwise shown, conceal pipes ducts and wiring in the construction Coordinate locations of fixtures and outlets with finish elements 1 07 COORDINATION OF CONTRACT CLOSEOUT Coordinate completion and cleanup of work of separate Sections in preparation for Substantial Completion Assemble and coordinate closeout submittals specified in Section 01700 After Owners occupancy of premises, coordinate access to the site by various Sections for correction of defective work and work not in accordance with Contract Documents to minimize the disruption of Owners activities END OF SECTION 01040 2 Soapstone Natural Area 0743 07 100% Construction Documents SECTION 01041 SUPERINTENDENT PART 1 GENERAL 1 01 REQUIREMENTS INCLUDED A Contractor shall employ a competent superintendent and any necessary assistants who shall be in attendance at the project site during performance of the work B Superintendent shall be on the )obsite to the minimum level specified herein but in all cases whenever a Subcontractor is working on the project C Related work specified elsewhere 1 General and Supplementary Conditions of the Contract 2 Secton 01010 Summaryof Work Contractor Qualifications 3 Section 01040 Coordination 4 Section 01046 Access to Site 102 QUALIFICATIONS A Superintendent Qualification Requirements Contractor shall employ a competent superintendent to supervise and coordinate all construction and jobsite administration tasks for the duration of the project 1 Superintendent shall be a regular employee of the Contractors firm unless the use of a contract employee is approved and authorized by the Owner in writing 2 Superintendent shall have a general knowledge of the building type and type of construction proposed for this project and shall have successfully completed at least one (1) project of similar size and complexity in the past five (5) years, serving in a similar capacity 3 Contractor shall submit a written resume references for similar completed projects and other supporting documents to verify the qualifications of the person(s) to be employed as superintendent for this project, if requested by the Owner 3 General Contractor Qualification Requirements Refer to Section 01010 Summary of Work 1 03 REQUIRED LEVEL OF SUPERVISION A Superintendent shall be present at the jobsite until Substantial Completion on a full time basis 1 Superintendent shall be present at the jobsite whenever a Subcontractor is working on the project 2 Superintendent shall be present during any municipal or utility inspection 3 Superintendent shall be present at any scheduled or Owner or Architect requested meeting B Superintendent shall be present at the jobsite after Substantial Completion and through project close out as follows 1 Superintendent need not be on site full time during this period except as noted below 2 Superintendent need not be present at the jobsite when punchhst work is being completed END OF SECTION 01041 1 Soapstone Natural Area 0743 07 100% Construction Documents OPTIONALOW 31N 1"KIT Item # F220370 Suspends the gaslights In single double or triple pendants M Ha er I MHGLLP a MHGLLP G O Over t ng Inn udions and Onrwfs Man al SECTION 01046 ACCESS TO SITE PART 1 GENERAL 1 01 OWNERS USE OF PREMISES A The City of Fort Collins shall occupy the grounds during construction of this project except for specific areas designated strictly for use by the Contractor as specified in paragraph 1 02 1 02 CONTRACTORS USE OF PREMISES A Contractor shall have access to the site of new construction as required for the successful completion of the project as arranged at the Pre Construction Conference B Site area affected by construction access, construction activities, employee parking and material storage areas is to be minimized 1 General limits of the site access areas shown on the site plan in the Drawings Final limits shall be as determined at the Pre Construction Conference 2 Owners access to non affected areas of the site shall be maintained at all times Employee parking areas will be maintained throughout the duration of the project as determined at the Pre Construction Conference C Access to areas of the existing facility affected by construction activities of the project is to be minimized 1 Schedules for construction activities within the existing facility shall be submitted to the Owner for approval a minimum of seven (7) days prior to beginning work 2 Contractor shall provide daily cleaning of the site and areas of the existing facility during the period of construction activity as specified in Section 01710 D Contractor shall assume full responsibility for the protection and safekeeping of products under this Contract stored on the site and for completed work E Dust and Erosion Control Refer to Section 01560 Temporary Controls F Construction Hours Refer to Section 01560 Temporary Controls G Toilet Facilities Refer to Section 01510 Temporary Utilities 1 03 CONSTRUCTION STAGING A Contractor shall reference site plans for limits of construction and staging areas, and provide a staging and phasing plan for the Owners review and approval at the Pre Construction Conference including 1 Major materials to be stored on the site 2 Major equipment to be used in the work with the proposed placement of this equipment during different phases of construction 3 Field offices trailers and storage sheds, including those proposed by major Subcontractors 4 Limits of temporary site fencing including access points 5 Proposed location for construction vehicle and employee parking 6 Proposed phasing or sequencing of construction on the site 3 Rooftop Staging Contractors use of the roof area for storage of demolished or new materials shall be limited by the structural capacity of the roof structure 1 04 SPECIAL SITE RESTRICTIONS A The site is at an elevation of approximately 6 500 feet B There is no domestic water sanitary sewer or natural gas service to the site END OF SECTION Soapstone Natural Area 0743 07 01046 1 100% Construction Documents SECTION 01050 FIELD ENGINEERING PART 1 GENERAL 1 01 WORK INCLUDED A Provide and pay for field engineering services required for the proper execution of the work including but not limited to 1 Contractor will provide all required construction staking and field engineering not itemized as provided by the Owner in paragraph 1 02 B In addition to the specified surveys Contractor shall provide any resurveying as may be necessary by field changes or redesign C Requirements for use of electronic documents D Related requirements specified elsewhere 1 Section 01410 Testing 2 Section 01720, Project Record Documents 1 02 OWNER FURNISHED INFORMATION Site Survey Site survey prepared for the Owner by the Engineer will be provided to the Contractor for his use on this project 1 Such data is offered solely for reference and is not to be considered a part of the Contract Documents The data contained in the document prepared for the Owner by the Engineer is believed to be reliable, however the Architect and Owner do not guarantee its accuracy or completeness Architectural Site Plan Drawing or Horizontal Control Plan prepared by the Architect/ Engineer Construction Staking 1 Owner shall provide construction stakes for the following a Double offset stakes on building slab corners for horizontal and vertical alignment 1 04 QUALITY ASSURANCE Employ a Professional Engineer or Land Surveyor licensed in the state of Colorado and acceptable to the Owner and Architect Documentation and Records Surveyor or Engineer shall maintain a complete and accurate log of control and survey work as it progresses On request of the Architect submit documentation to verify accuracy of field engineering work 1 Enter all survey notes and construction stakeout cut notes into bound hardcover field books 2 All survey data developed by the Contractor in performing the work shall be available throughout the construction period 1 05 SUBMITTALS A Surveyor or Engineer Submit name and address of Surveyor or Professional Engineer to be employed by the Contractor to Architect for approval before beginning work of this Section if requested by the Owner or Architect B Completion Certificate Upon completion of the work submit to Architect a certificate signed by the Surveyor or Engineer certifying that elevations and locations are in conformance or non conformance with Contract Documents Refer to Section 01700 Contract Close Out Soapstone Natural Area 0743 07 01050 1 100% Construction Documents Final Completion Survey Upon completion of the work submit to the Owner an ALTA survey (a Final Improvement Survey) as specified below 1 06 USE OF ARCHITECTS AND ENGINEERS ELECTRONIC FILES General Contractor and/or Surveyor may use the Architects and Engineers electronic CAD files for site and building layout upon written request Architect and Engineers will require a release form to be signed and returned prior to release of any electronic files waiving liability for any use the Contractor or Surveyor makes of the electronic files Architect and Engineers will require payment of a flat service fee plus a use fee for each sheet of Drawings requested Payment of fees are required prior to release of any electronic files PART 2 PRODUCTS NOT USED PART 3 EXECUTION 3 01 PROJECT SURVEY REQUIREMENTS A Reference Points The Owner shall set construction reference points itemized in paragraph 1 02 Immediately upon entering the project Contractor shall locate and maintain benchmarks and all other grades, tines levels and dimensions Report any errors or inconsistencies to the Architect/Engineer before commencing work B Basis for Layout Surveyor shall reference the Architectural Sit Plan or other Horizontal Control Plan in the Drawings as the basis for the layout of the Proiect Grading plans utility plans or other site related Drawins shall not be used for basic building layout other than for required coordination C Permanent Benchmarks Surveyor or Engineer shall establish a minimum of two (2) permanent benchmarks on the site referenced to data established by survey control points 1 Benchmarks shall be referenced U S G S datum based on elevations above sea level if required by the Owner D Coordination Surveyor shall contact all jurisdictions and/or utility providers for field locates and temporary markings of affected utility lines prior to beginning survey work E Batter Boards and Levels Engineer or Surveyor shall stake out the building and sitework and provide and rigidly set batter boards Such batter boards shall continue in use free to all requiring them, but the Contractor shall remain responsible for their maintenance and accuracy From permanent benchmarks the engineer or surveyor shall ascertain grades and levels to the building as needed F Preservation of Monuments and Stakes Carefully preserve all monuments benchmarks property markers reference points and stakes In case of the destruction of these the Contractor will be charged with expense of replacement and shall be responsible for any mistake or loss of time that may be caused Permanent monuments or benchmarks which must be removed or disturbed shall be protected until properly referenced for relocation Furnish materials and assistance for proper replacement of such monuments or benchmarks G Layout and Control Surveyor or Engineer shall establish lines and levels locate and layout by instrumentation and similar means the stakes for finish grading He shall set control stakes and shall reset stakes as required during progress of the work H Construction Staking (if not provided by the Owner in paragraph 1 02 B above) Contractor shall provide construction stakes for the following Soapstone Natural Area 0743 07 01050 2 100% Construction Documents I Double offset stakes on building slab corners for horizontal and vertical alignment 2 Sanitary and storm sewer lines as follows The first 100 from any junction shall be stationed every 25 From 100 on, stationing will be every 100 Cut sheets shall be provided Sewer services shall be staked with convenient offsets 3 Water lines shall be staked on centerline at all fittings and angle points and any other points necessary for establishing the line Water service will be staked with 5 offsets 4 Any other stakes necessary for the correct alignment of building structures or components 3 02 INTERMEDIATE SURVEY REQUIREMENTS Intermediate Survey Upon completion of formwork for foundation structures but prior to placement of cast in place concrete Surveyor shall perform an intermediate survey to verify building placement in relation to required setbacks and new or existing easements or rights of way Submit three (3) copies to the Owner 1 Comply with any other requirements of the Owners lender for this survey work 3 03 CERTIFICATION SURVEY REQUIREMENTS Certification Survey Upon completion of sitework the Surveyor shall perform a certification survey as may be (if) required by the City of Fort Collins or other jurisdictions or utility providers, including submittal of properly formatted drawings or other documentation to these authorities Submit three (3) copies to the Owner Certification surveys may be required for but are not limited to 1 Storm drainage facilities, including detention pond construction 2 Water line improvements 3 Sanitary sewer line improvements 4 Retaining wall construction adjacent to property lines or public rights of way 3 04 FINAL COMPLETION SURVEY REQUIREMENTS ALTA Survey Upon completion of the work, the surveyor or engineer shall perform an ALTA survey of the as constructed conditions including all required documentation and reference points and submit three (3) copies plus one (1) reproducible copy to the Owner or A Final Improvement Survey Upon completion of the work the surveyor or engineer shall perform a final improvement survey of the as constructed conditions including but not limited to, required reference points above ground structures and other improvements below ground structures and utilities and final topography Submit three (3) copies to the Owner END OF SECTION Soapstone Natural Area 0743 07 01050 3 100% Construction Documents SECTION 01060 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS PART 1 GENERAL 1 01 APPROVAL AND RECOMMENDATION AGENCIES A Lanmer County has jurisdiction for review and approval of the project including but not limited to, the following departments 1 Planning and Zoning 2 Building Inspection 3 Fire Prevention 4 Engineering and Traffic Engineering 5 Water/Wastewater Utility 6 Stormwater Utility 7 Electric Utility B Other entities having jurisdiction of this project, include but are not limited to 1 State of Colorado Department of Public Health and Environment 2 Lanmer County Health Department C Codes which have been adopted by Lanmer County applicable to the project include but may not be limited to 1 International Building Code 2006 Edition 2 International Residential Code 2003 Edition 3 International Fire Code 2003 Edition 4 International Existing Building Code 2003 Edition 5 International Energy Conservation Code, 2003 Edition 6 Uniform Plumbing Code 1997 Edition 7 Uniform Mechanical Code 1997 Edition 8 NFPA 1 Fire Code Current Edition where applicable 9 NFPA 101 Life Safety Code Current Edition where applicable 10 National Electrical Code, 2005 Edition 11 International Code Council Electrical Code 2003 Edition 12 ANSI Al17 1, American National Standards Institute Specifications for Making Buildings and Facilities Accessible to and Usable by Physically Handicapped People Current Edition 13 Americans with Disabilities Act provisions for accessibility by physically handicapped people 1990 14 Miscellaneous health and safety codes and standards applied by the State of Colorado Department of Public Health and Environment 15 Any other local state or federal codes which are applicable 16 In case of a conflict between referenced applicable codes the one having the more stringent requirements shall govern D Related requirements or conditions specified elsewhere 1 Section 01400 Quality Control Quality control workmanship standards 2 Section 01600 Material and Equipment Quality of materials and equipment to be installed in the work 1 02 COMPLIANCE WITH APPLICABLE LAWS A In addition to any applicable regulations referenced elsewhere all Contractors shall stnctly adhere to all applicable federal and state laws orders and all applicable standards regulations interpretations or guidelines issued pursuant thereto, including but not limited to 1 National Environmental Policy Act of 1969 as amended and the implementing regulations 01060 1 Soapstone Natural Area 0743 07 100% Construction Documents of HUD and of the Council on Environmental Quality providing for establishment of national policy goals and procedures for protecting restoring and enhancing environmental quality 2 The Clean Air Act of 1970 as amended requiring that federal assistance will not be given and that license or permit will not be issued to any activity not conforming to the State implementation plan for national primary and secondary ambient air quality standards 3 Davis Bacon Fair Labor Standards Act requiring that on all contracts and subcontracts which exceed $2 000 for federally assisted construction alteration or rehabilitation laborers and mechanics employed by contractors or subcontractors shall be paid wages at rates not less than those prevailing on similar construction in the locality as determined by the Secretary of Labor 4 Contract Work Hours and Safety Standards Act of 1962 requiring that mechanics and laborers employed on federally assisted contracts which exceed $2 000 be paid wages of not less than one and one half times their basic wage rates for all hours worked in excess of forty in a work week 5 Copeland Anti Kickback Act of 1934 prohibiting and prescribing penalties for kickbacks of wages in federally financed or assisted construction activities 6 The Lead Based Paint Poisoning Prevention Act Title IV prohibiting the use of lead based paint in residential structures constructed or rehabilitated with federal assistance, and requiring notification to purchasers and tenants of such housing of the hazards of lead based paint and of the symptoms and treatment of lead based paint poisoning 7 Section 3 of the Housing and Community Development Act of 1968 as amended, providing that to the greatest extent feasible, opportunities for training and employment that anse through HUD financed projects will be given to lower income persons in the unit of the project area and that contracts be awarded to businesses located in the project area or to businesses owned in substantial part, by residents of the project area 8 Section 109 of the Housing and Community Development Act of 1974 as amended providing that no person shall be excluded from participation (including employment) denied program benefits or subjected to discrimination on the basis of race, color national origin or sex under any program or activity funded in whole or in part under Title I (Community Development) of the Act 9 Title VI of the Civil Rights Act of 1964 prohibiting discrimination on the basis of race, color religion or religious affiliation or national origin in any program or activity receiving federal financial assistance 10 The Fair Housing Act as amended prohibiting housing discrimination on the basis of race color religion sex national origin handicap and familial status 11 Executive Order 11246 (1965), as amended by Executive Orders 11375 prohibiting discrimination on the basis of race religion, sex or national origin in any phase of employment during the performance of federal or federally assisted contracts in excess of $2 000 12 Section 504 of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973, as amended providing that no otherwise qualified individual shall, solely by reason of a handicap be excluded from participation (including employment), denied program benefits or subjected to discrimination under any program or activity receiving federal funds 1 03 HANDICAPPED ACCESSIBILITY Construction shall be in substantial compliance with the requirements of the American National Standards Institute Specifications for Making Buildings and Facilities Accessible to and Usable by Physically Handicapped People ANSI Al17 1 Current Edition and the Americans with Disabilities Act 1990 Refer to Section 01010 Summary of Work, for extent of handicapped accessible and handicapped adaptable construction 01060 2 Soapstone Natural Area 0743 07 100% Construction Documents Refer to specific Sections of the Specifications for specific requirements relating to each section 1 04 SAFETY OF LIFE HEALTH AND PUBLIC WELFARE A Contractor shall have sole responsibility for compliance on the job site with all applicable portions of the Williams Steiger Occupational Safety and Health Act (OSHA) and compliance with the Equal Employment Opportunity Act (EEO) 1 Contractor shall fully comply with OSHA requirements for maintaining Material Safety Data Sheets (MSDS) on the site B Protection of life, health and public welfare as it relates to construction of the project is the responsibility of the Contractor The Owner will not provide observation inspection supervision or any comment on plans procedures or actions employed at the project as they relate to safety of life, health or public welfare If conditions are imposed by the Owner which interfere with or imply actions detrimental to safety, written notice shall be returned to the Contractor for action prior to affecting any unsafe conditions C The Architect shall not have control or charge of, and shall not be responsible for construction means methods, techniques, sequences or procedures for safety precautions and programs in connection with the work for the acts or omissions of the Contractor subcontractors or any other persons performing any of the work or for the failure of any of them to carry out the work in accordance with the Contract Documents D The Architect shall have no responsibility for the discovery presence handling removal or disposal of or exposure of persons to hazardous materials in any form at the project site, including but not limited to asbestos, asbestos products lead based paint polychlorinated biphenyl(PCB)orother toxic substances Refer also to Section 02080, Hazardous Material Removal 105 LICENSES A Refer to General and Supplementary Conditions B Contractor shall be responsible for meeting all contractor licensing requirements for Lanmer County including testing and fees as applicable Contractor shall acquire and maintain all required licenses for the duration of the Project C Contractor shall acquire and maintain all specialty construction licenses required by the jurisdiction with authority over the Project including but not limited to 1 Historic Preservation Contractor License as required by Lanmer County 1 06 PERMITS AND FEES A Refer to General and Supplementary Conditions B Contractor shall be responsible for all permits fees and inspections required by the regulatory agencies referenced above including but not limited to 1 Plan review fees 2 Building permit fees 3 City use tax 4 Subcontractor fees 5 Any other local or state permits or fees C Owner shall be responsible for the following permits fees and inspections required by the regulatory agencies referenced above including but not limited to 1 Plan review fees 2 Budding permit fees 3 Utility tap and meter fees D The Contractor shalt be responsible for applying for and acquiring all budding permits inspections and any other permits required for the construction of this project 1 The Drawings and Specifications shall be in Lanmer Countys review process during the 01060 3 Soapstone Natural Area 0743 07 100% Construction Documents bidding phase of the project END OF SECTION 01060 4 Soapstone Natural Area 0743 07 100% Construction Documents ABBREVIATIONS PART 1 GENERAL 101 DEFINITIONS Wherever used in these Specifications or on the Drawings the following abbreviations shall have the meanings indicated AAMA American Architectural Manufacturers Association AASHTO American Association of State Highway It Transportation Officials AATCC American Association of Text (Broadloom) Chemists and Colorists ACEC American Council of Engineering Companies ADA Amencans vnth Disabilities Act AGC Associated General Contractors AIA American Institute of Architects AISC American Institute of Steel Construction AISI American Iron and Steel Institute AITC American Institute of Timber Construction ANSI American National Standards Institute ASHRAE American Society of Heating Refrigerating and Air Conditioning Engineers ASME American Society of Mechanical Engineers ASTM American Society for Testing and Materials AWI Architectural Woodwork Institute AWS American Welding Society AWWA American Water Works Association BHMA Builders Hardware Manufacturers Association BIA Brick Institute of America CDOT Colorado Department of Transportation CISPI Cast Iron Soil Pipe Institute CPSC Consumer Product Safety Commission CRI Carpet and Rug Institute CRSI Concrete Reinforcing Steel Institute CS Commercial Standard EEI Edison Electric Institute FDA U S Food and Drug Administration FS Federal Specifications FSC Forest Stewardship Council GA Gypsum Association GANA Glass Association of North America HSA Historic Structure Assessment IBBM Iron Body Bronze Mounted IBC International Building Code ICCEC International Code Council Electrical Code IEBC International Existing Building Code IECC International Energy Conservation Code IEEE Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers IESNA Illuminating Engineering Society of North America IIC Impact Isolation Class IMC International Mechanical Code IPC International Plumbing Code 01070 1 Soapstone Natural Area 0743 07 100% Construction Documents IRC International Residential Building Code ISA Institute Society of America IGCC Insulating Glass Certification Council LEED Leadership in Energy and Environmental Design LTTR Long Term Thermal Resistance (R Value) MBMA Metal Building Manufacturers Association MCC Motor Control Center MCIP Motor Control Instrument Panel MFMA Maple Floonng Manufacturers Association MSDS Material Safety Data Sheets MSL Mean Sea Level MSS Manufacturers Standardization Society of the Valves and Fittings NAIMA North American Insulation Manufacturers Association NBS National Bureau of Standards NEC National Electric Code NEMA National Electrical Manufacturers Association NFRC National Fenestration Rating Council NFPA National Fire Protection Association NFoPA National Forest Products Association NOFMA Natural Oak Flooring Manufacturers Association NPT National Pipe Thread NRC Noise Reduction Coefficient (Absorption/Reflection) NRS Non Rising Stem NWFA National Wood Flooring Association NWMA National Woodwork Manufacturers Association OSHA Occupational Safety and Health Act PIMA Polyisocyanurate Insulation Manufacturer s Association RPM Revolutions per minute SDI Steel Deck Institute SHF State (of Colorado) Historical Fund SJI Steel Joist Institute SMACNA Sheet Metal and Air Conditioning Contractors National Association Inc SPRI Single Ply Roofing Institute STC Sound Transmission Class (Barrier to Penetration) TCA Tile Council of America UBC Uniform Building Code UCBC Uniform Code for Building Conservation UFC Uniform Fire Code UL Underwriters Laboratories UMC Uniform Mechanical Code UPC Uniform Plumbing Code USDA U S Department of Agriculture USGBC U S Green Building Council END OF SECTION 01070 2 Soapstone Natural Area 0743 07 100% Construction Documents Optional High Altitude Orifice m REFNO STOCK NO DESCRIPTION REF NO STOCK NO DESCRIPTION 1 20311 WallBrwketAssently16 20315 Globe Holder Brass 2 2D314 Valve Assembly 16 20320 Globe HdderGray 3 20312 Conbd valve 18 20339 Ceramc Filler Gasket 4 2031J Orifice 20338 BumerHead Assembly (Preformed Mantle) Includes hems#18 29 & 19 5 20316 ONOffLever 19 20337 CeranK BunrerHead Preformed Mettle 6 20377 Washer 20 20357 PrefomteO Mxitle 7 20321 Plastic Handle 2D381 Burner HeadAssembly(Tre-ort Mande) Includes items#18 29 821 8 20322 21 37352 Comm Burner Head aeon Mange 9 20223 Snae• 22 20353 Ti a Mantle 10 MAI ONO#Lever Bracket 23 2D346 3/8 S A E Flare Nut It 20326 Wag Man Bracket 24 20347 318 S A E Flare x 1/8 NPT Mde Connector 12 20327 Phil. Pan Head Sc T AB42x75 25 213348 118 Femaiex1/B Male NPT 90D Egww 13 20331 Half Frosted Pyrex Globe 26 20349 Philips Pan Head Screw Type A M4x13 14 33332 Globe Lock Screw Brass4x125 2B 2t1342 Bunsen Bumervemun i4 20386 Globe Lock Screw Grw 4x125 S 23336 Bu Head Screen 15 1 20333 Heat Deflector 30 20368 H AlbWde Orlficel5 M Harte I MH LLPB MHf LLP 6 O Op trig I n ucto and Own Man I m/ry SECTION 01200 PROJECT MEETINGS PART 1 GENERAL 1 01 REQUIREMENTS INCLUDED Owner and Architect shall schedule and administer Pre Bid and Pre Construction Conferences Contractor shall schedule and administer periodic 0/A/C (Owner/Architect/Contractor) progress meetings and specially called meetings throughout progress of the work 1 Prepare agenda for meetings and conduct meetings 2 Record the minutes including significant proceedings and decisions 3 Reproduce and distribute copies of minutes within five (5) days after each meeting to all participants in the meeting and parties affected by decisions made at the meeting 4 Prepare and regularly update an open items list to document and track required decisions and pending changes Contractor shall schedule and administer pre installation conferences and other meetings with subcontractors suppliers and manufacturers technical representatives throughout progress of the work Representatives of contractors subcontractors and suppliers attending meetings shall be qualified and authorized to act on behalf of the entity each represents Architect and Owners representative will attend meetings to ascertain that work is expedited consistent with Contract Documents and construction schedules 1 02 PRE CONSTRUCTION MEETING A Owner and Architect shall schedule and administer the Pre Construction Conference within five (5) working days after the date of Notice to Proceed B Location A central site, convenient for all parties designated by the Owner C Attendance 1 Owners principal representative 2 Architect and his professional consultants as necessary 3 Contractors project manager and superintendent 4 Major subcontractors D Agenda 1 Distribution and discussion of a List of major subcontractors b Project construction schedules c Schedule of Values d Contractors staging plan 2 Critical work sequencing 3 Major equipment deliveries and priorities 4 Project coordination a Designation of responsible personnel 5 Procedures and processing of a Field decisions b Proposal requests c Submittals shop drawings and samples d Change Orders e Applications for Payment 6 Adequacy of distribution of Contract Documents 01200 1 Soapstone Natural Area 0743 07 100% Construction Documents Procedures for maintaining Record Documents Use of premises a Field office work and storage areas b Owner's use of site and grounds Construction facilities controls and construction aids 10 Temporary utilities 11 Safety and first aid procedures 12 Security procedures and temporary site or building fencing and enclosures 13 Housekeeping procedures 14 Pending changes and substitutions by Change Order 1 03 0/A/C PROGRESS MEETINGS A Contractor shall schedule and administer regular (weekly) meetings as determined at the Pre Construction Conference and specially called meetings as required by progress of the work B Location of the Meetings As designated by Contractor and coordinated vnth the Owners principal representative normally the Contractors field office C Attendance i Contractors project manager and on site superintendent 2 Owners principal representative 3 Architect and his professional consultants as needed 4 Subcontractors as appropriate to the agenda 5 Others as appropriate D Suggested Agenda 1 Review of work progress since previous meeting 2 Field observations problems and conflicts 3 Review of off site fabrication and delivery schedules 4 Revisions to the construction schedule 5 Progress and schedule during succeeding work period 6 Review submittal schedules and expedite as required 7 Maintenance of quality standards 8 Pending changes and substitutions, with review of the proposed changes for a Effect on construction schedule and completion date b Effect on other contracts of the Project 9 Review of Contractors application for progress/final payment 10 Walk through observation of the work in progress by the Owners representative Architect and his consultants, as necessary and General Contractor Subcontractors will only be involved in these walk throughs as requested by the Owner or Architect 1 04 PRE INSTALLATION MEETINGS Contractor shall schedule and administer pre installation conferences and other meetings with subcontractors suppliers and manufacturer's technical representatives throughout progress of the work B Attendance 1 Contractors project manager and on site superintendent 2 Architect or his professional consultants as needed 3 Structural Engineer for architectural precast concrete and structural steel erection 4 Subcontractors as appropriate 5 Suppliers as appropriate 6 Manufacturers technical representatives as appropriate C Suggested Agenda As determined by Contractor END OF SECTION 01200 2 Soapstone Natural Area 0743 07 100% Construction Documents SECTION 01200 PROJECT MEETINGS PART 1 GENERAL 1 01 REQUIREMENTS INCLUDED A Owner and Architect shall schedule and administer Pre Bid and Pre Construction Conferences B Contractor shall schedule and administer periodic 0/A/C (Owner/Architect/Contractor) progress meetings and specially called meetings throughout progress of the work 1 Prepare agenda for meetings and conduct meetings 2 Record the minutes, including significant proceedings and decisions 3 Reproduce and distribute copies of minutes within five (5) days after each meeting to all participants in the meeting and parties affected by decisions made at the meeting 4 Prepare and regularly update an open items list to document and track required decisions and pending changes C Contractor shall schedule and administer pre installation conferences and other meetings with subcontractors suppliers and manufacturers technical representatives throughout progress of the work D Representatives of contractors subcontractors and suppliers attending meetings shall be qualified and authorized to act on behalf of the entity each represents E Architect and Owners representative will attend meetings to ascertain that work is expedited consistent with Contract Documents and construction schedules 1 02 PRE CONSTRUCTION MEETING A Owner and Architect shall schedule and administer the Pre Construction Conference within five (5) working days after the date of Notice to Proceed B Location A central site convenient for all parties, designated by the Owner C Attendance 1 Owners principal representative 2 Architect and his professional consultants, as necessary 3 Contractors project manager and superintendent 4 Major subcontractors D Agenda 1 Distribution and discussion of a List of major subcontractors b Project construction schedules c Schedule of Values d Contractors staging plan 2 Critical work sequencing 3 Major equipment deliveries and priorities 4 Project coordination a Designation of responsible personnel 5 Procedures and processing of a Field decisions b Proposal requests c Submittals shop drawings and samples d Change Orders e Applications for Payment 6 Adequacy of distribution of Contract Documents 01200 1 Soapstone Natural Area 0743 07 100% Construction Documents Procedures for maintaining Record Documents Use of premises a Field office work and storage areas b Owners use of site and grounds Construction facilities controls and construction aids 10 Temporary utilities 11 Safety and first aid procedures 12 Security procedures and temporary site or building fencing and enclosures 13 Housekeeping procedures 14 Pending changes and substitutions by Change Order 1 03 O/A/C PROGRESS MEETINGS A Contractor shall schedule and administer regular (weekly) meetings as determined at the Pre Construction Conference and specially called meetings as required by progress of the work B Location of the Meetings As designated by Contractor and coordinated with the Owners principal representative, normally the Contractors field office C Attendance 1 Contractors project manager and on site superintendent 2 Owners principal representative 3 Architect and his professional consultants as needed 4 Subcontractors as appropriate to the agenda 5 Others as appropriate D Suggested Agenda 1 Review of work progress since previous meeting 2 Field observations problems and conflicts 3 Review of off site fabrication and delivery schedules 4 Revisions to the construction schedule 5 Progress and schedule during succeeding work period 6 Review submittal schedules and expedite as required 7 Maintenance of quality standards 8 Pending changes and substitutions, with review of the proposed changes for a Effect on construction schedule and completion date b Effect on other contracts of the Project 9 Review of Contractors application for progress/final payment 10 Walk through observation of the work in progress by the Owners representative, Architect and his consultants as necessary and General Contractor Subcontractors will only be involved in these walk throughs as requested by the Owner or Architect 1 04 PRE INSTALLATION MEETINGS A Contractor shall schedule and administer pre installation conferences and other meetings with subcontractors, suppliers and manufacturers technical representatives throughout progress of the work B Attendance 1 Contractors project manager and on site superintendent 2 Architect or his professional consultants as needed 3 Structural Engineer for architectural precast concrete and structural steel erection 4 Subcontractors as appropriate 5 Suppliers as appropriate 6 Manufacturers technical representatives as appropriate Suggested Agenda As determined by Contractor END OF SECTION 01200 2 Soapstone Natural Area 0743 07 100% Construction Documents SECTION 01310 CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULES PART 1 GENERAL 1 01 REQUIREMENTS INCLUDED A Contractor shall prepare and submit to the Architect and Owner estimated construction progress schedules for the work with subschedules of related activities which are essential to its progress B Submit revised progress schedules periodically C Related requirements specified elsewhere 1 General and Supplementary Conditions and Conditions of the Contract Liquidated Damages 2 Section 01027, Change Order Procedures Modifications to time of completion in the approved schedule 3 Section 01040, Coordination 4 Section 01200 Project Meetings 5 Section 01340 Shop Drawings Product Data and Samples 6 Section 01700 Contract Close Out 1 02 FORM OF SCHEDULES Type Schedules will be computer generated using critical path software subject to approval by the Owner and Architect i Software shall indicate intermediate and final completion milestones 2 Software shall indicate product data and shop drawing submittal dates and indicate required ordering dates for long lead time items 3 Software shall be capable of automatically adjusting critical path entries Prepare schedules in a continuous flow both daily and weekly formats 1 Provide separate honzontalbar for each trade supplier or subcontractor 2 Horizontal Time Scale Identify the first workday of each week 3 Minimum Size 8 1 /2 x 11 Format of Listing Table of Contents of this project manual as a minimum Format of Scheduling Chronological order of the start of each item of work, using critical path method Identification of Listings By major Specification Section numbers as a minimum 1 Listings shall be complete enough to include each item of work that is sizable enough to affect either the start of or completion of other areas of the work 1 03 CONTENT OF SCHEDULES Construction Progress Schedule 1 Indicate the complete sequence of construction by activity 2 Indicate the dates for the beginning and completion of each major element of construction 3 Indicate critical intermediate and final completion milestone dates 4 Indicate product data and shop drawing submittal dates and required ordering dates for long lead time items 5 Indicate substantial completion punch list completion final completion and contract close out dates 01310 1 Soapstone Natural Area 0743 07 100% Construction Documents B Final Completion Schedule Contractor shall update the latest progress schedule through contract close out C Float Time The Contractor and Owner hereby agree that float time designed into the schedule is an asset to the Project and not for the exclusive use or benefit of the Contractor or the Owner unless otherwise specified in the General and Supplementary Conditions D Nothing in these requirements shall be deemed to be a usurpation of the Contractors authority and responsibility to plan and schedule the work as he sees fit, subject to all other requirements of the Contract Documents 104 SUBMISSIONS A Submit initial construction schedule within fifteen (15) days after Award of Contract 1 Architect/Engineer and Owner will review schedules and return reviewcopy within ten (10) days after receipt if modifications are required 2 If required resubmit within seven (7) days after return of review copy B Submit revised progress schedules with each Application for Payment indicating actual work progress in comparison to scheduled progress C Revised schedules shall be reviewed at each normally scheduled 0/A/C progress meeting as set forth in Section 01200 D Submit final schedule with contract close out documentation E Claims for Weather Related Contract Time Extensions Refer to Section 01027 and General and Supplementary Conditions F Claims for Other Delays Refer to General and Supplementary Conditions 1 05 DISTRIBUTION OF SCHEDULES Distribute copies of the reviewed schedules to 1 Job site file 2 Owners representative 3 Architect 4 Other concerned parties Instruct recipients to report promptly to the Contractor in writing any problems anticipated by the projections shown in the schedules END OF SECTION 01310 2 Soapstone Natural Area 0743 07 100% Construction Documents SECTION 01340 SHOP DRAWINGS PRODUCT DATA AND SAMPLES PART 1 GENERAL 1 01 REQUIREMENTS INCLUDED A Coordinate and submit shop drawings product data, samples and other submittals required by the Contract Documents B Review and approve shop drawings and submittals prior to transmittal to the Architect and Owner C Requirements for paper and/or electronic submittals D Related requirements specified elsewhere 1 Conditions of the Contract Definitions and additional responsibilities of parties 2 Section 01040, Coordination 3 Section 01200 Project Meetings 4 Section 01310 Construction Schedules 5 Section 01540 Erosion and Sedimentation Controls Submittal requirements 6 Section 01714, Construction Waste Management Submittal requirements 7 Section 01720, Project Record Documents 1 02 SHOP DRAWINGS A Shop Drawings Drawings shall be presented in a clear and thorough manner with sufficient detail and completeness to clearly illustrate all conditions of the specific installation 1 Details shalt be identified by reference to sheet and detail, schedule or room numbers shown on Contract Drawings 2 Shop drawings shall be returned unreviewed if in the opinion of the Architect or consultants the drawings lack sufficient completeness or clarity to allow their review B Sheet Size All shop drawings shall be 8 1 /2 x 11 11 x 17 or 24 x 36 , except as restricted in paragraph 1 07 for electronic submittals C Quantity and Format Unless otherwise directed by the Architect provide four (4) reproducible and three (3) prints or copies D Cover Sheet Each copy shall contain the Shop Drawing Identification Form located at the end of this Section E Electronic Submittals Refer to paragraphs 1 07 and 1 08 below 1 03 PRODUCT DATA A Preparation 1 Clearly mark each copy to identify pertinent products or models 2 Show performance characteristics and capacities 3 Show dimensions and clearances required 4 Show wiring or piping diagrams and controls B Manufacturer's standard schematic drawings and diagrams 1 Modify drawings and diagrams to delete information which is not applicable to the work 2 Supplement standard information to provide information specifically applicable to the work C Quantity and Format Unless otherwise directed by the Architect provide four (4) complete sets D Electronic Submittals Refer to paragraph 1 07 below 01340 1 Soapstone Natural Area 0743 07 100% Construction Documents 1 04 SAMPLES A Office samples shall be of sufficient size and quantity to clearly illustrate 1 Functional characteristics of the product with integral related parts and attachment devices 2 Full range of color, textures and pattern B Contractor shall coordinate and submit all samples requiring finish texture or color selection by the Architect so that these materials may be reviewed by the Architect as a complete package The Architect reserves the right to withhold finish and color selections until all such samples have been submitted C Refer to paragraph 1 11 below for requirements related to return of approved samples 1 05 CONTRACTOR RESPONSIBILITIES A Contractor shall prepare and submit to the Architect a log of shop drawing product data and sample submittals indicating schedules for submission and review of individual products or equipment B Contractor shall coordinate and make submittals promptly in accordance with the approved submittal schedule Neither the Owner nor Architect shall be responsible for delays in the work caused by the Contractor's failure to make submittals in a timely manner the completeness and/or accuracy of such submittals or failure to allow adequate time for review of submittals by the Architect or his professional consultants C Contractor shall review and approve shoo drawings, product data and samples prior to submission to Architect Contractor shall determine and verify 1 Quantities 2 Field measurements and construction criteria 3 Conformance with specified finishes and color selections 4 Field construction criteria 5 Catalog numbers and similar data 6 Warranty coverages 7 Conformance to requirements of Specifications 8 Conformance to required LEED design and performance criteria 9 Completeness of submittal and compliance with the requirements of this Section D Coordinate each submittal with requirements of the work and of the Contract Documents Contractor shad coordinate submittals between related items of work prior to purchasing or fabricating E Review of shop drawings and submittals by the Architect/Engineer is only for general conformance with design intent of the project and general compliance with the information given in the Contract Documents Contractor shall be responsible for meeting all requirements of the Drawings and/or Specifications, whether noted in the Architect/Engineer review or not 1 Contractors review stamp language shall not waive or alter this responsibility F Notify the Architect/Engineer in writing at time of submission of any deviations in the submittals from requirements of the Contract Documents The Contractor must submit in writing any requests for modifications to the Drawings and Specifications Shop drawings submitted to the Architect/Engineer for this review do not constitute inwriting unless it is noted that specific changes are being requested Changes by means of shop drawings become the sole responsibility of the Contractor G Electronic Submittals Refer to paragraphs 1 07 and 1 08 below H Begin no fabrication or work which requires submittals until return of submittals with Architect/Engineer approval 01340 2 Soapstone Natural Area 0743 07 100% Construction Documents 1 06 SUBMISSION REQUIREMENTS A Make submittals promptly in accordance with approved schedule and in such sequence as to cause no delay in the work or in the work of any other Contractor B Number of submittals required 1 Shop Drawings As specified in paragraph 1 02 C 2 Product Data As specified in paragraph 1 03 C 3 Samples Submit one sample or set of samples of each item requested 4 Construction Waste Management Plan As specified in Section 01714 5 The Architect reserves the right to withhold review and approval of submittals until at[ required copies have been furnished C Submittals shall contain the following information, to be completed on the attached Shop Drawing Identification Form 1 Date of submission and the dates of any previous submissions 2 Project title and number 3 Names of a Contractor b Supplier or Subcontractor 4 Field dimensions clearly identified as such 5 Relation to adjacent or critical features of the work or materials 6 Applicable standards such as UL, ASTM or Federal Specification numbers 7 Identification of any deviations from Contract Documents 8 Certification signatures and Contractors stamp initiated or signed certifying to review of submittal, verification of products field measurements and field construction criteria and coordination of the information within the submittal with requirements of the work and of the Contract Documents Submittals for design/build systems, as specified in these Specifications or indicated on the Drawings shall include the stamp and signature of the Professional Engineer registered in the State of Colorado who prepared the design and construction documents 1 07 ELECTRONIC SUBMITTALS A General Contractor and/or Subcontractors may submit product data and shop drawings electronically to the Architect upon written request B Electronic submittals shall conform to the same content clarity, format, completeness and other requirements as specified above for paper submittals, except as follows 1 Quantity One (1) electronic submittal 2 Sheet Size for Submittals 11 x 17 maximum 24 x 48 or larger drawings for shop drawings wilt not be accepted 3 Clarity Architect/Engineer reserves the right to reject electronic submittals if they are illegible when printed C Submittals requiring color and/or finish selections will not be accepted electronically Separate color and/or finish samples or selection sheets shall be submitted separately from the electronic product data submittal D Contractors Responsibility Since scans of electronic shop drawings and product data submittals will only be made in black and white, the Contractor shall assume full responsibility for ensuring that Architect/Engineer modifications are accurately translated into the fabrication and construction process 1 08 USE OF ARCHITECTS AND ENGINEERS ELECTRONIC FILES General Contractor and/or Subcontractors may use the Architects and Engineers electronic CAD files for preparation of shop drawing submittals upon written request 01340 3 Soapstone Natural Area 0743 07 100% Construction Documents Architect and Engineers will require a release form to be signed and returned prior to release of any electronic files waiving liability for any use the Contractor or Subcontractor makes of the electronic files Architect and Engineers will require payment of a flat service fee plus a use fee for each sheet of Drawings requested Payment of fees are required prior to release of any electronic files 1 09 ARCHITECT RESPONSIBILITIES A Upon receipt Architect shall evaluate submittals for completeness, conformance to requirements of the Specifications, and to verify that Contractor has reviewed and approved the submittal If the Architect determines that the submittal is incomplete or has not been properly reviewed and approved by the Contractor the submittal shall be returned to the Contractor without further review Also refer to paragraph 1 05 C B Architect shalt then distribute submittals to his professional consultants as applicable C Architect and consultants shall review submittals in a timely manner in accordance with the requirements of General and Supplementary Conditions but shall require a minimum of ten (10) working days for review D Architects and Consultants review shall be for general compliance with the requirements of the Contract Documents This review shall not include 1 Verification of field measurements 2 Verification of quantities 3 Material Safety Data Sheets (MSDS) E Architect shall return submittals to the Contractor with stamp indicating approval, rejection, required revisions or description of requirements for resubmittal, if applicable 1 Architect shall not return more than two (2) copies of submittals to the Contractor F Architect shall retain one (1) copy of submittals for the Owner 1 10 REQUIRED SHOP DRAWING PRODUCT DATA AND SAMPLE SUBMISSIONS Provide complete information for products specified in individual Sections of these Specifications 1 11 RESUBMISSION REQUIREMENTS General Make any corrections or changes in the submittals required by the Architect/Engineer and resubmit until approved Resubmittals may be required for the following reasons 1 Incomplete or unclear submittals or submittals which have not first been reviewed and approved by the Contractor 2 Lack of required number of copies of product data or shop drawings 3 Lack of Professional Engineers stamp and signature where required for design/build systems 4 Extent of the revisions necessary in the submittal to meet the design intent and to be properly reviewed 5 Materials and/or fabrication details that do not meet the design or technical requirements of the specifications 6 All color and/or finish selections have not been submitted as a complete package Shop Drawing and Product Data Revise initial drawings or data and resubmit as specified for the initial submittal Identify any revisions made Samples Submit new samples as required for initial submittal 1 12 DISTRIBUTION REQUIREMENTS Contractor shall distribute reproductions of shop drawings and copies of product data which carry the Architect/Engineer stamp of review to 01340 4 Soapstone Natural Area 0743 07 100% Construction Documents M Mow INSTRUCTIONS AND OWNER'S MANUAL Model ft MHGLLPB MHGLLPGOPERATING WARNING USE ONLY MANUFACTURER S REPLACEMENT PARTS USE OF ANY OTHER PARTS COULD CAUSE INJURY OR DEATH REPLACEMENT PARTS ARE AVAILABLE FROM MR HEATER LOCAL DEALER OR DIRECT FROM THE FACTORY AND MUST BE INSTALLED BY QUALI- FIED SERVICE AGENCY PARTS ORDERING INFORMATION PURCHASING Accessories may be purchased at any Mr Heater local dealer or direct from the factory FOR INFORMATION REGARDING SERVICE Please call Toll -Free 800 2510001 www mrheater com Our office hours are 8 30AM — 5 00 PM EST Monday through Friday Please include the model number date of purchase and description of problem in all communication LIMITED WARRANTY The companywarrants this product to be free from Imperfections in material orworkmanship under normal and proper use in accordancewrth product instructions of Enerco Group Inc fora period of one year from the date of delivery tothe buyer Enerco Group Inc at Rs optlon will repair or replace products (except globe gaskets and/or mantles which are considered consumable parts) returned by the buyer to the factory transportation prepaid within said one year period and found by the Company to have Imperfections in material or workmanship If apart is damaged or missing call our Technical Support Department at 8OG251 0001 Address any Warranty Claims to the Service Department Enerco Group Inc 456O W 160TH 5T CLEVELAND OH1044135 Includeyourname address and telephone number and include details concerning the claim Also supply us with the purchase date and the name and address of the dealer from whom you purchased our product The foregoing is the full extent of the responsibility of the Company Thereare no other warranties express or implied Specifically there is no warranty of fitness for a particular purpose and there is no warranty of merchantability In no event shall the Company be liable for delay caused by imperfections for consequential damages or for any charges of the expense of any nature incurred without its written consent The cost of repairor replacement shall be the exclusive remedy for any breach of warranty There is no warranty against infringement of the like and no implied warranty arising from course of dealing or usage of trade This warranty will not apply to any product which has been repaired or ahered outside of the factory in any respect which in our judgment affects its condition or operation IN Some states do not allow the exclusion or limitation of incidental or consequential damages so the above limitation or exclusion may not apply toyou This Warranty gives you specific leg al rights and you may have other rights which vary from state to state Enerco Group Inc reserves the right to make changes at anytime without notice or obligation m colors specifications accessories materials and models ENERCO GROUP INC 45WW 1EOTHST CLEVELA NO OHIO"US 21&91&3000 Mr Heater is a registered trademark of Eno cp rro p Inc D 200i Eneno/Mr Heater AN rghts reserved MHGLLP G a M Heat. I MHGLLP B CaN1ECYV Ope at g Instr 0 ons 4 Owne Manu assray Cf IlFse /ar31 E3 L Npl Job site file Record Documents file Subcontractors 4 Supplier or fabricator Architect shall distribute returned copies of shop drawings and product data to 1 Owners representative 2 Consultants as applicable 3 LEED Consultant if applicable 1 13 RETURN Of SUBMITTALS A Samples If samples submitted for approval in compliance with paragraph 1 04 above are to be returned Contractor shall indicate this requirement with the sample submittal information B Upon approval of such sample(s) Contractor shall be responsible for picking them up at the Architects office If requested the Architect shall arrange for shipping them back to the supplier or manufacturer upon receipt of shipping fees in advance or upon receipt of the Contractors shipping account number < Shop Drawing Log on following page 01340 5 Soapstone Natural Area 0743 07 100% Construction Documents DATE PROJECT ARCHITECT Auer Lingle Architects, P C 712 Whalers Way, Suite B 100 Fort Collins CO 80525 (970) 223 1820 CONTRACTOR Name Address Phone SUPPLIER OR SUBCONTRACTOR Name Contact Person Address Phone PRODUCT(S) SPEC SECTION(S) CERTIFICATION OF REVIEW I (We) hereby certify that the product or material covered by this submittal has been reviewed for compliance with the applicable Section(s) of these Specifications as well as Section 01340 and is in compliance with all specified requirements including warranty coverages Contractor Signature STAMP END OF SECTION 01340 6 Soapstone Natural Area 0743 07 100% Construction Documents Supplier/Subcontractor Signature SECTION 01370 SCHEDULE OF VALUES PART 1 GENERAL 1 01 REQUIREMENTS INCLUDED A Submit to the Owner and Architect a Schedule of Values allocated to the various portions of the work Upon request of the Architect support the values with data which will substantiate their correctness Schedule of Values shall be used only as the basis for the Contractors Applications for Payment Related requirements specified elsewhere 1 Conditions of the Contract 2 Section 01026 Application for Payment 1 02 FORM AND CONTENT OF SCHEDULE OF VALUES A Schedule of Values shall be submitted to the Architect within fifteen (15) days of Award of Contract B Format Contractors standard forms or computer printouts Identify schedule with 1 Title of project and location 2 Architect and project number 3 Name and address of Contractor 4 Contract designation 5 Date of submission C Schedule shall list the installed value of the component parts of the work in sufficient detail to serve as a basis for computing values for progress payments during construction 1 List separately the costs associated with the materials and labor for each component part of the work D Basis At a minimum, the Table of Contents of this Project Manual shall be used as the format for listing component items Contractor may include additional listings at their option 1 Identify each line item with the number and title of the respective major section of the Specifications 2 Contractor s overhead and profit shall be Listed as a separate line item 3 Contractors contingency if required by the General or Supplementary Conditions, shall be listed as a separate line item 4 Mechanical and Electrical Provide separate tine items for rough in and finish work for all plumbing mechanical and electrical work E For each major line item, list subvalues of major products or operations under the item F The sum of all values Listed in the schedule shall equal the total Contract Sum END OF SECTION 01370 1 Soapstone Natural Area 0743 07 100% Construction Documents SECTION 01400 QUALITY CONTROL PART 1 GENERAL 1 01 REQUIREMENTS INCLUDED General quality control of the materials equipment and labor for the project Manufacturer's field services support and testing requirements Related requirements specified elsewhere 1 Section 01060, Regulatory Requirements Minimum Building Code standards and applicable laws 2 Section 01600 Materials and Equipment Quality of materials and equipment to be installed in the work 1 02 QUALITY ASSURANCE A Manufacturers Where two or more units of the same class of fixture or equipment are required, these shall be the products of a single manufacturer However the component parts of the system need not be the products of the same manufacturer unless otherwise specified B Design Criteria 1 Coordinate details of the equipment with other related parts of the work including verification that all structures, piping wiring and equipment components are compatible 2 Design equipment to operate under all conditions of load without objectionable sound or vibration Sounds or vibrations noticeable outside of room in which equipment is installed, or annoying sounds or vibrations noticeable inside room will be considered objectionable Correct conditions considered objectionable to Architect/Engineer by means of approved vibration eliminators or by replacing equipment at Owners option 3 Nameplates Provide a permanent operational data nameplate on each item of power operated equipment indicating the manufacturer product name model number serial number speed capacity power characteristics labels of tested compliances and similar essential operating data Locate nameplates in easily read locations C Design underground piping systems joints couplings valves, vaults and other appurtenances to function under all conditions of load to be encountered on the site, including but not limited to 1 Soils conditions including expansion and contraction Water table conditions 1 03 QUALITY CONTROL AND WORKMANSHIP STANDARDS A Maintain quality control over suppliers manufacturers products, services, site conditions and workmanship to produce work of specified quality B Comply with industry standards except when more restrictive tolerances or specified requirements indicate more rigid standards or more precise workmanship C Comply with applicable Building Codes, except when specified materials equipment, systems, tolerances or workmanship requirements indicate more rigid or restrictive standards 1 Applicable codes are considered to be only minimum standards D Perform work by persons qualified to produce workmanship of specified quality E Secure products in place with positive anchorage devices designed for the appropriate loads and sized to withstand stresses vibration and racking 01400 1 Soapstone Natural Area 0743 07 100% Construction Documents 1 04 CONTRACTORS ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGER Designate an on site party responsible for overseeing the Contractors conformance to environmental and LEED goals for the project and implementing procedures for environmental protection 1 Qualifications Minimum 3 years construction experience on projects of similar size and scope minimum 3 years experience with environmental procedures similar to those of this project a LEED Accredited Professional familiarity with environmental regulations applicable to construction operations 2 Responsibilities Responsibilities shall include a Compliance with applicable Federal State and local environmental regulations including maintaining required documentation b Implementation of the Waste Management Plan c Implementation of the IAQ Management Plan d Implementation of the Environmental Protection Plan e Training for Contractor personnel in accordance with their position requirements f Monitoring and documentation of environmental procedures 3 Contractors Environmental Training Program Contractor shall provide environmental training for workers performing work on the project site Training shall include the following a Overview of environmental issues related to the Project b Review of site specific procedures and management plans 1 01015 Indoor Air Quality (IAQ) Management 2 01714 Construction Waste Management 4 Green Building Rating Programs Submit evidence of familiarity with USGBC LEED CS v2 0 1 05 MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS When required by individual Specifications section, submit manufacturers printed instructions in the quantity specified for delivery, storage, assembly installation startup adjusting and finishing Comply with manufacturers instructions in full detail Include each step in sequence Should instructions conflict with Contract Documents, request clarification from Architect/ Engineer before proceeding When required by individual Specification section submit manufacturers written maintenance instructions for the Owners use after occupancy 1 06 MANUFACTURERS CERTIFICATES A When required by individual Specifications section submit manufacturers certificate, in duplicate that products meet or exceed specified requirements 1 07 MANUFACTURERS FIELD SERVICES A When specified in respective Specifications section require supplier and manufacturer to provide qualified personnel to observe field conditions installation and workmanship, startup testing and balancing of equipment as applicable and to make appropriate recommendations B Representative shall submit written report to Architect listing observations and recommendations END OF SECTION 01400 2 Soapstone Natural Area 0743 07 100% Construction Documents SECTION 01410 PART i GENERAL 1 01 REQUIREMENTS INCLUDED A Materials testing by an independent approved testing laboratory including but not limited to 1 Concrete testing 2 Compaction testing 3 Structural concrete unit masonry testing 4 Mortar and masonry grout testing B Related work specified elsewhere 1 Section 02225 Structural Excavation Backfilting and Compacting 2 Section 02362 Engineered Screwpiles 3 Section 02513 Asphaltic Concrete Paving 4 Section 02515 Portland Cement Concrete Paving 5 Section 03300, Cast in Place Concrete 6 Section 04100 Mortar and Masonry 7 Section 04220, Concrete Unit Masonry 8 Section 09260, Gypsum Wallboard 1 02 WORK BY SEPARATE CONTRACT A Owner shall provide any applicable project or building inspection services as required by Chapter 17 of the International Building Code (IBC) current edition or the Uniform Building Code (UBC), current edition, by separate contract The Architect and Engineers will not provide these services Refer to Section 01010 Summary of Work paragraph 1 06 Work by Others 1 03 ACCESS TO SITE AND NOTIFICATION REQUIREMENTS A Testing laboratoryvnll be allowed access to the site as required in the performance of theirwork Contractor shall provide testing laboratory at least 48 hours notice prior to time testing is required prior to the next phase of work 1 04 TESTING REQUIREMENTS Open Hole Inspection Soils Engineer shall perform an open hole inspection for each building site within the project to verify the findings of the above referenced Geotechnical Investigation Report, prior to placement of any foundation structures footings or piers 1 Notify the Architect at the completion of excavation, prior to placement of any formwork Contractor shall be responsible for notification of the Soils Engineer 2 Do not proceed with formwork or foundation construction until results have been verified Concrete 1 Inspection and testing of concrete mix will be performed by an independent testing agent recommended by the Contractor and approved by the Owner 2 Submit proposed concrete mix design to inspection and testing firm and Architect/Engineer for review prior to commencement of work 3 Test cylinders shall be taken and materials tested in accordance with requirements of Section 03300 01410 1 Soapstone Natural Area 0743 07 100% Construction Documents 4 If tests indicate that materials do not meet specified requirements remove defective work replace and retest at no additional cost to Owner C Compaction at Foundations, Building Slabs and Utility Trenches 1 Testing of compacted fill materials shall be performed by an independent testing agent recommended by the Contractor and approved by the Owner 2 Notify the Architect at completion of each phase of excavation prior to placement of backfill of all foundations and utility trenches 3 When work of this Section or portions of work are completed notify the testing laboratory to perform density test Do not proceed with additional portions of work until results have been verified 4 If tests indicate that compacted matenals do not meet specified requirements remove defective work replace and retest at no additional cost to Owner D Structural Concrete Unit Masonry Testing 1 Inspection and testing of structural concrete unit masonry shall be performed by an independent testing laboratory recommended by the Contractor and approved by the Owner 2 Test structural concrete unit masonry materials in accordance with the requirements of Section 04220 3 If tests indicate that materials do not meet specified requirements, remove defective work replace and retest at no additional cost to Owner Mortar and Masonry Grout Testing 1 Inspection and testing of mortar and masonry grout materials shall be performed by an independent testing laboratory recommended by the Contractor and approved by the Owner 2 Submit proposed mortar and masonry grout mix designs to inspection and testing firm and Architect/Engineer for review pnor to commencement of work 3 Test cylinders shall be taken and materials tested in accordance with requirements of Section 04100 and other applicable Division 4 Masonry sections 4 If tests indicate that materials do not meet specified requirements remove defective work, replace and retest at no additional cost to the Owner 5 Restoration and Preservation Projects For historic restoration and preservation projects, take special care to match strength and material composition characteristics of the mortar proposed with strength of existing materials 1 05 TESTING FEES Fees for required materials testing will be paid for by the Owner as provided in the General and Supplementary Conditions Fees for additional testing required due to improper performance of the work will be paid by the Contractor 1 06 TESTING RESULTS A Testing laboratory shalt furnish copies of the required test results to the following 1 Owners representative 2 Architect Structural Engineer for open hole inspection concrete engineered screwpiles, structural concrete unit masonry and steel testing Civil Engineer for compaction asphalt paving and underground piping testing Mechanical Engineer for pressurized piping testing Contractor END OF SECTION 01410 2 Soapstone Natural Area 0743 07 100% Construction Documents SECTION 01510 TEMPORARY UTILITIES PART 1 GENERAL 1 01 REQUIREMENTS INCLUDED A Furnish, install and maintain temporary utility services required for construction Remove upon completion of work B Furnish, install and maintain temporary sanitary facilities for use by construction personnel Remove upon completion of work C Furnish, install and maintain temporary relocation of utility services to the existing facility until Substantial Completion of the new building D Related requirements specified elsewhere 1 Section 01060 Regulatory Requirements 2 Section 01530 Barriers and Enclosures Section 01560 Temporary Controls Section 01590 Field Offices and Sheds Sections 01710, Cleaning and 01715 Waste Removal and Recycling Trash removal dunng construction 1 02 REQUIREMENTS OF REGULATORY AGENCIES A Comply with the current editions of all applicable building codes Refer to Section 01060 B Comply with applicable federal, state and local codes and regulations C Comply with applicable utility company requirements 1 03 UTILITY FEES A Utility charges and expenses for temporary construction usage for the following shall be paid by the Owner, unless indicated otherwise 1 Temporary electricity 2 Temporary construction water until installation and acceptance of the buildings permanent plumbing systems 3 Temporary heat and ventilation upon start up of the buildings permanent mechanical systems, when put into service during the construction period as specified in paragraph 2 03 C B Utility charges and expenses for temporary construction usage for the following shall be paid by the Contractor, unless indicated otherwise 1 Installation or connection charge for temporary electricity water natural gas propane or telephone service 2 Temporary sanitary facilities 3 Temporary local and long distance telephone including cellular PART 2 PRODUCTS 201 MATERIALS A General Materials for temporary construction uses may be new or used but must be adequate in capacity for the required usage must not create unsafe conditions and must not violate 01510 1 Soapstone Natural Area 0743 07 100% Construction Documents requirements of applicable codes and standards 202 TEMPORARY ELECTRICITY AND LIGHTING A Contractor shall provide and maintain at his own expense temporary electrical power service to the site of construction, including temporary service feeds and panels 1 Contractor shall utilize existing 120/240 V power at the site B Contractor may utilize existing 120/240V power service in the existing facility C Install circuit and branch wiring with area distribution boxes located so that power and lighting is available throughout the construction area by the use of construction type power cords 1 Provide one (1) temporary panel per building located as directed by the Architect for each residential building and the Community Building D Provide adequate artificial lighting for all areas of work when natural tight is not adequate for work and for areas accessible to the public E Security Lighting Provide temporary security lighting for temporary secure materials storage area, as may be required by the Owner s or Contractor s Builder s Risk insurance 203 TEMPORARY HEAT AND VENTILATION A Contractor shall provide and maintain at his own expense all temporary heating including all fuel and required attendance necessary to protect and dry all work during cold weather B Provide adequate forced ventilation of enclosed areas for curing of installed materials to disperse humidity and to prevent hazardous accumulations of dust fumes vapors or gases 1 Portable heaters shall be standard approved units complete with controls Do not store materials near sources of intense heat or open flame C Permanent building heating system may be used upon installation testing and acceptance by the jurisdiction having authority over this area of the work, as (if) allowed in Division 15, Mechanical 1 The project shall be substantially enclosed and secured with the buildings permanent glazing systems and either construction or permanent hardware 204 TEMPORARY COOLING Contractor shalt provide and maintain, at his own expense all temporary cooling, including all equipment necessary to maintain the existing facility within the following ranges 1 Temperature 2 Relative Humidity All existing building rooftop cooling and air handling equipment wilt be disconnected and not used for the duration of the project 1 Air handling unit located in the basement shall remain in service 2 05 TEMPORARY TELEPHONE SERVICE A Contractor shall install and maintain a job telephone Contractor shall pay all costs for installation maintenance, removal and service charges for local calls Toll charges shall be paid by the party who places the call B Telephones within the existing facility shall not be used by construction personnel during the construction period 206 TEMPORARY WATER Contractor shall provide and maintain, at his own expense all temporary construction water service to the site of construction 01510 2 Soapstone Natural Area 0743 07 100% Construction Documents 207 TEMPORARY SANITARY FACILITIES A Contractor shall provide sanitary facilities for use by construction personnel in compliance with current laws and regulations 1 Service clean and maintain facilities and enclosures in accordance with local governing health agencies B Toilet facilities within the existing facility shall not be used by construction personnel during the construction period PART 3 EXECUTION 301 INSTALLATION AND OPERATION A General Install and maintain temporary utility services in accordance with requirements of applicable federal state and local codes and regulations and applicable utility company requirements B Modify and extend systems as work progress requires 11164 0 1 I;7yTd0P/1I A Completely remove temporary materials and equipment when use is no longer required, or upon completion of the work B Clean and repair damage caused by temporary installations or use of temporary facilities C Restore permanent facilities used for temporary construction services to original or specified condition 1 Prior to final inspection remove temporary lamps and install new tamps in all lighting fixtures used during the construction period 2 Prior to final inspection clean permanent filters and replace disposable filters in all mechanical equipment used during the construction period Clean ducts, blowers and coils if units were operated during the construction period without filters END OF SECTION 01510 3 Soapstone Natural Area 0743 07 100% Construction Documents MWQbfn. nkmr¢ Mm*w ddcig SECTION 01520 CONSTRUCTION EQUIPMENT AND AIDS PART 1 GENERAL 1 01 REQUIREMENTS INCLUDED A Furnish and maintain required construction equipment B Furnish, install and maintain required construction aids and remove upon completion of work C Related work specified elsewhere 1 Section 01046, Access to Site 2 Section 01510, Temporary Utilities 3 Section 01530, Barriers and Enclosures 4 Section 01560, Temporary Controls 5 Section 01590 Field Offices and Sheds PART PRODUCTS 201 MATERIALS General Equipment and construction aids for temporary construction uses may be new used or rental equipment suitable for the intended purpose but must not violate requirements of applicable codes and standards 202 CONSTRUCTION EQUIPMENT Provide construction equipment required by specific sections of the Specifications or as necessary to facilitate execution of the work, including but not Limited to 1 Miscellaneous hand tools 2 Miscellaneous power tools 3 Goggles, masks hardhats and other personal safety equipment 4 Cranes forklifts and other material handling equipment 5 Rolling or vibrating plate compactors 6 Concrete batching and pumping trucks and equipment 7 Asphalt paving machines and rollers 8 Concrete paving machines and curb and gutter extrusion equipment 9 Excavators, graders, tractor and end loaders scrapers backhoes trenchers and other heavy excavation and grading equipment 10 Air compressors 11 Portable electrical generators 12 Mortar batching equipment 13 Concrete slab floats and 3oint saws 14 Drywall texturing equipment 15 Paint spraying equipment 16 Sandblasting equipment 17 Other equipment as required 203 CONSTRUCTION AIDS A Provide construction aids and temporary equipment required by personnel to facilitate execution of the work Refer to respective Sections of the Specifications for the particular requirements of each 01520 1 Soapstone Natural Area 0743 07 100% Construction Documents trade, including but not limited to 1 Scaffolding staging ladders and platforms 2 Stairs ramps, runways and guardrails 3 Hoists platform lifts and chutes 4 Concrete curing and thermal protection blankets 5 Drop cloths and other protective materials 6 Portable space heaters 7 Other facilities as required PART 3 EXECUTION 301 PREPARATION Consult with Architect review site conditions and other factors which affect construction procedures and construction aids, including adjacent properties and public facilities which maybe affected by execution of the work Comply with applicable requirements specified in Divisions 2 through 16 Relocate construction aids as required by progress of construction, by storage or work requirements and to accommodate legitimate requirements of other subcontractors employed at the site 302 REMOVAL A Completely remove temporary materials, equipment and services 1 When construction needs can be met by use of the permanent construction or 2 At completion of the project B Clean and repair damage caused by installation or by use of temporary facilities 1 Remove foundations and underground installations for construction aids 2 Grade areas of site affected by temporary installations to required elevations and slopes and clean the area C Restore permanent facilities used for temporary purposes to specified condition END OF SECTION 01520 2 Soapstone Natural Area 0743 07 100% Construction Documents SECTION 01590 FIELD OFFICES AND SHEDS PART 1 GENERAL 1 01 REQUIREMENTS INCLUDED Furnish install and maintain temporary construction offices and secured storage facilities Related work specified elsewhere 1 Section 01046 Access to Site 2 Section 01530, Barriers and Enclosures 3 Section 01714, Construction Waste Management Separation facilities for handling, recycling salvage, reuse and return of materials PART 2 PRODUCTS 201 TEMPORARY FIELD OFFICES Contractor shall be able to utilize an existing ranch house owned by the City of Fort Collins for their temporary field office 1 Signage and other advertising allowed on the structure shall be as determined at the Pre Construction Conference B Minimum facilities shall include but not be limited to 1 Conference table and chairs for minimum six (6) persons 2 Bottled, chilled water dispenser and cups 3 Plan rack or other facilities for storage of project record documents 4 File cabinet or other facilities for storage of shop drawings samples, color boards, installation instructions, materials data sheets etc 5 Adequate heat air conditioning ventilation and artificial lighting 6 Other facilities as deemed appropriate or necessary by the Contractor C Facilities to be paid for by the Owner as Division 1 expenses shall be subject to the approval of the Owner 2 02 STORAGE SHEDS A Contractor shall provide and maintain secured weathertight storage sheds or enclosures for tools materials and equipment requiring such conditions with adequate heat and ventilation Provide space for organized storage and access and artificial lighting for inspection of stored materials 1 Structures shall be provided and maintained in good condition as determined by the Owner's representative 2 Signage and other advertising allowed on the structure shall be as determined at the Pre Construction Conference B Temporary Site Fencing Refer to Section 01530 C 5ecunty Lighting Provide temporary security lighting for temporary secure materials storage area, as may be required by the Owners or Contractors Builders Risk insurance Refer to Section 01510, Temporary Utilities 01590 1 Soapstone Natural Area 0743 07 100% Construction Documents 2 03 SEPARATION FACILITIES A Contractor shall provide and secure a specific area to facilitate separations of materials for recycling salvage reuse and return as specified in Section 01714 Recycling and waste bin areas are to be kept neat and clean, and clearly marked in order to avoid contamination of materials PART 3 EXECUTION 301 REMOVAL OF TEMPORARY FACILITIES A Completely remove temporary facilities when use is no longer required, or upon completion of the work B Clean and repair damage caused by temporary installations or use of temporary facilities C Restore permanent facilities used for temporary construction services to original or specified condition END OF SECTION 01590 2 Soapstone Natural Area 0743 07 100% Construction Documents SECTION 01600 MATERIAL AND EQUIPMENT PART 1 GENERAL 1 01 REQUIREMENTS INCLUDED Material and equipment incorporated into the work 1 Conform to applicable specifications and standards 2 Comply with size make type and quality specified or as specifically approved in writing by the Architect/Engineer 3 Manufactured and Fabricated Products a Design fabricate and assemble in accordance with the best engineering and shop practices b Manufacture like parts of duplicate units to standard sizes and gages to be interchangeable c Two (2) or more items of the same kind shall be identical by the same manufacturer d Products shall be suitable for service conditions e Equipment capacities sizes and dimensions shown or specified shall be adhered to unless variations are specifically approved in writing 4 Do not use material or equipment for any purpose other than that for which it is designed or specified Provide specified maintenance materials equipment and tools to the Owner at the completion of the project Provide equipment or systems start up commissioning and operational testing as specified in individual Sections Related requirements specified elsewhere 1 Conditions of the Contract 2 Section 01010 Summary of the Work 3 Section 01040 Coordination 4 Section 01340 Shop Drawings Product Data and Samples 5 Section 01400 Quality Control 6 Section 01710 Cleaning 7 Section 01714 Construction Waste Management Construction waste diversion requirements Section 01730 Operating and Maintenance Data 102 MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS A When Contract Documents require that installation of work shall comply with manufacturers printed instructions contractor shall obtain and distribute copies of such instructions to parties involved in the installation, including two (2) comes to the Architect 1 Maintain one (1) set of complete instructions at the job site during installation and until completion B Handle, install connect clean condition and adjust products in strict accordance with such instructions and in conformity with specified requirements 1 Should job conditions or specified requirements conflict with manufacturers instructions consult with Architect for further instructions Do not proceed with work without clear instructions 01600 1 Soapstone Natural Area 0743 07 100% Construction Documents Perform work in accordance with manufacturers instructions Do not omit any preparatory step or installation procedure, unless specifically modified or exempted by Contract Documents 1 03 TRANSPORTATION AND HANDLING A Arrange deliveries of products in accordance with construction schedules, coordinate to avoid conflict with work and conditions at the site 1 Deliver products in undamaged condition in manufacturers original containers or packaging with identifying labels intact and legible 2 Immediately upon delivery, inspect shipments to assure that materials and equipment are in compliance with approved submittals required quantities have been provided and that products are properly protected and undamaged B Provide equipment and personnel to handle products by methods to prevent soiling or damage to products or packaging C Recycle shipping cartons pallets and other packaging materials as required to meet project goat for construction waste diversion Refer to Sections 01015 01714 and 01715 1 04 STORAGE AND PROTECTION A Preparation for Shipment 1 Prepare in a manner to facilitate unloading and handling 2 Provide skids boxes crates or other effective shipping devices to protect materials fixtures or equipment against damage from rough handling moisture, dust excessive heat or cold 3 Protect painted surfaces against impact, abrasion, discoloration and other damage 4 Apply grease packing or lubricating oil to all bearing and similar items 5 Tag or mark each item as identified in the delivery schedule or on the shop drawings Package or bundle items consisting of multiple similar pieces Tag or mark the package or bundle 6 Include complete packing lists or bills of material with each shipment 7 Do not ship equipment requiring cranes or special equipment for unloading or handling without notice or until Contractor is prepared to receive and care for it properly 8 Protect electrical equipment controls and insulation from moisture or water damage B Store products in accordance with manufacturers instructions with seals and labels intact and legible 1 Store products subject to damage by the elements in weathertight enclosures 2 Maintain temperature and humidity within the ranges required by manufacturers instructions C Exterior Storage 1 Store fabricated products above the ground on blocking or skids Prevent soiling or staining Cover products which are subject to deterioration with impervious sheet coverings Provide adequate ventilation to avoid condensation 2 Store wood and wood products above the ground on blocking or skids and cover to protect from weather exposure D Arrange storage in a manner to provide easy access for inspection Make periodic inspections of stored products to assure that products are maintained under specified conditions and free from damage or deterioration E Protection after Installation 1 Protect materials fixtures and equipment with original protective wrappings until Substantial Completion of the project as specified in individual Sections to include but not be limited to Factory finished wood doors Custom cabinetry casework and countertops 01600 2 Soapstone Natural Area 0743 07 100% Construction Documents Carpeting and hard surface flooring Toilet and bath fixtures and faucets Finish hardware items Provide substantial coverings as necessary to protect installed products from damage from traffic and subsequent construction operations Remove when no longer needed 1 05 SUBSTITUTIONS AND PRODUCT OPTIONS Products List 1 Within thirty (30) days after Award of Contract, submit to Architect a complete list of major products proposed to be used with the name of the manufacturer and the installing Subcontractor Contractors Options 1 For products specified only by reference standard select any product meeting that standard 2 For products specified by naming several products or manufacturers, select any one of the products or manufacturers named which complies with the specifications 3 For products specified by naming one or more products or manufacturers and or equal , Contractor shall submit a request for substitutions of any product or manufacturer not specifically named When the phrase equal approved prior to bidding is used, consideration of equals will not be made after Bid Opening except as allowed in paragraph 1 05 D below 4 Naming, approved manufacturers does not relieve the Contractor from meeting, all specification requirements 5 For products specified by naming only one product and manufacturer there is no option For purposes of this project these include, but may not be Limited to a Steel overhead coiling doors specified in Section 08330 b Automatic entrance doors, specified in Section 08460 c Finish hardware specified in Section 08700 d Electric hand dryers specified in Section 10800 e Residential appliances specified in Section 11452 f Lecterns specified in Section 12621 g Stainless steel penal plumbing fixtures specified in Division 15 h Electric unit heaters specified in Division 15 1 Rooftop HVAC equipment specified in Division 15 1 HVAC and/or lighting controls specified in Divisions 15 and 16 k Light fixtures and motion switches specified in Division 16 6 Manufacturers material or equipment listed in Schedules Specifications or on the Drawings are types to be provided for establishment of size capacity grade and quality If other acceptable manufacturers are used, cost of any change in construction required by their use shall be borne by the Contractor C Substitutions during Bidding 1 For the period up to nine (9) working days before the Bid Date Architect/ Engineer wit[ consider written requests from Contractors for substitution of products 2 Submit a separate request for each product supported with complete data with drawings and samples as appropriate, including a Comparison of the qualities of the proposed substitution with that specified b Changes required in other elements of the work because of the substitution c Effect on the construction schedule d Cost data comparing the proposed substitution with the product specified e Any required license fees or royalties f Availability of maintenance service and source of replacement materials 01600 3 Soapstone Natural Area 0743 07 100% Construction Documents 3 Architect and Owners representative shall judge the acceptability of the proposed substitution and respond to the Contractor in writing by addenda provided the request for substitution has been made in accordance with the requirements listed above Requests made after this timeline will not be responded to by addenda, any use of these products will be at the sole risk of the Contractor 4 Requests for substitutions received later than the deadline stipulated above will not be considered Substitutions after Contract Award Substitutions after contract award will only be allowed where the specified products are no longer available or where lead times in fabrication and delivery will affect the construction schedule unless otherwise allowed in the General. and Supplementary Conditions 1 Submit a separate request for each product supported with complete data with drawings and samples as appropriate including a Written documentation from the subcontractor or supplier that all allowable approved manufacturers of a specific product are no longer available, or that the use of such products will adversely affect the construction schedule Also refer to subparagraph 1 05 E below b All other data specified for substitution requests in paragraph 1 05 C above 2 Failure by the Contractor to order materials or equipment in a timely manner will not be grounds for approving a substitution request under this paragraph 3 Contractor shall use any approved equal material or equipment at no additional cost to the Owner if the material or equipment used in his Bid is unavailable or causes undue delay in fabrication or delivery Contractors Representation A request for a substitution constitutes a representation that the Contractor 1 Has investigated the proposed product and determined that it is equal to or superior in all respects to that specified 2 Wilt provide the same warranties or bonds for the substitution as for the product specified 3 Will coordinate the installation of an accepted substitution into the work and make such other changes as may be required to make the work complete in all respects 4 Waives all claims for additional costs under his responsibility which may subsequently become apparent Architect and Owner will review requests for substitutions with reasonable promptness and notify Contractor in writing of the decision to accept or reject the requested substitution 1 06 MAINTENANCE MATERIALS A Furnish to the Owner at the completion of the work all maintenance materials equipment and tools specified in respective Sections of these Specifications including but not limited to 1 Exterior Portland Cement stucco system specified in Section 07245 2 Solid vinyl siding and prefinshed trims specified in Section 07463 3 Wood siding and trims specified in Section 07466 4 Ceramic the specified in Section 09310 5 Porcelain tile specified in Section 09320 6 Brick Paver Tile specified in Section 09340 7 Acoustical ceilings specified in Section 09510 8 Resilient flooring specified in Section 09650 9 Carpeting specified in Section 09680 10 Modular carpet tile specified in Section 09690 11 Paints and stains specified in Sections 09900 and 09930 12 Vinyl wall coverings specified in Section 09952 B Materials specified for the Owner's maintenance stock shall not be used by the Contractor for replacement of defective or damaged materials during the course of construction or to remedy any 01600 4 Soapstone Natural Area 0743 07 100% Construction Documents defect in workmanship caused by the Contractors own forces or his subcontractors Maintenance materials maybe used with the written permission of the Owner to replace materials damaged during construction as a result of vandalism or natural causes Contractor shall certify in writing that all specified maintenance materials have been furnished and turned over to the Owner s representative or delivered to the location on the site directed by the Owner PART 2 PRODUCTS 201 MATERIALS A General Use materials of commercial quality suitable for the anticipated service conditions B All materials and equipment to be installed in the permanent construction shall be new, unless otherwise permitted C Unless required otherwise, use components of standard sizes to assure future availability and permit field installation of repair parts Make like parts of duplicate units interchangeable 202 FABRICATION AND MANUFACTURE A Workmanship and Materials Design fabricate and assemble equipment in accordance with the best engineering and shop practice B Lubrication 1 Include lubrication systems which do not waste lubricants require attention during startup or shutdown or more frequently than weekly during normal operation 2 Furnish sufficient lubricants of the type recommended by the equipment manufacturer to fill lubricant reservoirs and replace consumption during startup, testing and operation prior to the Owners acceptance of the equipment C Drive Units Refer to Division 15 Mechanical and/or Division 16, Electrical D Anchor Bolts 1 Furnish with each piece of equipment required to be anchored 2 Minimum Diameter 3/4 or as indicated on the Drawings 3 Minimum Length Provide for required embedment in structural concrete and extend through concrete base 1 1/2 of grout base plate and nuts Concrete base will be 4 thick, unless otherwise indicated 4 Include two (2) nuts with each bolt 5 Deliver anchor bolts with templates or setting drawings to time for installation when structural concrete is placed E Equipment Bases 1 Include a cast iron or welded base plate with each pump, compressor and similar equipment installed on concrete base if applicable 2 Design to support both the driven unit and its drive assembly on a single base plate 3 Support all equipment to be set on floor with 4 minimum concrete base 4 Include grout holes and provisions for anchor bolts 5 Include raised hp all around and a threaded dram connection with base plates for pumps F Special Tools and Accessories 1 Furnish all special tools instruments and accessories required for proper maintenance 2 Furnish such special devices as are required for proper Lifting and handling G Shop Painting Refer to Section 09900 Painting 1 Protect iron and steel surfaces with paint or other protective coating applied to the shop 2 Use coating good for anticipated useful Life of equipment on surfaces inaccessible after assembly 3 Finish exposed surfaces smooth, clean and filled to obtain uniform base for paint 01600 5 Soapstone Natural Area 0743 07 100% Construction Documents Apply one (1) or more shop coats of a primer capable of protecting surfaces to receive finish paint coats after installation Apply finish coats in the shop with a high grade oil resistant enamel on electric motors speed reducers, starters and other self contained or enclosed components Do not paint machined polished or non ferrous surfaces Coat such surfaces with rust preventive compound Houghton Rust Veto 334, Rust Oleum R 9 or equal PART 3 EXECUTION 301 INSTALLATION A Install equipment with or under the guidance of qualified personnel having the knowledge and experience necessary for proper results B Arrange work to facilitate maintenance, repair or replacement of equipment Locate services requiring maintenance on valves and similar units in front of services requiring less maintenance Connect equipment for ease of disconnecting with minimum of interference with other work C Locate operating and control equipment, dampers valves traps clean outs motors controllers, switchgears dram points, maintenance items and devices for easy access Install access panels where units are concealed by finished and similar work D Provide required clearances in front of, and around, equipment as necessary for access and ventilation Comply with all applicable codes and regulations 3 02 PLACING EQUIPMENT IN OPERATION Before starting up each system 1 Check each piece of equipment for proper drive rotation belt tension and any other condition which may cause damage to equipment or endanger personnel 2 Clean, blow out or flush lubricating oil water systems and other pipelines 3 Lubricate equipment in accordance with manufacturers recommendations 4 Test lubrication system safety interlocks and system performance 5 Perform final alignment checks under observation of the Owners principal representative and, where required manufacturers field representative 6 Demonstrate that no abnormal stresses are transmitted to equipment from piping ducts or other attachments 7 Check anchor bolt tensions grout and shims Use calibrated torque wrenches for tightening anchor bolts Do not overstress bolts Place equipment into successful operation in accordance with the written instructions of the manufacturer or the instruction of the manufacturers held representative including required adjustment, tests and operation checks 3 03 PERFORMANCE TESTS A Tests may be required whether or not specifically called for, to determine if equipment will perform as specified or guaranteed Final acceptance of equipment or Substantial Completion of that part of the work is contingent upon acceptable test results B Do not conduct tests on equipment for which manufacturers field service is specified unless manufacturers field representative is present and declares the equipment ready for test C Conduct tests as set forth in the Specifications unless another manner of testing is approved D Equipment or systems that fail to satisfy the performance requirements shall be modified or replaced at Architect/Engineers option If modifications are allowed, make modifications necessary to produce an installation which will satisfy the performance requirements Retest after modifications or equipment replacement is complete Modifications additional equipment, 01600 6 Soapstone Natural Area 0743 07 100% Construction Documents ME Ali i f >r u i Ji j a �y L 1 it S 5' "I o� p :) 4 i YS: p 3' 2y �` 1 5 y NJ i I' retesting and structural piping or electrical modifications necessary to accommodate modified equipment or replacement equipment shall be made at no additional cost END OF SECTION 01600 7 Soapstone Natural Area 0743 07 100% Construction Documents SECTION 01700 CONTRACT CLOSE OUT PART 1 GENERAL 1 01 REQUIREMENTS INCLUDED Comply with requirements stated in Conditions of the Contract and in Specifications for administrative procedures in closing out the work Related requirements specified elsewhere 1 Conditions of the Contract Fiscal provisions legal submittals and additional administrative requirements 2 Section 01026 Applications for Payment Requirements for final payment 3 Section 01050 Field Engineering Surveying certificate and final completion survey 4 Section 01310 Construction Schedules 5 Section 01600 Material and Equipment Maintenance materials 6 Section 01710 Cleaning 7 Section 01714, Construction Waste Management B Section 01720, Project Record Documents 9 Section 01730 Operating and Maintenance Data 10 Section 01740 Warranties and Bonds 11 Respective Sections of Specifications Testing requirements and closeout submittals required of specific trades or subcontractors 1 02 SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION A Definition of Substantial Completion Refer to General and Supplementary Conditions of the Contract B When Contractor considers that the work is substantially complete he shall submit to the Architect 1 Written notice that the work or designated portion thereof is substantially complete 2 Punch list of items to be completed or corrected as determined by the Contractor prior to inspection by the Architect and/or Owner 3 Temporary Certificate of Occupancy or other evidence of acceptance by the building official or other authority with jurisdiction over the project 4 Complete prefunctional checklist and function performance testing from commissioning documentation C Within a reasonable time after receipt of such notice Architect wilt make an inspection to determine the status of completion D Should Architect or Engineer determine that the work is not substantially complete i Architect or Engineer will promptly notify the Contractor in writing giving the reasons therefor 2 Contractor shall remedy the deficiencies in the work and send a second written notice of substantial completion to the Architect 3 Architect or Engineer will reinspect the work as appropriate E When Architect concurs that the work is substantially complete he will 1 Prepare a Certificate of Substantial Completion on AIA form G704 or other Owner provided form accompanied by Architects list of items to be completed or corrected 2 Submit the Certificate to the Owner and Contractor for their written acceptance of the responsibilities assigned to them in the Certificate 01700 1 Soapstone Natural Area 0743 07 100% Construction Documents 1 03 FINAL INSPECTION A When Contractor considers the work is complete, he shalt submit written certification that 1 Contract Documents have been reviewed and that the work has been inspected for compliance with Contract Documents 2 Work has been completed in accordance with Contract Documents 3 Corrective or incomplete work has been completed from punch lists provided at Substantial Completion 4 Equipment and systems have been tested in the presence of the Owner s representative and are operational 5 Final cleaning has been completed and project is ready for final inspection 6 Final Certificate of Occupancy has been issued 7 Verification of completion of all outstanding commissioning requirements B Architect will make an inspection to verify the status of completion with reasonable promptness after receipt of such certification C Should Architect consider that the work is incomplete or defective 1 Architect or Engineer will promptly notify the Contractor in writing, listing the incomplete or defective work 2 Contractor shall take immediate steps to remedy the stated deficiencies and send a second written certification to Architect that the work is complete 3 Architect or Engineer will reinspect the work, as appropriate D When the Architect finds that the work is acceptable under the Contract Documents he shall request the Contractor to prepare and deliver closeout submittals E Should Architect and/or Engineer perform reinspection due to failure of the work to comply with the claims of status of either Substantial or Final Completion made by the Contractor 1 Owner will compensate Architect and/or Engineer for such additional services by change order to the A/E Agreement 2 Owner will deduct the amount of such compensation from the final payment due the Contractor 1 04 SYSTEMS TESTING A Contractor shall conduct tests for operational systems and equipment as specified herein or as required by individual Sections prior to Final Inspection Testing of systems or equipment shalt include but not be limited to 1 Drainage and weathertightness of roofing systems 2 Propat=nefueled devices 1 05 CONTRACTORS CLOSE OUT SUBMITTALS A Evidence of compliance with requirements of governing authorities 1 Certificate of Occupancy 2 Certificates of Inspection, including plumbing mechanical, electrical and fire sprinkler systems B LEED Log Binder Refer to Section 01015 C Final Completion Schedule Refer to Section 01310 D Project Record Documents Refer to Section 01720 E Operating and Maintenance Data Instructions to Owners Personnel Refer to Section 01730 F Warranties and Bonds Refer to Section 01740 G Keys and Keying Schedule Refer to Section 08700 Finish Hardware H Evidence of Payment and Release of Liens General and Supplementary Conditions I Maintenance Materials Evidence that all required maintenance materials have been furnished and stored as directed by the Owner 01700 2 Soapstone Natural Area 0743 07 100% Construction Documents J Test Results Written approval from the testing agency for systems or equipment requiring final testing, as specified above K Surveying Certificate Certification of accuracy of building layout grading and drainage or ATIA survey as referenced in Section 01050 L Certifications Written certifications of material or equipment compliance as required by vanous Sections of the Specifications M Construction Waste Management Plan Final report, as specified in Section 01714 1 06 FINAL ADJUSTMENT OF ACCOUNTS A Submit a final statement of accounting to the Architect Statement shall reflect all adjustments to the Contract Sum i The original Contract Sum including accepted Bid Alternates 2 Additions and deductions resulting from a Previous Change Orders b Allowances c Unit prices d Deductions for uncorrected work e Penalties and bonuses f Deductions for liquidated damages g Deductions for reinspection payments h Other adjustments 3 Total Contract Sum as adjusted 4 Previous payments 5 Sum remaining due, including retamage Contractor wilt prepare a final Change Order reflecting approved adjustments to the Contract Sum which were not previously made by Change Orders 1 07 FINAL APPLICATION FOR PAYMENT Contractor shall submit the final Application for Payment in accordance with procedures and requirements stated in the Conditions of the Contract and Section 01026, Applications for Payment END OF SECTION 01700 3 Soapstone Natural Area 0743 07 100% Construction Documents SECTION 01710 CLEANING PART 1 GENERAL 1 01 REQUIREMENTS INCLUDED Execute periodic cleaning during progress of the work Execute final cleaning at completion of the work Related requirements specified elsewhere 1 Conditions of the Contract 2 Section 01714 Construction Waste Management 3 Section 01715, Waste Removal and Recycling 4 Respective Sections of Specifications Cleaning for specific products or work 1 02 DISPOSAL REQUIREMENTS Conduct cleaning operations to comply with applicable codes, ordinances regulations and anti pollution laws Construction waste management shall be provided in accordance with the approved construction waste management plan specified in Section 01714 Disposal of waste materials, debris and rubbish shall be at a commercially operated recycling center legal dumpsite or landfill Refer to Section 01715 PART 2 PRODUCTS 201 CLEANING MATERIALS A Use only those cleaning materials which will not create hazards to health or property and which will not damage surfaces B Use only those cleaning materials and methods recommended by manufacturers of the surface material to be cleaned C Use cleaning materials only on surfaces recommended by cleaning material manufacturer PART 3 EXECUTION 301 PROGRESS CLEANING A Execute periodic cleaning to keep the building(s) the site and adjacent properties free from accumulations of waste materials rubbish and windblown debris resulting from construction operations 1 Contractor shall provide site cleaning at the end of each workday during progress of the work 2 Building(s) and site shall be kept clean to the satisfaction of the Owner including but not limited to a Removal of scrap lumber plywood, gypsum wallboard and other waste construction materials b Removal of accumulations of sawdust drywall compound nails and other waste materials c Removal of cans bottles and other rubbish d Removal of boxes cartons pallets and other construction packaging materials 01710 1 Soapstone Natural Area 0743 07 100% Construction Documents 3 Stored matenals that are to be used in the construction of the work are not subject to the provisions of this paragraph 4 Refer to Supplementary Instructions to Bidders, General and Supplementary Conditions of the Contract for site cleaning damages and other remedies available to the Owner Maintain parking areas, access drives and city streets clean from mud and other debris 302 CLEANING PRIOR TO PAINTING Clean interior spaces prior to the start of finish painting and continue cleaning on an as needed basis until painting is finished Schedule operations so that dust and other contaminants resulting from cleaning process will not fall on wet or freshly finished surfaces Temporarily seal window and door openings prior to the start of finish painting to prevent windblown dust and other particulates from impairing wet or freshly finished surfaces 3 03 FINAL CLEANING A Final cleaning shall be performed by personnel or subcontractors skilled in this work B In general the extent of final cleaning shall be to remove grease mastic and adhesives dust and dirt stains, fingerprints labels and other foreign materials from site exposed interior and exterior surfaces C Interior cleaning shall include but not be limited to 1 Wash and polish glass glazing and mirrors Polish glossy surfaces to a clear shine 2 Wipe down all finish carpentry woodwork and cabinetwork 3 Wipe down all interior surfaces of wood doors windows casings and trims 4 Wipe down and polish toilet partitions toilet and bath accessories signage components and other specialties 5 Broom clean and dry vacuum all interior sealed concrete floor slabs to be left exposed Apply specified finish/sealer D Exterior cleaning shall include but not be limited to 1 Power wash or wash and wipe down wood siding and trim 2 Power wash and/or scrub with natural bristle or synthetic bristle brush all surfaces of brick concrete block or stone masonry as specified in Division 4 Power washing for historic buildings shall not exceed 300 psi water pressure 3 Power wash or wash and wipe down siding and trims and other prefinished siding and trim materials 4 Wash down prefinished stucco surfaces using water pressure within allowable limits of the manufacturer 5 Power wash or wash and wipe down exposed structural steel and ornamental metal surfaces 6 Power wash or wash and wipe down prefinished metal roofing, gutters, downspouts, counterflashmgs and trim 7 Wash and wipe down doors frames and storefront systems 8 Wash and polish glass and glazing 9 Wash and wipe down site furnishings bicycle racks pipe bollards ornamental metal fencing and other site amenities Site cleaning shall include but not be limited to 1 Broom clean and wash down all areas of exterior concrete flatwork and asphalt paving Prior to final completion or Owner occupancy Contractor shall conduct an inspection of the site all site exposed interior and exterior surfaces and all work areas to verify that work of the entire project is clean END OF SECTION 01710 2 Soapstone Natural Area 0743 07 100% Construction Documents SECTION 01714 CONSTRUCTION WASTE MANAGEMENT PART 1 GENERAL 1 01 REQUIREMENTS A The City of Fort Collins has established that this project shall generate less waste and will recycle or salvage at least 50% by weight of construction demolition and land clearing waste The Contractor shall develop and implement a Construction Waste Management (CWM) plan that identifies proposed deconstruction and salvage opportunities reduces waste in ordering storing and installation, recommends recycling activities identifies licensed haulers and processors of recycled materials names materials subject to salvage and identify organizations that accept salvaged materials The Contractor shall estimate costs for recycling salvage and reuse on site and train all site workers on the CWM plan process and requirements B Administrative and procedural requirements for the following 1 Recycling non hazardous demolition and construction waste 2 Disposing of non hazardous demolition and construction waste C Related requirements specified elsewhere 1 Section 01340 Shop Drawings Product Data and Samples Submittal requirements 2 Section 01715 Waste Removal and Recycling 3 Respective Sections of Specifications Specific requirements for construction waste management 102 DEFINITIONS A Construction Waste Building and site improvement materials and other solid waste resulting from construction remodeling renovation or repair operations Construction waste includes packaging B Demolition Waste Building and site improvement materials resulting from demolition or selective demolition operations C Disposal Removal offsite of demolition and construction waste and subsequent sale recycling reuse or deposit in landfill or incinerator acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction D Recycle Recovery of demolition or construction waste and subsequent sale or reuse in another facility E Salvage Recovery of demolition or construction waste and subsequent sale or reuse in another facility F Salvage and Reuse Recovery of demolition or construction waste and subsequent incorporation into the Work 103 SUBMITTALS A Waste Management Plan Submit one (1) electronic plan in PDF or Microsoft Word format within 14 days of date established for commencement of the work B Waste Reduction Progress Reports Concurrent with each Application for Payment submit one (1) electronic copy of report, including the following information 1 Material category 2 Total quantity of waste in tons or cubic yards 3 Total quantity of waste recovered (salvaged reused or recycled) in tons or cubic yards 4 Total quantity of waste recovered as a percentage of total waste C Waste Reduction Calculations Before request for Substantial Completion submit one (1) electronic copy of calculated end of project rates for salvage, recycling and disposal as a 01714 1 Soapstone Natural Area 0743 07 100% Construction Documents 1 04 percentage of total waste generated by the work D Records of Donations Indicate receipt and acceptance of salvageable or reusable waste donated to individuals and organizations Indicate whether organization is tax exempt E Recycling and Processing Facility Records Indicate receipt and acceptance of recyclable waste by recycling and processing facilities licensed to accept them Include manifests weight tickets receipts and invoices F Landfill Disposal Records Indicate receipt and acceptance of waste by landfills facilities licensed to accept them Include manifests weight tickets, receipts and invoices G Final Report Contractor shall submit a final report after all waste materials has been removed or reused on site and final cleaning has taken place The report shall include information from the Waste Reduction Progress Reports and shall result in a total waste recovered (salvaged reused or recycled) matching the goal established above WASTE MANAGEMENT PLAN Waste Management Plan Prior to the start of work the Contractor shall submit a draft Construction Waste Management (CWM) plan to the Architect and Owner for review The CWM plan shall contain the following required information 1 Name of Contractors personnel responsible for managing the CWM plan 2 Analysis of the proposed jobsite waste to be generated including types and approximate quantities or percentages Offer options to reduce the waste generated including ordering procedures reducing damage to material during storage on site and during installation and reducing packaging waste Also offer options to reduce waste that must be disposed of in a hazardous waste facility 3 Landfill Options Name of the landfilt(s) where trash will be disposed of the applicable landfill tipping fees, and the projected cost of disposing of all construction waste in the landfdl(s) 4 Alternatives to Landfilhng A list of each material proposed to be salvaged reused or recycled during the course of the Project and the estimated net cost savings or additional costs resulting from separating and recycling reusing or salvaging (versus landfillmg) each material Net means that the following have been subtracted from the cost of separation and recycling a Revenue from the sale of recycled or salvaged materials and b Landfill tipping fees saved due to diversion of materials from the landfill The list of these materials shall include, at a minimum the following materials i) Cardboard 2) Concrete 3) Asphalt 4) Wood including dimensional, unpainted wood plywood OSB and 5) 6) 7) 8) 9) 10) 11) 12) 13) 14) 15) particleboard Ferrous materials Non ferrous metals, including copper brass and aluminum Glass, including glass bottles from beverages HDPE and PET plastics including beverage containers Concrete masonry units (CMU) Gypsum wallboard products Polystyrene Newspaper Office and other white paper Drawings engineering copies and blueprints Packaging materials including a) Paper b) Cardboard boxes 01714 2 Soapstone Natural Area 0743 07 100% Construction Documents c) Wood pallets and crates d) Plastic sheet and film e) Polystyrene packaging f) Glass g) HPDE and PET plastics including beverage containers h) Plastic pails 5 Cost/Revenue Analysis Indicate total cost of waste disposal as if there was no waste management plan and net additional cost or net savings resulting from implementing waste management plan Include the following a Total quantity of waste b Estimated cost of disposal (cost per unit) Include hauling and tipping fees and cost of collection containers for each type of waste c Revenue from salvaged materials d Revenue from recycled materials e Savings in hauling and Upping fees by donating materials f Savings in hauling and Upping fees that are avoided g Handling and transportation costs Include cost of collection containers for each type of waste h Net additional cost or net savings from waste management plan 6 Materials Handling Procedures Describe the means by which any materials identified above will be protected from contamination and describe the means to be employed in recycling the materials (separation requirements containers etc ) 7 Transportation Describe the means of transportation of the recyclable materials, such as whether materials will be site separated by the Contractor, hauled by the Contractor or specialty recycling firm or collected by the designated facility 8 Site Disposal Burial or other disposal of material on site is prohibited Contractor shall submit copies of the CWM plan for review by the Architect and Owners Representative Allow for at least two weeks for review Contractor shall make requested revisions and complete the approved CWM plan 1 Quantity of Draft Plan one (1) electronic copy unless other quantity specified in Section 01340 1 05 WASTE MANAGEMENT PLAN IMPLEMENTATION A Distribution Contractor shall distribute copies of the approved CWM plan to the Superintendent each Subcontractor, the Architect and the Owner One copy shall be posted at the jobsite at all times B Instruction Contractor shalt provide on site instruction of appropriate separation handling and recycling salvage reuse and return methods to be used by all parties at the appropriate stages of the work C Separation Facilities Contractor shall lay out and label a specific area to facilitate separations of materials for potential recycling salvage reuse and return Recycling and waste bin areas are to be kept neat and clean and clearly marked in order to avoid contamination of materials Also refer to Section 01715 Waste Removal and Recycling D Hazardous Wastes Hazardous wastes shall be separated stored and disposed of according to local regulations Refer to Section 02080 Hazardous Material Removal E Application for Progress Payments Contractor shall submit with each Application for Progress Payment a summary of waste generated by the Project The summary shall contain the following information 1 Amount (in cubic yards) of material landfhlled from the Project the identity of the landfill the total amount of tipping fees paid and the total disposal cost 2 Amount (in cubic yards) of each material recycled, reused on the jobsite salvaged or returned Include the transportation cost the amount of money paid or received for the 01714 3 Soapstone Natural Area 0743 07 100% Construction Documents recycled or salvaged material and the net total cost or savings of recycled or salvaged materials Final Report Contractor shall submit a final report when all waste material has been removed or reused on site and final cleaning has taken place The report shall state what percentage (by volume) (by weight) of construction, demolition and land clearing waste has been diverted from landfill disposal Salvage may include donation of the material to charitable organizations if acceptable to the Owner 1 Minimum required construction waste diversion rate is 50% (75%) by volume (by weight) of construction demolition and land clearing debris 1 06 WASTE MANAGEMENT CONFERENCE A Conduct conference at project site to comply with requirements in Division 1 Section Project Management and Coordination Meeting shall include contractors affected by the Waste Management Plan Review methods and procedures related to waste management including but not limited to the following 1 Review and discuss waste management plan including responsibilities of Waste Management Coordinator 2 Review requirements for documenting quantities of each type of waste and its disposition 3 Review and finalize procedures for materials separation and verify availability of containers and bins needed to avoid delays 4 Review procedures for periodic waste collection and transportation to recycling and disposal facilities 5 Review waste management requirements for each trade PART 2 PRODUCTS ZMAIMCD PART 3 EXECUTION 301 CONSTRUCTION WASTE MANAGEMENT PLAN IMPLEMENTATION A General Contractor shall implement CWM plan as approved by the Owner and Architect Provide handling containers, storage signage, transportation and other items as required to implement waste management plan during the entire duration of the Contract Also refer to Section 01715 B Waste Management Coordinator Engage a waste management coordinator to be responsible for implementing, monitoring and reporting status of waste management work plan C Training Tram workers, subcontractors and suppliers on proper waste management procedures, as appropriate for the project 1 Distribute CWM plan to everyone concerned within three (3) days of submittal return 2 Distribute waste management plan to entities when they first begin work on site Review plan procedures and locations established for salvage recycling and disposal D Site Access and Temporary Controls Conduct waste management operations to ensure minimum interference with roads streets walks walkways and other adjacent occupied and used facilities Also refer to Sections 01046 and 01560 1 Designate and label specific areas on site necessary for separating matenals that are to be salvaged recycled reused donated and sold 01714 4 Soapstone Natural Area 0743 07 100% Construction Documents 10 The owner will provide all concrete testing soil density testing structural inspections and special inspections 11 The owner will provide all surveying and staking including building foundation locations finish floor elevations as well as sidewalk layout and grades 12 The owner will provide Builders Risk Insurance 13 This protect is not pursuing LEED certification 14 The owner will be reasonable in accommodating requests from the General Contractor to increase specific Limits of Disturbance areas in order to meet OSHA safety requires 15 There is no water or power available on the site 16 The anticipated notice to proceed with Phase 1 scope of work is approximately 2-3 weeks after the bid due date 17 For bidding purposes assume a 6 depth for all drilled concrete piers on the protect Specifications 1 Section 01022 Unit Prices Paragraph 1 02 Description of Unit Prices item 1 Change to read Overruns of 16 diameter drilled piers 2 Section 01022 Unit Prices Paragraph 1 02 Description of Unit Prices item 2 Change to read Standard gray concrete sidewalk with fiber mesh 5 thick 3 Section 01030 Alternates Paragraph 102 Description of Alternates Clarification Concrete curb and gutter surrounding the Entry Station Gateway Structure (structure similar to Kiosk just east of the entry station) is to be included in the base bid 4 Section 01410 Testing Clarification Per this specification section the owner will provide all open hole concrete and material soil compaction testing structural inspections including any special inspections 5 Section 01060 Regulatory Requirements Clarification The General Contractor is responsible for any erosion control permits if required by the State of Colorado or Larimer County in addition to the other regulatory requirements included in this specification sections 6 Section 08520 Aluminum Windows Paragraph 2 01 Aluminum Windows subparagraph G Glazing Change to read Hermetically sealed insulated glass units AGC Comfort E2 Low-E dual glazing minimum 7/8 thick consisting of outer pane of 1/8 glass with low -emissivity coating and inner pane of 1/8 clear glass with 5/8 dead air space as basis of design Drawings 1 Sheets SD1 and SD2 North and South Site Plans Clarification There is no scope of work for the 2-compartment vault toilets 2 Sheets SD1 and SD2 North and South Site Plans Clarification Fencings at all Limits of Disturbance is to be metal T-stakes at 50 o c maximum with a single smooth wire 2007 Glo-Warm Indoor Space Heater Catalog wpo a Intlallatbn Mtet bed" by 0111ded uerrte pelmnfl POW dews Manus Danre uebg Cbe[k bcal C[Aee and aMenwe Nr oes,,Md ueee "rear»me egbt m anand a t aoe camns w bm nape OWretlng ABaba dsay blgA derlbons mould rouse ruManta utdagea Use sash edeqUate alr(»ntlriap only HumgMes »de a lads RONdee vr3er »pa h Ne acw pealed gtler m awna's menml br epemgs Fn»Ctpmot De wn»Iqd Ddbeen Ntl types me odywnrtardy we M!r Isdas�gad wannty Pb®e rem Ne wwrtaiy Na alry Ilrtddbne or dstldrnas 4 "'duds ne" a "nand bab yea aareldp All a[UMadil 6 Me a ae yea weba@f Mont ffBB gas DrMMXa are pMbM1d br badn)orn and OatlllOan InettllNan In 1NasaAlslls (WEsn r44 pp- a a= Phrmedm USA [\�W�/{•� (V��`/;/ ® 2007 06A Heabrq R dbwa% FA634A63670607 3 02 DISPOSAL OF WASTE General Except for items or materials to be salvaged, recycled or otherwise reused remove waste materials from site and legally dispose of them as required by Section 01715 END OF SECTION 01714 5 Soapstone Natural Area 0743 07 100% Construction Documents SECTION 01720 PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS PART 1 GENERAL 1 01 REQUIREMENTS INCLUDED A Maintain at the site one (1) record copy of each of the following documents 1 Drawings 2 Specifications or Project Manual 3 Addenda 4 Construction Waste Management Plan 5 Change Orders and other modifications to the Contract 6 Architect field orders or written instructions 7 Approved shop drawings product data and samples 8 Field test records 9 Architects and Engineers field reports 10 Caisson boring logs 11 Engineered screwpde logs B Related requirements specified elsewhere 1 Section 01340 Shop Drawings Product Data and Samples 2 Section 01410, Testing 1 02 MAINTENANCE OF DOCUMENTS AND SAMPLES A Prior to beginning work separate one (1) clean complete set of project documents from construction sets and hold for record document purposes The Architect and Owner will not furnish additional sets for the Contractors use at the end of construction unless compensated for by the Contractor B Store documents and samples in Contractors field office apart from documents used for construction Provide files and rack for storage of documents C Maintain documents in a clean dry legible condition and in good order Do not use record documents for construction purposes D Make documents and samples available at all times for inspection by the Architect Engineers and Owners representative 1 03 RECORDING REQUIREMENTS Record information concurrently with construction progress Do not conceal any work until required information is recorded Drawings shall be legibly marked to record actual construction 1 Depths of vanous elements of foundation in relation to finished first floor datum 2 Horizontal and vertical locations of underground utilities and appurtenances referenced to permanent surface locations 3 Location of internal utilities and appurtenances concealed in the construction referenced to visible and accessible features of the structure 4 Field changes of dimension and detail 5 Changes made by field order or by Change Order 6 Details not included in original Contract Documents 01720 1 Soapstone Natural Area 0743 07 100% Construction Documents C Specifications and Addenda shall be legibly marked to record 1 Manufacturer, trade name, catalog number and supplier of each product and item of equipment actually installed 2 Changes made by field order or by Change Order D Caisson Boring Logs 1 Format 24 x 36 E Engineered Screwpde Logs 1 Format 24 x 36 F Special Requirements 1 Prefabricated Steel Structures Contractor shalt provide shop drawings and/or erection drawings on compact diskettes in CAD format, compatible with the Owner s software system requirements for the prefabricated steel structures as a part of the record document submittal Refer to Section 13122 104 SUBMITTALS A At contract closeout, deliver all Record Documents to the Architect for the Owner B Accompany submittal with transmittal letter containing 1 Date project name and number 2 Contractor's name and address 3 Title and number of each Record Document 4 Signature of Contractor or his authorized representative C Submit one (1) copy of approved data in final form no later than fifteen (15) days after final inspection or acceptance, but prior to applying for final payment D As Recorded Documents shall be submitted, reviewed and accepted by the Architect and Owner prior to the Final Application for Payment being processed E Architect shall prepare and furnish the Owner with one (i) set of reproducible Record Documents in accordance with the Contract requirements END OF SECTION 01720 2 Soapstone Natural Area 0743 07 100% Construction Documents SECTION 01730 OPERATING AND MAINTENANCE DATA PART i GENERAL 1 01 REQUIREMENTS INCLUDED A Compile product data and related information appropriate for Owners maintenance and operation of products fixtures and equipment furnished for this Project 1 Prepare operating and maintenance data as specified in this Section and as referenced in other pertinent Sections of the Specifications B Instruct Owners personnel in maintenance of products and in operation of equipment and systems C Related requirements specified elsewhere 1 Section 01060, Regulatory Requirements 2 Section 01340 Shop Drawings, Product Data and Samples 3 Section 01700 Contract Close Out 4 Section 01720 Project Record Documents 5 Section 01740 Warranties and Bonds 1 02 SUBMITTAL REQUIREMENTS A Prepare data in form of an instructional manual for use by Owners personnel B Format of Submittals 1 Size 8 1/2 x 11 2 Paper Manufacturers printed data or neatly typewritten 3 Drawings a Provide reinforced punched binder tab bind in with text b Fold larger drawings to size of text pages 4 Provide fly leaf for each separate product or each piece of operating equipment a Provide typed description of product and major component parts of equipment b Provide indexed tabs 5 Cover Identify each volume with typed or printed title OPERATING AND MAINTENANCE INSTRUCTIONS List the following a Title of project b Identity of separate structure as applicable c Identity of general subject matter covered in the manual C Binders 1 Commercial quality three ring binders with durable and cleanable plastic covers ring size as required 2 When multiple binders are used, correlate the data into related consistent groupings Number of Manuals Required Three (3) copies of each complete manual, including all general information and plumbing mechanical electrical and fire sprinkler sections 1 03 CONTENT OF MANUAL Neatly typewritten Table of Contents for each volume arranged in systematic order 1 Contractor name of responsible principal address and telephone number 2 List of each product required to be included indexed to content of the volume 3 List with each product name address and telephone number of a Subcontractor or installer b Maintenance contractor as appropriate 01730 1 Soapstone Natural Area 0743 07 100% Construction Documents c Identify the area of responsibility of each d Local source of supply for parts and replacement 4 Identify each product by product name and other identifying symbols as set forth in Contract Documents B Product Data 1 Include only those sheets which are pertinent to the specific product 2 Note each sheet to a Clearly identify specific product or part installed b Clearly identify data applicable to installation c Delete references to inapplicable information C Drawings i Supplement product data with drawings as necessary to clearly illustrate a Relations of component parts of equipment and systems b Control and flow diagrams 2 Coordinate drawings with information in Project Record Documents to assure correct illustration of completed installation Do not use Record Documents as maintenance drawings D Written text as required to supplement product data for the particular installation 1 Organize in consistent format under separate headings for different procedures 2 Provide logical sequence of instruction for each procedure E Copy of each warranty bond and service contract issued indicating 1 Proper procedures in the event of failure 2 Instances which might affect validity of warranties or bonds F Copy of Material Safety Data Sheets (MSDS) for each product or material G Color/Finish Schedules 1 List of each color and finish selection for all exterior materials including manufacturer and color/finish number 2 List of each color and finish selection for all interior materials including manufacturer and color/finish number 1 04 GENERAL MANUAL FOR MATERIALS AND FINISHES A Provide complete information for products specified in individual Sections of these Specifications 1 05 SUBMITTAL SCHEDULE A Submit specified number of copies of approved data in final form no later than fifteen (15) days after final inspection or acceptance but prior to applying for final payment B Operating and maintenance manuals shall be submitted reviewed and accepted by the Architect and Owner prior to the Final Application for Payment being processed 1 06 INSTRUCTION OF OWNERS PERSONNEL A Prior to final inspection or acceptance fully instruct Owners designated operating and maintenance personnel in operation adjustment and maintenance of products equipment and systems B Operating and maintenance manual shall constitute the basis of instruction C Review contents of manual with personnel in full detail to explain all aspects of operations and maintenance END OF SECTION 01730 2 Soapstone Natural Area 0743 07 100% Construction Documents SECTION 01740 WARRANTIES AND BONDS PART 1 GENERAL 1 01 REQUIREMENTS INCLUDED Contractor shall compile specified warranties and bonds and specified service and maintenance contracts Review submittals to verify compliance with Contract Documents Submit to Architect for review and transmittal to Owner Related requirements specified elsewhere 1 Instructions to Bidders Bid or Proposal Bond 2 Conditions of the Contract Performance Bond and Labor and Material Payment Bond 3 Conditions of the Contract General Warranty of Construction 4 Section 01700 Contract Close Out 5 Section 01730 Operating and Maintenance Data 6 Respective Sections of Specifications which specify the product 1 02 SUBMITTAL REQUIREMENTS A General Submit warranties bonds and service and maintenance contracts as specified in respective Sections of Specifications 1 Unless otherwise indicated all warranties shall be written in the Owners name and shall be transferable to future Owner(s) for the duration of the warranty period B Assemble warranties bonds and service and maintenance contracts, executed by each of the respective manufacturers suppliers and subcontractors bound with operating and maintenance data Manuals are specified in Section 01730 C Number of onginal signed copies required Three (3) each or as required by number of manuals specified in Section 01730 D Table of Contents Neatly typed in orderly sequence Provide complete information for each item 1 Product or work item 2 Firm with name of principal address and telephone number 3 Scope of warranty bond or service and maintenance contract 4 Date of beginning of warranty bond or service and maintenance contract 5 Duration of warranty bond or service and maintenance contract 6 Provide information for Owners personnel a Proper procedure in case of failure b Conditions which might affect the validity of warranty or bond 7 Contractor name of responsible principal, address and telephone number E Format of Submittals 1 Format Prepare in duplicate packets 2 Size 8 1/2 x 11 punched sheets for standard three ring binder Fold larger sheets to fit into binders 1 03 SCHEDULE OF SUBMITTALS A Submit documents within twenty five (25) days after inspection and acceptance for equipment or component parts of equipment put into service during progress of construction B Otherwise make submittals within twenty five (25) days after date of Substantial Completion prior to final request for payment Soapstone Natural Area 0743 07 01740 1 100% Construction Documents C For items of work where acceptance is delayed materially beyond date of Substantial Completion, provide updated submittal within ten (10) days after acceptance, listing date of acceptance as start of warranty period 1 04 REQUIRED WARRANTIES AND BONDS A Bid or Proposal Bond Refer to Instructions to Bidders B Performance and Payment Bond Refer to Conditions of the Contract C General Warranty of Construction Refer to Conditions of the Contract Unless modified elsewhere General Contractor shall warrant all construction materials and workmanship for a period of one (1) calendar year from the date of Substantial Completion D Warranties Provide required warranties for products materials and equipment covering defects in materials and workmanship for the time duration(s) specified in individual Sections Where no specific warranty is mentioned provide warranty coverages normally provided by the manufacturer for that product 1 Unless otherwise indicated all warranties shall be written in the Owners name 2 All warranties shall be transferable to future Owner(s) for the duration of the warranty period E Provide warranties and/or bonds for products and services specified in individual Sections of these Specifications F Maintenance Agreements None required However all Contractors and Subcontractors shall be required to make service calls as requested by the Owner throughout the one year general warranty period, at no additional expense to the Owner G Optional Bond(s) The Contractor shall retain the right to require Performance and/or Labor and Material Payment Bonds from any or all of his/her Subcontractors The costs of such second or third tier bonds will not be paid for by the Owner END OF SECTION 01740 2 Soapstone Natural Area 0743 07 100% Construction Documents SECTION 02100 SITE PREPARATION PART 1 GENERAL 1 01 WORK INCLUDED A Overlot grading in preparation of building and sitework improvements B Stripping and stockpiling of topsoil, unless arranged for otherwise C Finish grading and placing of topsoil unless arranged for otherwise D Related work specified elsewhere 1 Section 01010 Summary of Work Site prep work provided by developer 2 Section 02220, Excavating Filling and Grading Excavating filling and compacting of embankments and other site work unrelated to structures 3 Section 02221 Trenching, Backfilling and Compacting 4 Section 02225 Structural Excavating Backfilling and Compacting 1 02 SITE CONDITIONS A The Contractor shalt examine the site and the record of investigations and then determine for himself the character of materials to be encountered Should subsurface conditions normally considered foreign to the locality or different than disclosed in test hole borings be encountered the Contractor may apply for just compensation for additional expenses resulting from such conditions B Known underground and surface utility lines are indicated on the Drawings C Due to a high groundwater table dewatering of the site may be required where lagoon earthwork and subgrade excavation occurs D Classification of Excavated Material Excavated materials will not be classified Excavation and trenching includes the removal and subsequent handling of all materials excavated or otherwise removed in performance of the work regardless of the type, character composition or condition thereof Refer to paragraph 3 01 A 103 PROTECTION A Protect benchmarks and existing improvements to remain against damage from equipment and vehicular traffic B Protect existing trees to remain as specified in Section 01530 Barriers and Enclosures C Verify all utilities with appropriate authorities before proceeding with work in accordance with requirements of Section 01040 01046 and 01060 Protect all utilities which are to remain D Notify Architect/Engineer of any unexpected subsurface conditions Discontinue work in the area until Architect/Engineer provides notification to resume work PART 2 PRODUCTS 201 MATERIALS Refer to applicable portions of Sections 02200 02220 02221 and/or 02225 for selected imported fill materials and reuse of existing on site fill materials Soapstone Natural Area 0743 07 02100 1 100% Construction Documents PART 3 EXECUTION 301 PREPARATION Obtain Right of Way Work Permit or any other approvals as required for work within a street, alley or other public right of way Site preparation and compaction of existing and/or imported fill materials shall be in accordance with the requirements of the Soils Investigation Report and this Section If the foundation structure design shown on the Drawings and/or specified will not strictly conform to these requirements, advise Architect/Engineer before proceeding with work of this Section Clear and strip surface vegetation sod and organic topsoil as required for grading or new construction in areas within sitework boundaries The stripped topsoil shall be stored for later use in the site finish grading 1 Extent of Stripping As required for new construction, as shown on the Drawings, or as directed by the Architect/Engineer Topsoil shall not be stripped or existing vegetative cover disturbed in excess of these Limits without written approval of the Architect/Engineer Clearing and Tree/Brush Removal Refer to Section 02115 302 ROUGH GRADING EXCAVATING AND COMPACTING A Refer to applicable portions of Sections 02200, 02220 02221 and/or 02225 3 03 FINISH GRADING A General Provide finish grading and placing of topsoil unless arranged for otherwise B Bring subsoil to required levels, profiles and contours Make changes in grade gradually and blend slopes into existing areas Maintain tolerance vnthin 10 of required subgrade except under building slabs where final grades shall be within 1 /2 of required elevation C Slope finish grade away from building minimum 1 in 10, unless indicated otherwise on the Drawings providing effective drainage of at least 1% unless otherwise indicated D Scarify subgrade to a depth of 6 where topsoil is to be placed and compact as specified Provide depth allowances for topsoil placement E Place and shape subgrade for landscape berms and other artificially created earthen features as shown on the Landscape Drawings 304 PLACING TOPSOIL A Place and spread topsoil with minimum depth of 6 using suitable stockpiled onsite material supplemented with imported material as required B Use topsoil in relatively dry state Place during dry weather C Fine grade topsoil to within 1 of finish contours eliminating rough and low areas to ensure positive drainage Maintain levels profiles and contours of subgrades to tie new work into existing D Remove stones roots grass weeds, debris and other foreign materials while spreading E Manually spread topsoil around trees plants and buildings to prevent compaction and damage which may be caused by grading equipment F Lightly compact placed topsoil and leave prepared for soil preparation and landscaping specified in other Sections of Division 2 3 05 MAINTENANCE Protection of Graded Areas Protect newly graded areas from traffic and erosion Keep free of trash and debris Repair and reestablish grades in settled, eroded and rutted areas to specified 02100 2 Soapstone Natural Area 0743 07 100% Construction Documents tolerances Reconditioning Compacted Areas Where completed compacted areas are disturbed by subsequent construction operations or adverse weather, or where topsoil has been compacted in excess of the specified Limits, scarify surface, reshape and compact to required density prior to further construction 3 06 DISPOSAL OF EXCESS AND WASTE MATERIALS Remove and dispose of debris and excess materials off of Owners property END OF SECTION 02100 3 Soapstone Natural Area 0743 07 100% Construction Documents City of Financial Services Purchasing Division 215 N Mason St 2 n Floor Collins PO Box 580 art Fort Collins CO 80522 / \ 9702216775 970 22I 670707 fcgoi com/purchasing ADDENDUM No 1 SPECIFICATIONS AND CONTRACT DOCUMENTS Description of Bid 6110 Soapstone Prairie Natural Area Shelters and Observatory OPENING DATE 3 00 p m (Our Clock) August 21 2008 To all prospective bidders under the specifications and contract documents described above the following changes are hereby made General 1 The bid date has been extended until August 21st 2008 2 It is the Intent to Include the widening of the approximately 10-12 foot wide by 1 700-foot long existing access trail from the north parking lot to the observatory shelter location in the general contractors scope of work A site access meeting for general contractors and their selected earthwork/excavation subcontractors concrete sub contractors and concrete suppliers has been arranged for Monday August 11th at 9 00 a m Those interested in participating are to meet in the north parking lot of the City of Fort Collins budding located at 215 North Mason Street in Fort Collins and must contact the City of Fort Collins project manager Jason Stutzman at (970) 221 6366 The city will provide a 15 passenger van for those interested in car-pooling to the protect site Further information and details on the extent and limits of the trail access widening will be addressed by Addendum no 2 3 All references and utilization of colored concrete in Phase 1 and 2 scope of work for this protect have been deleted All concrete in this project will be standard gray concrete Please contact John Stephen CPPO CPPB Senior Buyer at 970-221-6777 with any questions regarding this addendum RECEIPT OF THIS ADDENDUM MUST BE ACKNOWLEDGED BY A WRITTEN STATEMENT ENCLOSED WITH THE BID/QUOTE STATING THAT THIS ADDENDUM HAS BEEN RECEIVED EXCAVATING, FILLING AND GRADING PART 1 GENERAL 1 01 WORK INCLUDED Excavating, fitting grading and compacting of embankments for retaining walls and other site work unrelated to building structures Shore and brace excavations as required Dewater excavations as necessary Scarify and compact subgrade under asphalt and/or concrete paving Finish grading and placement of topsoil unless arranged for otherwise Related work specified elsewhere 1 Section 01410, Testing Sods Report 2 Section 02050, Building Demolition Capping and Removal of Utilities within the Building Area 3 Section 02100 Site Preparation 4 Section 02221 Trenching, Backfilling and Compacting 5 Section 02225 Structural Excavation Backfilting and Compacting 1 02 SITE CONDITIONS The Contractor shall examine the site and the record of investigations and then determine for himself the character of materials to be encountered Should subsurface conditions normally considered foreign to the locality or different than disclosed in test hole borings be encountered the Contractor may apply for just compensation for additional expenses resulting from such conditions Known underground and surface utility lines are indicated on the Drawings Due to a high groundwater table dewatering of the site may be required where lagoon earthwork and subgrade excavation occurs Classification of Excavated Material Excavated materials will not be classified Excavation and trenching includes the removal and subsequent handling of all materials excavated or otherwise removed in performance of the work, regardless of the type character, composition or condition thereof Refer to paragraph 3 01 A 103 PROTECTION A Protect benchmarks and existing improvements to remain against damage from equipment and vehicular traffic B Protect existing trees to remain as specified in Section 01530 Barriers and Enclosures C Verify all utilities with appropriate authorities before proceeding with work in accordance with requirements of Sections 01040, 01046 and 01060 Protect all utilities which are to remain D Protect excavations by shoring or bracing as required to maintain banks of excavation in safe and stable condition and to protect adjacent existing and new construction E Provide suitable protection against bodily injury in accordance with applicable codes and governing authorities F Underpin or otherwise support adjacent structures service lines and pipe chases which may be damaged by excavation work G Protect bottom of excavations and soil around and beneath foundation from frost Soapstone Natural Area 0743 07 02220 1 100% Construction Documents Notify Architect/Engineer of any unexpected subsurface conditions Discontinue work in the area until Architect/Engineer provides notification to resume work 1 04 INSPECTIONS AND TESTING A Notify the Architect/Engineer at completion of each phase of excavation prior to placement of formwork, pipelines, concrete appurtenances or other materials Also notify the Archi tect/Engineer prior to placement of backfilt of all foundations and utility trenches Notification shall be at least 48 hours prior to proceeding with the next phase of work B Testing of compacted fill materials shall be performed by an independent testing laboratory submitted by the Contractor and approved by the Architect Testing fees shall be paid in accordance with the General and Supplementary Conditions 1 The Contractor will pay for costs of additional testing required due to improper performance of the work C When work of this Section or portions of work are completed notify the testing laboratory to perform density test Do not proceed with additional portions of work until results have been verified D Compaction Tests i Retaining Walls and Other Site Structures Tests of compacted backfilt materials shall be taken at the rate of one (1) test for each 100 tin ft or fraction thereof of wall length unless otherwise modified by the Soils Report 2 Concrete Flatwork Refer to Section 02225 3 Utility Trenches Refer to Section 02221 E If tests indicate that compacted materials do not meet specified requirements, remove defective work, replace and retest at no additional cost to the Owner PART 2 PRODUCTS 2 01 SELECTED FILL MATERIALS A General Use on site soil approved by the Soils Engineer for rough felt and for backfilt against the outside of foundation watts except as specified below Material shall be clean, compactible earth free of frozen material debris, deleterious or organic substances or large rocks B Structural Fill On site natural soils devoid of debris or imported granular materials approved by the Soils Engineer mechanically compacted as specified below and extended to original undisturbed soil Use under floor slabs and exterior concrete where approved on site material is not available or where shown on the Drawings 1 Material shall be uniformly graded of low permeability and a swell potential of less than 1% C Imported Fitt Imported fill required to supplement acceptable on site material shall be clean, devoid of debris and organic material and shalt conform to the following minimum specifications i Class 5 road base conforming to Colorado Department of Transportation standards 2 Gradation conforming to ASTM C136 6 100% 3 70 100% No 4 Sieve 50 100% No 200 Sieve 65% maximum 3 Liquid Limit 30 maximum 4 Plasticity Index 15 maximum D Coarse Granular Fill Clean crushed, non porous rock crushed or uncrushed gravel graded from 3/8 to 1 1/2 02220 2 Soapstone Natural Area 0743 07 100% Construction Documents E Fine Granular Fill Natural or manufactured sand and pea gravel clean and free of organic debris graded from 3/8 to No 100 sieve F Fill under Landscape Areas Free from alkali salt petroleum products Use subsoil excavated from site only if conforming to specified requirements G Topsoil Pliable loam free from subsoil roots grass excessive amount of weeds stones and foreign matter Use topsoil stockpiled on site H Drainage Fill Natural or crushed stone or gravel with 100% passing a 1 sieve and not more than 5% passing a No 4 sieve 202 ACCESSORY MATERIALS A Drainage Fabric Mirafi 140 N filter fabric or equal B Perimeter Drainage Tile Perforated PVC pipe, sizes as indicated on the Drawings C Silt Fence (Erosion Control) Woven filter fabric type and size as required by Lanmer County and/or the State of Colorado PART 3 EXECUTION 3 01 PREPARATION A Classification of Excavation The following definitions shall only apply when additional excavation is authorized by the Architect/Engineer and/or rock excavation is encountered Do not proceed with the work until the material has been cross sectioned and classified 1 Earth Excavation Removal and disposal of on site soils, pavements, structures and utilities indicated on the Drawings and all other material as indicated by the subsurface soil data and not classified as rock excavation 2 Rock Excavation Removal and disposal of materials that cannot be excavated without drilling blasting or ripping or boulders larger than 1 /2 cu yd in volume B Site preparation and compaction of existing and/or imported fill materials shall be in accordance with the requirements of the Soils Investigation Report and this Section If the foundation structure design shown on the Drawings and/or specified will not strictly conform to this requirement advise Architect/Engineer before proceeding with work of this Section C Silt Fence Install silt fence fabric using wooden posts and straw bales or other required accessory erosion control materials where indicated on the Drainage and Erosion Control Plan or as required by the authority with jurisdiction over the work of the Project Maintain in place until such authority permits its removal D Clear and strip surface vegetation sod and organic topsoil for subgrades for areas within construction boundaries as shown on the Drawings or directed by the Architect/Engineer The stripped topsoil shalt be stored for later use in the site finish grading Also refer to Section 02115 1 Extent of Stripping As required for new construction as shown on the Drawings or as directed by the Architect/Engineer Topsoil shall not be stripped or existing vegetative cover disturbed in excess of these limits without written approval of the Architect/ Engineer E Scarify subgrade where asphalt and/or concrete pavement is to be placed to a depth of minimum 6 and compact to 95% SPD ASTM D698 78 at 2% wet of optimum moisture content F Restoration and Preservation Projects If historical or archaeological resources are encountered during excavation or construction of this project the Contractor shall stop work and notify the Owner and the Office of Archaeology and Historic Preservation Colorado Historical Society Work shall not proceed until authorized in writing by the Owner Soapstone Natural Area 0743 07 02220 3 100% Construction Documents 302 ROUGH GRADING A Rough grade site to required levels, profiles, contours and elevations ready for finish grading and surface treatment Maintain the following 1 Planting Areas 6 below finished grade elevation 2 Concrete Walks 4 below finished grade elevation 3 Building Slabs 12 below finished slab elevation B Prior to placing fill material over undisturbed subsoil, scarify surface to depth of 6 bring to 2% wet of optimum moisture and compact as follows 1 Building and Paved Areas Minimum 95%of Standard Proctor Density at 2% wet of optimum moisture content ASTM D698 78 2 Planting Areas 90% of SPD at 2% wet of OMC, ASTM D698 78 C Place fill in lifts of 6 to 9 maximum loose layers, bring to 2% wet of OMC and compact each layer to SPD s as follows 1 Building and Paved Areas Minimum 95% of SPD ASTM D698 78 2 Planting Areas 90% of SPD ASTM D698 78 D Stockpile existing topsoil and fill materials removed from excavation for reuse in final grading E Contractor shall take special care in rough grading and filling of site areas which can lead to non uniform settling and compaction 3 03 EXCAVATION General 1 Excavation consists of removal and disposal of material encountered when establishing grade elevations 2 Unauthorized excavation consists of removal of materials beyond indicated subgrade elevations or dimensions without specific direction of the Architect/ Engineer Unauthorized excavation, as well as remedial work directed by the Architect/Engineer shall be at the Contractors expense 3 Under footings foundation walls retaining walls or other structural element fill unauthorized excavation by extending the indicated bottom elevation of the footing or base to the excavation bottom without altering required top elevation 4 Elsewhere, backfill and compact unauthorized excavations as specified in paragraph 3 02 C Blasting No blasting will be permitted as a part this project Utilities 1 Before starting excavation establish location and extent of underground utilities occurring to work area 2 Notify utility companies to remove and relocate lines which are in the way of excavation 3 Maintain reroute or extend as required existing utility lines to remain in use which pass through work area 4 Remove abandoned utility service lines from areas of excavation Cap plug or seal such lines and flag at grade 5 Accurately locate and record abandoned and active utility lines rerouted or extended on Project Record Documents Stability of Excavation 1 Slope sides of excavations to comply with local codes and ordinances Shore and brace where sloping is not possible because of space restrictions or stability of material excavated 2 Ensure the stability of materials under foundation structures of existing buildings adjacent to new excavations Shore and brace as required during excavation and maintain until new foundations or compacted backfill materials are in place 3 Maintain sides and slopes of excavations in a safe condition until completion of backftlbng 02220 4 Soapstone Natural Area 0743 07 100% Construction Documents 4 Verify that bottom of excavation for footings and foundations is on original undisturbed soil If it is not, overexcavate and fill with approved structural fill material extending from original undisturbed soil to bottom of footings and foundations, compacting as specified in paragraph 3 04 Sheeting and Shoring 1 Sheet shore or brace banks and trenches not cut back to a stable slope as necessary to prevent sliding or caving to protect workmen and the work 2 Design and build sheeting and shoring to withstand loads which might be caused by earth movement and pressure and to be rigid, maintaining its shape and position 3 Support sheeting in excavation in a manner so as not to concentrate loads or horizontal thrusts on piping Do not brace sheeting against the pipe Dewatenng i Prevent surface water and subsurface ground water from flowing into excavations and from flooding protect site and surrounding area 2 Conduct dewatering operations in addition to good positive drainage and eliminate standing water Dewater excavations for concrete structures or pipes extending below ground water level by lowering and maintaining the water level beneath such excavations 24 or more 3 Do not allow water to accumulate in excavations Remove water to prevent softening of foundation bottoms undercutting footings and soil changes detrimental to stability of subgrades and foundations Provide and maintain pumps well points sumps suction and discharge lines and other dewatenng system components necessary to convey water away from excavations 4 Convey water removed from excavations and rainwater to collecting or run off areas Establish and maintain temporary drainage ditches and other diversions outside excavation limits for each structure Do not use trench excavations as temporary drainage ditches 5 Keep excavations dry during subgrade preparation and continuously thereafter until the structure is built to the extent that no damage from hydrostatic pressure flotation or other cause will result Material Storage 1 Stockpile satisfactory excavated materials and topsoil as directed by Owner until required for backfill or fill Place, grade and shape stockpiles for proper drainage 2 Locate and retain soil materials away from edge of excavations 3 Dispose of excess soil materials and waste materials as herein specified Excavation for Retaining Walls and Other Site Structures 1 Conform to elevations and dimensions shown within a tolerance of +/ 0 10 and extending a sufficient distance from footings and foundations to permit placing and removal of concrete formwork installation of services other construction and inspection 2 In excavating for footings and foundations take care not to disturb bottom of excavation Excavate by hand to final grade just before concrete reinforcement is placed Trim bottoms to required lines and grades to leave solid base to receive concrete 3 Verify that bottom of excavation for footings and foundations is on original undisturbed soil If it is not overexcavate and fill with approved structural fill material extending from original undisturbed soil to bottom of footings and foundations compacting as specified in paragraph 3 04 4 Do not interfere with normal 45 bearing splay of any foundation 5 Bottom of perimeter drain shall be sloped uniformly at 0 5% minimum to sump pump or gravity discharge Excavation for Trenches Refer to Section 02221 Trenching Backfilling and Compacting Excavation for Sanitary Sewer Leach Field Refer to the Drawings for leach field design Weather Protection 1 Protect excavation bottoms against freezing when atmospheric temperature is less than 35 F Soapstone Natural Area 0743 07 02220 5 100% Construction Documents 2 Do not backfill or construct fills or embankments during freezing weather 3 Do not place backfill fill or embankment on frozen surfaces 4 Do not place frozen materials snow or ice in backfill fill or embankment 5 Do not deposit stamp, roll or otherwise mechanically compact backfill in water 3 04 BACKFILLING A Do not start backfilling until services and dampproofing system have been inspected B Ensure areas to be backfilled are free from debris snow ice and water and that ground surfaces are not in a frozen condition C Do not backfill over existing subgrade surfaces which are porous wet or spongy D Compact existing subgrade surfaces if densities are not equal to that required for backfill materials E Cut out soft areas of existing subgrade, backfill with subsoil and compact to required density F Backfill areas to grades, contours, levels and elevations Backfill systematically and as early as possible to allow maximum time for natural settlement and compaction G Place and compact fill materials in continuous layers not exceeding 8 loose depth H Maintain 2% wet of OMC of backfill materials to attain required compaction density I Retaining Walls Ensure that tiebacks for retaining wall system are properly located and installed Backfill behind retaining walls as indicated on the Drawings and required by Section 02270 Interlocking Masonry Retaining Walls J Utility Trench Backfill Refer to Section 02221 Trenching Backfilhng and Compacting K Building Area Backfill Refer to Section 02225 Structural Excavation Backfillmg and Compacting 3 05 FILL TYPES AND COMPACTION Structural Backfill below Foundations On site natural soils devoid of debris, or imported, non expansive granular materials approved by Sods Engineer, mechanically compacted to a minimum of 98% of SPD Budding Slabs Refer to Section 02225 Sidewalks Subsoil or approved fill to underside of stabilizing base course Compact each layer of fill material at 2% wet of OMC to a minimum 95% of SPD per ASTM D698 78 Landscaped Areas Subsoil to top of subgrade elevation, compacted to 90% of SPD Ponding or flooding is not allowed for any compaction 3 06 FINISH GRADING A Rough grade subsoil systematically to allow for a maximum amount of natural settlement and compaction Eliminate uneven areas and low spots Remove debris roots branches, stones etc in excess of 3 in size Remove subsoil which has been contaminated with petroleum products B Bring subsoil to required levels profiles and contours Make changes in grade gradually and blend slopes into existing areas Maintain tolerance within 0 10 of required subgrade, except under budding slabs where final grades shall be within 1 /2 of required elevation C Slope finish grade away from budding minimum 1 in 10 unless indicated otherwise on the Drawings providing effective drainage of at least 1%, unless otherwise indicated D Scarify subgrade to a depth of 6 where topsoil is to be placed and compact as specified Provide depth allowances for topsoil placement E Place and shape subgrade for landscape berms and other artificially created earthen features as shown on the Landscape Drawings 3 07 PLACING TOPSOIL A Refer to Section 02100 Site Preparation or Section 02225 Structural Excavating Backfilhng and 02220 6 Soapstone Natural Area 0743 07 100% Construction Documents Compacting, for spreading of topsoil Refer to other Sections of Division 2, Sitework for soil amendments and other landscaping work 3 08 PLACING AGGREGATE SURFACING A Place 8 of aggregate conforming to paragraph 2 01 E as a final surfacing material on top of the finished fill B Spread stockpiled aggregate over compacted backfill grade and smooth to blend with existing terrain C Aggregate Paving Refer to Section 02285 D Recycled Asphaltic Concrete Paving Refer to Section 02513 3 09 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL Field Compaction Control Field tests shall be conducted to determine compliance of compaction methods with specified density in accordance with 1 ASTM D2922 (AASHTO T238) Tests for Density of Soil and Soil Aggregate In Place by Nuclear Methods, or 2 ASTM D1556 (AASHTO T191) Tests for Density of Soil In Place by the Sand Cone Method 3 ASTM D2167 (AASHTO T205) Tests for Density of Soil In Place by Rubber Balloon Method Compaction shall be to the minimum densities specified in paragraph 3 06 above Moisture Content Compact soils within +/ 2% of optimum moisture Add water harrow disc blade or otherwise work material as required to insure uniform moisture content and adequate protection 310 MAINTENANCE Protection of Graded Areas Protect newly graded areas from traffic and erosion Keep free of trash and debris Repair and reestablish grades in settled, eroded and rutted areas to specified tolerances Reconditioning Compacted Areas Where completed compacted areas are disturbed by subsequent construction operations or adverse weather or where topsoil has been compacted in excess of the specified limits scarify surface reshape and compact to required density prior to further construction 3 11 DISPOSAL OF EXCESS AND WASTE MATERIALS A Remove and dispose of debris and excess materials off of Owners property END OF SECTION Soapstone Natural Area 0743 07 02220 7 100% Construction Documents SECTION 02225 STRUCTURAL EXCAVATING BACKFILLING AND COMPACTING PART 1 GENERAL 1 01 WORK INCLUDED A Excavating, backfilling grading and compacting of site work related to building structures B Prepare subgrade for building slabs, sidewalks and other improvements C Shore and brace excavations as required D Shore and underpin foundations of existing structures adjacent to new excavations as required E Dewater excavations as necessary F Overexcavate existing native soils below new concrete foundation structures and/or slabs on grade remove from the site (or waste on site) and replace with new compacted structural fill material G Overexcavate existing native soils below new concrete foundation structures and/or slabs on grade recondition, recompact and replace in overexcavated area H Furnish and install materials for passive and/or mechanical underslab ventilation system unless arranged for otherwise I Finish grading and place topsoil adjacent to structures and other areas of the site disturbed by construction activities unless arranged for otherwise J Related work specified elsewhere 1 Section 01046 Access to Site 2 Section 01410 Testing Soils Report 3 Section 01540 Erosion and Sedimentation Control 4 Section 01714 Construction Waste Management 5 Section 02100, Site Preparation Finish Grading 6 Section 02115 Selective Clearing 7 Section 02220 Excavating, Filling and Compacting Retaining walls and sitework unrelated to structures 8 Section 02230, Drilled Piers 9 Section 02515, Portland Cement Concrete Paving Scarifying and compacting subgrade below pavements 1 02 QUALITY CONTROL Soil Compaction Tests 1 ASTM D698 or AASHTO T99 Standard Method of Test for Moisture Density Relations of Soils Using a 5 5 (b Rammer and a 12 inch drop a Use method A B, C or D as appropriate based on soil condition and judgment of the testing laboratory b Sample tests will be representative of materials to be placed c Determine and provide optimum density curve for each type of material encountered or utilized d Include Atterberg Limits, grain size determination and specific gravity 2 ASTM D2049 Test for Relative Density of Cohesion less soils Test Certificates Submit test certificates to enable Architect/Engineer to determine compliance with the Specifications for imported materials from each proposed source of supplier 1 Provide with this certificate a density test of a typical sample in accordance with the following reference standards a ASTM D698 or AASHTO T99 Soapstone Natural Area 0743 07 02225 1 100% Construction Documents b ASTM D2049 Underpinning of Existing Structures Contractor shall be solely responsible for design of shonng and underpinning system as required to resist lateral earth pressure and surcharges due to traffic, storage of materials adjacent structures and all other loads imposed on adjacent soil during construction Type of system used must be compatible with the Drawings and acceptable to the Structural Engineer 1 03 SITE CONDITIONS A The Contractor shall examine the site and the record of investigations and then determine for himself the character of materials to be encountered Should subsurface conditions normally considered foreign to the locality or different than disclosed in test hole borings be encountered the Contractor may be compensated for additional expenses resulting from such conditions B Known underground and surface utility lines are indicated on the Drawings C Underground Obstructions 1 Underground obstructions known to Architect/Engineer are shown on Drawings However locations shown may prove inaccurate and other obstructions not known to Architect/Engineer may be encountered 2 Notify each utility owner and request that utilities be field located by surface reference using flags at least 48 hours prior to trenching or excavation 3 Expose and verify size location and elevation of underground utilities and other obstructions where conflicts might exist sufficiently in advance to permit changes in the event of conflict a Notify Architect/Engineer in case of conflict b In case of conflict the proposed Work may be changed by the Architect/Engineer 4 Maintain protect and support by shonng bracing or other means existing utilities and appurtenances 5 If Contractor elects to remove underground obstructions the following conditions shall apply a Replace all other underground obstructions with new materials b Restore to original conditions or better 6 Clean drainage culverts so they are free of sediment after construction D Classification of Excavated Material Excavated materials will not be classified Excavation includes the removal and subsequent handling of all materials excavated or otherwise removed in performance of the work regardless of the type character composition or condition thereof Refer to paragraph 3 01 A 104 PROTECTION A Protect benchmarks and existing improvements to remain against damage from equipment and vehicular traffic B Protect existing trees to remain as specified in Section 01530 Barriers and Enclosures Take all necessary care to prevent compaction of existing soil within the drip tine of existing trees to remain C Verify all utilities with appropriate authorities before proceeding with work in accordance with requirements of Sections 01040 01046 and 01060 Protect all utilities which are to remain D Protect excavations by shonng or bracing as required to maintain banks of excavation in safe and stable condition and to protect adjacent existing and new construction E Provide suitable protection against bodily injury in accordance with applicable codes and governing authorities F Underpin or otherwise support adjacent structures, service lines and pipe chases which may be damaged by excavation work G Protect bottom of excavations and soil around and beneath foundations from frost 02225 2 Soapstone Natural Area 0743 07 100% Construction Documents Notify Architect/Engineer of any unexpected subsurface conditions Discontinue work in the area until Architect/Engineer provides notification to resume work Restoration and Preservation Projects If historical or archaeological resources are encountered during excavation or construction of this project the Contractor shall stop work and notify the Owner and the Office of Archaeology and Historic Preservation Colorado Historical Society Work shall not proceed until authorized in writing by the Owner Underpinning of Existing Structures Where underpinning of existing structures is required Contractor shall thoroughly document the existing conditions with photographs and written reports pnor to starting construction, and on a daily basis during the underpinning work 1 05 INSPECTIONS AND TESTING A Notify the Architect/Engineer at completion of each phase of excavation prior to placement of formwork concrete appurtenances or other materials Also notify the Architect/Engineer prior to placement of backfill of all foundations Notification shall beat least 48 hours prior to proceeding with the next phase of work B Testing of compacted fill materials shall be performed by an independent testing laboratory submitted by the Contractor and approved by the Architect and Owner Testing fees shall be paid in accordance with the General and Supplementary Conditions 1 The Contractor will pay for costs of additional testing required due to improper performance of the work C Sails Engineer shall make an open hole inspection of the excavation for each building prior to the placement of formwork concrete appurtenances or other materials Soils Engineer shall also inspect structural backfill for building foundations prior to forming of footings or grade beams, if not supported on undisturbed soil D When work of this Section or portions of work are completed notify the testing laboratory to perform density test Do not proceed with additional portions of work until results have been verified E Compaction Tests 1 Concrete Flatwork Tests of compacted backfill materials shalt betaken at the rate of one (1) test for each 2 000 sq ft , or portion thereof of surface area for interior or exterior concrete slabs on grade sidewalks, aprons or other flatwork unless otherwise modified by the Soils Report 2 Foundation Walls Tests of compacted backfill materials shall be taken at the rate of one (1) test for each 20 tin ft , or portion thereof of building perimeter for compaction adjacent to building foundation walls unless otherwise modified by the Soils Report 3 Retaining Watts Refer to Section 02220 4 Isolated Pad Footings Tests of compacted backfill materials shall be taken at the rate of one (1) test under each group of four (4) pad footings but not to exceed an area of 1 000 sq ft 5 Utility Trenches Refer to Section 02221 If tests indicate that compacted materials do not meet specified requirements, remove defective work replace and retest at no additional cost to the Owner 106 WARRANTIES Maintain and repair backfill fill compaction and embankment settlement and make necessary repairs to pavement sidewalks or other structures which maybe damaged as a result of settlement for a period of one (1) year after Substantial Completion and acceptance of the work 02225 3 Soapstone Natural Area 0743 07 100% Construction Documents Fort Collins SPECIFICATIONS AND CONTRACT DOCUMENTS Financial Services Purchasing Division 215 N Mason St 2n° Floor PO Box 580 Fort Collins CO 80522 970 221 6775 970 221 6707 lcgov com/purchasing FOR SOAPSTONE PRAIRIE NATURAL AREA Shelters and Observatory BID NO 6110 PURCHASING DIVISION 215 NORTH MASON STREET, 2ND FLOOR, FORT COLLINS AUGUST 14, 2008 - 3 00 P M (OUR CLOCK) PART 2 PRODUCTS 201 SELECTED FILL MATERIALS A General Use onsite or imported soil approved by the Soils Engineer for rough fill and for backfill against the outside of foundation walls except as specified below Material shall be clean compactable earth free of frozen material, debris deleterious or organic substances or large rocks B Structural Fill On site natural soils devoid of debris or imported granular materials approved by the Soils Engineer, mechanically compacted as specified below and extended to original undisturbed soil Use under floor slabs and exterior concrete where approved on site material is available or where shown on the Drawings 1 Material shall be uniformly graded of low permeability and a swell potential of less than 1% C Imported Structural Fill Imported fill required to supplement acceptable on site material shall be clean, devoid of debris and organic material and shall conform to the following minimum specifications 1 Class 5 roadbase conforming to Colorado Department of Transportation standards 2 Gradation conforming to ASTM C136 3 100% No 4 Sieve 100% No 200 Sieve 35% maximum 3 Liquid Limit 30 maximum 4 Plasticity Index 15 maximum 5 Group Index 10 maximum D Imported Structural Fill Where onsite material is expansive or otherwise unacceptable to the Soils Engineer for use as structural backfill imported fill shall be Class 1 structural backfill or Class 7 roadbase, conforming to Colorado Department of Transportation standards E Coarse Granular Fill Clean crushed non porous rock crushed or uncrushed gravel graded from 3/8 to 1 1/2 F Fine Granular Fill Natural or manufactured sand and pea gravel clean and free of organic debris graded from 3/8 to No 100 sieve G Embankment Material Refer to Section 02220 H Topsoil Refer to landscaping sections of Division 2 Topsoil stripped and stockpiled on site may be used if it meets the requirements of these Sections I Drainage Fill Natural or crushed stone or gravel with 100% passing a i sieve and not more than 5% passing a No 4 sieve 2 02 ACCESSORY MATERIALS A Drainage Fabric Mirafi 140 N filter fabric or equal B Perimeter Drainage Tile Perforated PVC pipe sizes as indicated on the Drawings C Silt Fence (Erosion Control) Woven filter fabric type and size as required by Lanmer County and/or the State of Colorado Also refer to Section 01540 Erosion and Sedimentation Control D Wood Lagging/Bracing for Underpinning Douglas Fir Larch No 2 or better grade minimum stress grade Fb= 1250 psi 1 If wood is part of shoring system near existing structures use pressure preservative treated materials or remove before placement of backfiR 2 Fastening System Welded studs or other method as approved by the Structural Engineer 02225 4 Soapstone Natural Area 0743 07 100% Construction Documents PART 3 EXECUTION 301 PREPARATION A Classification of Excavation The following definitions shall only apply when additional excavation is authorized by the Architect/Engineer and/or rock excavation is encountered Do not proceed with the work until the material has been cross sectioned and classified 1 Earth Excavation Removal and disposal of on site soils and other materials indicated on the Drawings and all other material as indicated by the subsurface soil data and not classified as rock excavation 2 Rock Excavation Removal and disposal of materials that cannot be excavated without drilling blasting or ripping or boulders larger than 1/2 cu yd in volume B Site preparation and compaction of existing and/or imported fill materials shall be in accordance with the requirements of the Soils Investigation Report and this Section If the foundation structure design shown on the Drawings and/or specified will not strictly conform to this requirement advise Architect/Engineer before proceeding with work of this Section 1 Ensure that modifications to the existing site irrigation system have been completed or tines shut off or capped within the area of construction, prior to beginning work C Silt Fence Install silt fence fabric using wooden posts and straw bales or other required accessory erosion control materials where indicated on the Drainage and Erosion Control Plan or as required by the authority with jurisdiction over the work of the Project Maintain in place until such authority permits its removal Also refer to Section 01540 Erosion and Sedimentation Control D Clear and strip surface vegetation sod and organic topsoil for subgrades for areas within construction boundaries as shown on the Drawings or directed by the Architect/Engineer The stripped topsoil shall be stored for later use in the site finish grading Also refer to Section 02115 1 Extent of Stripping As required for new construction as shown on the Drawings, or as directed by the Architect/Engineer Topsoil shall not be stripped or existing vegetative cover disturbed in excess of these limits without written approval of the Architect/Engineer E Contractor shall take all necessary safety precautions to ensure the safety of all workers and the public in and around excavations including shoring bracing and barricades F Brace and properly support all structural elements including foundation walls grade beams and pier caps prior to beginning and continuously during backfilling and compacting operations G Soils Engineer The Soils Engineer shall inspect the natural soil at the bottom of excavations for structures prior to forming or placing foundations Provide Engineer with 48 hours notice (exclusive of weekends and holidays) when the areas are expected to be ready for such inspections 1 Do not prepare subgrade or place concrete until such inspection has taken place (or waived by Engineer) and resulting recommendations of Engineer have been carried out H Restoration and Preservation Projects If historical or archaeological resources are encountered during excavation or construction of this project the Contractor shall stop work and notify the Owner and the Office of Archaeology and Historic Preservation Colorado Historical Society Work shall not proceed until authorized in writing by the Owner 3 02 ROUGH GRADING Rough grade site to required levels profiles contours and elevations ready for finish grading and surface treatment Maintain the following 1 Planting Areas 6 below finished grade elevation 2 Concrete Sidewalks 4 below finished grade elevation, unless granular backfill is specified below walks 3 Building Slabs 8 minimum below finished slab elevation or as required by the Soils Report for the slab thickness and thickness of granular backfill specified 02225 5 Soapstone Natural Area 0743 07 100% Construction Documents Prior to placing fill material over undisturbed subsoil scarify surface to depth of 6 bring to 2% wet of optimum moisture and compact as follows 1 Adjacent to Building Foundations Minimum 95% of Standard Proctor Density at 2% wet of optimum moisture content ASTM D698 78 2 Pavement Areas 95% of SPD at 2% wet of OMC ASTM D698 78 3 Planting Areas 90% of SPD at 2% wet of OMC ASTM D698 78 Place fill in lifts of 6 to 8 maximum loose layers bring to 2% wet of OMC and compact each layer as specified above Stockpile existing topsoil and fill materials removed from excavation for reuse in final grading Contractor shall take special care in rough grading and filling of site areas which can lead to non uniform settling and compaction 3 03 EXCAVATION A General 1 Excavation consists of removal and disposal of material encountered when establishing grade elevations 2 Unauthorized excavation consists of removal of materials beyond indicated subgrade elevations or dimensions without specific direction of the Architect/Engineer Unauthorized excavation as well as remedial work directed by the Architect/Engineer shall be at the Contractors expense 3 Under footings foundation walls, grade beams retaining walls or other structural elements fill unauthorized excavation by extending the indicated bottom elevation of the footing or base to the excavation bottom without altering required top elevation 4 Elsewhere, backfitl and compact unauthorized excavations as specified in paragraph 3 02 C B Blasting No blasting wilt be permitted as a part this Project without written authorization from the Owners principal representative Stability of Excavation 1 Slope sides of excavations to comply with local codes and ordinances Shore and brace where sloping is not possible because of space restrictions or stability of material excavated 2 Ensure the stability of materials under foundation structures of existing buildings adjacent to new excavations Shore and brace as required during excavation and maintain until new foundations or compacted backfitl materials are in place 3 Maintain sides and slopes of excavations in a safe condition until completion of backfillmg 4 Verify that bottom of excavation for footings and foundations is on original undisturbed soil If it is not overexcavate and fill with approved structural fill material extending from original undisturbed soil to bottom of footings and foundations, compacting as specified in paragraph 3 06 I Sheeting and Shonng 1 Sheet shore or brace banks and trenches not cut back to a stable slope as necessary to prevent sliding or caving to protect workmen and the work 2 Design and build sheeting and shoring to withstand loads which might be caused by earth movement and pressure and to be rigid maintaining its shape and position 3 Support sheeting in excavation in a manner so as not to concentrate loads or horizontal thrusts on piping Do not brace sheeting against the pipe Dewatenng 1 Prevent surface water and subsurface ground water from flowing into excavations and from flooding project site and surrounding area 2 Conduct dewatenng operations to addition to good positive drainage and eliminate standing water Dewater excavations for concrete structures extending below ground water level by lowering and maintaining the water level beneath such excavations 02225 6 Soapstone Natural Area 0743 07 100% Construction Documents minimum 24 3 Do not allow water to accumulate in excavations Remove water to prevent softening of foundation bottoms undercutting footings and soil changes detrimental to stability of subgrades and foundations Provide and maintain pumps well points sumps suction and discharge lines and other dewatenng system components necessary to convey water away from excavations 4 Convey water removed from excavations and rainwater to collecting or run off areas Establish and maintain temporary drainage ditches and other diversions outside excavation limits for each structure Do not use trench excavations as temporary drainage ditches 5 Keep excavations dry during subgrade preparation and continuously thereafter until the structure is built to the extent that no damage from hydrostatic pressure flotation or other cause will result Material Storage 1 Stockpile satisfactory excavated materials and topsoil until required for backfilhng Place grade and shape stockpiles for proper drainage 2 Locate and retain soil materials away from edge of excavations 3 Stockpile materials away from sidewalks, streets alleys and other public areas that are to remain accessible during construction Maintain site access as required for workers and the Owner Refer to Section 01046 for required site access 4 Dispose of excess soil materials and waste materials as specified in paragraph 3 09 Excavation for Trenches Refer to Section 02221 Trenching Backfilhng and Compacting Excavation for Sanitary Sewer Leach Field Refer to the Drawings for leach field design Weather Protection 1 Protect excavation bottoms against freezing when atmospheric temperature is less than 35 F Do not backfill or construct fills or embankments during freezing weather Do not place backfill on frozen surfaces Do not place frozen materials, snow or ice in backfill fill or embankment Do not deposit stamp roll or otherwise mechanically compact backfill in water 304 EXCAVATION FOR STRUCTURES A Conform to elevations and dimensions shown within a tolerance of +/ 0 10 and extending a sufficient distance from footings and foundations to permit placing and removal of concrete formwork installation of services other construction and inspection B In excavating for footings and foundations take care not to disturb bottom of excavation Excavate by hand to final grade just before concrete reinforcement is placed Trim bottoms to required lines and grades to leave solid base to receive concrete C Verify that bottom of excavation for footings and foundations is on original undisturbed soil If it is not overexcavate and fill with approved structural fill material extending from original undisturbed soil to bottom of footings and foundations compacting as specified in paragraph 3 06 D Do not interfere with normal 45 bearing splay of any foundation E Under building slabs remove minimum 8 of existing material below finished slab elevation Refer to paragraph 3 05 below for overexcavation of soils below slabs on grade F Bottom of perimeter drain shall be sloped uniformly at 0 5% minimum to sump pump or gravity discharge as shown on the Drawings 3 05 OVEREXCAVATION OF EXISTING SOIL A Existing fill and/or native soil material below concrete footings foundation structures and/or slabs on grade shall be overexcavated and removed to a depth of —feet below the foundations or slabs, as recommended in the Soils Report unless a structural floor slab is designed and shown on the Drawings Refer to the Structural Drawings 02225 7 Soapstone Natural Area 0743 07 100% Construction Documents B Excavated native material shall be reconditioned as directed in the Soils Report replaced in the excavation and compacted as specified in this Section C Reconditioned existing (New structural) fill material shall extend from the level of undisturbed soil to the bottom of the footings foundation structures and/or slabs on grade as directed by the Soils Report D Ensure that any new subdrainage system or materials as shown on the Drawings are properly placed prior to backfilhng overexcavated area 306 BACKFILLING A Do not start backfilhng until services and dampproofing or waterproofing systems have been inspected B Ensure areas to be backfilled are free from debris snow ice and water and that ground surfaces are not in a frozen condition C Do not backfill over existing subgrade surfaces which are porous wet or spongy D Compact existing subgrade surfaces if densities are not equal to that required for backfilt materials E Cut out soft areas of existing subgrade backfill with subsoil and compact to required density F Backfill areas to grades contours, levels and elevations Backfill systematically and as early as possible to allow maximum time for natural settlement and compaction G Place and compact fill materials in continuous layers not exceeding 8 loose depth Use a method so as not to disturb or damage building drainage system H Where imbalanced pressures will develop on foundation walls in basement or crawlspace situations ensure that floor framing and decking is in place prior to backfilhng I Where temporary unbalanced pressures are liable to develop on walls before floor slabs are placed erect necessary shonng to counteract imbalance and leave in place until their removal is approved by Architect/ Engineer J Maintain 2% wet of OMC of backfilh materials to attain required compaction density K Backfill simultaneously on each side of foundation walls to equalize soil pressures L Utility Trench Backfill Refer to Section 02221 Trenching, Backfilhing and Compacting M Building Slab Backfill Verify removal of existing material below stabs on grade as specified in paragraph 3 02 above N Subsoil Treatment Scarify the upper 6 of subgrade below and treat with 6 pounds of hydrated time per sq yd only if required by the Soils Report 1 Wet treated soil 2% wet of OMC and compact to 95% of SPD per ASTM D698 78 2 After scarification and compaction of the subgrade place approved backfihl materials in uniform 6 to 8 lifts compacted 2% wet of OMC to at least 95% of SPD per ASTM D698 78 3 07 FILL TYPES AND COMPACTION A Structural Backfill below Footings and Foundations On site natural soils devoid of debris or imported non expansive granular materials approved by Soils Engineer mechanically compacted to a minimum of 98% of SPD B Building Slabs On site natural soils or select granular non expansive materials approved by the Soils Engineer to underside of stabilizing base course mechanically compacted to a minimum of 95% of SPD C Backfill Around Structures Mechanically compact to a minimum of 95% of SPD D Dock High Loading Areas Special considerations for lateral soil pressures required by the Soils Engineer E Sidewalks Subsoil or approved fill to underside of stabilizing base course Compact each layer of fill material at 2% wet of OMC to a minimum 95% of SPD per ASTM D698 78 F Landscaped Areas Subsoil to top of subgrade elevation compacted to 90% of SPD 02225 8 Soapstone Natural Area 0743 07 100% Construction Documents Compaction Equipment Use compaction equipment suitable for the types of soils and materials being compacted 1 Sheepfoot Roller If used provide with cleaner bars attached as to prevent the accumulation of materials between the tamper feet 2 Rollers Use rollers so designed that the effective weight can be increased as required to obtain specified compaction 3 Vibrating plate compactors Ponding or flooding is not allowed for any compaction 308 FINISH GRADING A Rough grade subsoil systematically to allow for a maximum amount of natural settlement and compaction Eliminate uneven areas and low spots Remove debris roots, branches, stones etc in excess of 3 in size Remove subsoil which has been contaminated with petroleum products B Bring subsoil to required levels profiles and contours Make changes in grade gradually and blend slopes into existing areas Maintain tolerance within 10 of required subgrade except under building slabs where final grades shall be within 1 /2 of required elevation C Slope finish grade away from building minimum 5% for the first 10 unless indicated otherwise on the Drawings D Scarify subgrade to a depth of 6 where topsoil is to be placed and compact as specified Provide depth allowances for topsoil placement E Place and shape subgrade for landscape berms and other artificially created earthen features as shown on the Drawings 3 09 PLACING TOPSOIL A General Spreading of topsoil shalt be the responsibility of this Section unless provided by Section 02100 Site Preparation, or arranged for otherwise B Place and spread topsoil with minimum depth of 6 using suitable stockpiled, on site material supplemented with imported material as required C Use topsoil in relatively dry state Place during dry weather D Fine grade topsoil to within 1 of finish contours unless otherwise required for areas receiving sod mulch or other landscape treatment eliminating rough and low areas to ensure positive drainage Maintain levels profiles and contours of subgrades to tie new work into existing E Remove stones roots grass weeds, debris and other foreign materials while spreading F Manually spread topsoil around trees plants and buildings to prevent compaction and damage which may be caused by grading equipment G Do not change elevation of finish grade around existing trees to remain more than 6 without specific approval of the Architect H Lightly compact placed topsoil and leave prepared for soil preparation and landscaping specified in other Sections of Division 2 3 10 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A Field Compaction Control Field tests shall be conducted to determine compliance of compaction methods with specified density in accordance with 1 ASTM D2922 (AASHTO T238) Tests for Density of Soil and Soil Aggregate In Place by Nuclear Methods or, 2 ASTM D1556 (AASHTO Ti91) Tests for Density of Soil In Place by the Sand Cone Method 3 ASTM D2167 (AASHTO T205) Tests for Density of Soil In Place by Rubber Balloon Method B Compaction shall be to the minimum densities specified in paragraph 3 06 above C Moisture Content Compact soils within +/ 2% of optimum moisture Add water harrow disc blade or otherwise work material as required to insure uniform moisture content and adequate 02225 9 Soapstone Natural Area 0743 07 100% Construction Documents protection 311 MAINTENANCE A Protection of Graded Areas Protect newly graded areas from traffic and erosion Keep free of trash and debris Repair and reestablish grades in settled eroded and rutted areas to specified tolerances until Substantial Completion and acceptance of the work of this Section by the Owner B Reconditioning Compacted Areas Where completed compacted areas are disturbed by subsequent construction operations or adverse weather or where topsoil has been compacted in excess of the specified limits scarify surface reshape and compact to required density prior to further construction 3 12 DISPOSAL OF EXCESS AND WASTE MATERIALS Excess Fill Remove and dispose of debris and excess matenals off of Owners property Excess Fill Remove and waste excess materials on site as shown on the Drawings or directed by the Owner END OF SECTION 02225 10 Soapstone Natural Area 0743 07 100% Construction Documents SECTION 02230 DRILLED PIERS PART 1 GENERAL 1 01 WORK INCLUDED Drill pier shafts as indicated on the Drawings, including locations diameters of shafts top elevations, estimated lengths measured in feet from the top of pier minimum penetration into bearing strata minimum length and details of construction Piers shall be drilled in locations as shown on the Drawings including but not limited to 1 Exterior grade beams and pilasters of structures 2 Interior grade beams of structures 3 Interior columns of structures 4 Exterior grade beams for retaining walls, trash enclosures and other accessory structures Furnish and place shaft liner materials if specified Furnish and place steel reinforcing materials Furnish and place concrete for drilled piers Related work specified elsewhere 1 Section 01714 Construction Waste Management 2 Section 01720 Project Record Documents Caisson boring logs 3 Section 02225 Structural Excavating, Backfillmg and Compacting 4 Section 03200 Concrete Reinforcing 5 Section 03300 Cast in Place Concrete 1 02 QUALITY ASSURANCE A General Perform all work in accordance with local and state ordinances and as required by authorities having jurisdiction B Work of this Section shall be performed by a specialist in drilled pier construction C Applicable provisions of the codes referenced in Section 01060 or as adopted by any jurisdiction with authority over this Project 103 SUBMITTALS Shop Drawings Submit shop drawings in accordance with Section 01340 to the Architect/Engineer for review Shop drawings shall show location and details necessary for fabrication and placing of reinforcement without reference to the Drawings Boring Log Submit sample form of caisson boring log complying with requirements of Section 01720 1 04 SURVEY WORK A General Contractor shall conduct the layout work for each pier to the tines and levels required before excavation Record and maintain all information pertinent to each pier cooperate with testing and inspection agencies to provide data for their reports and submit a report to the Architect/Engineer containing the following for each caisson 1 Identification 2 Diameter 3 Actual centerline location 4 Bottom and top elevations and top of bedrock elevation 5 Deviations from specified tolerances 02230 1 Soapstone Natural Area 0743 07 100% Construction Documents Water conditions during drilling and concrete placing 1 05 TESTING AND INSPECTION A Concrete testing will be performed as specified in Sections 01410 and 03300 B The Owner shall employ a Soils Engineer to inspect the bearing material If the bearing stratum at design depth is not suitable the excavation shall be drilled deeper as directed by the Soils Engineer or the Architect/Engineer Maximum length for any pier shall not exceed 30 pier diameters Where the specified pier type would exceed this length the pier shall be rednlled to the next larger diameter with 2 minimum additional penetration than the original pier type Reinforce in accordance with the pier schedule for the larger diameter or with steel area of 0 005 times the gross pier area C Holes shall be inspected by the Architect/Engineer immediately prior to placing concrete Notify the Architect/Engineer at least 48 hours before drilling operations D Coordinate all testing operations and notify necessary parties as required so tests can be scheduled 1 06 BASIS OF BID Lump sum bids shall be based on the number of piers, design lengths and diameters as shown on the Drawings and/or specified herein Actual lengths may vary according to the actual bedrock elevation and the bearing value of material encountered Bids quoted shall include full compensation for labor materials equipment and incidentals required for complete installation Final payment will be based on actual lengths of various diameter piers, in place and accepted Adjustment of the Contract Sum will be based on the net difference between the total footage of overruns and underruns Total footage shall be determined by actual length of the concrete pier required to meet minimum total length and minimum penetration requirements Minimum total length of piers shall be as noted on the Drawings and in the Soils Report The Contractor shall quote in his Proposal the unit price per foot for overruns and under runs Refer to Bid Form and Section 01022 PART 2 PRODUCTS 201 CONCRETE AND REINFORCEMENT MATERIALS A Materials and resulting concrete shall be as specified in Sections 03200 and 03300 2 02 LINER MATERIAL A General Provide continuous one piece caisson liners of straight smooth spirally wound fibrous material laminated with non water sensitive adhesives 1 Sonotube Fibre Form A by Sonoco Products Co Hartsville, SC, (800) 532 8248 and represented locally by RW Specialties Inc Henderson CO (800) 332 6682 2 Manufacturers providing materials of same function and performance are acceptable or General Provide continuous, one piece caisson liners of straight smooth polyvinyl chloride (PVC) material, Schedule 40 or as specified on the Drawings Lengths shall be continuous as shown on the Drawings 02230 2 Soapstone Natural Area 0743 07 100% Construction Documents PART 3 EXECUTION 3 01 EXCAVATION A General Use equipment of sufficient size and capacity to excavate shafts to depths, diameters, sizes and penetrations indicated and within the specified tolerances Maintain equipment in satisfactory operating condition and provide sufficient quantity of equipment to maintain the projected schedule of the work B General Contractor shall perform cutting, fitting and compacting operations as required to provide access for drilling equipment and shall remove excess excavated material C If refusal is encountered before required length of penetration is attained notify Architect/Engineer immediately D Oversize pier holes by not more than 1 /2 on all sides of the shaft to accommodate insertion of liner Clean shafts of all debris E Cut shear rings into sides of bedrock at quantities, intervals, locations and dimensions shown on the Drawings if applicable Clean shafts of all debris 3 02 DEWATERING Place no concrete in more than 6 of water Properly dewater hole if more than this is present I water cannot be removed from excavation halt drilling operations and notify the Soils Engineer Concrete shall be placed underwater using a trerme or other approved methods 3 03 TEMPORARY SHAFT PROTECTION A When required to prevent cave ins to dewater or for inspection of bearing surfaces, provide full length watertight steel casings of sufficient thickness to withstand compression displacement and withdrawal stresses Place in manner to form seal at bedrock when required to dewater hole 3 04 TOLERANCES Locate centerline of piers on centerline of bearing construction, unless otherwise shown Do not exceed the following tolerances 1 Centerline Location 5% of actual diameter 2 Variation to Plumb 1 1 /2% of total depth 3 Area (at any Horizontal Plane) 5% of design area 4 Minimum Total Length 6 feet If above tolerances are exceeded, provide additional or corrective construction acceptable to the Architect/Engineer at no additional cost to the Owner 3 05 PLACING REINFORCING STEEL AND ANCHOR BOLTS A Furnish and install all reinforcing and dowels as shown on the Drawings Install anchor bolts furnished by others B Design fabrication and placement of reinforcing shall be as specified in Section 03200 and shown on the Drawings C Before placing, clean reinforcing of loose rust scale, mud and other material which could affect bond D Place reinforcing accurately and symmetrically about axis of hole Hold securely in place during concreting using templates for dowels and anchor bolts E Cross stake locations of all piers so that centerlines may be retained after drilling for use to placing dowels and anchor bolts F Apply dampproofing to all structural steel columns to be embedded into pier 02230 3 Soapstone Natural Area 0743 07 100% Construction Documents CONTRACT DOCUMENTS TABLE OF CONTENTS Section Pages BID INFORMATION 00020 Notice Inviting Bids 00020 1 000202 00100 Instruction to Bidders 00100 1 001009 00300 Bid Form 00300 1 00300 3 00400 Supplements to Bid Forms 00400 1 00410 Bid Bond 00410 1 004102 00420 Statements of Bidders Qualifications 00420 1 004203 00430 Schedule of Major Subcontractors 00430 1 CONTRACT DOCUMENTS 00500 Agreement Forms 00500 1 00510 Notice of Award 005100 00520 Agreement 00520 1 005206 00530 Notice to Proceed 00530 1 00600 Bonds and Certificates 00600 1 00610 Performance Bond 00610 1 006102 00615 Payment Bond 006151 006152 00630 Certificate of Insurance 00630 1 00635 Certificate of Substantial Completion 00635 1 00640 Certificate of Final Acceptance 00640 1 00650 Lien Waiver Release(Contractor) 00650 1 006502 00660 Consent of Surety 00660 1 00670 Application for Exemption Certificate 00670 1 006702 CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT 00700 General Conditions 00700 1 0070034 Exhibit GC A GC At GC A2 00800 Supplementary Conditions 00800 1 008002 00900 Addenda Modifications and Payment 00900 1 00950 Contract Change Order 00950 1 009502 00960 Application for Payment 00960 1 009604 SPECIFICATIONS DRAWINGS 306 CONCRETE PLACEMENT A Fill piers with concrete immediately after drilling and inspection B Pour concrete into clean, dry excavations by means that will ensure against segregation of the aggregates Do not allow concrete to hit sides of excavation or reinforcement Provide mechanical vibration for consolidation of at least the top 5 of each shaft C Piers shall be poured in one (1) continuous operation If necessary to stop concreting bring concrete to a true level surface inside the pier and install dowels of size and number as required by the Architect/Engineer D Maintain vertical sides of shaft at top to prevent concrete from mushrooming Use appropriate cylindrical forms if sides are not vertical Provide protection around top of excavation to prevent entry of soil or other foreign matter until concrete has set 3 07 BACKFILLING AND COMPACTION Seal 12 (36 ) deep void around liner and above sand layer (liner) with concrete slurry mixture to seal top of excavation from moisture penetration END OF SECTION 02230 4 Soapstone Natural Area 0743 07 100% Construction Documents SECTION 02515 PORTLAND CEMENT CONCRETE PAVING PART 1 GENERAL 1 01 WORK INCLUDED A Furnish and install Portland Cement concrete paving, extent as shown on the Drawings unless furnished under Section 03300 Cast in Place Concrete Work shall include but is not limited to 1 Concrete curbs, gutters valley pans, trickle channels aprons and other exterior concrete work 2 Concrete aprons and pavements at vehicle parking and driveway areas complete with reinforcing 3 Concrete sidewalks crosswalks and other areas of decorative exterior concrete flatwork 4 Concrete stoops, ramps and miscellaneous exterior concrete work not included in other Sections of these Specifications, complete with required reinforcing B All applicable portions of the following shall be considered as included with this Section 1 Section 03100 Concrete Formwork 2 Section 03200 Concrete Reinforcing 3 Section 03300 Cast in Place Concrete Scarify and compact subgrade under concrete paving unless arranged for otherwise Related work specified elsewhere i Section 01030 Alternates 2 Section 01410 Testing 3 Section 01714 Construction Waste Management 4 Section 02220 Excavation Fitting and Grading 5 Section 02225, Structural Excavating Backfilling and Compacting 6 Section 07900 Sealants and Joint Fillers 1 02 QUALITY ASSURANCE Reference Standards Standards and requirements specified under Section 03300, Cast in Place Concrete shalt apply to this Section except as otherwise modified 1 Applicable provisions of the codes referenced in Section 01060, or as adopted by any jurisdiction with authority over this Project City of Fort Collins Standard Specifications for Streets and Roads are hereby incorporated into these Specifications in their entirety unless modified by this Section 1 03 INSPECTION AND TESTING A Inspection and testing will be performed as specified in Section 03300, Cast in Place Concrete 104 SUBMITTALS Mix Designs Submittals shall be as specified in Section 03300 Cast in Place Concrete Sample Panel Construct sample panel, minimum 4 0 x 4 0 indicating broom finish concrete slabs and concrete border as detailed on the Drawings for Architects approval Sample panel shall remain on site until completion of exposed aggregate concrete work and shall be used as standard of comparison for balance of work Soapstone Natural Area 0743 07 02515 1 100% Construction Documents 1 05 ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS A Requirements for concreting in hot and cold weather and other environmental conditions shall be as specified in Section 03300 Cast in Place Concrete 1 06 DELIVERY STORAGE AND HANDLING Deliver reinforcement to site in strongly tied bundles with metal tags corresponding to bar schedules and diagrams Store on the site free of rust scale, oil or other coating Store bars off the ground and protect from moisture dirt oil or deleterious coatings If concreting is delayed for any considerable period of time after reinforcing is in place it shall be protected by suitable covering Protect exposed reinforcement intended for bonding with future extensions by suitable covering PART 2 MATERIALS 201 CONCRETE MATERIALS A General All materials shall be in conformance with the standard specifications of the City of Fort Collins B Portland Cement ASTM, C150, normal Type II C Fine Aggregate Clean sharp, natural sand conforming to ASTM C33 D Coarse Aggregate for Normal Weight Concrete Clean strong crushed gravel or stone conforming to ASTM C33 Gradation shall be as specified under concrete mixes E Water Clean fresh potable supply, free from oil acid, alkali, organic materials or other deleterious substances F Admixtures Use only when specified or approved by the Architect/Engineer 1 Air Entraining Agent ASTM C260, manufactured by Master Builders MBVR, Sika AER Grace Darex AEA Protex or equal 2 Non Chloride Accelerator ASTM C494 Type C or E 3 Retarder ASTM C494 Type B or D 4 Water Reducer ASTM C494 Type A manufactured by Master Builders Pozzo Lith, Grace WRDA Protex PDA 25XL Sika Plastocrete or equal 5 Fly Ash ASTM C618, Class C or F 6 Calcium Chloride or admixtures containing calcium chloride, is specifically prohibited 7 Color Additive San Diego Buff by Davis Colors or approved equal Provide colored concrete where shown or scheduled on the Drawings Color to be selected from manufacturer s full line of colors 8 Fiber Reinforcing Refer to Section 03200 and paragraph 3 05 of this Section 2 02 REINFORCING MATERIALS A Bars ASTM A615 B2 60 KSI grade deformed billet steel bars plain finish as indicated on the Drawings Bars shall be free of scale or other bond reducing coatings i Ties, stirrups and field bent bars, #3 or smaller may be ASTM A615 40 KSI grade B Welded Wire Fabric ASTM A185 or A497 plain type in flat sheets plain finish welded intersections in sizes as indicated on the Drawings Use of coiled rolls shall only be permitted when approved by the Engineer C Steel Wire Provide plain cold drawn wire conforming to ASTM A82 D Fiber Reinforcing Collated fibrillated polypropylene fiber Fiber Mesh I Fiber Mesh Inc Chattanooga TN or equal Soapstone Natural Area 0743 07 02515 2 100% Construction Documents 203 FORMWORK AND ACCESSORIES A General Accessories shall be of suitable type conforming to ACI 315 and shall include spacers chairs tie bars support bars and all other devices for properly assembling placing and supporting reinforcement weight of concrete and workmen without displacement of reinforcement Wood brick, block, concrete chips and other non metallic devices are not acceptable 8 Curb and Gutter Sections Forms for inflow and outflow curb and gutter sections valley drain pans and other related work shall be formed with mechanical extrusion equipment using the slip form method including curves and radii 1 Vertical curbs may be formed with conventional materials C Exterior Concrete Flatwork For concrete slab on grade use supports with sand plates or horizontal runners where wetted base materials will not support chair legs Concrete buckets for support of reinforcement for slabs on grade shall beat least 2 wide x 3 long and of proper height D Formwork Matched, tight fitting and adequately stiffened to support weight of concrete without deflection detrimental to tolerances and appearance of concrete Also refer to Section 03100 E Isolation Joint Fitter As specified in Section 03100 Concrete Formwork 204 HARDENING SEALING AND FINISH MATERIALS General Apply all hardening seating and finishing treatments in accordance with manufacturers recommendations Refer to the Schedule in Section 03300 for specific applications Supplier/Installer of slab finish materials shall certify that materials specified and/or furnished for this project are appropriate for use in the specified applications for the following criteria 1 Compatibility of finish material with concrete mix specified 2 Compatibility of finish material with type and degree of weather exposure 3 Compatibility of finish material with expected use 4 Compatibility of finish material with expected exposure to chemical acid, oil fat or other deleterious material PART 3 EXECUTION 3 01 PREPARATION If subgrade and backfill work has been performed by others, inspect the work for trueness of grades compaction and depth of base material per Section 02220 or 02225 Report any deficiencies or inconsistencies with the Drawings and Specifications to the Contractor Ensure proper moisture content of subgrade just prior to placement of base course and concrete Do not install concrete over soil or base which is unstable or frozen Proceeding With installation of concrete work shall indicate acceptance of site conditions Scarify subgrade where asphalt and/or concrete pavement is to be placed to a depth of minimum 6 and compact to 95% SPD, ASTM D698 78 at 2% wet of optimum moisture content Also refer to Section 02225 Notify any trades that may have items to be embedded in concrete or that may require openings in concrete Coordinate work to avoid cutting of concrete and to avoid delays in the work This work may include but is not limited to 1 Site furnishings specified in Section 02470 2 Bicycle racks specified in Section 02842 3 Tower clocks specified in Section 02872 4 Concrete reinforcing specified in Section 03200 5 Concrete accessories specified in Section 03250 5 Structural steel specified in Section 05120 7 Pipe and tube railings specified in Section 05521 02515 3 Soapstone Natural Area 0743 07 100% Construction Documents 8 Electrical work specified in Division 16 Make all preparations required for protection of concrete during placing and cunng under detrimental weather conditions Notify the Architect/Engineer at least 48 hours prior to placing any concrete Do not deposit any concrete before the Architect/Engineer has inspected reinforcement and other work in place and given permission to proceed Such inspection and permission to proceed shall in noway relieve the Contractor of full responsibility for proper placement of reinforcement and placing of concrete and of responsibility for adherence to other requirements of the Construction Documents Form and install concrete work in accordance with ACI 301 except as amended by this Section Concrete formwork shall be as specified in Section 03100 3 02 PLACING REINFORCING A Reinforce concrete sections as indicated on the Drawings or as specified in Section 03200 Allow for minimum 1 1 /2 concrete cover 3 03 PLACING FIBER REINFORCING General Place fiber reinforcing in accordance with manufacturers written instructions and recommendations 1 1 1 /2 lbs per cu yd , unless otherwise recommended by manufacturer Fiber reinforcing shall be placed as scheduled in Section 03200 3 04 FORMING JOINTS A Control Joints at Concrete Drives Aprons and Slabs Formed or saw cut to produce weakened joint minimum 1 /4 of slab thickness Place longitudinal and transverse joints spaced uniformly as shown on the Drawings Joints shall be cut within 24 hours of pounng, at earliest point concrete is accessible without causing chipping at the control joints Joints wider than 1 /4 shall be cleaned and sealed before opening to traffic B Control Joints at Sidewalks Curb and Gutter Sections and Flatwork Same as specified for slabs spacing as noted on the Drawings but in no case greater than the following 1 Sidewalks 6 0 o c maximum along the length of the sidewalk 2 On site Curb and Gutter 10 0 o c maximum 3 Off site Curb and Gutter 10 0 o c maximum or as required by the jurisdiction with authority over this work 4 Exterior Concrete Patios and Other Flatwork Pattern as shown on the Drawings but in no case greater than 15 0 x 15 0 C Isolation or Expansion Joints Joints shall be full depth of slab recessed 1/2 below finished concrete surface Provide at all joints between slabs and vertical surfaces or as indicated on the Drawings Place joint filler as specified in Section 03100 and leave joint recess clean to receive sealants specified in Section 07900 3 05 DESIGN MIXES A General Concrete mixes shall be as itemized on the Drawings or specified herein or in Section 03300 Cast in Place Concrete B Concrete which does not meet the minimum requirements for strength at 28 days shall be reviewed and is subject to removal at the option of the Architect C Proportion normal weight concrete in accordance with ACI 211 1 Concrete for all parts of the work shall be of the specified quality capable of being placed without excessive segregation and when hardened, of developing all characteristics required by these specifications and the contract documents Proportion ingredients to produce a mixture which wilt work readily into the corners 02515 4 Soapstone Natural Area 0743 07 100% Construction Documents and angles of the forms and around reinforcements by the methods of placing and consolidation employed on the work D Design mixes shall be made and reported by an approved testing laboratory for each class of concrete, at the Contractors expense E Design mixes shall contain all admixtures required by these specifications and/or proposed by the Contractor to be used in concrete F Concrete Reinforcing Refer to Section 03200 and as specified herein G Concrete Testing Refer to Section 03300 3 06 PLACING CONCRETE General Place Portland Cement concrete paving materials in accordance with the standard specifications of the City of Fort Collins 1 Pavement and Stab Thicknesses Parking Areas Sidewalks Et Structure Slabs 5 5 Subgrade temperature shall be minimum 40 at 6 depth prior to pounng concrete Place concrete, screed and wood float surfaces to a smooth and uniform finish free of open texturing and exposed aggregate Where paved surfaces are adjacent to walks, make curbs and gutters integral with walks Ensure that joints of curbs coincide with walk joints Provide dummy joint at line between walks and curbs Provide exposed surfaces of aprons, walks curbs and gutters with broom finish unless otherwise indicated on the Drawings Apply curing compound as specified in Section 03300, Cast in Place Concrete on finished surfaces immediately after placement Apply in accordance with manufacturers written instructions and recommendations 307 TOLERANCES A Maintain the following tolerances for all concrete site work Defective work shall be removed and replaced at Contractors expense 1 Variation from Plumb a 0 10 1/4 maximum b 20 or more 3/8 maximum Variation in Thickness 1/4 to 1 /2 standard Variation in Grade a 010 1/4 standard 1/8 for slabs b 1020 3/8 standard 1/4 for slabs c 40 or more 3/4 standard, 3/8 for slabs Variation in Plan a 020 1/2 b 40 or more 3/4 standard 5 Variation in Eccentricity 2% for footings 6 Variation in Openings a Size + 1 /8 b Location 1/4 Exterior Slab Tolerances 1/4 in 10 3 08 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL Contractor shall verify all lines levels and elevations of completed Portland Cement concrete sitework with requirements of the Drawings and approved field modifications prior to final inspection by the Architect/Engineer Soapstone Natural Area 0743 07 02515 5 100% Construction Documents B Engineer shall provide a Certification Survey for the Owner of the as built conditions verifying compliance with the grading and drainage requirements of the Drawings and the City of Fort Collins based upon survey data provided by the Contractor C Contractor shall correct all areas of the concrete sitework not in compliance with the Drawings or approved field modifications at no additional cost to the Owner END OF SECTION Soapstone Natural Area 0743 07 02515 6 100% Construction Documents SECTION 03100 CONCRETE FORMWORK PART 1 GENERAL 1 01 WORK INCLUDED A Furnish labor materials and equipment necessary for the complete construction of required formwork for cast in place concrete B Furnish and install prefabricated premolded form materials including but not limited to 1 Round, tubular column forms 2 Stamped pattern forms for concrete flatwork C Furnish and install anchor bolts connectors embedded plates dovetail slots and anchors and other accessories required to be cast into concrete work D Furnish materials and equipment necessary to strip and remove formwork E Install embedded items furnished by other Sections F Related work specified elsewhere 1 Section 02220 Excavating, Fitting and Grading 2 Section 02225 Structural Excavation Backfilhng and Compacting 3 Section 02515 Portland Cement Concrete Paving Forming equipment 4 Section 02230 Drilled Piers Concrete formwork for piers 5 Section 03250 Concrete Accessories 6 Section 03300 Cast in Place Concrete 7 Section 07900, Sealants and Joint Fillers 1 02 QUALITY ASSURANCE A Genera( Conform to the requirements and recommendations of ACI 301 Specification for Structural Concrete in Buildings and ACI 347 Recommended Practice for Concrete Formwork unless otherwise shown 1 Applicable provisions of the codes referenced in Section 01060 or as adopted by any jurisdiction with authority over this Project B Contractor shall be responsible for the design and engineering construction and maintenance of formwork as well as its adequacy and safety C Contractor shall design formwork for all loads and lateral pressures before and during placement of concrete Maintain position and shape of formwork at all times Provide positive means of adjustment for shores and forms which rest on compressible material 103 SUBMITTALS Product Data Submit manufacturers product literature specifications and installation instructions for all form coating materials manufactured form systems form ties and accessories Samples Submit pattern illustrations or samples for stamped pattern concrete forms for selection by the Architect 1 04 PRODUCT DELIVERY STORAGE AND HANDLING A Fiber Forms Store prefabricated fiber forms on site horizontally if length requires supported along the entire length of the form and elevated a minimum 4 off of ground, completely covered with waterproof membrane including ends and not stacked over 5 0 high If stored vertically the ends shall be covered with waterproof membrane and elevated a minimum 4 off of ground 03100 1 Soapstone Natural Area 0743 07 100% Construction Documents PART 2 PRODUCTS 201 FORMWORK FOR EXPOSED CONCRETE A Construct all formwork for exposed concrete surfaces with metal framed/plywood faced metal or plastic panel type materials to provide continuous straight, smooth solid exposed surfaces Furnish in largest practicable sizes to minimize number of joints Do not use any forms having defects on contact surfaces 1 Plywood forms will only be acceptable upon specific approval of the Architect and then only after visual inspection on the job site 2 Plywood shall be sufficiently thick to withstand pressure of wet concrete without bow or deflection but shall not be less than 5/8 thick, complying with U S Product Standard PS 1 B B High Density Overlaid Concrete Form Class i or B B Exterior Type DFPA Plyform Class i B Chamfer exposed external corners and edges using chamfer strips accurately fabricated to produce uniform smooth lines and tight edge joints C Refer to the Drawings for locations where special joints may be required D Arrangement for sheets or liner sheets shall be orderly and symmetrical Form ties shalt be spaced uniformly and aligned horizontally and vertically where locations are exposed to view in the completed project E All exposed concrete wall surfaces to receive a sandblasted finish 2 02 FORMWORK FOR UNEXPOSED CONCRETE A Form concrete which wnll be unexposed in finished structure with plywood boards, metal or other acceptable material Provide lumber that is dressed on at least two (2) edges and one (1) side for a tight fit 1 Below Grade Pier Forms Sonotube Fibre Form A or equal specified in paragraph 2 03 below 2 Drilled Pier or Caisson Liners Refer to Section 02230 B Earthen or trenched forms shall not be used for vertical formwork 203 ROUND TUBULAR FIBER FORMS A General Prefabricated round, one piece tubular fiber forms for exposed round cast in place concrete columns formed from multiple layers of high quality fiber spirally wound and laminated with non water sensitive adhesives B Finish Coated form producing visible vertical seam, Sonotube Plus or equal C Size(s) Diameter and lengths as required to produce finished columns of the size(s) shown on the Drawings D Approved Manufacturers 1 Sonotube as manufactured by Sonoco Products Company Hartsville SC (800) 532 8248, and represented locally by RW Specialties, Inc Henderson CO, (800) 332 6682 2 Manufacturers providing form materials of same type function quality and performance are acceptable 204 ACCESSORY MATERIALS Premolded Joint Fillers In joints caulked or sealed with silicone or thiokol based compound filler shalt be non bituminous non extruding conforming to ASTM D1752 In all other joints filler shall be bituminous type conforming to ASTM D1751 Filter shall be 1/2 thick unless otherwise Soapstone Natural Area 0743 07 03100 2 100% Construction Documents indicated 1 Non Bituminous Filler Sonoflex F by Sonneborne or equal B Premolded Fiberboard Joint Fillers (Bituminous Type) Preformed ngid cane fiberboard material impregnated with a durable asphaltic compound, conforming to AASHTO M213 Fillers shall be 1 /2 thick, unless otherwise indicated 1 Bituminous Filler Flexcelt by Celotex or approved equal C Bond Breaker Where shown on the Dravnngs or required by the work, provide minimum two (2) layers 15 lb non bituminous felt bond breaker D Column Isolation Joints Joints around columns may be formed with minimum 30# non bituminous building felt left in place with neatly trimmed top edge or approved joint fitter material E Keyways Provide nominal 1 1 /2 deep keyways in all construction joints in walls, slabs and joints between walls and slabs unless otherwise shown F Form Ties Provide factory fabricated break back removable, or snap type form ties designed to prevent spatting concrete surfaces on removal and which will leave no metal within 1/2 of concrete surface Use stainless steel plastic coated or hot dipped galvanized at exposed concrete with cone shaped tie heads manufactured by Dayton Gates, Heckman Richmond or approved equal G Release Agent Provide commercial formulated synthetic resin or oil type form coating compounds that will not bond with or adversely affect concrete surfaces and will not impair subsequent finish treatment of surfaces manufactured by Protex Pro Coat Euclid Eucoshp J Et P Tex Mastic or approved equal 1 Contractor shall ensure that release agent is compatible with the finish requirements of concrete to be exposed to view H Metal Inserts Provide adjustable wedge inserts of malleable cast iron complete with bolts nuts washers 3/4 bolt size unless otherwise shown, manufactured by Hohmann and Barnard Gateway Dayton or approved equal I Embedded Dovetail Anchor Slots and Anchors Refer to Section 03250 Concrete Accessories J Void Forms Provide moisture resistant treated paper faces biodegradable, structurally sufficient to support weight of wet concrete until initial set 6 thick x full width of concrete member 1 Walt Void by SureVoid or equal K Embedded Connector Plates or Sleeves Embedded plates sleeves or other accessory items as shown on the Drawings and as coordinated with the approved precast concrete shop drawings Plates connecting precast to cast in place concrete shall be furnished by the precast fabricator and installed by the Contractor L Embedded Plates Sleeves and Anchor Bolts Miscellaneous embedded items furnished by other Sections Refer to the appropnate Section(s) in these Specifications PART 3 EXECUTION 3 01 PREPARATION A Site preparation and compaction of existing and/or imported fill materials shall be in accordance with the requirements of the Soils Investigation Report and Section 02225 If the foundation structure design shown on the Drawings and/or specified will not strictly conform to this requirement advise Architect/Engineer before proceeding with work of this Section B Expansion Construction and Other Joints Properly layout work and make necessary preparations for construction of specified joints in cast in place concrete work 1 Take special care to provide joints to allow for removal of sections of concrete foundations walls or flatwork for future construction where shown on the Drawings C Ensure that connector plates sleeves dovetail anchor slots and other concrete accessones embedded in concrete are properly located aligned and secured prior to placing concrete Soapstone Natural Area 0743 07 03100 3 100% Construction Documents SECTION 00020 INVITATION TO BID Rev 10/20/07 Section 00020 Page 2 3 02 FABRICATION A Construct forms complying with ACI 347 to the exact sizes, shapes, lines and dimensions as shown on the Drawings and as required to obtain accurate alignment location grades, level and plumb work in finished structures Use selected material to obtain the required finishes Concrete tolerances shall be as specified in Section 03300 B Construct formwork to be readily removable without impact shock or damage to cast in place concrete surfaces and adjacent materials C Provide formwork sufficiently tight to prevent leakage of cement paste during concrete placement Solidly butt all joints and provide backup materials at joints as may be required to prevent leakage Ensure that formwork is property braced and tied D Provide openings informs as required to accommodate other work Accurately place and securely support all items required to be built into the forms Size and locations of openings recesses, chases and other built in items shall be obtained from the Contractor or the trades involved 3 03 PREPARATION OF FORM SURFACES A Prior to each use, coat contact surfaces of forms with release agent prior to placement of reinforcement in accordance with the manufacturers recommendations Do not allow excess coating material to accumulate in forms or to come into contact with concrete surfaces against which fresh concrete will be placed B Do not apply form release agent where concrete surfaces will receive special finishes or applied coverings which are affected by agent Refer to Section 03300 for required concrete finishes C Ensure that all debris and frost has been removed from forms before placing concrete D Clean repair and recoat surfaces of forms that are to be reused Split frayed delaminated or otherwise damaged form facing materials will not be acceptable E When forms are extended for successive concrete placement thoroughly clean surfaces remove fins and tighten forms to close all joints Align and secure all joints to avoid offsets F Place void form material to create a continuous void space under all grade beams omit directly above caissons or footings 304 ERECTION OF ROUND TUBULAR FIBER FORMS A General Erect brace and maintain prefabricated fiber forms in accordance with the manufacturers written instructions and recommendations B Provide fiber forms in continuous one piece lengths for all project applications C Ensure that cages of reinforcing steel have been properly fabricated and tied inspected and approved before installing fiber forms D Drop fiber forms over reinforcing steel cage either manually with block and tackle or by crane depending upon sizes and lengths E Take all necessary precautions to prevent damaging the interior surfaces of the forms F Brace fiber forms as recommended by the manufacturer and as required by job conditions before during and after concrete placement 3 05 SHORES AND SUPPORTS A Extend shoring from ground floor to underside of composite floor decking at upper level B Perform removal of shores in a planned sequence to avoid damage to partially cured concrete Locate and provide adequate reshonng to safely support the work until concrete has reached a 2 500 psi compressive strength Obtain approval from the Engineer for the proposed reshonng sequence Soapstone Natural Area 0743 07 03100 4 100% Construction Documents 3 06 REMOVAL OF FORMWORK A Formwork not supporting weight of concrete such as sides of grade beams walls and similar parts of work may be removed 48 hours after placing concrete providing concrete is sufficiently hard to not be damaged by removal operations and providing that curing and protection operations are maintained Refer to specific requirements for hot and cold weather concreting in Section 03300 B Formwork for beam soffits, slabs and other parts that support the weight of concrete shall remain in place at least 14 days and until concrete has reached its specified 28 day strength C Whenever formwork is removed during the curing period, cure exposed concrete as specified in Section 03300 D Prefabricated Fiber Forms Remove forms as soon as possible after concrete has set generally between 24 and 48 hours but not exceeding 5 days in strict accordance with the manufacturers written instructions and recommendations Take all necessary precautions not to mar concrete surfaces E Prefabricated Fiber Forms Forms for unexposed below grade piers need not be removed Trim excess form material flush with top of pier or finish grade for exterior locations F Contractor shall verify required tolerances specified in Section 03300 immediately after removal of forms G Carefully remove fins or other minor surface defects from concrete to remain exposed in the final construction, and leave surfaces prepared for sealers, paint, skim coats or other finishes Repair minor imperfections as specified in Section 03300 END OF SECTION Soapstone Natural Area 0743 07 03100 5 100% Construction Documents SECTION 03150 EXPANSION AND FIXED JOINTS PART 1 GENERAL 1 01 WORK INCLUDED Furnish and install open joints control joints steel joints, waterstops and isolation joints as shown on the Drawings Related work specified elsewhere 1 Section 03100 Concrete Formwork 2 Section 03250 Concrete Accessories Keyed construction joints 3 Section 03300, Cast in Place Concrete 4 Section 07900, Sealants and Joint Fillers 1 02 SUBMITTALS A Shop Drawing and Samples Prior to construction of the required joints the Contractor shall submit for approval by the Engineer samples of waterstops, joint fillers and joint sealers, and shop drawings for fabricated steel joints PART 2 PRODUCTS 201 MATERIALS A Premolded expansion joint filler strips shall conform to ASTM D1751 or ASTM D1752 B Expanded rubber joint filler shall conform to ASTM D1056 Grades RE43 to RE45 SBE43 to SBE45 of SCE43 to SCE45 adhesives shall be as recommended by the manufacturer C PVC and polyethylene joint fillers shall conform to ASTM D1667, Grades VE 43BL to Ve 45BL adhesives shall be as recommended by the manufacturer D Polysulfide sealer shall be a cold applied two component self leveling compound conforming to Federal Specification TT S 00227E E Hot poured joint sealer shall conform to the requirements of AASHTO M173 and shall be heated according to manufacturers recommendations F Steel Joints 1 Slots and inserts for anchoring mechanical items to concrete shall be galvanized steel of standard manufacture and subject to approval by the Engineer 2 Plates, angles and other structural shapes shall be galvanized steel conforming to ASTM A36 and shall be accurately shaped at the shop PART 3 EXECUTION 3 01 INSTALLATION General The joint materials shall be installed as indicated on the Drawings and shall be subject to the approval of the Engineer In no case shall the reinforcement corner protection angles or other fixed metal items, embedded in or bonded into the concrete be run continuously through an expansion joint 03150 1 Soapstone Natural Area 0743 07 100% Construction Documents unless shown on the Drawings B Open Joints 1 Open joints shall be constructed by the insertion and subsequent removal of wood strip metal plate or other approved material 2 The insertion and removal of the template shall be accomplished without chipping or breaking the corners of the concrete 3 Reinforcement shalt not extend across an open joint unless so specified on the Drawings 4 Edges of concrete adjacent to joints shall be finished to an approximate radius of 1 /8 or as shown on the Drawings C Control Joints (Expansion Joints) 1 Control joints shall be constructed as shown on the Drawings a Expansion joints between slabs on grade and vertical surfaces shall be premolded expansion joint filler strips b Unless otherwise noted expansion joint shall be 3/8 thick and the full depth of the slab 2 Premolded keyed fitter strips shall be used 3 When expanded rubber PVC or polyethylene filter is used, it shall be attached to the first places side of the joint with an adhesive and the concrete on the other side then shall be placed against the filler Other types of premolded filler shall not be attached by adhesives 4 Care shall be taken not to cause displacement or compression of the filler 5 A joint groove shall be formed 1 deep and 3/16 wide with a slightly tapered dressed and oiled wood strip tacked on top of the joint filter 6 After curing the wood strip shall be removed and the groove shall be sealed 7 Joints shall be free of cracked and spatted areas and their faces shall be free of all foreign matter curing compound oils greases and dirt 8 Cold applied sealer shalt be used in conjunction with PVC polyethylene and expanded rubber fitters Cold applied sealer shall not be used in conjunction with bituminous or asphaltic fillers 9 Cold applied seater shall not be placed directly on the filler but shall be prevented from bonding to the filler by a carefully placed strip of suitable material placed over the filler 10 Masking tape or other means shall be used to avoid spilling sealer onto adjacent concrete surfaces 11 Any excess seater on adjacent surfaces shalt be carefully cleaned off before the material has set and without damaging the material in the joint D Steel Joints 1 Positive methods shall be employed in placing the joints to keep them in correct position during the placing of the concrete so that opening at expansion joints shall be that designated on the Drawings at normal temperature, and care shall be taken to avoid impairment of the clearance in any manner 2 Unless otherwise shown on the Drawings normal temperature shall be considered as 600 F, and correction to this temperature shall be computed using a coefficient of expansion of 0 00000065 in per in per F E Isolation Joints 1 Isolation joints shall be installed where and in the manner shown on the Drawings 2 Their edges shall be truly vertical and shall completely isolate the affected item from vertical and horizontal motions of the surrounding structure 3 These joints shall be 2 wide and sealed with non meltable black mastic waterstop joint sealer END OF SECTION 03150 2 Soapstone Natural Area 0743 07 100% Construction Documents SECTION 03200 CONCRETE REINFORCING PART 1 GENERAL 1 01 WORK INCLUDED Furnish, bend and install all reinforcing bars welded wire fabric ties and supports Furnish and install fiber reinforcing materials Related work specified elsewhere i Section 01714 Construction Waste Management 2 Section 02220 Excavating Filling and Grading 3 Section 02225 Structural Excavation Backfilling and Compacting 4 Section 03100 Concrete Formwork 5 Section 03300 Cast in Place Concrete 6 Section 04220 Concrete Unit Masonry 1 02 QUALITY ASSURANCE Fabricate and place reinforcing steel in accordance with the latest edition of ACI 315 Manual of Standard Practice for Detailing Reinforced Concrete Structures , and as detailed on the Drawings Contractor Quality Assurance Program Refer to Section 03300 for requirements Reference Standards Comply with requirements of the following codes and standards, except as otherwise shown or specified 1 ACI 318 ACI Standard Building Code Requirements for Reinforced Concrete 2 ACI 315, Manual of Standard Practice for Detailing Reinforced Concrete Structures 3 ACI 301 72 Specifications for Structural Concrete for Buildings 4 CRSI Manual of Standard Practice 5 CRSI Recommended Practice for Placing Reinforcing Bars 6 CRSI Recommended Practice for Placing Bar Supports 7 AWS D12 1, Recommended Practices for Welding Reinforcing Steel Metal Inserts and Connections in Reinforced Concrete Construction 8 Applicable provisions of the codes referenced in Section 01060, or as adopted by any jurisdiction with authority over this Project Contractor shall obtain specific approval from the Architect/Engineer for the following items 1 Relocation of bars to an extent that causes placement tolerances to be violated 2 Bar chairs and spacers 3 Splices not shown on the Drawings and mechanical connectors 4 Bending of reinforcement embedded in hardened concrete 103 SUBMITTALS Shop Drawings Submit shop drawings for all reinforcing steel larger than #3 bars indicating bending and cutting preformed corners and intersections Comply with ACI 315 showing bar schedules stirrup or tie spacing, diagrams of bent bars, arrangement and assemblies as required for the fabrication and placement of concrete reinforcement Include all special reinforcement required and openings through concrete structures Show wall reinforcement on elevations drawn at a scale of not less than 1 /4 = 1 0 1 Shop drawing submittal may be waived for reinforcing bars small enough to be field bent if requested by Contractor in writing and approved by Architect/Engineer Architect/Engineer must observe reinforcement prior to concrete placement Soapstone Natural Area 0743 07 03200 1 100% Construction Documents 1 04 INSPECTION AND TESTING Notify the Owners testing and inspection agency and Architect/Engineer at least 48 hours in advance of closing of forms and/or placing concrete so that inspection of reinforcement in place can be made Do not cover any reinforcement with formwork or concrete until reinforcement has been checked and approval given to proceed with formwork and/or concreting operations Testing of reinforcing welds and splices will be as specified in Section 01410 1 05 DELIVERY STORAGE AND HANDLING A Deliver reinforcement to site in strongly tied bundles with metal tags corresponding to bar schedules and diagrams Store on the site free of rust scale oil or other coating Store bars off the ground and protect from moisture dirt oil or deleterious coatings 8 If concreting is delayed for any considerable period of time after reinforcement is in place it shall be protected by suitable covering C Protect exposed reinforcement intended for bonding with future extensions by suitable covering if applicable PART 2 PRODUCTS 201 REINFORCING MATERIALS A Bars ASTM A615 82 60 KSI grade, deformed billet steel bars plain finish as indicated on the Drawings Bars shall be free of scale or other bond reducing coatings B Ties stirrups and field bent bars k3 or smaller may be ASTM A615 40 KSI grade C Welded Wire Fabric ASTM A185 or A497 plain type in flat sheets plain finish, welded intersections in sizes as indicated on the Drawings Use of coiled rolls shall only be permitted when approved by the Structural Engineer D Steel Wire Provide plain cold drawn wire conforming to ASTM A82 E Fiber Reinforcing Collated, fibrillated polypropylene fiber Fiber Mesh I Fiber Mesh Inc Chattanooga, TN, or equal 2 02 ACCESSORY MATERIALS A Accessories shall be of suitable type conforming to ACI 315 and shall include spacers chairs tie bars support bars and all other devices for properly assembling, placing and supporting reinforcement weight of concrete and workmen without displacement of reinforcement Wood brick, block concrete chips and other non metallic devices are not acceptable B For concrete slab on grade use supports with sand plates or horizontal runners where wetted base materials will not support chair legs Concrete briquettes for support of reinforcement for slabs on grade shall be at least 2 wide x 3 long and of proper height C For exposed to view concrete surfaces where legs of supports are in contact with forms provide supports with legs which are hot dipped galvanized plastic protected or stainless steel protected D Wire Ties Wire for tying shall be annealed, cold drawn wire of at least 16 gage 2 03 FABRICATION Shop fabricate reinforcing bars to conform to the required shapes and dimensions with fabrication tolerance complying with ACI 315 Cold bend bars in a manner which will not injure material Straightening or rebending at site will not be permitted for bars over 40 KSI yield strength Where reinforcing bars are shown welded to structural steel bars are to be furnished by rebar supplier and welded in place by structural steel erector Soapstone Natural Area 0743 07 03200 2 100% Construction Documents PART 3 EXECUTION 301 PREPARATION A Site preparation and compaction of existing and/or imported fill materials shall be in accordance with the requirements of the Soils Investigation Report and Section 02225 If the foundation structure design shown on the Drawings and/or specified will not strictly conform to this requirement advise Architect/Engineer before proceeding with work of this Section 302 SPLICES A Splices not shown on the Drawings must be approved by the Architect/Engineer B Lapped splices shall be securely wired together Minimum laps shall be in accordance with requirements of ACI 318 and ACI 301 72 and as shown on the Drawings Offset vertical lap splices at least one bar diameter C Lapped splices for welded wire fabric shall be made so that overlap of outermost wires is not less than two (2) full mesh spaces Lace splices together with 16 gage wire 3 03 PLACING REINFORCING STEEL A Prior to placing into position thoroughly clean reinforcement of mill and excessive rust, scale, dust mud, oil, ice and all other deleterious coating which may destroy or reduce bond B All reinforcing shall be placed in accordance with the Drawings and the Manual of Standard Practice for Detailing Reinforced Concrete Structures ACI 315 ACI 301 and ACI 318 C Accurately place and support reinforcing steel with chairs, bar supports spacers or hangers as recommended by ACI detailing manual except in slab on grade work Support bars in slabs on grade and footings with approved accessories D Place reinforcing bars to a tolerance of +/ 1 /4 , except that minimum spacings between bars shall be to a tolerance of +/ 1 /4 Bars may be moved as necessary to avoid interference with other reinforcing steel conduit or embedded items The Architect/ Engineers approval must be obtained prior to moving bars under these circumstances E Securely anchor and tie reinforcing bars and dowels prior to placing concrete F Place reinforcement to obtain at least the minimum coverage for concrete protection shown on the Drawings and specified Do not place reinforcement with additional concrete cover unless expressly approved by the Structural Engineer G Install dowels before any concrete is placed Locate column dowels accurately with aid of template before concrete starts to set H Steel reinforcing bars shall run continuous through cold joints 304 PLACING WELDED WIRE FABRIC A Welded wire fabric shall be placed 2 below slab surface or as indicated on the Drawings and shall Lot be permitted to be placed on subgrade prior to concrete placement and hooked into position Reinforcement shall be fully supported at required elevation prior to concrete placement Use continuous chairs or support bars in structural slabs to maintain proper locations as shown on the Drawings B Install welded wire fabric using full sheets as large as possible Lap adjoining pieces as specified herein Offset end laps in adjacent widths to prevent continuous laps in either direction 1 If use of coiled rolls is approved unroll and allow rolls of welded wire fabric to relax prior to placement Soapstone Natural Area 0743 07 03200 3 100% Construction Documents 3 05 PLACING FIBER REINFORCING A Place fiber reinforcing in accordance with manufacturers written instructions and recommendations 1 1 1 /2 lbs per cu yd unless otherwise recommended by manufacturer PART 4 SCHEDULES 401 SCHEDULE OF REINFORCING MATERIALS A Reinforcing materials shall be placed in quantities sizes and spacing as shown on the Drawings and/or as scheduled herein 1 Reinforcing bars and welded wire fabric shall be installed where shown or scheduled on the Drawings 2 Fiber reinforcing shall be placed in all poured in place concrete flatwork including exterior concrete drives apron pavements and curb and gutter sections sidewalks etc regardless of whether these already are reinforced with steel or wire materials 3 Fiber reinforcing is not required in footings, foundation walls grade beams, piers and caissons END OF SECTION 03200 4 Soapstone Natural Area 0743 07 100% Construction Documents SECTION 03250 CONCRETE ACCESSORIES PART 1 GENERAL 1 01 WORK INCLUDED A Furnish cast in and surface mounted concrete accessories including regtets, dovetail anchors and anchor slots and flashings B Installation of same unless provided to others or arranged for otherwise C Related work specified elsewhere 1 Section 03100 Concrete Formwork 2 Section 03300 Cast in Place Concrete 3 Section 04220 Concrete Unit Masonry 4 Section 07900 Sealants and Joint Filters PART 2 PRODUCTS 2 01 CONCRETE ACCESSORIES Cast in Reglets 26 gage galvanized steel Type CO Concrete by Fry Regtet, Alhambra CA, or equal Type shall be as recommended by manufacturer for application Dovetail Embedded Anchors and Anchor Slots Prefabricated prefinished embedded metal anchor slot channels, 1 x 1 x 3/4 throat, minimum 22 gage hot dipped galvanized in continuous lengths unless otherwise approved 1 Provide with manufacturer s standard continuous polystyrene foam filler strip to keep slot channel clear of concrete and prevent collapse during pouring from hydraulic pressure 2 Dovetail Anchors 3 1/2 long x 1 1/2 wide flared end of 1 wide shank 16 gage hot dipped galvanized steel 3 Approved Manufacturers a Pro Slot by BoMetats Inc , Powder Springs GA (800) 862 4835 as the basis of design b Heckman Building Products, Chicago IL (773) 826 8564 c Hohmann and Barnard Inc Hauppauge NY, (800) 645 0616 d Manufacturers providing materials of same function and performance are acceptable Keyed Cold and Construction Joints Interlocking horizontal tongue and groove continuous keyways, 26 gage galvanized steel depth(s) as required for slab thickness Provide splice plates and other accessories by same manufacturer as required for complete installation 1 Keyed Kotd Joint component system by Burke Company San Mateo CA (800) 423 9140 or approved equal 2 Capping Material Provide manufacturers standard removable capping material to form voids to receive pourable sealants Refer to Section 07900 Expansion Joints Interior building expansion joint materials including exposed durable elastomer seals factory bonded to pretreated continuous 6063 T52 alloy aluminum retainers providing omm directional movement with a sealed monolithic surface at the joints Materials shall be compatible with minimum 2 building joints 1 Concealed Floor to Wall Joints Model ECFS 200 by Construction Specialties (C/5) Muncie PA (800) 521 2737 or approved equal Soapstone Natural Area 0743 07 03250 1 100% Construction Documents PART 3 EXECUTION 301 INSPECTION AND PREPARATION A Installer shall examine the lines and levels of all walls and floor slabs to receive the prefabricated joint materials specified in this Section, and notify the Contractor in writing of any condition that will prevent the successful installation or performance of the joint systems Do not commence work until such defects are corrected to the satisfaction of the Installer Beginning work shall be considered acceptance of substrates B Ensure that cast in concrete accessories are delivered to the site in a timely manner C Supply to appropnate Sections components required to be cast in or embedded in concrete or masonry complete with necessary setting templates D Ensure that concrete accessory components cast in or embedded by other Sections are properly located and installed 3 02 INSTALLATION A General Install all concrete accessories in accordance with manufacturers instructions and recommendations B Ensure concrete accessories are installed to provide required bond vnth concrete and/or masonry and prevent pullout or spatting of surfaces C Ensure expansion joints are installed to provide required tolerances for building movement both vertically and horizontally END OF SECTION Soapstone Natural Area 0743 07 03250 2 100% Construction Documents SECTION 00020 INVITATION TO BID Date August 14, 2008 Sealed Bids will be received by the City of Fort Collins (hereinafter referred to as OWNER), at the office of the Purchasing Division, 3 00 P M , our clock, on August 14, 2008, for the Soapstone Prairie Natural Area Shelters and Observatory, BID NO 6110 If delivered, they are to be delivered to 215 North Mason Street, 2"a Floor, Fort Collins, Colorado, 80524 If mailed, the mailing address is P 0 Box 580, Fort Collins, CO 80522-0580 At said place and time, and promptly thereafter, all Bids that have been duly received will be publicly opened and read aloud The Contract Documents provide for the construction of Bid 6110 Soapstone Prairie Natural Area Shelters and Observatory The contract documents provide for construction of natural area structures including an observatory, an entry station small and large picnic shelters, kiosks and associated paved trails and site work All Bids must be in accordance with the Contract Documents on file with The City of Fort Collins, 215 North Mason St , 2nd floor, Fort Collins, Colorado 80524 Contract Documents will be available July 24, 2008 A prebid conference and job walk With representatives of prospective Bidders will be held at 10 00 a m , on August 6, 2008, at 215 North Mason, Conference Room 1A, Fort Collins Prospective Bidders are invited to present their questions relative to this Bid proposal at this meeting The Contract Documents and Construction Drawings may be examined online at • www_fcgcv com/eprocurement Bids will be received as set forth in the Bidding Documents The Work is expected to be commenced within the time as required by Section 2 3 of General Conditions Substantial Completion of the Work is required as specified in the Agreement The successful Bidder will be required to furnish a Performance Bond and a Payment Bond guaranteeing faithful performance and the payment Bev 10/20/07 Section 00020 Page 1 SECTION 03300 CAST IN PLACE CONCRETE PART 1 GENERAL 1 01 WORK INCLUDED A Furnish and install cast in place concrete for footings, foundations, piers caissons retaining walls slabs on grade and any other concrete work required but not itemized B Furnish and install cast in place concrete for exposed architectural columns using prefabricatec fiber forms specified in Section 03100 C Furnish and install stained interior and/or exterior cast in place concrete slabs on grade where specifically shown on the Drawings D Furnish and place granular sub base under slabs on grade E Furnish and install colored concrete slabs on grade, where specifically shown on the Drawings using forms specified in Section 03100 F Furnish and install cast in place concrete curb and gutter sections, valley pans catch basins exterior concrete flatwork and other site concrete work unless furnished and installed by Section 02515 G Finishing and application of integral surfacing as scheduled, curing and seating of slabs H Furnishing and placing joint materials I Furnish and install cast in concrete accessories, unless arranged for otherwise J Apply sandblast finish to exposed concrete surfaces where specified K Related work specified elsewhere 1 Section 01410 Testing 2 Section 01714 Construction Waste Management 3 Section 02220, Excavating Filling and Grading 4 Section 02225 Structural Excavation Backfilling and Compacting 5 Section 02230 Drilled Piers 6 Section 02515 Portland Cement Concrete Paving 7 Section 03100, Concrete Formwork 8 Section 03200, Concrete Reinforcement 9 Section 03250 Concrete Accessories 10 Section 05120, Structural Steel 11 Section 06100 Rough Carpentry 12 Section 07150 Dampproofing 13 Section 07210 Thermal Building Insulation 14 Section 07215, Foundation Insulation 15 Section 07900, Sealants and Joint Fillers 1 02 QUALITY ASSURANCE A Reference Standards Except as modified or supplemented in these Specifications structural concrete shall meet the requirements of the following standards Refer to the standards for detailed requirements 1 ACI 301 Specification for Structural Concrete for Buildings 2 ACI 347 Recommended Practice for Concrete Formwork 3 ACI 318 Building Code Requirements for Reinforcing Concrete 4 ACI 304 Recommended Practice for Measuring, Mixing, Transporting and Placing Concrete 5 ACI 305 Recommended Practice for Hot Weather Concreting 03300 1 Soapstone Natural Area 0743 07 100% Construction Documents 6 ACI 306 Recommended Practice for Cold Weather Concreting 7 ASTM C94 Standard Specification for Ready Mixed Concrete 8 ASTM C33 Standard Specification for Concrete Aggregates 9 ASTM C150 Standard Specification for Portland Cement 10 ASTM C260, Standard Specification for Air Entraining Admixtures for Concrete 11 ASTM C494 Standard Specification for Chemical Admixtures for Concrete 12 ASTM C618, Standard Specification for Fly Ash and Raw or Calcined Natural Poaolan for Use as a Mineral Admixture in Portland Cement Concrete 13 Applicable provisions of the codes referenced in Section 01060 or as adopted by any jurisdiction with authority over this Project B Contractor Quality Assurance Program Contractor shall have in place a quality assurance program to monitor the composition of the ready mixed concrete provided for this project The quality assurance program shall detail 1 Quality and types of aggregates, cement, mineral admixtures chemical admixtures and water 2 Batching of these materials including properties of the batched mix(es) 3 Delivery and placement requirements for the batched mix(es) 4 Regular contractor monitoring and testing of batched materials C Contractor shall maintain a copy of ACI SP 15 72 Field Reference Manual in the field office at all times D Contractor shall employ an experienced and competent foreman for all concrete work The foreman shall be thoroughly familiar with all phases of concrete construction including formwork Upon request submit records of qualifications and experience of the foreman to the Architect E Stained Concrete Stains and sealers specified for areas of interior and/or exterior concrete flatwork shall be applied by a manufacturer licensed or approved Contractor, who shall provide a foreman or supervisor who has completed at least three similar installations of high quality All work shall comply with the current specifications and quality standards of the manufacturer F All concrete work which does not conform to specified requirements including strength tolerances and finishes shall be corrected or removed and replaced as directed by the Architect/ Engineer, at the Contractors expense The Contractor shall also be responsible for the cost of corrections to any other work affected by or resulting from correction to concrete work and for any additional testing of work in place which may be required 103 SUBMITTALS A Mix Design Submit proposed mix design(s) in accordance with ACI 301 for approval by the Architect/Engineer Submit written design mix reports for each class of concrete at least fifteen (15) days prior to start of work Include the following in each report 1 Project identification 2 Concrete class 3 Specified properties for concrete 4 Source of concrete aggregate and cement 5 Cement type and brand 6 Manufacturer and brand name of admixtures 7 Proportions of concrete mixed per cubic yard 8 Required strength qualification data for each property specified for design mix in accordance with ACI301 9 Unit weight i Product Data Submit manufacturers product data with application and installation instructions for proprietary materials and items including reinforcement and forming accessories admixtures, patching compounds joint systems color additives and concrete stains sealers hardener and finishing compounds Soapstone Natural Area 0743 07 03300 2 100% Construction Documents C Contractor Quality Assurance Program Submit for review by the Architect/Engineer in accordance with paragraph 1 02 B D Certificates i Sieve analysis of fine and coarse aggregates 2 Certification of appropriate use for hardening and seating products as specified in paragraph 2 05 E Contractor shall retain for Architect/Engineer s review if requested all delivery tickets for each load delivered to the site Tickets shall show truck number concrete strength, cement brand and type cement content water content (also expressed as water/cement ratio) amount of course aggregate and fine aggregate name and amount of admixture number of yards delivered time of arnvat at site and mixing time 1 04 INSPECTION A Provide free access for the Architect/Engineer to locations where concrete materials are stored proportioned or mixed Do not place concrete until forming and reinforcing for a given pour has been approved by the Architect/Engineer B Provide minimum 48 hours advance notice for inspection to the Architect/Engineer, but ensure that forming and reinforcing are substantially complete at the time of notification 105 TESTING A Inspection and testing of concrete mix will be performed by an independent testing agent approved by the Architect Testing fees shall be paid as specified in the General and Supplementary Conditions B Provide free access to work and cooperate with the appointed firm C Submit proposed concrete mix design to the inspection and testing firm for review prior to commencement of work D Field Quality Control Testing Perform sampling and testing for field quality control during the placement of concrete, as follows 1 Sampling Fresh Concrete ASTM C172, except modified for slump to comply with ASTM C94 2 Slump ASTM C143, one (1) test for each set of compressive strength test specimens 3 Air Content ASTM C231, pressure method, one (1) test each set of compressive test specimens, or when the indication of change requires 4 Compression Test Specimens ASTM C31, one (1) set of four (4) standard cylinders for each compressive strength test unless otherwise directed 5 Cast and store cylinders for laboratory cured test specimens and field cured test specimens as specified in ASTM C31 Compressive Strength Tests 1 ASTM C39 One (1) set for each 50 cu yds or fraction thereof of each mix design placed in any one day or for each 5,000 sq ft of surface area placed one (1) specimen tested at seven (7) days two (2) specimens tested at 28 days and one (1) specimen retained in reserve for later testing if required 2 When the frequency of testing will provide less than three (3) strength tests for a given mix design, conduct testing from at least five (5) randomly selected batches or from each batch if fewer than three (3) are used 3 Report test results in writing to the Owner Architect Structural Engineer Contractor and ready mix supplier on the same day that tests are made Reports of compressive strength tests shall contain the project identification name and number date of concrete placement the name of contractor name of the concrete supplier and truck number name of the concrete testing service concrete type and class location of concrete batch in the structure design compressive strength at 28 days concrete mix proportions and Soapstone Natural Area 0743 07 03300 3 100% Construction Documents materials, compressive breaking strength and type of break for both 7 day tests and 28 day tests 4 The testing agency will make additional tests of in place concrete when test results indicate the specified concrete strengths and characteristics have not been attained in the structure, as directed by the Architect/Engineer The testing agency shall conduct tests to determine the strength and other characteristics of the in place concrete by compression tests on cored cylinders complying with ASTM C42, by load testing specified to ACI 318 or other acceptable non destructive testing methods, as directed The Contractor shall pay for this additional testing F Slump Test One (1) slump test will be taken for each set of test cylinders taken G Air Entrainment Test One (1) air entrainment test will be taken for each set of test cylinders taken H Test hourly when air temperature is 400 F and below and when 80 F and above and each time a set of compression test specimens are made 1 06 EVALUATION OF QUALITY CONTROL TESTING A Do not use concrete delivered to the final point of placement which has slump or total air content outside the specified values B Compressive strength tests for laboratory cured cylinders will be considered satisfactory if the averages of all sets of three (3) consecutive compressive strength tests results equal or exceed the 28 day design compressive strength of the type or class of concrete and no individual strength test falls below the required compressive strength by more than 500 psi C If the compressive strength tests fait to meet the minimum requirements specified the concrete represented by such tests will be considered deficient in strength and subject to additional testing as herein specified or removal and replacement of the concrete which the test represents 1 07 PRODUCT DELIVERY STORAGE AND HANDLING A Store cement in watertight enclosures and protect against dampness contamination and warehouse set B Stockpile aggregates to prevent excessive segregation or contamination with other materials or other sizes of aggregates Use only one (1) supply source for each aggregate stockpile C Store admixtures to prevent contamination, evaporation or damage Protect liquid admixtures from freezing or harmful temperature ranges D Allow a maximum of 90 minutes between the time water is added and the time the concrete is completely placed 1 08 ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS A Environmental Requirements Do not place concrete during ram sleet or snow unless adequate protection is provided Do not allow rainwater to increase the mixing water or damage the surface finish Cold Weather Concreting 1 Refer to ACI 306 Recommended Practice for Cold Weather Concreting 2 Temperature of concrete when placed shall not be less than the following Air Temp Degrees F 30 to 45 0 to 30 Below 0 Soapstone Natural Area 0743 07 100% Construction Documents Minimum Concrete Temp Degrees F Section with Least Dimension Under12 12 and Over 60 50 65 55 70 60 03300 4 3 When placed heated concrete shall not be warmer than 80 F 4 Prior to placing concrete all ice snow, surface and subsurface frost shall be removed and the temperature of the surfaces to be in contact with the new concrete shall be raised above 350 F 5 Protect the concrete from freezing during specified curing period 6 Heated enclosures shall be strong and windproof to ensure adequate protection of comers edges and thin sections Do not permit heating units to locally heat or dry the concrete Do not use combustion heaters during the first 24 hours unless the concrete is protected from exposure to exhaust gases which contain carbon dioxide Hot Weather Concreting 1 Refer to ACI 305 Recommended Practice for Hot Weather Concreting 2 Take precautions when the ambient air temperature is 900 F or above Temperature of concrete when placed shall not exceed 850 F 3 Cool forms and reinforcing to a maximum of 900 F by spraying with water prior to placing concrete 4 Do not use cement that has reached a temperature of 2700 F or more 5 Do not place concrete when the evaporation rate (actual or anticipated) equals or exceeds 0 20 pounds per sq ft per hour 6 Approved set retarding and water reducing admixtures may be used with the Archi tect/Engineers approval when ambient air temperature is 90 F or above to offset the accelerating effects of high temperatures 109 WARRANTIES Provide Installer s written warranty covering defects in materials and workmanship and subgrade failure for a period of one (1) year from final acceptance Owners Representative shall determine needs for repairs or replacement and his/her decision shall be final and obligatory upon the Contractor PART 2 PRODUCTS 201 CONCRETE MATERIALS A Portland Cement ASTM C150, Type II Use only one (1) brand of cement in any individual structure Fine Aggregate Clean sharp, natural sand conforming to ASTM C33 Coarse Aggregate for Normal Weight Concrete Clean strong crushed gravel or stone conforming to ASTM C33 Gradation shall be as specified under concrete mixes Water Clean fresh potable supply free from oil acid alkali organic materials or other deleterious substances Admixtures Use only when specified or approved by the Architect/Engineer 1 Air Entraining Agent ASTMC260 manufactured by Master Builders MBVR SikaAER Grace Darex AEA Protex or equal 2 Non Chloride Accelerator ASTM C494 Type C or E 3 Retarder ASTM C494 Type 8 or D 4 Water Reducer ASTM C494, Type A, manufactured by Master Builders Pozzo Lith Grace WRDA, Protex PDA 25XL Sika Plastocrete or equal 5 Fly Ash ASTM C618 Class C or F 6 Calcium chloride or admixtures containing calcium chloride are specifically prohibited 7 Color Additive To be selected by the Architect from manufacturers full line of color(s) Davis Color or equal Provide colored concrete where shown or scheduled on the Drawings 8 Fiber Reinforcing Refer to Section 03200 and paragraph 3 02 of this Section 03300 5 Soapstone Natural Area 0743 07 100% Construction Documents 202 NON SHRINK GROUT A Provide premixed factory packaged non shrink, non metallic grouting compounds specified in Section 05120 2 03 CONCRETE BONDING AGENTS A Provide an aqueous phase, film forming freeze thaw resistant compound suitable for brush or spray application, complying with Military Specification MIL B 19235 1 Chem Master Polyweld, Grace Daraweld PBA Larson Weldcrete Euclid Eucoweld Protex Proweld D, or equal B Provide a two component all purpose epoxy bonding agent for structural repair or corrections i Protex Probond ET 150 Sika Colma Dur or equal 2 04 SMOOTHING AND RESURFACING COATING A General A blend of white and gray Portland cement, dry polymers and aggregates providing a smooth textured patching material for thin, vertical surface repairs and coating applications Product shall not contain gypsum B Compressive Strength 800 psi at 1 day 3 000 psi at 7 days 4 000 psi at 28 days C Adhesion Polymer modified for increased adhesion D Color To match concrete E Approved Manufacturers 1 3 2 1 by U S Spec Denver CO (303) 778 7227 2 Manufacturers providing materials of same function, quality appearance and performance are acceptable 205 CONCRETE ACCESSORIES Expansion and Isolation Joint Fillers Refer to Section 03100 Grade Beam Void Forms Cardboard type, sizes as indicated on the Drawings, specified in Section 03100 Miscellaneous Cast in Place Accessories Refer to Section 03250 Fiber Reinforcing Polypropylene fiber reinforcing specified in Section 03200 2 06 CONCRETE CURING MATERIALS A Provide moisture retaining cover of waterproof sheet materials complying with ASTM C171 Type I or Type II polyethylene sheeting complying with AASHO M 171 polyethylene coated burlap or Provide membrane forming curing compound conforming to ASTM C309 Type I specified below Where used curing compound must be compatible with applied finishes Refer to Section 09800 Special Coatings for specific requirements for curing of cast in place concrete slabs to receive roll on floor finish 207 HARDENING SEALING AND FINISH MATERIALS (Edit) A General Apply all hardening sealing and finishing treatments in accordance with manufacturers recommendations Refer to the schedule below for applications Supplier/Installer of slab finish materials shall certify that materials specified and/or furnished for this project are appropriate for Soapstone Natural Area 0743 07 03300 6 100% Construction Documents use in the specified applications, for the following criteria 1 Compatibility of finish material with concrete mix specified 2 Compatibility of finish material with type and degree of weather exposure 3 Compatibility of finish material with expected use of space 4 Compatibility of finish material with expected exposure to chemical acid oil fat or other deleterious material B Liquid Acrylic Based Curing Sealing and Dustproofing Kure N Seal by Sonneborne or equal C Liquid Water Based Curing, Sealing and Dustproofing Kure N Seal W by Sonneborne or equal 1 Color Clear D Liquid Chemical Hardener Lapidolith by Sonneborne or equal 1 Color White or gray as scheduled E Chemically Reactive Stain and Sealer Lithochrome Chemstain and Cementone Clear Sealer by L M Scofield Company as the basis of design No substitutions will be allowed without the Architects approval prior to bid 1 Colors Not more than three (3) colors to be chosen by the Architect from the manufacturer s full line of colors 2 Joint Sealant for Stained Concrete Flatwork Lithoseal Trafficalk 3G by L M Scofield Company no substitutions without the Architect s approval prior to bid Refer to Section 07900 for additional sealant requirements for concrete without a chemically reactive stain finish F Liquid Silicate Based Chemical Curing Hardening and Dustproofing Sonosil by Sonneborne or equal 1 Color Clear G Sealing and Dustproofing Son No Mar by Sonneborne or equal 1 Color Gray H Polyurethane Dustproofer and Sealer Sonothane by Sonneborne or equal (Not suitable where exposed to sunlight) I Pigments for Integrally Colored Concrete 1 Materials Pigments shall contain pure concentrated mineral pigments especially processed for mixing into concrete and complying with ASTM C979 2 Packaging If pigments are to be added to mix onsite furnish pigments in premeasured Mix Ready disintegrating bags to minimize 3obsite waste 3 Colors Concrete mix shall contain the dosage rate of pigments indicated in this Section Dosage rate shall be based on weight of Portland cement fly ash silica fume time and other cementitious materials but not aggregate or sand Color to be Yosemite Brown 4 Manufacturers a Davis Colors (213) 269 7311 b Substitutions Comply with Section 01600 for substitution request procedures Waterproofing Membrane Refer to Section 07130 l Approved Manufacturers 1 Sonneborn Building Products Minneapolis MN (612) 835 3434 2 Thoro System Products, Miami FL and represented locally by The Rio Grande Co Denver CO (303) 825 2211 3 L M Scofield Company Los Angeles CA (800) 800 9900, represented locally by Conrep West Englewood CO (303) 740 7787 4 Manufacturers providing materials of same function quality appearance and performance are acceptable except as limited above 208 UNDER SLAB MATERIALS Granular Sub Base Compacted Class 5 roadbase as shown on the Drawings or as required by the Soils Report Soapstone Natural Area 0743 07 03300 7 100% Construction Documents PART 3 EXECUTION 301 PREPARATION AND COORDINATION A Notify any trades that may have items to be recessed or embedded in concrete, or that may require openings in concrete of placing schedule Coordinate work to avoid cutting of concrete and to avoid delays in the work This work may include but is not limited to 1 Concrete reinforcing specified in Section 03200 2 Concrete accessories specified in Section 03250 3 Structural steel specified in Section 05120 4 Pipe and tube railings specified in Section 05521 5 Inlaid artwork furnished by others B Surfaces shall be true to line and grade and free from loose earth frost, ice, mud and standing or running water Protect bottom of excavation against freezing Do not deposit concrete against frozen ground C Make all preparations required for protection of concrete during placing and curing under detrimental weather conditions D Notify the Architect/Engineer at least 48 hours prior to placing of any concrete Do not deposit any concrete before the Architect/Engineer has observed reinforcement and other work in place and given permission to proceed Such inspection and permission to proceed shall in noway relieve the Contractor of full responsibility for proper placement of reinforcement and placing of concrete and of responsibility for adherence to other requirements of the Construction Documents E Form and install concrete work in accordance with ACI 301 except as amended by this Section Concrete formwork shall be as specified in Section 03100 F Site preparation and compaction of existing and/or imported fill materials shall be in accordance with the requirements of the Soils Investigation Report and Section 02225 If the foundation structure design shown on the Drawings and/or specified will not strictly conform to this requirement advise the Architect/Engineer before proceeding with work of this Section G Ensure that form inserts for all exposed edges and corners requiring chamfers are properly placed as specified in Section 03100 H Ensure that sleeves and other site items to be installed under concrete work are properly located and installed as specified in other Sections I Smoothing and Resurfacing Coating All surfaces in contact with coating shall be free of dirt oil grease, lartance and other contaminants J Stained Concrete Slab on Grade Do not schedule staining and seating of concrete flatwork until areas to be stained are completed or protected to the satisfaction of the Applicator Ensure that slabs on grade have been properly cured in accordance with the manufacturer s requirements prior to application of stains K Pigmented Integrally Colored Concrete Do not begin concrete work until all operations are complete enough to allow placement to be carried on as a continuous operation for the entire section that is to be placed 3 02 DESIGN MIXES Concrete mixes shall be as itemized on the Drawings or specified herein for specific locations Concrete which does not meet the minimum requirements for strength at 28 days shalt be reviewed and is subject to removal at the option of the Architect/Engineer Proportion normal weight concrete in accordance with ACI 211 1 Concrete for all parts of the work shall be of the specified quality capable of being placed without excessive segregation and, when hardened of developing all characteristics required by these Specifications and the Contract Documents Proportion ingredients to produce a mixture which will work readily into the corners and angles of the forms and around reinforcements by the methods of placing and consolidation employed on the work Soapstone Natural Area 0743 07 03300 8 100% Construction Documents D Design mixes shall be made and reported by an approved testing laboratory for each class of concrete, at the Contractors expense E Design mixes shall contain all admixtures required by these specifications and/or proposed by the Contractor to be used in concrete F Proportion concrete design mixes so that compressive strength of laboratory cured cylinders will be at least 15% greater than minimum specified strength Refer to paragraph 1 05 for testing requirements G Concrete Mixes 1 Class I For piers and caissons 3 500 psi (minimum), 5 5 sacks of Type II cement/cubic yard (minimum) maximum aggregate size 3/4 3 to 5 slump Air entrained 5% to 7% No fly ash substitution 2 Class II For foundation walls and grade beams, 3,000 psi (minimum) 5 5 sacks of Type I cement/cubic yard (minimum) maximum aggregate size 3/4 2 to 4 slump, air entrained 5% to 7% 3 Class III For interior slabs 4 000 psi (minimum), 5 5 sacks of Type I cement/cubic yard (minimum), 3 to 4 slump air entrained 4% to 6%, fibermesh 4 Class IV For extenor flatwork 4 000 psi (minimum), 6 0 sacks of Type II Portland cement/cubic yard, 3 to 4 slump 5% to 7% air entrainment fibermesh Add selected color additive where shown on the Drawings 5 Class VI For architectural fiber formed columns 4,500 psi (minimum) 6 0 sacks of Type II Portland cement/cubic yard 3 to 4 slump 5% to 7% air entrainment fibermesh Add color additive where shown on the Drawings 6 Class VII For exterior curbs, gutters concrete pavements and sitework Conform to City of Fort Collins engineering standards unless otherwise directed by the Owner or Engineer Refer to Section 02515 7 Except as excluded fly ash may be substituted for Portland cement to a maximum of 15% maximum where exposed in the final structure If used no further cement reduction due to use of water reducing agent will be allowed 3 03 CONCRETE BATCHING AND MIXING A Ready mixed batch plant equipment and facilities must comply with the requirements of ACI 614 and ASTM C94 The plant must have sufficient capacity to produce and deliver concrete of specified qualities in quantities required to meet the construction schedule B Site mixed concrete will not be permitted Measure, mix and deliver concrete in accordance with ASTM C94 except as specified herein C All concrete not placed within 90 minutes of initial contact of cement and water shall be rejected D Indiscriminate addition of water to increase slump is prohibited Obtain the Architect/Engineers approval for any addition of water Do not exceed the maximum permissible water/cement ratio or maximum slump under any circumstances 304 PREPARATION OF INSERTS EMBEDDED ITEMS AND OPENINGS A Provide formed openings where required for pipes conduits, sleeves and other work to be embedded in and passing through concrete members B Coordinate work of other Sections and cooperate with trades involved in forming and setting openings slots, recesses chases sleeves bolts anchors and other inserts C Accurately position and securely fasten all anchor bolts castings, steel shapes conduit sleeves masonry anchorages and other materials to be embedded in the concrete D Install conduits between reinforcing steel in walls or slabs wrth reinforcing in both faces and below reinforcing in slabs with only one (1) layer of reinforcing steel Soapstone Natural Area 0743 07 03300 9 100% Construction Documents Embedments shall be clean when installed Remove concrete spatter from all surfaces not in contact with concrete 3 05 PLACING UNDER SLAB MATERIALS A Sub Base Place a minimum of 4 (200mm) of compacted Class 5 roadbase over compacted sub base level and compact thoroughly, unless otherwise shown on the Drawings 3 06 PLACING CONCRETE A Transit mixed concrete shall be truck mixed in accordance with Specification for Ready Mixed Concrete ASTM C94 67 B Concrete shall have a temperature of 70° F+/ 200 F at the time of placing unless prior permission has been granted in writing by the Architect/Engineer to exceed these tolerances C Transport the concrete from mixer to final position as rapidly as practical without segregation contamination or loss of material Maximum not to exceed from introduction of water to placement of concrete is 90 minutes Place concrete in forms with drop chutes baffles or other methods which will prevent segregation Comply with the requirements of ACI 614 1 Contractor shall assess the placement requirements of the site construction staging and other factors, and provide concrete pumping equipment for concrete placement as may be necessary at no additional cost to the Owner D Concrete foundation structures shall be placed on undisturbed, clean surfaces free from frost ice mud standing or running water E Ensure that hardened concrete wood chips shavings and other debris have been removed from the interior of the forms and all hardened concrete and foreign materials have been removed from the inner surfaces of the mixing and conveying equipment Forms shall be wetted oiled or treated with an approved form coating material prior to placing concrete Reinforcement shall be cleaned secured in position inspected and approved by the Architect/Engineer before starting the pouring of concrete F Concrete shall be deposited in the forms as nearly as practical in its final position so as to avoid rehandling Special care shalt be exercised to prevent splashing the forms or reinforcement with concrete in advance of pouring G Place concrete in horizontal layers not more than 24 thick unless otherwise required by specific conditions of the work, i e round, tubular fiber formed columns Place successive layers at such speed so that the preceding layer is still plastic H Immediately after depositing the concrete shall be compacted to force out all air pockets working the mixture into corners around reinforcement and inserts to prevent the formation of voids Consolidate concrete by vibration spading or rocking Do not over vibrate or use vibrators to transport concrete Insert and withdraw vibrators vertically at uniformly spaced locations not farther apart than the visible effectiveness of the machine Do not insert vibrators into lower layers of concrete that have begun to set 1 Mechanical vibrators need not be used for thrust restraints 2 When vibrating is not practical concrete shall be consolidated and all faces well spaced by continuous working with a suitable tool in a manner acceptable to the Architect/Engineer 3 07 FINISHING FORMED SURFACES Complete finishing operation within 24 hours after stripping forms Patch repairable defective areas immediately after form removal Subgrade Surfaces Rough form finish is acceptable on all subgrade surfaces except as indicated otherwise Patch all defective areas Exposed Surfaces Provide smooth rubbed finish on any formed surfaces exposed to view including but not limited to the following Soapstone Natural Area 0743 07 03300 10 100% Construction Documents of all bills and obligations arising from the performance of the Contract No Bid may be withdrawn within a period of forty-five (45) days after the date fixed for opening Bids The OWNER reserves the right to reiect any and all Bids, and to waive any informalities and irregularities therein Bid security in the amount of not less than 5% of the total Bid must accompany each Bid in the form specified in the Instructions to Bidders Sales Prohibited/Conflict of Interest No officer, employee, or member of City Council, shall have a financial interest in the sale to the City of any real or personal property, equipment, material, supplies or services where such officer or employee exercises directly or indirectly any decision -making authority concerning such sale or any supervisory authority over the services to be rendered This rule also applies to subcontracts with the City Soliciting or accepting any gift, gratuity favor, entertainment kickback or any items of monetary value from any person who has or is seeking to do business with the City of Fort Collins is prohibited City of Fort Collins M James B O'Neill, II, CPPO, FNIGP Purchasing & Risk Management Director Rev 10/20/07 Section 00020 Page 2 I Foundation walls with 12 or more of exposed vertical surface shall receive rubbed finish 2 Retaining walls and foundation walls at loading dock Strip forms white concrete is still green and steel trowel surfaces to a dense hard finish with corners, intersections and terminations chamfered 1 /2 and smooth 1 Repair and patch all tie holes and defects with mortar Remove all fins and projections 2 Tops of walls horizontal offsets and similar unformed surfaces adjacent to formed surfaces shall be struck smooth after concrete is placed and floated to a texture consistent to that of formed surfaces Final treatment of formed surfaces shall continue uniformly across unformed surfaces 3 Strike chamfered edges and corners of exposed concrete clean, straight and true to line Honeycombing or spillage through forms shall be repaired or replaced as specified below in this section Sandblast Finish All exposed exterior surfaces of cast in place walls retaining walls and columns where indicated on the Dravnngs shall receive medium sandblasted finish i Sandblasting shall be performed using fine gram sand 2 Sandblasting depth shall be minimum 3/32 and maximum 5/32 3 After sandblasting is complete, clean sandblasted surfaces removing sand particles loose concrete particles and other foreign debris 4 Sandblasting shall be approved prior to application of stains or other finishes where shown on the Drawings or specified herein 308 INSTALLATION OF JOINTS A Joint Materials Refer to Section 03100 Concrete Formwork and paragraph 2 05 of this Section B General Locate and install construction joints which are not shown on the Drawings so as not to impair the strength and appearance of the structure In general locate near the middle of the span of slabs beams and grade beams unless a beam intersects a girder at this point Obtain the Architect/Engineers approval for joint locations C Pour floor slabs in pattern indicated on the Drawings Form control joints and place expansion joints as indicated on the Dravnngs but in no case exceed the following requirements i Control joints shall be spaced at 15 0 maximum intervals each way so as not to encompass an area to exceed 225 sq ft or other spacing and pattern(s) as shown on the Drawings or as required by the Soils Report 2 Place control joints at internal corners columns or other points of natural weakness 3 Refer to Section 03365 for restrictions on joints in post tensioned concrete stabs D Before depositing new concrete remove all laitance and loose aggregates immediately before placing fresh concrete Dampen but do not saturate the joint surface At slabs and beams apply a neat cement grout E Expansion or Isolation Joints Where expansion joints are indicated on the Drawings place filler strips to within 1 /2 of finished surface Joint recess shall be formed with a separate removable filler section to provide a clean true recess to receive sealant as specified in Section 07900 F Interior Construction and Control Joints Keyed construction joints shall be formed with prefabricated joint materials and shall adhere to the control joint pattern shown 1 Refer to the Drawngs for special control joint patterns G Bond Breaker Where shown on the Drawings, provide minimum two (2) layers 15# non bituminous felt bond breaker between interior or exterior slabs on grade and vertical wall surfaces H Column Isolation Joints Joints around columns may be formed with minimum 30# non bituminous building felt left in place with neatly trimmed top edge or approved joint filler material I Exterior Stab, Curb and Gutter Control Joints Tool or saw joints to a depth of one fourth (1 /4) the thickness of the slab where indicated on the plans Refer to Section 02515 for joint spacing in concrete curb and gutter sidewalk and exterior flatwork sections Soapstone Natural Area 0743 07 03300 11 100% Construction Documents 3 09 FINISHING FLATWORK A General Verify all flatwork finishes with the Architect in the field prior to proceeding with this work B Float Finish Apply float finish to monolithic slab surfaces that are to receive trowel finish and other finishes as hereinafter specified After screeding and consolidating concrete slabs do not work surface until ready for floating Begin floating when surface water has disappeared or when concrete has stiffened sufficiently to permit operation of power driven floats, or both Consolidate surface with power driven floats or by hand floating if area is small or inaccessible to power units Check and level surface plane to required tolerance Cut down high spots and fill low spots Uniformly slope surfaces to drams Immediately after leveling refloat surface to a uniform smooth granular texture Trowel Finish Apply trowel finish to monolithic slab surfaces that are to be exposed to view unless otherwise shown and slab surfaces that are to be covered with resilient flooring, paint or other thin film finish coating system After floating, begin first trowel finish operation using a power driven trowel Begin final troweling when the surface produces a ringing sound as the trowel is moved over the surface Consolidate the concrete surface by final hand troweling operation, free of trowel marks uniform in texture and appearance with a surface plane tolerance not exceeding 1 /8 in 10 when tested with a 10 straightedge Gnnd smooth surface defects which would telegraph through applied floor coverings system Non Shp Broom Finish After completion of floated finish, draw a broom or a burlap belt transversely across the surface perpendicular to the main traffic route Use broom finish after floating for surfaces to receive topping or cementious finishes Coordinate final texture with the Architect prior to application Slab Finish Schedule 1 Interior Floor Slabs Medium broom finish 2 Exterior Sidewalks, Slabs and Ramps Non slip heavy broom finish Finishing Slabs at Floor Drains Hold elevation of concrete slabs on grade around floor drams level to within 16 around each dram location then shape surface to elevation of drains as shown on the Drawings Refer to the Drawings for special sloped areas of concrete slabs on grade to floor or trench drains 3 10 TOLERANCES A Maintain the following tolerances for all cast in place concrete work Defective work shall be removed and replaced at the Contractors expense i Variation from Plumb 0 10 1/4 maximum b 20 or more 3/8 maximum Variation in Thickness 1/4 to 1/2 standard, 5% for footings Variation in Grade a 010 1/4 standard 1 /8 for floor slabs b 10 20 3/8 standard, 1/4 for floor slabs c 40 or more 3/4 standard 3/8 for floor slabs Variation in Plan a 020 b 40 or more Variation in Eccentricit Soapstone Natural Area 0743 07 100% Construction Documents y +1/8 1/4 03300 12 Slab Tolerances 1 Interior Floor Slabs 1 /8 in 10 2 Exterior Sidewalks, Slabs and Ramps 1 /4 in 10 3 11 CURING AND PROTECTION A General Protect freshly placed concrete from premature drying and excessive cold or hot temperatures and maintain without drying at a relatively constant temperature for a period of time necessary for hydration of cement and proper hardening B Refer to Section 03100 for stripping and removal of formwork after curing C Refer to Section 09800 Special Coatings for specific curing requirements for slabs to receive roll on floor finish for ice rinks D Refer to the manufacturer s written instructions and recommendations for curing of concrete slabs on grade to receive stains sealers or other special finishes E Start curing immediately after finishing Cure for at least seven (7) days not necessarily consecutive during which air temperature surrounding concrete is above 500 F Wood forms shall be kept wet If forms are removed during curing period, an approved curing method must be started immediately F Cure slabs by approved moisture retaining coverings lapped and sealed and kept continuously wet Approved curing compounds may be used if compatible with specified finishes Specific approval is required from the Architect/Engineer Curing compounds shall be applied in accordance with manufacturers recommendations G Contractor shall be responsible for protection of freshly placed concrete from vandalism accidental damage by workmen or equipment or damage resulting from subgrade settlement or subsequent construction traffic Take adequate precautions to restrict traffic in the area of fresh concrete during the curing period Damaged concrete shall be repaired or replaced by the Contractor at the Owners discretion H Comply with the requirements of ACI 305 when hot weather conditions exist Temperature of concrete when placed shall be less than 900 F When necessary to prevent premature drying arrangements for installation of windbreaks, shading, fog spraying sprinkling, ponding or a wet covering of light color shall be made in advance of placement, and such protective measures shall be taken as quickly as concrete hardening and finishing operations will allow I Comply with the requirements of ACI 306 when cold weather conditions exist When atmospheric temperature is 400 F and below maintain concrete temperature at not less than 500 F for at least six (6) days When necessary make arrangements before concrete placing for heating covering insulation or housing as required to maintain specified temperature and moisture conditions without injury due to concentration of heat J Maintain protective cover on concrete so that changes in temperatures of concrete shall be as uniform as possible and shall not exceed 5 F in any one (1) hour or 500 F in any 24 hour period 3 12 CHEMICALLY REACTIVE STAIN APPLICATIONS A General Consult with the manufacturer s representative prior to application Apply materials in strict accordance with the manufacturer s printed instructions and recommendations B Schedule of Stain Sealant and Sealer Application 1 Exterior Exterior concrete piers and pilasters above grade where shown on the Drawings Two (2) applications of Lithochrome Chemstain followed by two (2) coats of Cementone Clear Sealer, as recommended by the manufacturer and approved by the Architect Seal all horizontal joints with Lithoseal Trafficalk 3G Match color of pigment integrally colored concrete Soapstone Natural Area 0743 07 03300 13 100% Construction Documents 3 13 SEALING AND FINISH APPLICATIONS A General Consult with the manufacturers representative prior to application Follow the manufacturers printed instructions for applying materials B Schedule of Exterior Hardening and Seating Materials Furnish and apply concrete curing sealing and hardening products for exterior concrete in accordance with the following schedule 1 Concrete Sidewalks, Slabs, Aprons and Curb and Gutter Sections Damp cure and Lapidotith white pigment 2 Exposed Surfaces of Retaining Walls Kure N Seal 3 Concrete not Scheduled for Other Finishes Kure N Seal C Schedule of Interior Hardening and Seating Materials Furnish and apply concrete curing seating and hardening products for interior floor stabs in accordance with the following schedule Refer to paragraph 2 06 for certification of appropriate use i Concrete Not Scheduled for Other Finishes Kure N Seal D Application Process Apply curing, hardening and sealing products in strict accordance with the manufacturers written instructions and recommendations E Special Coatings Acid etch surface of floor slab with a munatic and solution prior to applying sealer, as recommended by the manufacturer Refer to Section 09800 F Apply materials only after concrete surfaces are completely cured and dry Follow the manufacturers recommended application instructions generally applying it in three (3) coats with ample drying time between coats Remove surplus hardener after final application has dried 3 14 MISCELLANEOUS CONCRETE APPLICATIONS Equipment Bases and Foundations Provide machine and equipment bases and foundations as shown on the Drawings or required by the work Set anchor bolts for machines and equipment to template at correct elevations Comply with certified diagrams or templates of the manufacturer furnishing machines and equipment Items include but are not limited to 1 Generators and propane tanks 2 Fueltanks Site Concrete Work Provide miscellaneous site cast in place concrete items as detailed on the Drawings or specified herein to include but not be limited to 2 Portland Cement Concrete Paving Specified in Section 02515 3 Concrete retaining walls and seating walls 4 Base and/or pier foundations for site signage, fencing and gates pipe bollards and miscellaneous site furnishings 3 15 APPLICATION OF SMOOTHING AND RESURFACING COATING A General Prepare surfaces to receive coating per manufacturers requirements and recommendations 1 Surfaces shall be free of dirt, oil grease laitance and other contaminants 2 Remove unsound concrete to ensure a good bond 3 Mechanically abrade smooth dense surfaces to provide necessary bonding 4 Moisten area prior to application 5 Maintain contact areas between 400 F and 90 F prior to repair and during initial curing period B Mixing Use a mechanical mixer with rotating blades on low rpm for 3 5 minutes to achieve desired consistency C Placing Place material consistently without multiple layers using a putty knife, trowel or sponge float 1 Apply in applications from feather edge to 1 /8 thickness 2 For areas greater than 1/8 thick, apply U S Spec Quickset 20 to within 1/16 of final 03300 14 Soapstone Natural Area 0743 07 100% Construction Documents repair, then apply finish coat D Finishing Follow standard ACI curing practices E Skim Coatings Refer to Section 09220 or 09225 of applications requiring heavier/thicker coating products 3 16 DEFECTIVE CONCRETE A Remove and replace defective concrete not conforming to required tine detail and elevation as directed by the Architect/Engineer B Repair or replace concrete not properly placed resulting in excessive honeycombing and other defects Do not patch, repair or replace exposed architectural concrete except upon express direction of the Architect C Concrete damaged after placement shall be repaired or replaced by the Contractor at the Owners discretion 3 17 PATCHING AND POINTING A Patch and point all vertical and horizontal formed concrete surfaces where exposed to view as defined in paragraph 3 06 B Fill holes and openings left in concrete structures for passage of work by other trades, unless otherwise shown or directed after such work is in place C Mix place and cure concrete to blend with in place construction D Provide other miscellaneous concrete filling shown or required to complete the work 3 18 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A Exposed cast in place concrete work shall be subject to evaluation to the satisfaction of the Architect including but not limited to the following characteristics i Slab finishes specified in paragraphs 3 07 and 3 09 2 Tolerances specified in paragraph 3 10 3 Wall and corner surfaces including patching and pointing specified in paragraph 3 17 4 Joint materials and placement 5 Surfaces of fiber formed architectural columns 6 Specialty slab finishes i e stamped pattern concrete for accuracy of placement, alignment and flushness of pattern surfaces and finishes B Power wash or clean by other acceptable means all dampproofing or waterproofing overspray or other surface visual defect END OF SECTION Soapstone Natural Area 0743 07 03300 15 100% Construction Documents SECTION 04100 MORTAR AND MASONRY GROUT PART 1 GENERAL 1 01 WORK INCLUDED A Furnish and install mortar and grout materials for new concrete block masonry units B Furnish and install mortar and grout materials for new stone or cultured stone masonry units C Furnish and install mortar and grout materials for new architectural precast concrete caps copings and other units D Furnish and install mortar and grout materials for setting new precast concrete accessories unless arranged for otherwise E Related work specified elsewhere 1 Section 01714, Construction Waste Management 2 Section 04220, Concrete Unit Masonry 3 Section 04400 Stone Masonry 4 Section 04430 Simulated Stone Masonry (Bid Alternate) 5 Section 04520 Masonry Repair 6 Section 05120 Structural Steel Non shrink Structural Grout 1 02 QUALITY ASSURANCE Reference Standards Conform to the current requirements and recommendations of applicable portions of standards listed 1 ASTM American Society of Testing and Materials 2 ASTM C144 Aggregate for Masonry Mortar 3 ASTM C150 Portland Cement 4 ASTM C207 Hydrated Lime for Masonry Purposes 5 ASTM C270 Mortar Mix 5 ASTM C476 Mortar and Grout for Reinforced Masonry 7 PCA current edition 3 Applicable provisions of the codes referenced in Section 01060, or as adopted by any jurisdiction with authority over this Project 1 03 SUBMITTALS Product Data Submit manufacturers product data and specifications for each type of mortar specified including certification that each type complies with the specifications Samples Submit samples of manufacturers full range of mortar colors for selection by the Architect Sample Panel Refer to Section 04210 and/or 04220 for sample panel requirements Mortar color shall be reviewed for approval by the Architect 104 TESTING A Inspection and testing shall be performed by an independent testing laboratory, approved by the Architect conforming to ASTM E149 and C270 Testing fees shall be paid as specified in the General and Supplementary Conditions Test samples shall betaken at random to provide sampling over the course of work Materials not conforming to these specifications shall be removed from the job and replaced Soapstone Natural Area 0743 07 04100 1 100% Construction Documents Refer to Section 04210 and/or 04220 for testing requirements 1 05 ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS A Maintain temperature of mortar and grout between 70° F and 100° F B Contractor shall use only one (1) type mortar to ensure uniform color Masonry cement is not permitted PART 2 MATERIALS 201 MORTAR AND GROUT MATERIALS Portland Cement ASTM C150 Type 1 white Hydrated Lime ASTM C207, Type S for new construction Aggregate Sand ASTM C144 Coarse Aggregate for Grout ASTM C404 less than 3/8 Water ASTM C270 clean and suitable for domestic consumption Mortar Coloring 1 Architect to select color from manufacturers full line of standard mortar colors Hydroment or equal Different color mortar may be used for each of the following a Brick masonry and architectural precast concrete header/sill units b Split face ground face or integrally colored concrete unit masonry 2 Concrete Unit Masonry Match color of concrete unit masonry specified in Section 04220 3 Stone Masonry Color to be selected from manufacturers full line of standard mortar colors Hydroment or equal Design intent shall be to match the predominant stone color Section 04400 Admixtures Poaolan with approval calcium chloride not permitted Water Repellant Integral polymeric based water repellant admixture, conforming to ASTM E514 RamBlok by ACM Chemistries Inc Norcross GA (877) 226 1766, or approved equal 202 MORTAR AND GROUT MIXES Mortar Mixes ASTM C270 Type S mortar with hydrated time for all new masonry construction Minimum compressive strength of 1 800 psi at 28 days 1 1 part Portland Cement, Type 1 2 1 /4 to 1 /2 part hydrated time 3 2 114 to 3 1 /2 parts damp loose sand Masonry Grout Mix Minimum compressive strength of 3 000 psi at 28 days 1 1 part Portland Cement Type 1 2 2 1 /4 to 3 parts damp loose sand 3 1 to 2 parts coarse aggregate 4 Poaolan as per manufacturers recommendations 5 Air entrainment shall be not more than 5% by volume Mixtures may change as per manufacturers recommendations to meet requirements Non Shrink Structural Grout Refer to Section 05120 PART 3 EXECUTION 301 INSPECTION AND PREPARATION Masonry installer shall examine the areas and conditions under which masonry is to be installed and Soapstone Natural Area 0743 07 04100 2 100% Construction Documents notify the Contractor in writing of conditions detrimental to the proper and timely completion of the work Do not proceed with the work until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected in a manner acceptable to the masonry installer Simulated Stone Masonry Masonry installer shall verify the mix design requirements for the mortar with the simulated stone masonry manufacturer for compatibility of materials (Bid Alternate) 302 BATCH CONTROL A Measure and batch materials either by volume or weight such that the required proportions for mortar can be accurately controlled and maintained B Mix mortar ingredients for a minimum of five (5) minutes in a mechanical batch mixer Do not use mortar which has begun to set or if more than 2 1/2 hours has elapsed since initial mixing Retemper mortar during 2 1/2 hour period as required to restore workability C Colored Mortar If colored mortar is specified in paragraph 2 01 above, mortar color shall be pre blended not field mixed D Use mortar within two (2) hours of mixing at temperatures over 800 F and 2 1/2 hours at temperatures under 500 F 3 03 JOINTS A General Lay coursed units with 3/8 joints unless otherwise indicated except for minor variations required to maintain bond alignment B Restoration and Preservation Projects Lay units with buttered joints thickness to match existing unless otherwise indicated to maintain bond alignment with existing brick masonry work C Bond Pattern and Joint Type Refer to Section 04210 and/or 04220 D Rake out mortar in preparation for application of caulking or sealants where shown E Remove excess mortar and smears upon completion of work F Point out or replace defective mortar to match adjacent work G Clean soiled surfaces using a non acidic solution which will not harm adjacent surfaces Consult masonry manufacturer for acceptable cleaners END OF SECTION Soapstone Natural Area 0743 07 04100 3 100% Construction Documents SECTION 04220 CONCRETE UNIT MASONRY PART 1 GENERAL 1 01 WORK INCLUDED A Furnish and install concrete unit masonry, including units and special shapes mortar ties anchors and accessories B Furnish and install concrete unit masonry as structural back up material in composite wall construction including units mortar ties anchors and accessories C Furnish and install concrete unit masonry honzontal joint and vertical reinforcing D Furnish and install flexible masonry ftashmgs and create weepholes in veneer and/or composite wall construction E Install all bolts nailing blocks, inserts, door frames steel lintels vents, conduits and other related work furnished by others to be built into concrete unit masonry F Furnish and install masonry grout for grouted cells of concrete unit masonry G Furnish test specimens and samples of materials to be built into work H Install composite wall and pourable masonry cell insulation materials, furnished by others I Furnish and install sand fill in concrete unit masonry cores for sound control J Clean new and/or existing concrete unit masonry and remove surplus material and waste K Furnish and apply sealer if specified L Related work specified elsewhere 1 Section 01714 Construction Waste Management 2 Section 01030 Alternates 3 Section 03250 Concrete Accessories Embedded dovetail anchor slots and masonry anchors 4 Section 04100 Mortar 5 Section 04210, Brick Masonry 6 Section 04400, Stone Masonry 7 Section 04430 Simulated Stone Masonry (Bid Alternate) 8 Section 05120 Structural Steel 9 Section 07180, Water Repellant Sealers Masonry seater 10 Section 07210 Thermal Budding Insulation 11 Section 07621 Galvanized Metal Flashing and Trim 12 Section 07900 Sealants and Joint Fillers 13 Section 08112 Insulated Steel Door Systems 1 02 QUALITY ASSURANCE A Reference Standards Conform to the current requirements and recommendations of applicable portions of standards codes and specifications except where more stringent requirements are shown or specified 1 ASTM C90 Standard Specification for Hollow Load Bearing Concrete Masonry Units 2 ASTM C150 Portland Cement 3 ANSI A 41 1 Budding Code Requirements for Masonry 4 ACI 530 1 Standard Specification for Tolerances 5 International Budding Code current edition 6 National Concrete Masonry Association (NCMA) Specification for the Design and Construction of Non Load Beanng Concrete Masonry 7 Rocky Mountain Masonry Institute Soapstone Natural Area 0743 07 04220 1 100% Construction Documents Applicable provisions of the codes referenced in Section 01060 or as adopted by any jurisdiction with authority over this Project 103 TESTING A Test reports for each type of concrete masonry unit shall be submitted to the Architect/Engineer for approval Testing is to be performed by an independent testing laboratory in accordance with ASTM C140 63T Reports shall include the following 1 Compressive strength 2 Water absorption 3 Complete identification of units, including size, grade and type B If results of test and/or inspections do not meet the requirements of the Contract Documents or are otherwise unsatisfactory the Contractor shall proceed as directed by the Architect/Engineer Additional costs resulting because of retesting load testing, removal and replacement of masonry damage to the work of other trades shall be borne by the Contractor C Engineer shall have the right to order tests of any material entering into the masonry work or any other tests deemed necessary to determine whether materials and methods in use are such as to produce work of necessary quality, to order test under load of any portion of completed structure when conditions have been such as to leave doubt as to adequacy of the structure to serve purposes for which it is intended and to order change in proportions or material at Contractors expense if work of required quality cannot be obtained with matenals and/or proportions furnished by the Contractor D Materials or proportions of materials entering into masonry walls shall not be changed unless approved by the Engineer Materials from any new source or changes in proportions shall be subject to all required tests which shall be made at the Contractors expense E Contractors Responsibilities 1 Cooperate and provide every assistance to facilitate inspection and testing 2 Furnish mix designs for mortar and grout prior to commencement of work submit to the Architect mix designs and test results for each type of grout, all with materials and In proportions proposed to be used in the actual construction No work shall commence until the mix designs have been reviewed and approved by the Engineer 3 Furnish matenals and labor required to make and handle test specimens at the project site under proposed job conditions 4 Furnish temporary facilities for field cured specimens 5 Advise testing agency sufficiently in advance of operation to allow for completion of quality tests 104 CERTIFICATION Prior to delivery furnish Architect with certificates or test reports attesting compliance with the applicable specifications for the following 1 Masonry units 2 Mortar and grout materials 3 Reinforcing steel Prior to installation provide Architect with certificates or other documentation attesting to date of block casting 1 05 TESTING OF MORTAR AND GROUT A Mortar Make one (1) set of three (3) 2 x 4 cylinders for each type of mortar each day that mortar is laid Break one (1) cylinder at seven (7) days and two (2) at 28 days 1 Spread mortar on masonry units between 1 /2 and 3/4 thick and allow to stand one (1) minute Soapstone Natural Area 0743 07 04220 2 100% Construction Documents SECTION 00100 INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS 2 Remove mortar and place it in a 2 x 4 cylinder in two (2) layers compressing mortar into cylinder using a flat end stick or fingers 3 Lightly tap mold on opposite sides level off and immediately cover molds and keep them damp until taken to laboratory 4 Contractor s Option Contractor may substitute a prism test of in place concrete unit masonry construction, in lieu of specified mortar testing, upon prior approval of the Architect/Engineer and Owner Grout Make one (1) set of three (3) 3 x 3 x 6 high specimens for each type of grout and type of wall where used each day grout is poured Break one (1) specimen at seven (7) days and two (2) at 28 days 1 On a flat non absorbent base forma space 3 x 3 x 6 high using masonry units having same moisture condition as those being laid 2 Line the space with permeable paper or porous separator so that water may pass through the liner into masonry units 3 Thoroughly mix the grout to obtain fully representative mix and place into molds in two (2) layers Puddle each layer with 1 x 2 stick to eliminate air bubbles 4 Level off and immediately cover molds and keep them damp until taken to the laboratory After 48 hour set remove molds cap the specimens and place them in fog room until tested in damp condition, in accordance with ASTM C31 Test in accordance with ASTM C39 From each set of cylinders break one (1) at seven (7) days and two (2) at 28 days Reports shall include location and description of wall dates weather conditions temperature of mortar and grout, description of mortar and grout mixes description of masonry prisms breaking stresses and nature of break 106 SUBMITTALS A Samples Submit samples of each specified masonry unit for approval before delivery to the site unless only standard plain concrete unit masonry is used Samples shall include shapes sizes and kinds in sufficient number to show full range of color and texture of each type of masonry unit specified Final approval shall be by the Architect One (1) color and size for each different type of unit specified shall be used throughout the project B Sample Panel Erect minimum 4 0 x 4 0 sample panel consisting of approved concrete unit masonry that satisfactonly shows proposed color range texture bond mortar and workmanship Sample panel of materials using split face or other textured block shall be constructed showing a corner condition 1 Contractor shall not continue work until Architect and Owners representative have accepted sample panel 2 Sample panel shall remain on site until work of this Section is complete and will be used as standard of comparison for balance of work 3 Sample panel may be constructed as a part of the permanent building construction if approved by the Architect : Certificates Submit certificates or other documentation attesting to test reports and date of block casting, as specified above 1 07 DELIVERY STORAGE AND HANDLING Deliver matenals to the site on platforms or pallets Keep masonry units completely covered and free from frost ice and snow Handle masonry units carefully to avoid chipping breakage contact with soil or contaminating matenals Protect steel materials from moisture and keep free from rust or scale Store mortar materials in dry place Damaged materials shall not be used Maintain protective boards at exposed external corners which may be damaged by construction activities Provide such protection without damaging completed work Soapstone Natural Area 0743 07 04220 3 100% Construction Documents Provide temporary bracing during erection of masonry work Maintain in place until building structure provides permanent bracing 1 08 ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS A Maintain materials and surrounding air temperature to minimum 50' F prior to dunng and 48 hours after completion of masonry work 8 During freezing or near freezing weather provide adequate equipment or cover to maintain a minimum temperature of 500 F and to protect masonry work completed or in progress C Protect partially completed masonry against weather when work is not in progress by covering top of walls with strong waterproof, non staining membrane Extend membrane at least 2 down both sides of walls and anchor securely in place D Walls which may be exposed to high winds during erection shall be adequately braced until permanent support is provided at floor or roof level immediately above the story under construc tion E Cold Weather Masonry Installation 1 Do not use frozen materials or materials mixed or coated with ice or frost 2 Do not use antifreeze compounds, calcium chloride or substances containing calcium chloride in mortar or grout 3 Do not build on frozen work Remove and replace masonry work damaged by frost or freezing 4 Protect masonry being placed from wind with enclosures or shields when air temperature is below 32 F Do not heat water above 106° F 6 When mortar or grout materials have been combined temperature of the mixture shall not be less than 50 F nor more than 100 F 7 Masonry materials shall be preconditioned and completed masonry protected as follows a When air temperature is below 400 F and above 320 F heat mixing water Protect masonry from rain or snow for 24 hours by means of waterproof covers b When air temperature is below 320 F and above 200 F heat both sand and mixing water Maintain a temperature of at least 400 F on both sides of walls by means of suitable covers or enclosures for 24 hours c When air temperature is 20 F and below heat sand mixing water and block and provide heated enclosures A temperature of at least 40 F shall be maintained within enclosures for 48 hours d Periods required for protection and maintenance of specified temperatures may be reduced to 1 /2 of those specified herein before if Type III Portland cement is used with the Engineers approval Hot Weather Masonry Installation 1 During very hot weather and drying wind the Architect may order very light fog spray of mortar bedding areas several times during the first 24 hours to prevent premature drying of mortar PART 2 PRODUCTS 2 01 CONCRETE MASONRY UNITS Plain Concrete Unit Masonry ASTM C90 Grade N minimum 2,000 psi light weight load bearing units Size Nominal indicated Color Natural Soapstone Natural Area 0743 07 100% Construction Documents high x 16 long face dimension x 6 and 8 deep units unless otherwise 04220 4 3 Water Repellant Integral polymeric based water repellant admixture, conforming to ASTM E514, RainBlok by ACM Chemistries Inc Norcross, GA (877) 226 1766 or approved equal 4 Appearance Units shall have smooth dense, exposed surfaces free of cracks, chips or deleterious matter Representative sample in sample panel subject to approval by Architect 5 Special shapes as shown on the Drawings or as required a Knock out bond beam units at bearing and top course of walls and in other locations shown on the Drawings Bond Beam Units All bond beam units shall have knockout webs and open bottoms except at masonry lintels over openings Match unit sizes and appearances specified in paragraph 2 01 Tolerances No overall dimension of width height or length shall vary by more than i /8 from the specified standard dimension Approved Manufacturers 1 Robinson Block Co , Colorado Springs, CO, (719) 390 5477, (800) 284 8037 2 Valley Block Co Loveland CO (970) 667 4480 3 Powers Masonry Supply, Fort Collins, CO, (970) 484 1292 4 Manufacturers providing materials of same function appearance quality performance and range of selection including matching the selected product(s) specified above in the sole opinion of the Architect are acceptable 2 02 REINFORCING STEEL ANCHORS AND TIES A General Corrosion resistant metal meeting or exceeding applicable standards ASTM A153 and ASTM Al 16 B Reinforcing Steel Refer to Section 03200 C Veneer and Horizontal Reinforcing Types 1 Wire Mesh Minimum 30 gage plain wire Mesh shall be 1/2 width 1 (25mm) less than width of masonry 2 Truss or Ladder Type for Single Wythe Masonry Prefabricated welded wire units 2 vide x not less than 10 0 long for 4 deep veneer units, or 4 (6) wide x not less than 10 0 long for 6 (8) deep structural units, with matching corner and tee units Wire shall be 9 gage with single pair of deformed side rods and continuous plain diagonal cross rods spaced not more than 16 o c 3 Composite Wall Construction Two component, composite wall system consisting of truss type reinforcing specified above with truss double eyes welded to trusses at 16 o c and separate double hook tabs for veneer wythe 4 Cavity Wall Construction Match adjustable cavity wall horizontal reinforcing specified for brick masonry veneer Refer to Section 04210 Veneer Ties Standard 7/8 x 6 3/4 long 18 gage rigid hot dipped galvanized wall ties Dove Tail Anchor Slots and Masonry Anchors Refer to Section 03250 Concrete Accessories Approved Manufacturers 1 Dur 0 Wal Inc Arlington Heights, IL, and distributed locally at Denver CO, (303) 321 1836 2 Heckmann Building Products Inc Chicago IL (800) 621 4140 3 Manufacturers providing products of same performance and function are acceptable 203 MASONRY ACCESSORIES Color Additives and Special Aggregates Manufacturers standard to achieve specified color and consistency Flexible Masonry Flashings Non reinforced homogenous, waterproof elastomeric sheeting 20 mil minimum thickness 1 Tensile Strength 2200 psi minimum, ASTM D412 Soapstone Natural Area 0743 07 04220 5 100% Construction Documents 2 Elongation 250% minimum ASTM D412 3 Puncture Resistance 200 lbs minimum 4 Flashing shall retain flexibility to a temperature of 20° F minimum 5 Materials and adhesive shall be as recommended by the manufacturer for the particular application 6 Approved Manufacturer Vi Seal Plastic Flashing by AFCO Products, Inc Somerville MA, (800) 397 2687 or approved equal C Control Joints Non asphaltic type foam backer rod by Celotex or equal Thicknesses as shown on the Drawings 204 INSULATION A Composite Wall Insulation Refer to Section 07210 Building Insulation B Pourable Masonry Cell Insulation Refer to Section 07210 Building Insulation C Foam Masonry Celt Insulation Refer to Section 07210 Building Insulation 2 05 SEALER A Clear Masonry Sealer Refer to Section 07180, Water Repellant Sealers B Graffiti Resistant Sealer Refer to Section 07180 Water Repellant Sealers 2 06 MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS Sand Fill Match specified material for mortar specified in Section 04100 PART 3 EXECUTION 3 01 PREPARATION COORDINATION AND WORKMANSHIP A Ensure items built in by other trades for this work are properly located and sized B Establish all lines levels and coursing Protect from disturbance Place concrete unit masonry in accordance with lines and levels indicated on the Drawings C Ensure masonry courses are of uniform height Make vertical and horizontal joints equal and of uniform thickness D Ensure that minimum 1 air space between masonry veneer units and wall sheathing or masonry backup construction is maintained E Chases and recesses shall be built in and not cut in Provide not less than 16 of masonry between chase or recess and jamb of openings and between adjacent chases and recesses F Unfinished masonry walls shall be stepped back for joining with new work Do not tooth G Cutting and fitting of masonry, including that required to accommodate the work of other Sections shall be done by masonry mechanics with masonry saws H Bearing for horizontal load carrying members shall be of grouted masonry as shown on the Drawings If no detail is shown bearing under beams shall consist of grouted masonry at least 8 x 16 in plan and 16 deep I Mask or otherwise protect doors and frames, louvers mechanical and electrical equipment and other miscellaneous accessories not scheduled to receive masonry sealers prior to application of spray or brush applied sealers 3 02 CURING OF MASONRY UNITS General Concrete masonry units shall be cured for minimum of 28 days from the date of casting before being delivered to the site and installed in masonry walls Consult with Rocky Mountain Soapstone Natural Area 0743 07 04220 6 100% Construction Documents Masonry Institute as necessary 3 03 INSTALLATION OF MASONRY FLASHINGS A General Install masonry ftashings in locations specified here in as shown on the Drawings B Place flashmgs in accordance with manufacturers instructions and recommendations and as detailed on the Drawings C Place weepholes through bottom course of single wythe veneer single wythe structural, composite or cavity wall masonry construction as shown on the Drawings but in no case to exceed 48 o c Form weep holes full height full depth of head joints spaced as specified Coordinate with Architect in the field as necessary D Composite Wall Construction Refer to Section 04210, Brick Masonry for installation of thru wall flashmgs for composite wall construction E Cavity Wall Construction Refer to Section 04210 Brick Masonry for installation of thru wall flashmgs for cavity wall construction F Wall, Parapet and Column Caps Install masonry flashmgs over top of all brick walls full depth or dimension of wall or cap directly below precast concrete cap units brick wall caps or stone cap units 304 INSTALLATION OF CONCRETE UNIT MASONRY A Refer to Section 04100 Mortar for installation and workmanship requirements for mortar and grout mixes B Ensure that concrete masonry units have properly cured prior to installation as specified in 3 02 above C Masonry Veneer Install specified ngid galvanized wall ties anchored to wood stud framing as shown on the Drawings at the following spacing 1 Vertically 16 o c maximum 2 Horizontally 24 o c maximum D Masonry Veneer Cavity Wall Reinforcement Install truss or cross rods and hook type box ties as specified in paragraph 3 07 below E Lay masonry veneer units offset on foundation wall or brick ledge as required to maintain minimum 1 air space between masonry units and wall sheathing 1 Keep air space free from excess mortar F Lay level and align corner units first Lay concrete unit masonry in running bond unless otherwise shown on the Drawings or specified herein Course one (1) block unit and mortar joint to equal 8 vertically Lay external and internal courses as shown on the Drawings 1 Base Bid Lay scored split face 8 x 16 x 4 veneer units in stack bond Lay plain 8 x 16 x 8 load bearing units in running bond 2 Alternate Lay split face 8 x 16 x 8 load bearing units in running bond G Lay first course of concrete unit masonry in full bed of mortar except at locations of filled cores Lay subsequent courses in face shell mortar bedding properly jointed with other work Fully mortar webs around each core to be grouted Fully bond external and internal corners and intersections 1 Provide 4 high starter course where shown on the Drawings H Align cells to be filled with grout to provide continuous, unobstructed vertical space I Perform job site cutting of masonry units with proper power tools to provide straight true and unchipped edges 1 Cut masonry units forming gable ends accurately to form straight and uniform gable lines J Do not shift or tap masonry units after mortar has taken initial set Where adjustment must be made remove mortar and replace K Where knock out bond beams are specified place wire mesh in joints below bond beam to stop flow of grout except at reinforced vertical cells Soapstone Natural Area 0743 07 04220 7 100% Construction Documents L Remove excess mortar and projections Take care to prevent breaking block corners Clean excess mortar from cores to be grouted M Tolerances Maximum vanation from masonry unit to adjacent masonry unit 1/8 N Tooling and Joints Refer to paragraph 3 06 3 05 MORTAR BEDDING AND JOINTS A Head joints shall be well buttered for thickness equal to face shell of unit and shall be shoved tightly so that mortar bonds well to both units Do not slush head joints B Hollow Concrete Masonry Units Lay with full mortar coverage over horizontal and vertical face shells C Starting Joint on Slabs Provide full mortar coverage on bed except that area where grout occurs shall be kept free from mortar D Mortar protrusions extending more than 3/8 into cells or cavities to be reinforced and/or filled, or into air space for veneer masonry, shall be removed E Joint width shall be 3/8 , unless otherwise shown F Non Bearing Walls Provide masonry bond at all corners Except at bonded corners walls shall be tied together with strips of wire mesh placed not more than 16 o c vertically G Walls Supporting Fixtures Non bearing walls supporting wall hung toilet fixtures or other equipment or accessones shall be fully grouted at cores containing anchorage devices 3 06 TOOLING A Exposed Joints Tool joints as scheduled Rake out mortar in preparation for application of caulking or sealants where required 1 Exterior Face of Ground Face Units Raked joints 2 Exterior Face of Split Face Units Tooled concave joints 3 Exterior Face of Exterior Walls Raked joints for all masonry unit types 4 Interior Face of Exterior Walls Tooled concave joints 5 Both Faces of Interior Watts Tooled concave joints 6 Elevator Hoistway As required by the elevator manufacturer s specifications B Concealed Joints Cut joints flush, unless otherwise shown C Joints to be covered with paint shall be filled flush and then sacked to produce dense surface without sheen D Joints which are not tight at the time of tooling shall be raked out, pointed and then tooled 3 07 INSTALLATION OF HORIZONTAL JOINT REINFORCEMENT A General Reinforce all walls with continuous horizontal joint reinforcement, unless specifically shown otherwise Provide special shapes where shown on the Drawings Lap reinforcement minimum 6 at splices B At each level place reinforcement in bed joint between first and second course and then at regular intervals not exceeding 16 o c vertically C Place reinforcement so that longitudinal wires are located over face shell mortar beds and are fully embedded in mortar for their entire length with minimum mortar cover of 5/8 on exterior side of walls and 1 /2 at other locations D Composite Wall Reinforcing with Adjustable Tabs Place truss reinforcing in structural concrete unit masonry wythe as specified above, and so that welded eyes project into wall cavity Install double hook tabs in veneer wythe interlocked in eyes Ensure free vertical movement of tabs E Cavity Wall Construction Ensure that cavity wall horizontal reinforcement has been properly installed and anchored in structural sheathing and/or structural steel stud (o or blocking r wood stud) framing 1 Vertically 16 o c Soapstone Natural Area 0743 07 04220 8 100% Construction Documents 2 Horizontally 24 o c F Unless otherwise shown provide reinforcement in first and second bed Joints immediately above and below openings or recesses in walls Reinforcement shall extend minimum 24 beyond end of sills or lintels or to end of panel if distance to end of panel is less than 24 G Use only prefabricated L and T units at corners and intersections respectively H Do not bridge control and expansion Joints with reinforcement unless shown on the Drawings I Stack Bond Masonry Provide continuous prefabricated Joint reinforcement embedded in the horizontal mortar beds at vertical intervals not to exceed 16 unless otherwise shown 3 08 INSTALLATION OF REINFORCING BARS A Reinforcing bars shall be straight except for bends around corners and where bends or hooks are detailed Bars partially embedded in masonry shall not be field bent except as shown on the Drawings or specifically permitted by the Engineer B Bars shall be free of loose rust mud, oil or other coatings that would destroy or reduce bond C Splices shall be made only at locations shown on the Drawings or where specifically permitted by the Engineer Bars shall be lapped minimum 36 bar diameters where spliced and shall be separated by 1 bar diameter or wired together D Reinforcement shall be accurately placed into position indicated on the Drawings and secured rigidly against displacement within a tolerance of 1 /4 E Vertical reinforcing shall have a minimum clearance of 1 /2 from masonry and not less than 1 bar diameter between bars F Vertical reinforcing shall be placed in masonry cores as shown or specified on the Drawings including but not limited to the following locations 1 Load bearing masonry walls reinforcing bars spaced as indicated on the Drawings 2 Cores in Jambs of all door and window openings in load bearing walls 3 Cores below bearing of structural members as indicated on the Drawings and specified in paragraph 3 01 above G Horizontal bars shall be placed in continuous masonry courses consisting of bond beam or through block units and shall be solidly grouted in place H When foundation dowel does not line up with a vertical unit core it shalt not be sloped more than 1 horizontal in 6 vertical Dowel shall be grouted into core in vertical alignment even though it is in an adjacent cell to vertical wall reinforcing 3 09 INSTALLATION OF EMBEDDED ANCHORS A Embedded Anchor Slots and Masonry Anchors Refer to Section 03250 B Provide masonry anchors at maximum 16 o c vertically at each embedded anchor slot location unless otherwise indicated 3 10 INSTALLATION OF VENEER TIES A General Install corrugated masonry veneer tie to solid wall sheathing or other substrate at spacing specified in paragraph 3 03 above 3 11 GROUTING OF MASONRY UNITS A General Grout cells of hollow concrete unit masonry where indicated on the Drawings or required by project conditions including but not limited to the following locations i All vertical cells to be reinforced as indicated on the Drawings or specified herein 2 All horizontal cells of bond beam or lintel beam units as indicated on the Drawings or specified herein Soapstone Natural Area 0743 07 04220 9 100% Construction Documents 3 Type I F R Construction All vertical cells in exterior, load bearing walls shall be grouted solid whether reinforced or not 4 Shear Walls All vertical cells in exterior and/or interior shear walls shall be grouted solid whether reinforced or not B When laying masonry units, extreme care shall be taken to prevent excess mortar from squeezing out and falling into airspace or cells to be grouted or sand filled Mortar which projects more than 3/8 into grout space shall be removed C Grout shall be puddled or vibrated to place D To control area to be grouted use metal lath or masonry dam Do not use paper or wood E Pour grout into horizontal members at maximum 48 o c F Grouting of beams over openings shall be done in one (1) continuous operation G Vertical cells containing reinforcement and cells of walls scheduled to be filled shall be grouted solidly Pours shall be stopped 1 1 /2 below top of course except at top of wall to form a key at pour joints Provide clean out openings at bottom of each pour for inspection H Grouting Masonry of Hollow Units Walls shall be erected and grouted in lifts not higher than 8 Vertical cells to be filled shall have vertical alignment and shall have clear unobstructed cell area of at least 2 x 3 I Grout Spaces Less Than 2 in Width Walls shall be grouted in heights of less than 8 or six (6) times the grout joint thickness whichever is less Pour grout up to 1 from top of lower wythe One (1) wythe of wall shall be laid up higher than the other, but not more than 16 Grout joint shall be at least 1 wide and shall be filled solidly with grout J Grout Spaces 2 or More in Width Grout space must be cleaned and inspected before grouting Wall shall be grouted in heights of 2 or less for spaces less than 4 wide and in heights of 4 or less for spaces 4 or wider 3 12 INSTALLATION OF LINTELS A General Install loose lintels where shown on the Drawings or required for a complete installation B MasonryLintels Provide where shown and whenever openings of more than 12 but less than 30 are shown without steel or other lintels Temporarily support formed in place lintels 1 Unless otherwise shown provide one (1) #5 reinforcing bar for each 4 of wall thickness Fitt lintel units solidly with grout 2 Refer to the Drawings for loose lintel schedule C Bearing Unless otherwise shown provide minimum bearing of 6 for openings less than 6 0 wide and 8 for wider openings D Place control joint materials in accordance with manufacturers written instructions recessed in joint for caulking as specified in Section 07900 3 13 INSTALLATION OF CONTROL AND EXPANSION JOINTS A Locate vertical control, expansion and isolation joints in concrete unit masonry as shown on the Drawings Joints shall be continuous through depth of the masonry work, unless otherwise detailed B Maintain control joint voids clear of mortar grout and debris Rake out mortar in preparation for application of caulking and sealants C Control Joint Spacing Refer to the Drawings If location of control joints is not shown place vertical joints maximum 20 0 o c for unbroken lengths of concrete masonry, except as specified herein 1 Wall Openings Where doors windows louvers or other wall openings in masonry occur control joints shall be placed at locations and spacings shown on the Drawings but in no case less than 12 0 o c 2 Locate joints at points of natural weakness in supporting structure, at wall openings and at control joints located in the floor slab when walls are supported on the slab Soapstone Natural Area 0743 07 04220 10 100% Construction Documents 3 Masonry Veneer Locate vertical control Joints in continuous runs of masonry veneer so ratio of horizontal run to vertical height of veneer does not exceed 4 1, or 20 0 whichever is greater 4 Masonry Veneer Locate control Joints within 16 maximum of at[ bonded external corners 5 Masonry Veneer Provide at least one (i) control Joint in each wall plane D Stone Veneer Control Joints Refer to Section 04400 3 14 BUILT IN WORK A As work progresses build in hollow metal frames, signage electrical and mechanical accessories anchor bolts plates specialties and other items supplied by others Place items plumb and true to line 3 15 CUTTING AND FITTING A Cut and fit for chases pipes conduit sleeves and other items as required Cooperate fully with other Sections to ensure correct size shape and location B Obtain Architects approval prior to cutting or fitting any area which is not indicated on the Drawings or which may impair appearance or strength of masonry work 3 16 INSTALLATION OF INSULATION AND OTHER FILL MATERIALS A Composite Wall Insulation Install in accordance with the manufacturers written instructions and recommendations Refer to Section 07200 B Pourable Masonry Cell Insulation Install in accordance with the manufacturers written instructions and recommendations Refer to Section 07210 C Acoustical Sand Fill Install in all non grouted cells of concrete unit masonry in locations shown on the Drawings 3 17 CLEANING AND PROTECTION A General All new and/or existing concrete unit masonry, where exposed to view in the completed work and not scheduled to be painted, shall be thoroughly cleaned upon completion of the work B Adhere to the following procedures for cleaning brick Never clean brick before mortar has set minimum 14 days 1 Dry clean wall with wood paddles or scrapers, removing large particles of mortar 2 Presoak wall with clean water scrub with a solution of 1 /2 cup trisodium phosphate and 1 /3 cup household detergent to one gallon of water Scrub with a stiff fiber brush only 3 Thoroughly rinse with clean low pressure water immediately after scrubbing to remove all cleaning solution dirt, and mortar crumbs C Clean soiled surfaces exposed to view using a non acidic solution which wilt not harm masonry or adjacent materials Consult masonry manufacturer for acceptable cleaners Use non metallic tools in cleaning operations Leave surfaces prepared for further sealers or coatings if specified D Remove and replace any chipped or broken concrete masonry units Remove excess mortar and smears upon completion of masonry work Point or replace defective mortar to match adjacent work 3 18 APPLICATION OF MASONRY SEALER A Ensure that concrete masonry units have been property cleaned and dried prior to applying sealer Protect adjacent materials and surfaces from overspray of sealer B Ensure that proper precautions are taken for handling products near sources of heat or open flames Soapstone Natural Area 0743 07 04220 11 100% Construction Documents C Prior to full application test panels of approximately 4 x 4 shall be treated to determine the degree of color change in the masonry and precise application procedures D Apply sealer at consistency and rate of application in accordance with manufacturers instructions and recommendations E Apply sealer to all exterior exposed masonry surfaces unless otherwise noted or scheduled to receive other finishes F Clean excess sealer from concrete masonry units and adjacent surfaces 3 19 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A General Installation of masonry units mortar and grout, special curing and workmanship of joints shall be in accordance with the standards approved in the sample panel B All concrete unit masonry units shall be sound and free of cracks or other defects that may interfere with the proper placing of the unit or impair the strength or performance of the construction C Where masonry units are to be exposed in the completed construction the face or faces that are exposed shall be free of chips cracks or other imperfections to the satisfaction of the Architect except that chips not larger than 1 /4 will be considered acceptable D Contractor shall promptly remove any rejected masonry units or portions of the work and replace to match the quality of the approved sample panel END OF SECTION Soapstone Natural Area 0743 07 04220 12 100% Construction Documents SECTION 00100 INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS 1 0 DEFINED TERMS Terms used in these Instructions to Bidders which are defined in the Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract (No 1910-8, 1990 ed ) have the meanings assigned to them in the General Conditions The term "Bidder" means one who submits a Bid to OWNER as distinct from a sub -bidder, who submits a Bid to Bidder The terms "Successful Bidder" means the lowest, qualified responsible and responsive Bidder to whom OWNER (on basis of OWNER's evaluation as hereinafter provided) makes an award The term "Bidding Documents" includes the Advertisement or Invitation to Bid, Instructions to Bidders, the Bid Form, and the proposed Contract Documents (including all Addenda issued prior to receipt of Bids) 2 0 COPIES OF BIDDING DOCUMENTS 2 1 Complete sets of Bidding Documents may be obtained as stated in the Invitation to Bid No partial sets will be issued The Bidding Documents may be examined at the locations identified in the Invitation to Bid 2 2 Complete sets of Bidding Documents shall be used in preparing Bids, neither OWNER nor Engineer assumes any responsibility for errors or misinterpretations resulting from the use of incomplete sets of Bidding Documents 2 3 The submitted Bid proposal shall include Sections 00300 00410, 00420, and 00430 fully executed 2 4 OWNER and Engineer, in making copies of Bidding Documents available on the above terms do so only for the purpose of obtaining Bids on the Work and do not confer a license or grant for any other use 3 0 QUALIFICATION OF BIDDERS 3 1 To demonstrate qualifications to perform the Work each Bidder must submit at the time of the Bid opening, a written statement of qualifications including financial data, a summary of previous experience, previous commitments and evidence of authority to conduct business in the jurisdiction where the Project is located Each Bid must contain evidence of Bidder's qualification to do business in the state where the Project is located or covenant to obtain such qualification prior to award of the contract The Statement of Qualifications shall be prepared on the form provided in Section 00420 Rev 10/20/07 Section 00100 Page 1 SECTION 04400 STONE MASONRY PART 1 GENERAL 1 01 WORK INCLUDED A Furnish and install cut sandstone veneer sill and headers, and other details shown on the Drawings including mortar ties, anchors and accessories B Furnish and install flexible masonry flashmgs and create weepholes in veneer and/or composite wall construction C Clean new stone masonry and remove surplus material and waste D Furnish and apply sealer if specified E Related work specified elsewhere i Section 01030 Alternates 2 Section 01714 Construction Waste Management 3 Section 04100 Mortar and Masonry Grout 4 Section 04220 Concrete Unit Masonry 5 Section 08110 Standard Steel Doors and Frames 1 02 QUALITY ASSURANCE A Reference Standards Conform to the current requirements of applicable portions of standards codes and specifications, except where more stringent requirements are shown or specified 1 Applicable provisions of the codes referenced in Section 01060 or as adopted by any jurisdiction with authority over this Project B All stone masonry work shall be in accordance with the recommendations and standards of the Indiana Limestone Institute C Installer shall have five (5) years successful experience installing stone on projects of similar scale and complexity D Installer shall have five (5) years experience installing stone and have previous experience installing stone on the Colorado State University campus 103 SUBMITTALS A Submit name of installer and quarry from which stone will be received for approval by the Owner B Shop Drawings Submit shop drawings indicating dimensions, types of cuts and installation details C Samples Submit samples of each specified stone material for approval before delivery to the site Samples shall include shapes, sizes and kinds in sufficient number to show full range of size color and texture of each type of stone specified Final approval shall be by the Architect D Sample Panel Refer to Section 04210 or 04220 for sample panel requirements Stone sill coursing shall be built into the specified sample panel 1 04 DELIVERY STORAGE AND HANDLING A Deliver material to the site on platforms or pallets Keep stone completely covered and free from frost ice and snow Handle stone carefully to avoid chipping breakage contact with soi( or contaminating materials Store mortar materials in dry place Damaged materials shall not be used Soapstone Natural Area 0743 07 04400 1 100% Construction Documents 1 05 ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS A Maintain materials and surrounding air temperature to minimum 500 F prior to during and 48 hours after completion of stone work B During freezing or near freezing weather provide adequate equipment or cover to maintain a minimum temperature of 500 F and to protect stone work completed or in progress C Protect partially completed stone masonry against weather when work is not in progress by covering top of walls with strong waterproof non staining membrane Extend membrane at least 2 down both sides of walls and anchor securely in place D Cold Weather Installation 1 Do not use frozen materials or materials mixed or coated with ice or frost 2 Do not use anti freeze compounds calcium chloride or substances containing calcium chloride in mortar or grout 3 Do not build on frozen work Remove and replace work damaged by frost or freezing 4 Do not heat water above 1060 F 5 When mortar or grout materials have been combined temperature of the mixture shall not be less than 700 F nor more than 100' F 6 Materials shall be preconditioned and protected as follows a When air temperature is below 40 F and above 32° F heat mixing water Protect masonry from ram or snow for 24 hours by means of waterproof covers b When air temperature is below 320 F and above 200 F, heat both sand and mixing water Maintain a temperature of at least 400 F on both sides of walls by means of suitable covers or enclosures for 24 hours c When air temperature is 20 F and below heat sand, mixing water and block and provide heated enclosures A temperature of at least 400 F shall be maintained within enclosures for 48 hours d Periods required for protection and maintenance of specified temperatures may be reduced to 1 /2 of those specified herein before if Type III Portland cement is used with the Engineers approval Hot Weather Installation 1 During very hot weather and drying wind the Architect may order very light fog spray of mortar bedding areas several times during the first 24 hours to prevent premature drying of mortar PART PRODUCTS 2 01 SANDSTONE MATERIALS Sandstone Native Colorado buff colored 4 strip Sandstone in accordance with standards of the American Standards Association 1 Finish Faced rough ashlar cut on exposed surfaces 2 Color(s) Natural buff and rose in a ratio of 4 to 1 (buff) The Architect and Owner retain the right to modify this mix ratio after review of the sample panel 3 Depth Range 4 to 5 4 Height Range 2 to 12 5 Length Range 12 to 30 Approved Quarries 1 Arkms Park Stone Quarries Masonville CO 2 Lukenan Brothers Lyons CO 3 Other quarries meeting the requirements of this paragraph are acceptable as approved by the Architect prior to bidding Soapstone Natural Area 0743 07 04400 2 100% Construction Documents 202 MORTAR A Cement All cement shall be Portland cement as specified in Section 04100 B Refer to Section 04100 for specified mortar mixes 2 03 STONE MASONRY ACCESSORIES A Stone Masonry Veneer Ties at Composite Walls with Rigid Insulation #75 POS I TIE Veneer Anchoring System by Heckmann Building Products or equal B Stone Masonry Veneer Ties and Reinforcing C Anchors Furnish and set all anchors ties and dowels D Flexible Masonry Flashings Non reinforced homogenous, waterproof elastomeric sheeting, 20 mil minimum thickness 1 Tensile Strength 2200 psi minimum ASTM D412 2 Elongation 250% minimum ASTM D412 3 Puncture Resistance 200 its minimum 4 Flashing shall retain flexibility to a temperature of 20°F minimum 5 Materials and adhesive shall be as recommended by the manufacturer for the particular application 6 Approved Manufacturer Vi Seal Plastic Flashing by AFCO Products Inc , Somerville MA (800) 397 2687 or approved equal 204 SEALER Clear Masonry Sealer Refer to Section 07180 Water Repellant Sealers PART 3 EXECUTION 301 PREPARATION AND COORDINATION A Ensure items built in by other trades for this work are properly located and sized B Establish all lines, levels and coursing Protect from disturbance Place stone masonry it accordance with lines and levels indicated on the Drawings C Ensure that minimum 1 air space between masonry veneer units and wall sheathing composite wall rigid insulation or masonry backup construction is maintained D Mask or otherwise protect doors and frames louvers mechanical and electrical equipment and other miscellaneous accessories not scheduled to receive masonry sealers prior to application of spray or brush applied sealers E Clean and remove mortar from existing substrate where stone veneer is to be reinstalled 3 02 INSTALLATION OF MASONRY FLASHINGS A General Install masonry flashings in locations specified herein or as shown on the Drawings B Place flashings in accordance with manufacturers instructions and recommendations and as detailed on the Drawings C Place weepholes through bottom course of stone masonry veneer construction as shown on the Drawings minimum 2 high and spaced as specified Coordinate with Architect in the field as necessary D Composite Wall Construction Refer to Section 04220 Concrete Unit Masonry for installation of thru wall flashings for composite wall construction E Wall Parapet and Column Caps Install masonry flashings over top of all brick walls, full depth or dimension of wall or cap directly below precast concrete cap units brick wall caps or stone cap Soapstone Natural Area 0743 07 04400 3 100% Construction Documents units 3 03 INSTALLATION OF VENEER TIES A General Install corrugated masonry veneer tie to steel columns at regular intervals not to exceed 16 o c both ways over the face of the masonry B General Install two component, composite wall and veneer reinforcing as specified in Section 04220 304 INSTALLATION OF STONE MASONRY A Refer to Section 04100 Mortar for installation and workmanship requirements for mortar and grout mixes B Lay, level and align corner units first Lay stone masonry in running bond, unless otherwise shown on the Drawings or specified herein Course one (1) unit and mortar Joint to equal 8 vertically Lay external and internal courses as shown on the Drawings C Lay stone masonry veneer units offset on foundation wall or brick ledge as required to maintain minimum 1 air space between masonry units and wall sheathing 1 Keep air space free from excess mortar 2 Field Stone Coursing shall be random terminating in level course at top of veneer wainscot or wall cap conditions Lay first course of stone masonry in full bed of mortar Lay subsequent courses in mortar bedding properly Jointed with other work Joints shall properly Jointed with other work Joints shall be 3/8 average width, subject to approval by the Architect in the sample panel 3 Lay first course of stone masonry in full bed of mortar Lay subsequent courses in mortar bedding properly jointed with other work Fully bond external and internal corners and intersections F Ensure that courses are of uniform height Make vertical and horizontal joints equal and of uniform thickness to match existing G Tolerances Maximum variation from stone unit to adjacent stone unit to be 1/32 H Joint width shall be 3/8 to match balance of masonry work unless otherwise shown I Do not shift or tap stone units after mortar has taken initial set Where adjustment must be made, remove mortar and replace 3 05 MORTAR BEDDING AND JOINTS Head joints shall be well buttered for thickness equal to 1 /2 face dimension of unit and shall be shoved tightly so that mortar bonds well to both units Mortar protrusions extending more than 3/8 into cells or cavities to be reinforced and/or filled or into air space for veneer masonry shall be removed Joint Width As specified above 3 06 TOOLING A Exposed Joints Tool joints as scheduled Rake out mortar in preparation for application of caulking or sealants as required 1 Exterior Face of Exterior Walls Raked joints B Concealed Joints Cut joints flush unless otherwise shown C Joints which are not tight at the time of tooting shall be raked out pointed and then tooled 307 INSTALLATION OF LINTELS A General Install loose lintels where shown on the Drawings or required for a complete installation Soapstone Natural Area 0743 07 04400 4 100% Construction Documents Masonry Lintets Provide where shown and whenever openings of more than 12 but less than 30 are shown without steel or other lintels 1 Refer to the Drawings for loose lintel schedule Bearing Unless otherwise shown, provide minimum bearing of 6 for openings less than 6 0 wide and 8 for wider openings 308 INSTALLATION OF CONTROL AND EXPANSION JOINTS Locate vertical control expansion and isolation Joints in stone masonry as shown on the Drawings Joints shall be continuous through depth of the masonry work unless otherwise detailed Maintain control Joint voids clear of mortar grout and debris Rake out mortar in preparation for application of caulking and sealants Control Joint Spacing If location of control Joints is not shown place vertical Joints maximum 32 o c for stone masonry except as specified herein 1 Masonry Veneer Locate vertical control Joints in continuous runs of masonry veneer so ratio of horizontal run to vertical height of veneer does not exceed 4 1 or 20 0 whichever is greater 2 Masonry Veneer Locate control Joints within 16 maximum of all bonded external corners 3 Masonry Veneer Provide at least one (1) control Joint in each wall plane 4 Locate joints at points of natural weakness in supporting structure at wall openings and at control joints located in the floor slab when walls are supported on the slab Place control joint materials in accordance with manufacturers written instructions recessed in joint for caulking as specified in Section 07900 3 09 CUTTING AND FITTING Cut and fill for chases pipes conduit sleeves and other items as required Cooperate fully with other Sections to ensure correct size shape and location Obtain Architects approval prior to cutting or fitting any area which is not indicated on the Drawings or which may impair appearance or strength of masonry work 3 10 INSTALLATION OF PRECAST CONCRETE WALL CAPS LINTELS AND COPING UNITS A General Install miscellaneous architectural precast concrete units, furnished by others as shown on the Drawings B Bearing Unless otherwise shown provide minimum bearing of 6 for openings less than 6 0 wide and 8 for wider openings C Place control joint materials in accordance with manufacturer s written instructions, recessed in joint for caulking as specified in Section 07900 3 11 CLEANING AND PROTECTION A General All new and/or existing stone masonry shall be thoroughly cleaned upon completion of the work B Remove and replace any chipped or broken stone units Remove excess mortar and smears upon completion of work Point or replace defective mortar to match adjacent work C Clean soiled surfaces exposed to view using a non acidic solution which will not harm stone or adjacent materials Consult manufacturer for acceptable cleaners Use non metallic tools in cleaning operations Leave surfaces prepared for further sealers or coatings, if specified D Renovation/Restoration Projects Refer to Section 04210 Brick Masonry for additional requirements for cleaning original stone masonry Soapstone Natural Area 0743 07 04400 5 100% Construction Documents 3 12 APPLICATION OF STONE SEALER A Ensure that stone units have been properly cleaned and dried prior to applying sealer Protect adjacent materials and surfaces from overspray of sealer B Ensure that proper precautions are taken for handling products near sources of heat or open flames C Prior to full application test panels of approximately 4 x 4 shall be treated to determine the degree of color change in the masonry and precise application procedures D Apply sealer at consistency and rate of application in accordance with manufacturers instructions and recommendations E Apply sealer to all exterior exposed stone masonry surfaces unless otherwise noted or scheduled to receive other finishes F Clean excess sealer from stone units and adjacent surfaces 3 13 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A General Installation of stone masonry units, mortar and grout, special curing and workmanship of joints shall be in accordance with the standards approved in the sample panel B All stone masonry units shall be sound and free of cracks or other defects that may interfere with the proper placing of the unit or impair the strength or performance of the construction C Face or faces that are exposed shall be free of chips, cracks or other imperfections to the satisfaction of the Architect except that chips not larger than i /4 will be considered acceptable D Contractor shall promptly remove any rejected stone units or portions of the work and replace to match the quality of the approved sample panel END OF SECTION Soapstone Natural Area 0743 07 04400 6 100% Construction Documents SECTION 04430 SIMULATED STONE MASONRY (Bid Alternate) PART 1 GENERAL 1 01 WORK INCLUDED A Furnish and install non load bearing simulated stone masonry veneer, including units and special shapes mortar stucco paper weather barrier metal lath stucco scratch coat and accessories B Furnish and install flexible masonry ftashings and create weephotes in veneer and/or composite wall construction C Install all bolts nailing blocks, inserts, door frames steel lintels vents conduits and other related work furnished by others to be built into simulated stone masonry D Furnish test specimens and samples of materials to be built into work E Clean simulated stone masonry and remove surplus material and waste F Related work specified elsewhere 1 Section 01030, Alternates 2 Section 04100 Mortar 3 Section 04220 Concrete Unit Masonry 4 Section 04400 Stone Masonry 5 Section 05120 Structural Steel 6 Section 06100 Rough Carpentry 7 Section 07210, Building Insulation 8 Section 07621 Galvanized Metal Flashing and Trim 9 Section 07900 Sealants and Joint Filters 10 Section 08110 Standard Steel Doors and Frames 1 02 QUALITY ASSURANCE Reference Standards Conform to the current requirements and recommendations of applicable portions of standards codes and specifications except where more stringent requirements are shown or specified 1 ASTM C170, Compressive Strength, Dimensional Stone Method 2 ASTM C67, Compressive Strength, Brick Method 3 ASTM C97 Absorption and Density 4 ASTM C99 Modulus of Rupture 5 ANSI A 41 1 Building Code Requirements for Masonry 6 International Building Code current edition 7 UL Underwriters Laboratories Inc 9 Applicable provisions of the codes referenced in Section 01060 or as adopted by any jurisdiction with authority over this Project 1 03 TESTING OF MORTAR Mortar Make one (1) set of three (3) 2 x 4 cylinders for each type of mortar each day that mortar is laid Break one (1) cylinder at seven (7) days and two (2) at 28 days 1 Spread mortar on masonry units between i /2 and 3/4 thick and allow to stand one (1) minute 2 Remove mortar and place it in a 2 x 4 cylinder in two (2) layers compressing mortar into cylinder using a flat end stick or fingers Soapstone Natural Area 0743 07 04430 1 100% Construction Documents 3 Lightly tap mold on opposite sides level off and immediately cover molds and keep them damp until taken to laboratory After 48 hour set remove molds, cap the specimens and place them in fog room until tested in damp condition, in accordance with ASTM C31 Test in accordance with ASTM C39 From each set of cylinders break one (1) at seven (7) days and two (2) at 28 days Reports shall include location and description of wall, dates weather conditions temperature of mortar and grout, description of mortar and grout mixes description of masonry prisms breaking stresses and nature of break 104 SUBMITTALS A Product Data Submit manufacturers written product literature specifications, installation instructions and ASTM test compliance data showing compliance with the requirements of this Section B Shop Drawings Submit shop drawings for all factory fabricated unit types, including any specified special shapes or special shapes required by field locations of corners door openings steps in masonry ledges etc for units specified for chamfered or draft margin face finishes C Samples Submit samples of the specified simulated stonemasonry for approval before delivery to the site Samples shall include shapes sizes and kinds insufficient number to show full range of color and texture of each type of masonry unit specified Final approval shall be by the Architect D Sample Panel Erect minimum 3 0 x 4 0 sample panel consisting of approved simulated stone masonry that satisfactorily shows proposed color range texture bond mortar and workmanship Sample panel shall be constructed showing a corner condition 1 Contractor shall not continue work until Architect and Owners representative have accepted sample panel 2 Sample panel shall remain on site until work of this Section is complete and will be used as standard of comparison for balance of work 3 Sample panel may be constructed as a part of the permanent building construction if approved by the Architect 1 05 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A Deliver materials to the site on platforms or pallets Keep masonry units completely covered and free from frost ice and snow Handle masonry units carefully to avoid chipping breakage contact with soil or contaminating materials Protect steel materials from moisture and keep free from rust or scale Store mortar materials in dry place Damaged materials shall not be used B Maintain protective boards at exposed external corners which may be damaged by construction activities Provide such protection without damaging completed work 1 06 ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS A Maintain materials and surrounding air temperature to minimum 500 F prior to, during and 48 hours after completion of masonry work B During freezing or near freezing weather provide adequate equipment or cover to maintain a minimum temperature of 50 F and to protect masonry work completed or in progress C Protect partially completed masonry against weather when work is not in progress by covering top of walls with strong waterproof, non staining membrane Extend membrane at least 2 down both sides of walls and anchor securely in place D Cold Weather Masonry Installation 1 Do not use frozen materials or materials mixed or coated with ice or frost 2 Do not use anti freeze compounds calcium chlonde or substances containing calcium chlonde in mortar or grout Soapstone Natural Area 0743 07 04430 2 100% Construction Documents 3 Do not build on frozen work Remove and replace masonry work damaged by frost or freezing 4 Protect masonry being placed from wind with enclosures or shields when air temperature is below 32 F 5 Do not heat water above 1060 F 6 When mortar or grout materials have been combined, temperature of the mixture shall not be less than 70 F nor more than 1000 F 7 Masonry materials shall be preconditioned and completed masonry protected as required by the stone manufacturer or as follows a When air temperature is below 40 F and above 32 F heat mixing water Protect masonry from rain or snow for 24 hours by means of waterproof covers b When air temperature is below 320 F and above 200 F heat both sand and mixing water Maintain a temperature of at least 40 F on both sides of walls by means of suitable covers or enclosures for 24 hours c When air temperature is 200 F and below, heat sand mixing water and block and provide heated enclosures A temperature of at least 400 F shall be maintained within enclosures for 48 hours d Periods required for protection and maintenance of specified temperatures may be reduced to 1 /2 of those specified herein before if Type III Portland cement is used with the Engineers approval Hot Weather Masonry Installation 1 During very hot weather and drying wind, the Architect may order very light fog spray of mortar bedding areas several times during the first 24 hours to prevent premature drying of mortar 107 WARRANTIES A Provide manufacturer s written 30 year warranty covering defects m materials and workmanship PART 2 PRODUCTS 201 LIGHTWEIGHT SIMULATED STONE MASONRY A General Simulated cultured stone units manufactured from Portland Cement lightweight aggregates and mineral oxide pigments in forms created from natural stone installed as a lightweight non load bearing veneer B Sizes Random sizes, based upon manufacturers standard range of sizes for the product line specified C Materials 1 Portland Cement ASTM C150 Type I or masonry cement (Type N) ASTM C91 2 Masonry sand 3 Lime ASTM C207 4 Iron oxide pigments D Range of Physical Properties i Compressive Strength UBC Standard 26 10 Parts 1 and 4 2 Water Absorption UBC Standard 32 12 3 Density 8 12 lbs per sq ft , determined in accordance with ASTM C567 4 Shear(Adhesion)Strength ASTM C482 5 Freeze/Thaw Characteristics ASTM C67 83 6 Thermal Conductivity ASTM C177 with the following minimum standards a Temperature hot side (F) 82 b Temperature cold side (F) 75 80 Soapstone Natural Area 0743 07 04430 3 100% Construction Documents c Average mean temperature (F) 80 20 d Thermal conductivity (k) 2 82 e Thermal resistance (r) for 1 layer 355 7 Fire Classification Flame spread rating of 0 and smoke developed rating of 0 when tested in accordance with UL 723 E Appearance Units shall have smooth dense exposed surfaces free of cracks, chips or deleterious matter Representative sample in sample panel subject to approval by Architect F Special Shapes Provide manufacturers standard prefabricated units and special shapes as required for project conditions including but not limited to 1 External corners 2 Internal corners 3 Cap units at retaining walls G Fabrication Manufacture units requiring special shapes specified above, or where corners door openings and other site conditions require factory fabricated edge and ends H Accessory Materials 1 Weather Resistant Barrier 2 ply, Grade D stucco paper by Fortifiber Corp or approved equal 2 Metal Lath 18 gage galvanized woven wire mesh or 2 5 lb flat diamond or 3 4 lb flat nb galvanized mesh 3 Mortar Refer to Section 04100 Provide color additive for all dry stack and grouted applications Davis Color or equal I Approved Product Line Country Ledgestone White Oak by Cultured Stone as basis of design J Approved Manufacturers 1 Cultured Stone Corp by Owens Corning Napa CA, (800) 225 7462 2 Lone Star Stone Inc Whitney TX, (888) 377 8663 3 Eldorado Stone San Marcos CA (760)736 3232 4 Manufacturers providing materials of same function, appearance quality performance and range of size color and face finish selection including matching the selected product(s) specified above in the sole opinion of the Architect are acceptable as approved by the Architect prior to bidding 202 MASONRY ACCESSORIES 203 SEALER Masonry Flashmgs Non reinforced homogenous, waterproof elastomenc sheeting, 20 mil minimum thickness 1 Tensile Strength 2200 psi minimum ASTM D412 2 Elongation 250% minimum ASTM D412 3 Puncture Resistance 200 lbs minimum 4 Flashing shall retain flexibility to a temperature of 200 F minimum 5 Materials and adhesive shall be as recommended by the manufacturer for the particular application 6 Approved Manufacturer Vi Seal Plastic Flashing by AFCO Products Inc Somerville, MA (800) 397 2687 or approved equal Weather Resistant Barner Specified in paragraph 2 01 above Control Joints Non asphaltic type foam backer rod by Celotex or equal Thicknesses as shown on the Drawings Clear Masonry Sealer None 04430 4 Soapstone Natural Area 0743 07 100% Construction Documents 3 2 In accordance with Section 8-160 of the Code of the City of Fort Collins in determining whether a bidder is responsible, the following shall be considered (1) The ability capacity and skill of the bidder to perform the contract or provide the services required, (2) whether the bidder can perform the contract or provide the service promptly and within the time specified without delay or interference, (3) the character, integrity, reputation, judgment experience and efficiency of the bidder, (4) the quality of the bidder's performance of previous contracts or services, (5) the previous and existing compliance by the bidder with laws and ordinances relating to the contract or service (6) the sufficiency of the financial resources and ability of the bidder to perform the contract or provide the service (7) the quality, availability and adaptability of the materials and services to the particular use required, (8) the ability of the bidder to provide future maintenance and service for the use of the subject of the contract and (9) any other circumstances which will affect the bidder s performance of the contract 3 3 Each Bidder may be required to show that he has handled former Work so that no just claims are pending against such Work No Bid will be accepted from a Bidder who is engaged on any other Work which would impair his ability to perform or finance this Work 3 4 No Bidder shall be in default on the performance of any other contract with the City or in the payment of any taxes, licenses or other monies due to the City 4 0 EXAMINATION OF CONTRACT DOCUMENTS AND SITE 4 1 It is the responsibility of each Bidder, before submitting a Bid, to (a) examine the Contract Documents thoroughly, (b) visit the site to familiarize himself with local conditions that may in any manner affect cost, progress or performance of the Work, (c) familiarize himself with federal state and local laws, ordinances, rules and regulations that may in any manner affect cost, progress or performance of the Work, (d) study and carefully correlate Bidder s observations with the Contract Documents, and (e) notify Engineer of all conflicts, errors or discrepancies in the Contract Documents 4 2 Reference is made to the Supplementary Conditions for identification of Subsurface and Physical Conditions SC-4 2 4 3 The submission of a Bid will constitute an incontrovertible representation by Bidder that Bidder has complied with every requirement of this Article 4 that without exception the Bid is Premised upon performing and furnishing the Work required by the Rev 10/20/07 Section 00100 Page 2 PART 3 EXECUTION 301 INSPECTION AND COORDINATION A Installer shall inspect the foundations, retaining walls formed masonry ledges steel or wood stud framing backup wait sheathing and other substrates scheduled to receive simulated stone masonry work of this Section Notify Contractor in writing of any condition that may potentially affect the installation performance or appearance of the completed work Do not begin installation until such conditions have been corrected to the satisfaction of the Installer B Ensure items built in by other trades for this work are property located and sized C Establish all tines levels and coursing Protect from disturbance Place simulated stone unit masonry in accordance with tines and levels indicated on the Drawings D Ensure masonry courses are of uniform height Make vertical and honzontat joints equal and of uniform thickness E Ensure that minimum 1 airspace between masonry veneer units and wait sheathing is maintained F Chases and recesses shall be built in and not cut in Provide not less than 16 of masonry between chase or recess and jamb of openings and between adjacent chases and recesses G Unfinished masonry walls shall be stepped back for joining with new work Do not tooth H Cutting and fitting of masonry including that required to accommodate the work of other Sections shall be done by masonry mechanics with masonry saws I Bearing for horizontal load carrying members shall be of grouted masonry as shown on the Drawings If no detail is shown bearing under beams shall consist of grouted masonry at least 8 x 16 in plan and 16 deep J Mask or otherwise protect doors and frames louvers, mechanical and electrical equipment and other miscellaneous accessories not scheduled to receive masonry sealers prior to application of spray or brush applied sealers 3 02 PREPARATION A Open Stud Install paperbacked metal lath to studs using galvanized nails or staples which penetrate a minimum of 1 and 4 on center Apply i /2 to 3/4 thick scratch coat and allow to dry 48 hours Wrap weather resistant barrier and metal lath a minimum of 16 around all outside and inside corners B Sheathed Surfaces Install one (1) layer of weather resistant barrier with lap joints 4 shingle fashion Install metal lath attach with galvanized nails or staples which penetrate a minimum of 1 Apply 6 on center vertically and 16 on center horizontally Apply 1 /2 to 3/4 thick scratch coat and allow to dry 48 hours Wrap weather resistant barrier and metal lath a minimum of 16 around all outside and inside corners C Concrete and Masonry Surfaces New Clean and Untreated (no preparation needed) Examine newly poured concrete closely to ensure that its finished surface contains no releasing agents (form oil) If it does contain form oil etch surface with munatic acid, rinse thoroughly and/or score with a wire brush or use high pressure water or sandblasting to remove D Existing Concrete and Masonry Surfaces If required remove paint coatings sealers and dirt as recommended in 3 02 C or D Apply metal lath to surfaces attach with galvanized concrete nails which penetrate a minimum of 1 Apply 6 apart 16 on centers Apply 1 /2 to 3/4 thick scratch coat and allow to dry 48 hours 3 03 INSTALLATION OF MASONRY FLASHINGS A General Install masonry flashings in locations as shown on the Drawings 04430 5 Soapstone Natural Area 0743 07 100% Construction Documents Place flashings in accordance with manufacturers instructions and recommendations and as detailed on the Drawings Place weep holes through bottom course of masonry construction as shown on the Drawings but in no case to exceed 48 o c Form weep holes full depth of head joints minimum 2 high and spaced as specified Coordinate with Architect in the held as necessary Composite Wall Construction Refer to Section 04220 Concrete Unit Masonry for installation of thru wall flashings for composite wall construction 304 INSTALLATION OF LIGHTWEIGHT SIMULATED STONE MASONRY A General Install lightweight simulated stone masonry units in strict accordance with the manufacturers written instructions and recommendations B Mortar Mixing Thoroughly mix mortar ingredients in quantities needed for immediate use in accordance with ASTM C270 Type N C Apply 1 /2 to 3/4 of mortar to metal lath as scratch coat covering a maximum of 10 sq ft at one time Ensure that scratch coat has cured minimum 48 hours or as recommended by the manufacturer D Butter back surfaces of simulated stone masonry and press units firmly into position in soft mortar bed wiggle and apply slight pressure to unit to ensure firm bonding causing mortar to extrude slightly around edges of units E Place units with uniform mortar joints Stone joints should not be over 1/2 in width When installing pre fitted stone textures units should be fitted tight against each other with no allowance for mortar joints Install outside corner return units with short and long lengths alternated 1 Install simulated stone masonry as dry stacked or with grouted joints as specified in paragraph 2 01 above F Plan work to minimize job site cutting Perform necessary cutting with proper tools to provide uniform edges take care to prevent breaking unit corners or edges G Remove excess mortar do not allow mortar to set up on face of units Point (rake,) and tool joints before mortar has set Clean and finish joints in accordance with manufacturers instructions H Retaining Walls Install lightweight simulated stone masonry units over concrete and/or concrete unit masonry retaining watts in accordance with manufacturers written instructions and recommendations for the specific application 1 Cap Units Install cap units over one (1) layer of specified building felts and metal lath, as required to provide adequate moisture protection to tops of walls 3 05 MORTAR BEDDING AND JOINTS A General Install mortar and joints as required or recommended by the manufacturer B Head joints shall be well buttered for thickness equal to face shell of unit and shall be shoved tightly so that mortar bonds well to both units Do not slush head joints C Hollow Masonry Units Lay with full mortar coverage over horizontal and vertical face shells D Mortar protrusions extending more than 3/8 into cells or cavities to be reinforced and/or filled or into air space for veneer masonry shalt be removed E Joint width shalt be uniformly 3/8 unless otherwise shown 3 06 TOOLING A Exposed Joints Toot joints as scheduled Rake out mortar in preparation for application of caulking or sealants where required 1 Exterior Face of Exterior Walls Tooled concave joints or as recommended by the manufacturer for the types of face finishes specified Soapstone Natural Area 0743 07 04430 6 100% Construction Documents Joints which are not tight at the time of tooling shall be raked out, pointed and then tooled 307 BUILT IN WORK A As work progresses, build in hollow metal frames, signage electrical and mechanical accessories anchor bolts plates, specialties and other items supplied by others Place items plumb and true to tine 3 08 CUTTING AND FITTING Cut and fit for chases pipes conduit sleeves and other items as required Cooperate fully with other Sections to ensure correct size shape and location Obtain Architects approval prior to cutting or fitting any area which is not indicated on the Drawings or which may impair appearance or strength of masonry work 309 CLEANING AND PROTECTION Remove and replace any chipped or broken concrete masonry units Remove excess mortar and smears upon completion of masonry work Point or replace defective mortar to match adjacent work Clean soiled surfaces exposed to view using a non acidic solution which will not harm masonry or adjacent materials Consult masonry manufacturer for acceptable cleaners Use non metallic tools in cleaning operations Leave surfaces prepared for further sealers or coatings if specified 3 10 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A General Installation of simulated stone masonry units, mortar and grout special curing and workmanship of joints shall be in accordance with the standards approved in the sample panel 1 Maintain required moisture content of mortar mix as work proceeds B All simulated stone unit masonry units shall be sound and free of cracks or other defects that may interfere with the proper placing of the unit or impair the strength or performance of the construction C All exposed faces and surfaces shall be free of chips cracks or other imperfections to the satisfaction of the Architect except that chips not larger than 1 /4 will be considered acceptable D Contractor shall promptly remove any rejected simulated stone masonry units or portions of the work and replace to match the quality of the approved sample panel END OF SECTION Soapstone Natural Area 0743 07 04430 7 100% Construction Documents SECTION 05120 STRUCTURALSTEEL PART 1 GENERAL 1 01 WORK INCLUDED A Furnish fabricate and erect all structural steel framing, including columns, beams purlins bridging, bracing and other framing members B Furnish fabricate and erect all structural steel framing including columns prefabricated steel trusses and other framing members C Furnish and fabricate items to be embedded in concrete or masonry such as anchor bolts, angles or plates for attachment of structural steel and other work except embedded items for attachment of precast concrete which will be furnished by the precast manufacturer for installation by the General Contractor D Furnish fabricate and install miscellaneous non structural steel items unless arranged for otherwise E Repair and/or reinforce existing structural steel members as indicated on the Drawings F Related work specified elsewhere 1 Section 01200 Project Meetings Pre installation conferences 2 Section 01410 Testing 3 Section 01714 Construction Waste Management 4 Section 03300 Cast in Place Concrete 5 Section 05300 Metal Decking 6 Section 05999 Miscellaneous Metals 7 Section 06100 Rough Carpentry Miscellaneous metal hangers post caps etc 8 Section 07610 Prefimshed Metal Roofing 9 Section 09900 Painting 1 02 QUALITY ASSURANCE Reference Standards Comply with the following codes and standards except as otherwise shown or specified 1 AISC Specifications for the Design Fabrication and Erection of Structural Steel for Buildings 2 AISC Manual of Steel Construction 3 AISC Code of Standard Practice for Steel Buildings and Bridges 2000 or current edition as amended below a Section 3 1 Revise the second paragraph to read The Contract Documents shall clearly show the work that is to be performed and shall give the following information with sufficient dimensions to accurately convey the quantity and nature of the structural steel to be fabricated b Section 3 2 Replace the entire section with the follovng Requirements for structural steel including dimensions arrangement and details shall be shown in the overall contract document package Fabricator shall be responsible for incorporating all such information from structural architectural mechanical and electrical drawings as well as those of other disciplines c Section 3 5 Delete all text after the first sentence d Section 3 6 Page 19 replace the text of the entire section with the following When the fast track project delivery system is selected, release of structural drawings shall constitute release for construction only if specifically noted on the Soapstone Natural Area 0743 07 05120 1 100% Construction Documents drawing Drawings that indicate not for construction shall not be used for detailing e Section 4 2 Page 21, 2nd paragraph Eliminate the following When requested to do so by the Owners Designated Representative for Design f Section 4 4 Page 23 Revise 2nd sentence to read the following These drawings shall be returned in accordance with the schedule defined in Division 1 of the project specification In the absence of this requirement the Owner's Designated Representative for Design shall return submittals within 14 days of receipt from the Owners Designated Representative for Design for Construction g Section 6 4 4 Page 33 Revise statement For the purpose of inspection camber shall be measured in the fabricators shop in the unstressed condition to read camber specified on the drawings is intended to be camber at the time of erection with decking placed prior to placing concrete Owners Designated Representative for Construction shall submit methods for controlling deflections on beams with inadequate camber prior to placing concrete on deck h Section 6 5 3 Page 38 Revise definition to read two mils (0 05 mm) Section 7 10 3 Page 47 Refer to the design criteria in the general notes on the drawings for definition of the complete lateral load resisting system for the steel frame The Contractor shall notify the Erector in accordance with Section 7 10 of the AISC Code of Standard Practice for Steel Buildings and Bridges of all bracing requirements beyond those required to support the bare steel frame 4 AISC Specification for Structural Joints Using ASTM A325 or A490 Bolts Approved by the Research Council on Riveted and Bolted Structural Joints of the Engineering Foundation 5 AWS Code for Welding in Building Construction 6 ASTM A36 Structural Steel 7 ASTM A307 Low Carbon Steel Externally and Internally Threaded Fasteners 8 ASTM A325 High Strength Bolts for Structural Steel Joints 9 ASTM A500 B Cold Formed Welded and Seamless Structural Steel 10 ASTM A572 50 High Strength Low Alloy Columbium Vanadium Structural Steel 11 FS TT P 31 Iron Oxide, Ready Mix red and brown 12 ASTM A525 Sheet Steel Zinc Coated (Galvanized) by the Hot Dipped Process 13 Applicable provisions of the codes referenced in Section 01060 or as adopted by any jurisdiction with authority over this Project Fabricator Qualifications Experienced in fabrication of structural steel for projects of similar size and complexity Welding Qualifications Welding shall be performed only by welders or welding operators currently certified in accordance with the AWS Code to perform the type of welding involved 1 All welders shall have evidence of current certification 103 SUBMITTALS A Certified Test Reports Furnish, prior to fabrication, certified mill test reports covering physical and chemical tests of structural steel and high strength bolts if requested by Structural Engineer B Specifications Submit manufacturers specifications and installation instructions showing compliance with the specifications for filler metal for welding shop paint and grout C Calibration Data Submit procedure for calibration of wrenches and installation of high strength bolts for Engineers approval D Product Data Submit manufacturers written product literature for any miscellaneous or specialty metal fabrications not submitted under separate Sections E Shop Drawings Submit shop drawings including job standards for shop and field connections, anchor bolt and base plate plans erection drawings for framing and detail drawings of all structural members Soapstone Natural Area 0743 07 05120 2 100% Construction Documents 1 Erection drawings shall show all necessary erection details, location type and size of all bolts and welds clearly distinguishing between shop and field bolts and welds 2 Indicate all joints and attachments between the work of this Section and the prefabricated steel structures specified in Section 13122 3 Indicate all joints and attachments between the work of this Section and the prefabricated wire mesh screens specified in Section 05999 4 Truss connector plate drawings shall show each plate type or condition to scale with anchor bolt placement Shop Drawings Submit shop drawings of any miscellaneous or specialty metal fabrications not submitted under separate Sections 104 TESTING Testing and inspection of shop and field welding and high strength bolting shall be as specified in Section 01410 1 05 DELIVERY STORAGE AND HANDLING A Materials to be Installed by Others Deliver anchor bolts and other anchorage devices which are embedded in cast in place concrete to the project site in time to be installed before the start of cast in place concrete operations Provide setting drawings, templates and directions for installation of anchor bolts and other devices B Handle members in a manner to prevent damage distortion or abrasion of shop paint Repair or replace damaged materials, members or structures as directed by the Architect/Engineer C Storage of Structural Steel Structural steel members stored at the project site shall be above ground on platforms, skids or other supports and stored upright to prevent twisting Protect steel from corrosion Store other materials in a weathertight and dry place until ready for use Store packaged materials in their original, unbroken package or container PART 2 PRODUCTS 201 STRUCTURAL STEEL SHAPES A Structural Steel Conform to ASTM A36 B Rolled Steel Shapes Comply with ASTM A572 50 C Structural Tubular Steel Square cold rolled steel tubing ASTM A500, Grade B D Structural Steel Pipe Comply with ASTM, A53 Grade B E Solid Steel Bars and Plates Comply with ASTM A36 81 a F LEED Design Criteria fully welded constructions Complywith 1 Credits MR 4 1 and 4 2 Recycled Content 60% minimum 2 Credits MR 5 1 Local/Regional Materials Manufactured Locally Required Contractor to provide information on locally manufactured products in compliance with Section 01015 3 Credit MR 5 2 Local/Regional Materials Harvested Locally Contractor to provide information on locally extracted, harvested or recovered materials, in compliance with Section 01015 202 FASTENERS AND ANCHORS Unfinished threaded fasteners shall be regular low carbon steel bolts and nuts complying with ASTM A307 Grade A Soapstone Natural Area 0743 07 05120 3 100% Construction Documents B High strength threaded fasteners shall be heavy hexagonal structural bolts and nuts and hardened washers complying with ASTM A325 or ASTM A490 C Electrodes for manual shielded and metal arc welding shall be covered mild steel electrodes conforming to the AWS Code and ASTM A233 Series E 60 and E 70 D Bare electrodes and granular flux for submerged arc welding shall conform to the AWS Code and ASTM A588, Series F 60 and F 70 E Turnbuckles F LEED Design Criteria 1 Credits MR 4 1 and 4 2 Recycled Content 60% minimum 2 Credits MR 5 1, Local/Regional Materials Manufactured Locally Match paragraph 2 01 above 3 Credit MR 5 2 Local/Regional Materials Harvested Locally Match paragraph 2 01 above 2 03 HEADED STUD TYPE SHEAR CONNECTORS A Provide cold finished carbon steel connectors conforming to ASTM Al08, Grade 1015 or 1020 with dimensions complying with AISC Specifications 204 PRIMER AND PAINT A Shop Paint No shop painting Steel to receive rust finish B Asphaltic Paint Provide an asphaltic base paint for all surfaces below grade and for all members exposed in crawlspaces and all exterior members to be in contact or embedded into concrete or as shown on the Drawings 1 Sonneborn Hydrocide Semi Mastic C Primer No primer Steel to receive rust finish 2 05 NON SHRINK GROUT Provide factory packaged non shrink non metallic flowable grout where shown on the Drawings manufactured by Embeco Five Star or equal 1 One (1) day compressive strength of 5 000 psi minimum PART 3 EXECUTION 301 INSPECTION A Contractor shall check all lines and levels and verify existing conditions prior to commencing work of this Section Notify the Architect/Engineer in writing of any discrepancies or conditions which may affect the successful installation of the structural steel work Do not begin work until conditions are corrected in a manner acceptable to the Erector 3 02 PREPARATION A Contractor shalt be responsible for checking all dimensions elevations and assuring fit of structural steel members prior to commencing erection B Prior to start of erection of the steel, Erector shalt verify the location of embedded anchor bolts and report deviations from the anchor bolt setting plan to the General Contractor in writing C Protect adjacent materials or areas below from damage due to weld splatter or sparks during field welding D Make provision for erection loads and for sufficient temporary bracing to maintain structure safe plumb and to true alignment until completion of erection Soapstone Natural Area 0743 07 05120 4 100% Construction Documents Pre Installation Conference Refer to Section 01200 3 03 PREPARATION FOR STRUCTURAL MODIFICATIONS A Contractor shall be responsible for checking all dimensions elevations and assuring fit of structural steel members prior to commencing installation B Contractor shall ensure the structural stability of the roof and floor framing components during removal or modification of any existing connectors and the installation of new connectors 1 Shore or brace walls and framing members as necessary C Field welding as a part of this work shall only be allowed where specifically shown on the Drawings or approved by the Architect/Engineer 1 Contractor shall take all necessary precautions during welding in the vicinity of existing wood construction 2 Contractor shall be responsible for the repair or replacement of any existing construction damaged or destroyed by this work at no additional cost to the Owner 3 Protect adjacent materials or areas below from damage due to weld splatter or sparks during field welding 304 FABRICATION OF STRUCTURAL STEEL A General Structural steel shall be detailed and fabricated in accordance with the referenced codes AISC Specifications and standards and in compliance with the final approved shop drawings Provide camber in structural members as shown B Shop fabricate and assemble sections in largest practical components for delivery and erection on the site Extent of shop assembly shall be as approved in the shop drawings 1 Beam Connectors Shop fabricate structural steel tube columns connector plates and beam seats C Property mark and match mark all materials for field assembly Mark member at top surfaces so they are not visible when installed Coordinate fabrication and delivery sequence to expedite erection and minimize field handling of materials Plates and anchor bolts to be built into concrete work shall be shipped loose D Type of connection most suitable to shop or field facilities shall be used, unless otherwise shown on the Drawings E Cutting and Fitting Perform necessary cutting fitting and dnthng for the accommodation of other trades Secure correct information for same, both before and after steel is delivered Cutting or drilling will not be permitted on the job without the approval of the Architect/Engineer F Steel to be Exposed in Finished Structure All steel trusses truss connector plates beam seats, beams columns purthns and other items to be exposed in the completed work shall be fabricated and cut square true and uniform with uneven rough or abraded edges sanded smooth 3 05 SHOP AND FIELD CONNECTIONS A Weld or bolt shop connections unless otherwise shown Bolt field connections except where welded connections are shown or specified Use bolts conforming to ASTM A325 unless otherwise shown 1 All welds exposed to view are to be Architectural Grade B No one sided connections shall be used unless specifically shown on the Drawings C Detailing and fabrication of high strength bolted joints shall conform to Specifications for Structural Joints Using ASTM A325 or A490 Bolts Connections are designed as bearing connec tions D Finish work in accordance with the approved shop drawings Work shall be true and free from twists kinks buckles open joints and other defects 05120 5 Soapstone Natural Area 0743 07 100% Construction Documents 306 SHOP PAINTING No shop painting All steel to receive a rust finish with a clear polyurethane finish 307 ERECTION OF STRUCTURAL STEEL A General Erect steel in accordance with AISC Specifications and Code of Standard Practice and other specified requirements including special provision of CSHA and COSH B Erection equipment shall be of adequate capacity to perform all work safely Do not use floor and roof systems of building to support erection equipment C Maintain work in safe and stable condition during erection Provide temporary shoring and bracing as required D Set structural frames accurately to lines and elevations indicated within specified AISC erection tolerances Align and adjust various members forming a part of complete frame or structure before permanently fastening E Clean bearing and other surfaces which will be in permanent contact before assembly 1 Allowable Tolerances Comply with requirements of AISC Code of Standard Practice Leveling and plumbing shall be based on a mean temperature of 70 F Compensate for difference in temperature at time of erection F Set loose and attached base plates and bearing plates on steel wedges or on other adjustable devices Tighten anchor bolts after the supporting members have been positioned and plumbed Do not remove wedges or shims G High strength bolting shall be in accordance with AISC Specifications for Structural Joints Testing of high strength bolting procedures shall be as specified in Section 01410 H Ream holes that must be enlarged to admit bolts Do not use gas cutting torches in the field for correcting fabrication errors All gas cutting must have prior approval of the Engineer I Attach headed stud shear connectors if specified to beams by automatic end welding in accordance with the manufacturers written instructions and recommendations J Where reinforcing bars are shown welded to structural steel bars are to be furnished by rebar supplier and welded in place by structural steel erector K Field Modifications Witten approval of the Architect/Engineer must be obtained before using cutting torch for field modification or refabncation of structural steel Contractor shall be responsible for errors in fabrication and for correct fit in the field 308 PLACEMENT OF NON SHRINK GROUT Inspect surfaces prior to placement of grout Check for cleanliness and proper placement and installation of steel work to be in general conformance with the Drawings Thoroughly mix grout ingredients in quantities needed for immediate use Follow manufacturers printed instructions Place in accordance with manufacturers written instructions Pack grout solid taking care that there are no voids Refrain from tightening anchor bolts until grout has set and cured 3 09 CLEANING A Clean all steel surfaces in preparation for rust finish 3 10 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A General Refer to Structural Drawings for complete steel inspection table or schedule B Shop and field welding of exposed structural steel members shall be subject to evaluation to the satisfaction of the Architect including but not limited to the following characteristics 1 Alignment and spacing of members Soapstone Natural Area 0743 07 05120 6 100% Construction Documents Flushness and plumb of adjacent members Quality and appearance of finished welds Alignment of bolts and other attachments, where exposed to view in finished structure Consistency of bolt length beyond nuts where exposed to view in finished structure END OF SECTION Soapstone Natural Area 0743 07 05120 7 100% Construction Documents 3 Sheet SD1 North Site Plan Revision Fencing for Limits of Disturbance along the entire 1 700 foot long site access improvements from the north parking lot to the observatory will not be required 4 Sheet SD1 North Site Plan Revision Delete the reference (SUBGRADE PREPARED BY OTHERS) at the note for the new 5 depth 5 wide concrete walk w/ fiber mesh — approx 1 700LF to North Shelter 5 Sheet Al 3 Entry Station Plans Clarification Add the following note All gas piping fittings and other associated components for the propane gas heater and gas lamps are to be design/build by the selected mechanical subcontractor All proposed piping equipments and matenals are to be submitted to the owner for approval prior to installation Reference the attached cut -sheet of proposed propane heater and gas lamp and specification section 15020 Design/Build Plumbing and Mechanical Systems 6 Sheet Al 6 Small Picnic Shelter Revision This structure will be constructed within 100 yards of the north parking lot at a specific location to be determined and staked out by the owner 7 Sheet Al 6 Small Picnic Shelter Revision Delete Crusher fines floor surface of the small shelter Provide compacted sub base for future crusher fines installation by owner at the floor area within the pressure treated timber enclosure 8 Sheet A3 3 Entry Station building sections and interior elevations detail C2/A3 3 Delete the lexan glazing reference to the note at upper fixed window There is no lexan glazing in the protect 9 Sheet SO 1 Structural General notes Structural Materials 1 0 Concrete 1 1 General Requirements item A 28-day compressive strength for concrete shall be as follows Change to read Slab -On -Grade — 4 000 p s i Attachments (8) Eight 8-1/2 x11 cut sheet of propane heat and gas lamps (1) One 8-1/2 xi specification section 15020 Design/Build Plumbing and Mechanical Systems (1) One 8-1/2 x11 Exhibit for access to the Lindenmeier Observatory (1) One 8-1/2 x11 typical cross sections for temporary construction access and permanent concrete path to the Lindenmeier Observatory REVISED BID SCHEDULE ATTACHED Please contact John D Stephen CPPO CPPB Senior Buyer at (970) 221 6777 with any questions regarding this addendum RECEIPT OF THIS ADDENDUM MUST BE ACKNOWLEDGED BY A WRITTEN STATEMENT ENCLOSED WITH THE BID/QUOTE STATING THAT THIS ADDENDUM HAS BEEN RECEIVED Contract Documents and such means methods techniques, sequences or procedures of construction as may be indicated in or required by the Contract Documents and that the Contract Documents are sufficient in scope and detail to indicate and convey understanding of all terms and conditions for performance and furnishing of the Work 5 0 INTERPRETATIONS AND ADDENDA 5 1 All questions about the meaning or intent of the Bidding Documents are to be submitted in writing to the Engineer and the OWNER Interpretation or clarifications considered necessary in response to such questions will be issued only by Addenda Questions received less than seven days prior to the date for opening of the Bids may not be answered Only questions answered by formal written Addenda will be binding Oral and other interpretations or clarifications will be without legal effect 5 2 All questions concerning the scope of this project should be directed to the Engineer Questions regarding submittal of bids should be directed to the City of Fort Collins' Purchasing Division 5 3 Addenda may also be issued to modify the Bidding Documents as deemed advisable by OWNER or Engineer 5 4 Addenda will be mailed or delivered to all parties recorded by the OWNER as having received the Bidding documents 6 0 BID SECURITY 6 1 Each Bid must be accompanied by Bid Security made payable to OWNER in the amount stated in the Invitation to Bid The required security must be in the form of a certified or bank cashier's check payable to OWNER or a Bid Bond on the form enclosed herewith The Bid Bond must be executed by a surety meeting the requirements of the General Conditions for surety bonds 6 2 The Bid Security of the successful Bidder will be retained until such Bidder has executed the Agreement and furnished the required contract security whereupon Bid Security will be returned If the successful Bidder fails to execute and deliver the Agreement and furnish the required contract security within 15 days of the Notice of Award, OWNER may annul the Notice of Award and the Bid Security of that Bidder will be forfeited The Bid Security of other Bidders whom OWNER believes to have reasonable chance receiving the award may be retained by OWNER until the earlier of the seventh day after the effective date of the Agreement or the thirty-first day after the Bid Opening, whereupon Bid Security furnished by such Bidders will be returned Bid Security with Bids which are not competitive will be returned Rev 10/20/07 Section 00100 Page 3 SECTION 05300 METAL DECKING PART 1 GENERAL 1 01 WORK INCLUDED Furnish and install all materials required for complete installation of metal roof decking Related work specified elsewhere 1 Section 01714 Construction Waste Management 2 Section 03300 Cast in Place Concrete Concrete fill for composite floor decks 3 Section 05120 Structural Steel 1 02 QUALITY ASSURANCE Reference Standards Comply with provisions of the following codes and standards except as otherwise shown or specified 1 AISI Specification for the Design of Light Gage Cold Formed Steel Structural Members 2 AWS Code for Welding in Building Construction 3 SDI Steel Roof Deck Design Manual 4 Applicable provisions of the codes referenced in Section 01060 or as adopted by any jurisdiction with authority over this Project Fabricator shall be a member of the Steel Deck Institute (SDI) 1 All metal decking shall be by the same fabricator throughout the project unless specifically approved otherwise by the Architect/Engineer Welding Qualification Contractor shall qualify welding processes and welding operators in accordance with the AWS Standard Qualification Procedure 1 Welded decking in place is subject to inspection and testing Remove and replace or reweld work found to be defective and not complying with the specifications 1 03 SUBMITTALS Product Data Submit manufacturers product literature, load tables performance and test data Shop Drawings Submit shop drawings including erection plans and details deck types, gage and properties erection marks and sequence of erection welding diagrams and instructions type of shop finish coat accessories and installation instructions 1 04 DELIVERY STORAGE AND HANDLING Deliver materials to the site with necessary erection markings Handle and store in a manner required to avoid damage to decking Store above ground on platforms, skids or similar supports, slope to permit drainage Keep free from dirt or other foreign matter Protect against rust and corrosion by means of weatherproof covering Tie or weigh down broken bundles of deck to prevent wind from blowing sheets PART2 PRODUCTS 2 01 METAL FLOOR AND ROOF DECKING General Type of floor and roof decking shall be as specified herein or as indicated on the 05300 1 Soapstone Natural Area 0743 07 100% Construction Documents Drawings 1 Type Roof Decking 2 Decking Width(s) a Floor Decking 24 , or as indicated on the Drawings b Roof Decking 36 (30 ) or as indicated on the Drawings c Composite Floor Decking 24 (30 ) (36 ), or as indicated on the Drawings 3 Profile(s) Type B by United Steel Deck Inc as basis of design 4 Gage(s) As indicated on the Drawings 5 Deck Thickness 1 1 /2 , or as indicated on the Drawings Materials 1 Steel for Painted Deck Units ASTM A611 Grade C 2 Steel for Galvanized Deck Units ASTM A446, Grade A with 1 25 oz /sq ft commercial class zinc coating complying with ASTM A525 Headed Stud Shear Connectors ASTM A108 Grade 1015 or 1020 Galvanizing Repair Paint High zinc dust content paint for repair of damaged galvanized surfaces complying with MIL P 21035 Approved Manufacturers 1 United Steel Deck Inc Summit NJ (908) 277 1617 2 Vulcraft Norfolk NE (402) 644 8500 3 Epic Metals Corp Rankin PA (412) 351 1393 4 Wheeling Corrugating Co Wheeling, WV (304) 234 2352 5 Consolidated Systems Inc , Columbia SC (800) 554 5421 6 Manufacturers providing materials of the same design function quality and performance are acceptable 2 02 DECK DESIGN CRITERIA General Design of decking and calculation of section properties shall conform to the AISI and SDI specifications Moment of inertia and section modulus of units shall provide sufficient carrying capacity to support all dead and live loads shown on the Drawings, within the limits of the design criteria herein specified Metal Roof Deck 1 Live and dead load deflection shall not exceed L/240 of clear span 2 Maximum steel flexural stress shall be 20 000 psi Deck system shall be capable of resisting at least 30 psf uplift over floor areas and 45 psf uplift within 10 of parapets Minimum gage shall be 22 3 Furnish panels in lengths to span three (3) or more spans 2 03 ACCESSORY MATERIALS A General Provide end and side closures column closures, sump pans and bent plates and other miscellaneous shapes as indicated on the Drawings or as required by project conditions but not itemized B Cover Plates Fabricate metal cover plates for end abutting deck units of not less than 18 gage sheet steel formed to match contour of deck units C Closure Strips Fabricate metal closure strips of minimum 18 gage sheet steel formed to provide tight fitting closures at open ends of cells or flutes and sides of decking D Sump Pans Fabricate roof sump pans from single pieces of 14 gage galvanized sheet steel with level bottoms and sloping sides to direct water flow to drain unless otherwise shown Bearing flanges shall be at least 3 wide Recess pans 1 1 /2 below roof deck surface unless otherwise shown E Cant Strips Fabricate cant strips of 20 gage galvanized sheet steel Bend to form a 450 cant not less than 5 wide with top and bottom flanges not less than 3 wide, unless otherwise shown Soapstone Natural Area 0743 07 05300 2 100% Construction Documents Composite Floor and/or Roof Decking Where metal roof decking is to receive concrete fill install decking with spacers inside laps or with slotted openings in bottom flutes in accordance With the manufacturers standards PART 3 EXECUTION 301 INSPECTION AND PREPARATION Contractor shall check all lines and levels and verify existing conditions prior to commencing work of this Section Notify the Architect/Engineer in writing of any discrepancies or conditions which may affect the successful installation of the work Do not begin work until conditions have been corrected in a manner acceptable to the Erector Steel deck manufacturer shall supply decking free of lubricants or oils which would impair the adhesion of spray applied fireproofing 3 02 INSTALLATION OF METAL DECKING A General Place units on supporting steel and adjust to final position before final welding Units shall be straight and true and have proper bearing on supporting steel B Composite Floor Deck Fasten form deck units to steel by 5/8 diameter welds through metal washers spaced not more than 12 o c at ends and 24 o c at intermediate supports Where two (2) units abut each unit shall be so fastened Where units lap at ends, lap shall be 2 long (minimum) and shall occur over support Along sides of building weld deck to supporting steel using metal washers spaced not more than 12 o c C Roof Deck Fasten roof units as indicated on the Structural Drawings D Fasten side laps of adjacent unit between supports as indicated on the Structural Drawings E Fasten side and end closures of panels by tack welds or screws not more than 4 o c Close openings between panels and columns with column closures 3 03 INSTALLATION OF REINFORCEMENT AT OPENINGS General Provide additional metal reinforcement and closure pieces as required for strength continuity of decking and support of other work unless otherwise shown Roof Deck Reinforce roof decking around openings less than 12 in any dimension by means of a flat steel sheet placed over the opening and fusion welded to the top surface of the deck Extend sheet 12 minimum beyond edge of opening in each direction Provide steel sheet of the same quality as the deck units not less than nominal 16 gage thick before coating and at least 12 wider and longer than the opening Provide #12 TEK screws at each corner and spaced not more than 6 o c along each side Openings larger than 12 shall be framed with angle frames as detailed on the Drawings Composite Floor Deck Structural framing as detailed on the Drawings 3 04 CLEANING A Wash down all steel joists, bridging and other components upon completion of erection END OF SECTION Soapstone Natural Area 0743 07 05300 3 100% Construction Documents SECTION 05999 MISCELLANEOUS METALS PART 1 GENERAL 1 01 WORK INCLUDED A Furnish and install miscellaneous fabricated items of ferrous and non ferrous metals as shown on the Drawings or required by the work including but not limited to 1 Pipe bollards 2 Miscellaneous steel channels, angles lintels and straps if not furnished by other Sections B Furnish and install miscellaneous Corten steel plates and details as shown on the Drawings C Furnish and install cast von tree grates and retaining frames D Related work specified elsewhere 1 Section 01714, Construction Waste Management 2 Section 05120 Structural Steel 1 02 WORK FURNISHED BUT INSTALLED BY OTHERS A Section 02515 Portland Cement Paving Metal fabrications cast in concrete B Section 03450 Architectural Precast Concrete Metal fabrications cast in concrete C Section 04220 Concrete Unit Masonry Loose lintels and metal fabrications laid into concrete block masonry D Section 04400 Stone Masonry Loose lintels and metal fabrications laid into stone masonry 1 03 QUALITY ASSURANCE A Reference Standards Conform to requirements of the following standards and codes 1 ASTM A36 Structural Steel 2 ASTM A307 Low Carbon Steel Externally and Internally Threaded Fasteners 3 ASTM A325 High Strength Bolts for Structural Steel Joints 4 AWS D1 1 Structural Welding Code 5 Applicable provisions of the codes referenced in Section 01060 or as adopted by any jurisdiction with authority over this Project 104 SUBMITTALS Product Data Submit manufacturers written product literature for any miscellaneous or specialty metal fabrications not submitted under separate Sections Shop Drawings Submit shop drawings of expanded metal mesh screen/steel angle frame panels illustrating dimensions components spacing of predrilled holes for anchorage finishes and shop welds or other attachments Shop Drawings Submit shop dravnngs of any miscellaneous or specialty metal fabrications not submitted under separate Sections PART2 PRODUCTS 201 STEEL MATERIALS A Structural Steel Conform to ASTM A36 Soapstone Natural Area 0743 07 05999 1 1DO% Construction Documents 1 Bolts Nuts and Washers High strength type recommended for structural steel joints ASTM A307 2 Welding Materials Applicable AWS D1 1 type required for materials being welded Structural Tubular Steel Square cold rolled steel tubing fully welded construction Conform to ASTM A500 Grade B Structural Steel Pipe Comply with ASTM A53 Grade B 2 02 FABRICATION A Shop fabricate and assemble items in largest practical components for delivery and installation on the site Extent of shop assembly shall be as approved in the shop drawings B Fabricate items with joints neatly fitted and properly secured C Grind exposed welds smooth and flush with adjacent finished surfaces 1 All welds exposed to view to be Architectural Grade D Supply components required for proper anchorage of metal fabrications Fabricate anchorage and related components of same material and finish as metal fabrication unless otherwise specified E Thoroughly clean surfaces of scale, grease and foreign matter prior to rust finish PART 3 EXECUTION 3 01 PREPARATION A Contractor shall check all lines and levels and verify existing conditions prior to commencing work of this Section Notify Architect/Engineer of any discrepancies or conditions which may affect the successful installation of the work Do not begin work until such conditions are corrected in a manner acceptable to the Installer B Contractor shall field verify all dimensions affecting the work of this Section and coordinate fit and installation details with related trades prior to fabrication C Ensure that items required to be cast into concrete or embedded in masonry are supplied to the site prior to concrete or masonry work complete with necessary setting templates D Ensure that ferrous metal surfaces have been properly painted where in contact with aluminum or other dissimilar metals as required to prevent electrolysis E Pipe Bollards Ensure that bollards have been properly located in relation to openings in concrete masonry or other materials or equipment to be protected by the bollards Unless otherwise shown on the Drawings or required by specific site requirements locate bollards as follows 1 Jambs Centerline of bollard aligned with centerline of jamb opening and placed 12 out from face of wall 2 Corners Centerline of bollard placed 12 out from corner in both directions 3 Equipment Centerline of bollard placed 12 out from edge or corner of gas meters electrical transformers pad mounted condensing units and other equipment Coordinate clearance requirements vnth utility providers, as applicable 3 02 INSTALLATION A General Install prefabricated items in accordance with manufacturers written instructions and recommendations Install items square and level accurately fitted and free from distortion B Make provision for erection stresses by temporary bracing Keep work in alignment C Replace items damaged in course of installation D Perform field welding in accordance with AWS D1 1 E Pipe Bollards Embed bollards minimum 24 deep into concrete piers with a minimum dimension of 12 diameter x 36 depth below grade unless otherwise shown on the Drawings Soapstone Natural Area 0743 07 05999 2 100% Construction Documents Fill bollards with concrete and form top surface smooth dense, and flush or crowned to a maximum of 1 /4 to allow proper drainage PART 4 SCHEDULES 401 SCHEDULE OF MISCELLANEOUS METALS A Pipe Bollards 4 or 6 o d (as indicated on the Drawings) steel pipe x 4 0 (where mounted to steel plate) or 6 0 long (where embedded 24 into concrete piers) concrete filled as detailed on the Drawings B Miscellaneous Steel Channels Angles, Lintets and Straps Furnish under this Section unless arranged for otherwise END OF SECTION Soapstone Natural Area 0743 07 05999 3 100% Construction Documents SECTION 06100 ROUGH CARPENTRY PART 1 GENERAL 1 01 WORK INCLUDED Furnish materials and labor for installation of rough carpentry, including but not limited to 1 Studs joists bridging blocking and plates for wall roof ceiling and soffit framing 2 Studs plates and blocking for built up headers for framed door and window openings 3 Furring stripping, blocking and sleepers 4 Fireblocking and draft stops 5 Plywood and/or oriented strand board (OSB) wall roof and floor sheathing 6 Redwood or pressure treated wood plates Furnish and install pressure treated and/or fire treated wood materials Furnish nails screws bolts, fasteners construction adhesives, and other related or accessory materials required for a complete installation Furnish and install prefabricated wood and cement fiber siding and trims unless arranged for otherwise E Furnish and install light gage metal joist/truss connectors F Coordination of all other trades as required for a complete installation G Related work specified elsewhere 1 Section 01714 Construction Waste Management 2 Section 03100 Concrete Formwork 3 Section 05120, Structural Steel 4 Section 06200 Finish Carpentry 5 Section 07270 Air Infiltration Barriers 6 Section 07466 Wood Siding Siding and soffit materials 7 Section 07621 Galvanized Metal Flashing and Trim 1 02 QUALITY ASSURANCE A Reference Standards Conform to requirements of the following standards and codes i PS 1 Construction and Industrial Plywood 2 PS 20 American Softwood Lumber Standard 3 NFPA National Forest Products Association National Design Specification for Wood Construction 4 APA American Plywood Association Plywood Specification and Grade Guide 5 AWPA American Wood Preservers Association a AWPA C1 All timber products preservative treatment by pressure processes b AWPA C2 Lumber timber bridge ties and mine ties preservative treatment by pressure processes c AWPA C4 Poles preservative treatment by pressure processes d AWPA C9 Plywood preservative treatment by pressure processes e AWPA C14 Wood for highway construction preservative treatment by pressure processes f AWPA C15 Wood for commercial residential construction preservative treatment by pressure processes g AWPA C16 Wood used on farms preservative treatment by pressure processes h AWPA C17 Playground equipment treated with inorganic preservatives Soapstone Natural Area 0743 07 06100 1 100% Construction Documents preservative treatment by pressure processes 1 AWPA C22 Lumber and plywood for permanent wood foundations preservative treatment by pressure processes 6 WWPA Western Wood Products Association 7 California Redwood Association 8 Applicable provisions of the codes referenced in Section 01060 or as adopted by any jurisdiction with authority over this Project B Rough Carpentry Lumber Matenals shall carry the visible grade stamp of agency certified by National Forest Products Association (NFPA) C Plywood panels shall be identified with APA grade trademark of the American Plywood Association D Grading of lumber shall be in accordance with the current edition of the Western Wood Products Association E Pressure Treated Lumber Pressure treated lumber matenals shall not contain chromated copper arsenate (CCA) F Fire Rated Construction Do not use untreated rough carpentry lumber, plates blocking or miscellaneous members in wall or roof/ceiling assemblies requiring the use of fire rated materials unless protected in the final construction as required by applicable assemblies 103 SUBMITTALS A Shop Drawings and Product Data Submit shop drawings and/or manufacturers written product literature for prefabricated interior wood stair systems indicating materials fabrication attachments and dimensions for each site condition required B Preservative Treatment Certification Treating plants certification of compliance with specified standards process employed and preservative retention values C Product Data Submit manufacturers written product literature for prefabricated wood polymer composite decking D Product Data For restoration and preservation projects submit manufacturers written product literature and installation instructions for specified epoxy type wood repair materials E Product Data Submit manufacturers written product literature for all construction adhesives 1 04 DELIVERY STORAGE AND HANDLING A Protect lumber and plywood and keep under cover in transit and at jobsite B Do not deliver material unduly long before it is required to be installed In the work C Store on level racks and keep free of the ground to avoid warping Stack to ensure proper ventilation and drainage D Pressure Treated Wood Materials Protect wood products against moisture and dimensional changes in accordance with instructions from treating plant E Deliver packaged materials in manufacturers onginal unbroken boxes, cartons or containers with labels intact Store in accordance with manufacturers instructions and recommendations 105 COMPLIANCE A Do not permit materials not complying with the provisions of this Section to be brought onto or to be stored at the jobsite B Promptly remove non complying materials from the jobsite and replace with materials meeting the requirements of this Section 106 WARRANTIES A Provide manufacturers written lifetime warranty for pressure treated wood products covering defects in materials and workmanship Soapstone Natural Area 0743 07 06100 2 100% Construction Documents PART 2 PRODUCTS 2 01 ROUGH CARPENTRY MATERIALS A Framing Lumber PS 20 grade in accordance with established WPA grading rules maximum moisture content of 12% to 19% (S Dry) S45, of the following species and grades 1 Structural Framing Hem Fir #2 or better, minimum 1 200 psi fiber stress in bending unless other grades and stresses are indicated on the Structural Drawings 2 Studs Douglas Fir or Hem Fir standard grade or better 3 Non Structural Light Framing Douglas Fir or Hem Fir, construction grade or better 4 Blocking and Miscellaneous Furring and Stripping Douglas Fir or Hem Fir, construction grade or better 5 Sill Plates Redwood or pressure treated Hem Fir where in contact with concrete or masonry Pressure treated lumber shall not contain CCA B Waferboard Oriented strand board (OSB) exterior APA 202 PRESSURE TREATED ROUGH CARPENTRY MATERIALS A Deck and Porch Joists Beams and other Semi Concealed Structural Members PS 20, grade in accordance with established WPA grading rules maximum moisture content of 12% to 19% IS Dry) S4S with preservative treatment specified below of the following species and grades 1 Structural Framing Hem Fir #2 or better 1 200 psi fiber stress in bending 2 Non Structural Light Framing Douglas Fir or Hem Fir, construction grade or better 3 Sill Plates Redwood or pressure treated Hem Fir where in contact with concrete 4 Landscape Timbers 4 x 4 pressure treated Hem Fir for site retaining walls to match existing of Lot 1 B Approved Manufacturers 1 ACQ Preserve by Chemical Specialties Inc Charlotte NC and distributed locally by ECO Products Boulder CO (303) 449 1876 as basis of design 2 Manufacturers providing materials of same function performance and quality and meeting the requirements of paragraph 2 0_ below are acceptable 203 PLYWOOD MATERIALS A General APA rated softwood plywood meeting the grading requirements of PS i i Sizes Manufacturers standard 4 0 wide x 8 0 long x thicknesses as shown on the Drawings 2 Edges Square butt B Extenor/Intenor Plywood Structural Sheathing As specified on the Drawings C Exterior Exposed Plywood N/C Exterior APA, for storefront kickplates and other exposed sheets larger than 2 0 wide for painted opaque finish D Exterior Exposed Plywood A/D or A/C, Exterior APA for exposed soffits, sheathing and other semi exposed areas with sheets narrower than 2 0 wide for painted opaque finish E Exterior Concealed Plywood CDX Exterior APA F Exterior Decorative Plywood APA Texture 1 11 IT 1 11) specified in Section 07466 Wood Siding G Exterior Plywood Siding Refer to Section 07466 H Interior Exposed Plywood A/D or A/C Interior APA for painted opaque finish I Interior Concealed Plywood C/D plugged Intenor APA with exterior glue J Interior Decorative Veneered Plywood Refer to Section 06200 Finish Carpentry K Medium Density Overlaid (MDO) Plywood Refer to Section 07466 L Plywood Underlayment for Resilient Flooring Underlayment, Interior APA or Structurwood by Weyerhaeuser Corp Soapstone Natural Area 0743 07 06100 3 100% Construction Documents M Approved Manufacturers 1 Weyerhaeuser Corp Tacoma WA 2 Georgia Pacific Corp Atlanta GA (404) 652 4000 3 Manufacturers providing products of the same design, function quality and performance are acceptable 204 FASTENERS, ACCESSORY MATERIALS AND COMPONENTS A Metal Wall Bracing Galvanized metal T profile wall and corner bracing 20 gage i Ampcor T Brace Series 6700 by Anderson Metal Products Co Taylorsville MS (800) 426 7267 or equal B Nails Size and type to suit application 1 Framing 8d to 12d rosin coated box 2 Sheathing 8d 2 1 /2 long box nails, zinc coated C Bolts, Nuts Washers Lags Pins and Screws Size and type to suit application or as indicated on the Drawings 1 Medium Carbon Steel Galvanized for exterior locations high humidity locations and treated wood plain finish for other interior locations or when in contact with concrete D Sill Plate Sealer Preformed type i Sill Seal or equal E Prefabricated Soffit and Roof Vents Specified in Section 07621 Galvanized Metal Flashing and Trim 2 05 CONSTRUCTION ADHESIVES A Construction Adhesives Low viscosity mastic type multipurpose adhesive formulated for field gluing for interior or extenor use, meeting the following specifications i Reference Standards Comply with the following minimum standards a APA Spec AFG 01 b ASTM D3498 and C557 c HUD/FHA requirements in Bulletin #60 2 Type Synthetic elastomeric polymer, VOC compliant a Calculated VOC 47 g/L maximum 3 Base Synthetic elastomer 4 Consistency Approx 130,000 cps Brookfield viscometer 5 Weight/Gallon 10 4 lbs minimum 6 Solids content 78% 7 Strength ASTM D3498 8 Aging Retains flexibility after 500 hrs at 300 psi and 1580 F by ASTM D572 61 9 Water Resistance Waterproof 10 Application Method Caulking gun or trowel 11 Application Temperature 00 1000 F 12 Service Range 20 to 1200 F 13 Material Suitability Select appropriate adhesive product(s) for matenals/products to be field bonded, including but not limited to a Medium and heavy duty construction adhesives b Drywall adhesive c Subfloor adhesive d Polyurethane adhesive e Repair construction adhesive f Resilient base adhesive g FRP adhesive h Multipurpose flooring adhesive Soapstone Natural Area 0743 07 06100 4 100% Construction Documents within seven days after the Bid opening 7 0 CONTRACT TIME The number of days within which, or the date by which the Work is to be substantially complete and also completed and ready for Final Payment (the Contract Times) are set forth in the Agreement 8 0 LIQUIDATED DAMAGES Provisions for liquidated damages are set forth in the Agreement 9 0 SUBSTITUTE ("OR EQUAL") MATERIAL AND EQUIPMENT The Contract if awarded, will be on the basis of material and equipment described on the Drawings or specified in the Specifications without consideration of possible substitute or "or equal' items Whenever it is indicated on the Drawings or specified in the Specifications that a substitute or "or equal" item of material or equipment may be furnished or used by CONTRACTOR if acceptable to Engineer, application for such acceptance will not be considered by Engineer until after the "effective date of the Agreement The procedure for submittal of any such application by CONTRACTOR and consideration by Engineer is set forth in the General Conditions which may be supplemented in the General Requirements 10 0 SUBCONTRACTORS, SUPPLIERS AND OTHERS 10 1 Each Bidder shall submit at the Bid opening to OWNER a list of principal subcontractors he proposes to use in the Work Refer to Section 00430 contained within these Documents 10 2 If OWNER or Engineer after due investigation has reasonable objection to any proposed Subcontractor, either may, before the Notice of Award is given, request the apparent successful Bidder to submit an acceptable substitute without an increase in Bid price If the apparent successful Bidder declines to make any substitution OWNER may award the contract to the next lowest responsive and responsible Bidder that proposes to use acceptable subcontractors Subcontractors, suppliers, other persons or organization listed and to whom OWNER or Engineer does not make written objection prior to the giving of the Notice of Award will be deemed acceptable to OWNER and ENGINEER subject to revocation of such acceptance after the effective date of the Agreement as provided in the General Conditions 10 3 CONTRACTOR shall not be required to employ any subcontractor, supplier or other persons or organizations against whom he has reasonable objection The use of subcontractors listed by the Bidder and accepted by OWNER prior to the Notice of Award will be required in the performance of the Work Rev 10/20/07 Section 00100 Page 4 1 Ceramic tile adhesive Ceiling file adhesive Approved Product and Manufacturer 1 Titebond VOC Compliant Adhesives manufactured by Franklin International Columbus OH (888) 533 9043 as basis of design 2 Manufacturers providing materials of same type design quality performance and VOC compliance are acceptable 206 LIGHT GAGE METAL JOIST/TRUSS CONNECTORS A General Light gage, galvanized metal hangers clips base and column caps size and type as indicated on the Drawings as required to suit job conditions or as recommended by manufacturer for intended application B Approved Manufacturers 1 Simpson Strong Tie Co Inc Pleasanton, CA (800) 999 5099 2 Timber Engineering Co 3 KC Metal Products Inc San Jose CA, (408) 436 8754 4 Semco Jacksonville FL (800) 874 0335 5 Manufacturers providing framing connectors and accessories of same design function performance and structural capabilities are acceptable 207 WOOD TREATMENTS A Preservative Treatment Where lumber or plywood is indicated on the Drawings or specified herein to be pressure treated, comply with applicable requirements of AWPA standards C2 C9 C14 C15, C16 C17 or ICBO ER4981 as applicable Pressure treat items with waterborne preservatives complying with WPA LP 2 except that in no case shall chromated copper arsenate (CCA) be used After treatment kiln dry to a maximum moisture content of 19% for lumber and 18% for plywood Mark each treated item with the WPA quality mark requirements 1 Application Rates Apply specified preservative treatment as follows or as recommended by approved manufacturers a Preservative treatment for above ground use 0 25 lb /cu ft minimum b Preservative treatment where in contact with ground 0 40 lb /cu ft minimum c Preservative treatment for wood foundation systems 0 60 lb /cu ft minimum 2 Treated wood products shall be used in the following locations unless otherwise shown on the Drawings a In contact with roofing flashing or waterproofing b In contact with masonry or concrete c In contact or within 6 of grade d Exposed to weather e Other locations indicated PART 3 EXECUTION 3 01 INSPECTION AND PREPARATION A General For new construction the Contractor shall inspect the concrete or masonry walls and foundation structures and/or concrete flatwork that volt support the rough carpentry structures associated with the work of this project and notify the Architect/Engineer of any condition that may affect the structural integrity quality or appearance of the completed project Do not commence work until such defects have been corrected to the satisfaction of the Contractor Soapstone Natural Area 0743 07 06100 5 100% Construction Documents Selection of Lumber Pieces 1 Carefully select the members Select individual pieces so that knots and obvious defects will not interfere with placing bolts or proper nailing and will allow for proper connections 2 Cut out and discard defects which render a piece unable to serve its intended function 3 Lumber may be rejected by the Architect/Engineer whether or not it has been installed for excessive warp twist bow crook mildew fungus or mold, as well as for improper cutting and fitting provided such defects exceed the criteria allowed by referenced standards for the lumber grade specified The Contractor shall replace rejected material at no additional cost to the Owner 4 Do not shim any framing component 302 INSTALLATION OF ROUGH CARPENTRY A General 1 Erect wood framing, furring, stripping and nailing members true to lines and levels do not deviate from true alignment more than 1 /4 in 10 0 2 Space members as indicated on the Drawings or scheduled herein 3 Construct members of continuous pieces of longest possible lengths 4 Construct and erect required built up beams and headers 5 Produce joints which are tight true and well nailed with members assembled in accordance with the Drawings and with applicable codes and regulations 6 Set horizontal and sloped members with the crown up Crowns to be set in the same direction for vertical or horizontal application 7 Make bearings full and uniform for solid support 8 On framing members to receive a finished surface align the finish subsurface to vary not more than 1 /8 from the plane of surfaces of adjacent furring and framing members 9 Where scheduled leave wood surfaces prepared for finishing specified in Section 09900 Painting and Section 09930, Transparent Finishes 10 Coordinate rough openings for non cased and trimmed doors and windows where gypsum board returns are detailed at jambs and headers Framed opening shall be square and plumb to within 1 /16 vertically from floor to header at trimmer and 1 /16 horizontally between trimmers at header 3 Fastening 1 Nailing shall be in accordance with the requirements of applicable sections of the building code current edition, unless indicated otherwise a Nail without splitting wood b Prebore as required c Remove split members and replace with members complying with the specified requirements 2 Bolting a Drill holes 1/ 16 larger in diameter than the bolts being used b Drill straight and true from one side only c Do not bear bolt heads on wood but use washers under head and nut where both bear on wood and use washers under all nuts 3 Screws For tag screws and wood screws prebore holes same diameter as root of threads enlarging holes to shank diameter for length of shank Walt Framing Conform to the framing requirements of the jurisdiction with authority over this Project unless more stringent requirements are shown on the Structural Drawings or specified herein 1 Exterior Walt Framing 2x4 stud framing at 16 o c unless otherwise indicated Install let in metal wall and corner bracing at all external corners, or as indicated on the Drawings 2 Interior Watt Framing 2x4 stud framing at 16 o c unless otherwise indicated 06100 6 Soapstone Natural Area 0743 07 100% Construction Documents 3 External Corners Triple stud construction, or as shown on the Drawings for specific conditions 4 Interior Corners or Partition to Wall Connections Triple stud construction or as shown on the Drawings for specific conditions 5 Jamb Framing at Openings Double studs at all interior openings, triple studs at all extenor openings or additional members as indicated on the Structural Drawings Studs in exterior bearing walls to provide continuous bearing to foundation a Provide king studs queen studs or trimmers and cripple studs (at window sill framing) as shown on the Drawings or required by project conditions 6 Top Plates in Bearing Partitions Double and lapped stagger joints at minimum 4 0 intervals 7 Headers As shown on the Drawings Provide built up headers to match the wall framing thickness using 1 /2 plywood spacers, continuously nailed and glued 8 Plates 2x plates to match wall framing 9 Bridging and Blocking As shown on the Drawings or as required by applicable Building Codes and the jurisdiction with authority over the project Also refer to paragraphs 3 03 and 3 05 below 10 Wall Sheathing Specified in paragraph 3 06 below D Wall and Corner Bracing 1 Install metal T bracing in accordance with manufacturers written instructions at all external corners and door/window openings 2 Cut single saw kerf 1 /2 deep into studs and plates along line of installation Insert base of T brace in grooves and nail along the nailing grooves into each stud and plate 3 Nail to studs and plates with two (2) 16d or three (3) 8d nails 4 Bend comers of bracing over top and bottom plates E Lowered Ceiling and Soffit Framing 2x4 stud framing at 24 o c unless otherwise indicated Support from floor or roof trusses above at intermediate points as required by applicable codes i Frame with framing members laid flat where required for ductwork clearances etc Coordinate as necessary with the Contractor 2 Coordinate lowered ceiling and soffit framing with requirements of gypsum wallboard pre rock applications specified in Section 09260 F Furring and Stripping Member sizes as indicated on the Drawings spaced at maximum 24 o c , unless otherwise indicated G Window Sills Frame with beveled sill plate or beveled shim to drain to exterior of wall 3 03 INSTALLATION OF BLOCKING A Firestops, Bracing and Blocking As shown on the Drawings or required for applicable Building Code compliance but spaced to not exceed 10 0 vertically and horizontally 1 Provide blocking at all ends and edges of gypsum wallboard requiring support 2 Provide blocking and/or bracing at all floor and roof framing conditions B Blocking for Pre Rock Gypsum Wallboard Installations Provide required blocking for project conditions specified in Section 09260 C Blocking for Draft Stops Provide required blocking for project conditions specified in Section 09260 D Miscellaneous Blocking Provide solid blocking for all recessed and surface mounted equipment and accessones including but not limited to 1 Wall mounted finish hardware, including wall stops 2 Wall mounted handrail brackets 3 Toilet partitions and unnal screens 4 Toilet and bath accessories including grab bars 5 Cabinets and shelving systems 6 Fire extinguishers and cabinets 06100 7 Soapstone Natural Area 0743 07 100% Construction Documents 7 Signage systems and plaques 8 Head track assemblies for window coverings 9 Walt bumper guardrails 10 Plumbing fixtures 11 Electrical equipment and fixtures 304 INSTALLATION OF SHEATHING Wall Sheathing (Refer to Section 06160, Exterior Glass Mat Gypsum Sheathing ) i Panel edges shall bear on framing members and butt along their centerlines Back block panel edges which do not bear on framing members with 2 nominal framing 2 Place sheathing with end joints staggered, perpendicular to framing members 3 Maintain minimum 1 /16 and maximum 1 /8 joint spacing 4 Nail heads shall be flush with, but not penetrate plywood surfaces 3 05 INSTALLATION OF WOOD SIDING AND TRIM A General Installation of wood siding and trim shall be work of this Section unless arranged for otherwise B Refer to Section 07466 for installation specifications 3 06 INSTALLATION OF PLYWOOD SIDING SOFFITS AND CEILINGS A General Installation of plywood siding soffits ceiling panels etc shall be work of this Section unless arranged for otherwise B Refer to Section 07466 for installation specifications 307 TOLERANCES Maintain the following tolerances for all rough carpentry work Defective work shall be removed and replaced at the Contractor's expense 1 Variation from Plumb a 010 1/4 maximum Variation in Plan a 010 1/4 maximum b 20 or more 3/8 maximum Variation in Openings a Size +/ 1 /8 b Location +/ 1/4 308 PROTECTION Protect waferboard oriented strand board (OSB) and plywood sheathing from exposure to excessive moisture and accumulations of snow Broom snow off of uncovered floor sheathing within 4 hours of snowfall Replace sheathing panels that exhibit delamination swelling or other deterioration from exposure to moisture or as directed by the Architect 309 BRANDING OR MARKING MATERIALS Renovation or Historical Restoration Projects All new structural and/or non structural wood members shall be field marked with a date stamp indicating the month and year of installation 1 Contractor shall have the option of either branding or marking with permanent markers 06100 8 Soapstone Natural Area 0743 07 100% Construction Documents 310 COORDINATION A Contractor shall be responsible for the coordination required by all other Sections of the Specifications as a part of the work of this Section Coordination shall be provided to ensure the proper timely and complete installation of all materials equipment and systems of the project END OF SECTION 06100 9 Soapstone Natural Area 0743 07 100% Construction Documents SECTION 06410 CUSTOM CABINETWORK PART 1 GENERAL 1 01 WORK INCLUDED A Furnish and install custom cabinetwork with associated hardware and solid surface and/or plastic Laminates including but not limited to 1 Base and wall cabinets 2 Open shelving boxes with adjustable shelves 3 Countertops aprons and backsplashes 4 Plastic laminate window sills B Installation of countertops and cabinetwork furnished by others C Related work specified elsewhere 1 Section 01714, Construction Waste Management 2 Section 06200 Finish Carpentry 1 02 QUALITY ASSURANCE A Fabricate cabinetwork and site made finish carpentry items in accordance with recommendations of Quality Standards of Architectural Woodwork Institute (AWI) B Reference Standards Conform to the current requirements of applicable portions of standards codes and specifications except where more stringent requirements are shown or specified 1 PSI Construction and Industrial Plywood 2 PS 20 American Softwood Lumber Standard 3 PS 51 Hardwood and Decorative Plywood 4 PS 58 Basic Hardwood 5 NFPA National Forest Products Association National Design Specification for Wood Construction 6 ANSI Al17 1 1992 Specifications for Handicapped Accessibility 7 Americans with Disabilities Act, 1990 Specifications for Handicapped Accessibility 8 Applicable provisions of the codes referenced in Section 01060, or as adopted by any jurisdiction with authority over this Project Fabrication of custom cabinetwork shall be by a custom cabinetwork shop skilled in the work of this type with a minimum of five (5) years of successful experience fabricating custom cabinetwork for projects of similar size and complexity and using similar materials and detailing All cabinetwork shall be fabricated by the same shop throughout the project and shall be approved by the Architect prior to bidding if required in paragraph 2 01 1 03 SUBMITTALS A Shop Drawings Submit shop drawings of all cabinetwork indicating plans elevations section components methods of jointery materials and finishes B Product Data Submit manufacturers literature illustrating all items of specified cabinet hardware C Samples 1 Submit samples of manufacturers full range of colors and patterns of plastic laminates for selection by the Architect 2 Submit prepared samples of manufacturers full tine of painted opaque or stained transparent finishes for selection by the Architect 06410 1 Soapstone Natural Area 0743 07 100% Construction Documents Submit representative sample of fabricators recessed panel cabinet door or drawer front for approval 1 04 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A Do not deliver shop fabricated cabinetry items until site conditions are adequate to receive the work Protect items from weather while in transit B Store indoors in ventilated areas with a constant, minimum temperature of 60 F maximum relative humidity of 25 55% C Protect all cabinetwork and countertops upon delivery 1 05 COMPLIANCE Supplier/ Installer shall certify that all cabinet systems furnished for handicapped accessible areas where shown on the Drawings meet the applicable requirements of ANSI Al17 1 1992 and the Americans with Disabilities Act (ADA) 1990 including but not Limited to 1 Base cabinet heights for accessible areas 2 Accessible knee space below sink areas 3 Accessible knee space below work areas 4 Mounting heights of wall cabinets unless otherwise shown on the Drawings 5 Mounting heights of countertops 6 Cabinet hardware 106 WARRANTIES A Provide fabricators written one year warranty covering defects in materials and fabrication workmanship 1 Installation workmanship shall also be warranted for one year whether custom cabinetwork is installed by the fabricator or another subcontractor PART PRODUCTS 201 CABINETWORK MATERIALS AND COMPONENTS A General Custom fabricated cabinetwork meeting applicable AWL requirements and recommendations 1 AWL Grade Custom 2 Style/Type Flush reveal overlay B Wood Particleboard Composite wood product composed of wood flakes complying with ANSI A208 1, with water resistant adhesives of grade to suit application sanded faces 1 Density 45 lbs per cu ft , industrial grade 2 Thickness 3/4 thick unless otherwise indicated C Plywood APA rated softwood plywood, meeting the grading requirements of PS 1 C/D plugged, Interior APA with exterior glue as specified in Section 06100 1 Edges Square, butt 2 Thickness 3/4 thick, unless otherwise indicated D Medium Density Fiberboard (MDF) Composite fiberboard product, pressure bonded factory primed for opaque (painted) finish E Melamine Faced Particleboard High density particleboard with factory applied Melamine plastic facing for cabinet box and drawer interiors and shelving 1 Panel backing 202 thick 06410 2 Soapstone Natural Area 0743 07 100% Construction Documents F Bolts, Nuts, Washers Medium carbon steel sized to suit application Galvanized for exterior locations, high humidity locations and treated wood, plain finish for other interior locations or when in contact with concrete G Fasteners Toggle bolt type anchorages to hollow concrete unit masonry or hollow framed walls Expansion shield and lag bolt type for anchorage to solid masonry or concrete Bolts or power activated type for anchorage to steel Provide toothed steel or lead expansion sleeves for drilled in place anchors H Stainless Steel 16 gage No 4 brushed finish, or as required to match food service equipment specified in Section 11400 1 All other materials as required for a complete, finished and fully operational cabinetwork system shall be as detailed or as accepted by AWL accepted practices for custom grade cabinetry J Approved Custom Cabinetwork Fabricators i Tramline 7000 by TMI Systems Design Corp as basis of design 2 Woodco of the Rockies, Inc Fort Collins CO, (970) 493 8854 3 LSI Corp 4 Westmark 5 Colorado Custom Cabinets 6 Sidney Millwork 7 Stevens Cabinet Company 8 Kamtz Companies Inc 9 John Murphy 10 Phelps Tomton 11 Fabricators producing custom cabinetwork of the same design function, quality performance and range of components are acceptable only as approved by the Architect prior to bidding 2 02 PLASTIC LAMINATES A General High density impact resistant commercial quality plastic laminates standard duty B Type and Thickness 1 Honzontal surfaces 062 thick, general purpose 2 Vertical surfaces 031 thick, general purpose C Color(s) and Finishes As specified in paragraph 2 06 below D Approved Manufacturers 1 Formica Corporation Cincinnati OH (800) 367 6422 2 Wilsonart International Temple, TX, (800) 433 3222 3 Nevamar Decorative Surfaces Odenton MD (800) 638 4380 4 Manufacturers providing materials of same design, function quality performance and range of specified colors finishes and/or patterns are acceptable 2 03 SOLID SURFACE MATERIALS Composite Stone Countertop Fabrications Specified in Section 04750 Solid Polymer Countertop Fabrications Specified in Section 06650 204 CABINET HARDWARE A General Cabinetwork fabricator shall provide cabinet hardware as shown on the Drawings or specified herein for complete and operational casework systems Furnish hardware of the same line throughout the project to the extent possible but in no case will mixing lines of the same hardware item be allowed 1 Hardware Standard Comply with BHMA Al56 9 06410 3 Soapstone Natural Area 0743 07 100% Construction Documents 7 Shop assemble cabinetwork for delivery to site in sizes easily handled and to ensure passage through building openings 8 Provide cutouts for plumbing fixtures inserts appliances outlet boxes and other fixtures Verify locations of cutouts from site dimensions 3 Cabinet and Open Shelving Boxes Factory assembled minimum 3/4 thick with high pressure plastic laminate surface over particleboard or hardwood construction Use corner blocks and glue blocks at all critical points Cabinet backs shall be Oraboard or equal Backs to have top and bottom hanging rails tongue and grooved in place for internal fastening nail or screw holes shall not be visible in exterior surfaces Backs exposed to rooms to be similar construction as sides 1 Cabinet box side panels shall be pre drilled for adjustable shelving at minimum 1 1 /4 increments Face Frames None Cabinetwork shall be full overlay construction D Shelves Particleboard construction with square edge adjustable 3/4 thick E Drawers Constructed with high density fiberboard with melamine plastic finish Drawer bottom shall be mortised in 1 File drawers shall be provided with let in hanging bars located to allow for either letter or legal size hanging file folders F Doors and Drawer Fronts Particleboard construction, 3/4 thick with high pressure plastic Laminate surface finger pull finished to match face frame and edge banded with PVC or plastic laminate facing to match door and drawer fronts 1 Cabinetwork Doors Minimum 3/4 thick and or type construction indicated in schedule 2 Finger Pulls Continuous hardwood finger pull to match face frame manufacturers standard dimension and profile G Plastic Laminate Countertops Factory assembled construction with square edged backsplash cored intersection at countertop and square front edge, (2) layers of 3/4 particleboard banded together for a full 1 1/2 countertop thickness Countertops to be plastic laminate surfaced bonded to industrial grade particleboard core 1 Backsplashes Particleboard construction 3/4 thick high pressure plastic laminate finish 2 Aprons Particleboard construction 1 /2 thick minimum high pressure plastic laminate finish set back from leading edge of countertop 1 /4 3/8 3 Knee Guard Panel (Below Countertop) Particleboard construction 1 /2 thick minimum high pressure plastic laminate finish H Plastic Laminate Faces 1 Exposed Surfaces Comply with NEMA LD 3 Type GP28 and PF30, high pressure plastic laminate general purpose type thicknesses as specified in paragraph 2 02 above 2 Backs of Doors and Inside Face of Exposed Ends Same as above except 020 thick melamine laminate 3 Semi Exposed Surfaces Low pressure laminate minimum 0 015 thick 4 Concealed Surfaces Comply with above, except 0 020 thick, liner or backer type I Exposed Edges Front edges of end panels top and bottom, intermediate rails and shelves shall be banded with PVC moulding Doors and drawers shall have square corners and edges with 3 mm PVC edging from standard colors J Countertop Support Panels Particleboard construction with square edge, 3/4 thick profile(s) as shown on the Drawings high pressure plastic laminate finish K Vertical surfaces of casework toe space to receive plastic laminate finish unless scheduled for other floor base material as shown on the Drawings L Structural Capacity Open shelving units shall be designed to support minimum superimposed loads of 200 lbs per shelf M Window Sills Shop fabricate sill units in one piece plastic laminate on all exposed surfaces bonded to (2) layers 3/4 industrial grade particleboard unless otherwise shown on the Drawings N Semi Custom Component Cabinets Refer to Section 12395 for related semi custom cabinetry 06410 5 Soapstone Natural Area 0743 07 100% Construction Documents 11 0 BID FORM 11 1 A copy of the Bid Form is bound in the Contract Documents which may be retained by the Bidder A separate unbound copy is enclosed for submission with the Bid 11 2 Bid Forms must be complete in ink or typed All lump sum prices on the form must be stated in words and numerals, in case of conflict, words will take precedence Unit prices shall govern over extensions of sums 11 3 Bids by corporations must be executed in the corporate name by the president or a vice-president (or other appropriate officer accompanied by evidence of authority to sign) and the corporate seal shall be affixed and attested by the secretary or an assistant secretary The corporate address and state of incorporation shall be shown below the corporate name 11 4 Bids by partnerships must be executed in the partnership name and signed by a partner, his title must appear under his signature and the official address of the partnership must be shown below the signature 11 5 Bids by 3oint venture shall be signed by each participant in the joint venture or by an authorized agent of each participant The full name of each person or company interested in the Bid shall be listed on the Bid Form 11 6 The Bid shall contain an acknowledgement of receipt of all Addenda (the numbers of which must be filled in on the Bid Form) 11 7 No alterations in Bids, or in the printed forms therefore, by erasures, interpolations, or otherwise will be acceptable unless each such alteration is signed or initialed by the Bidder, if initialed, OWNER may require the Bidder to identify any alteration so initialed 11 8 The address and telephone number for communications regarding the Bid shall be shown 12 0 BID PRICING Bids must be priced as set forth in the Bid Schedule or Schedules 13 0 SUBMISSION OF BIDS 13 1 Bids shall be submitted at the time and place indicated in the Invitation to Bid and shall be enclosed in an opaque sealed envelope marked with the Project title, Bid No and name and Rev10/20/07 Section 00100 Page 5 2 06 FINISHES A Doors and Drawer Fronts Factory applied plastic laminate facing and edge banding 1 Color(s) To be selected by the Architect from the manufacturers full Line of standard colors and finishes as specified B Cabinet and Open Shelving Boxes, Shelves Filler Panels and Miscellaneous Items Match doors and drawer fronts 1 Color Match doors and drawer fronts C Edge Band Finger Pulls Two (2) coats industrial strength lacquer lightly sanded between coats 1 Light Oak as basis of design Exact stain color to be selected by the Architect D Countertops, Backsplashes and Aprons Factory applied plastic laminate facing 1 Color(s) To be selected by the Architect from the manufacturers full Line of standard colors and finishes as specified E Window Sills Shop applied plastic laminate on all exposed surfaces 1 Color(s) To be selected by the Architect from the manufacturers full line of standard colors and finishes as specified F Hardware US 26D, Satin Chromium 207 SCHEDULE OF CABINETWORK FABRICATION A Particleboard with all plastic laminate surfaces including edges 1 Exposed side and back panels of cabinet boxes 2 Countertops and backsplashes and aprons except where solid surface polymer or composite stone countertop fabrications are shown or specified 3 Open cabinet boxes and frames flush panels and filler panels 4 Open wall shelving units 5 Countertop support panels 6 Lavatory countertops, backsplashes and aprons 7 Window sills 8 All other cabinetwork items not scheduled for other fabrications and finishes B Particleboard with plastic laminate surfaces and PVC edge banding 1 Cabinet doors 2 Drawer fronts C Particleboard with prefinished melamine plastic finish on all surfaces, including edges 1 Inside surfaces of enclosed cabinets including shelves 2 Inside surfaces of drawers D All other materials shall be as detailed or as accepted by AWL accepted practices for cabinet construction grade specified PART 3 EXECUTION 301 INSPECTION AND PREPARATION A Fabricator/Installer shall examine the spaces, wall floor and ceiling/soffit surfaces to receive custom cabinetwork and notify the Contractor in writing of any unsatisfactory conditions Do not proceed with the installation of the cabinetwork until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected in a manner acceptable to the Fabricator/Installer B Fabricator shall field verify all dimensions of finished spaces to receive custom cabinetwork prior to fabrication Filler pieces will not be acceptable unless specifically indicated on the Drawings or approved in shop drawings C Fabricator/Installer shall be responsible for coordinating work of this Section vnth other trades as required for a complete accurate, finished and fully operational installation 06410 6 Soapstone Natural Area 0743 07 100% Construction Documents 1 Coordinate installation to ensure that the operation of doors and drawers will not conflict with each other, appliances, or other construction 2 Coordinate cabinetwork fabrication with solid surface polymer or composite stone countertop fabrications furnished by other Sections Ensure that blocking has been accurately located and installed for wall mounted casework Locate concealed framing blocking and reinforcements that support cabinetwork by held measurements before being enclosed and indicate measurements on shop drawings Environmental Conditions Do not deliver or install cabinetwork until budding is enclosed wet work is complete and HVAC system is operating and maintaining temperature and relative humidity at occupancy levels during the remainder of the construction period 3 02 INSTALLATION OF CABINETWORK A General Install custom cabinetwork in accordance with AWI standards and recommendations for cabinet construction grade specified 1 Coordinate sizes and locations of framing, blocking, furring reinforcements and other related items specified in other Sections to ensure that custom cabinetwork can be supported and installed as indicated B Handicapped Accessibility Installation of cabinet systems and countertops in accessible/ adaptable residential units as shown on the Drawings shall be in accordance with the requirements of ANSI Al17 1 1992 and the Americans with Disabilities Act 1990 C Set and secure cabinetwork in place rigid, plumb and square 1 Tolerance Set level and plumb to a tolerance of 1/8 in 8 0 D Use function designed fixture attachments for mounted components E Use threaded steel concealed joint fasteners to align and secure adjoining cabinet units countertops and shelf units F When necessary to cut and fit on site, make material with ample allowance for cutting Provide trim for scribing and site cutting G Permanently fix cabinet and bases to floor using appropriate angles and anchorages Shim base units as necessary for proper alignment H Countersink semi concealed anchorage devices used to wall mount components and conceal with solid plugs of species to match surrounding wood Place flush with surrounding surfaces I Carefully scribe cabinetwork which is against other budding materials leaving gaps of 1/32 maximum Do not use additional overlay trim for this purpose J Provide blocking at all toe kick trims at internal corner intersections of base cabinets and other conditions where voids occur K Cabinetwork Install without distortion so doors and drawers fit openings properly and are accurately aligned Adjust hardware to center doors and drawers in openings and to provide unencumbered operation L Ensure that mechanical and electrical items affecting this Section are properly placed, complete and have been inspected by the Architect prior to commencement of installation Cutouts in cabinetwork and countertops for plumbing or electrical devices, piping or conduit shall be appropriately sized and neat in appearance Excessively large or uneven cutouts shall be rejected and the cabinet or countertop replaced at the sole discretion of the Architect 1 All cutouts through cabinet watts or bases opening into unfinished wall cavities shall be fitted with cover plates or otherwise sealed M Countertops Cut and join sections of countertop to create tight flush mitered or square seams in accordance with the seaming layout approved in the shop drawings Anchor securely by screwing through corner blocks of base cabinets or other supports into underside of countertop Backsptashes shall be cut and installed at all joints of countertops with walls or other materials as shown on the Drawings N Install formed sections of stainless steel in continuous sections without joints, in accordance with the approve shop drawings 06410 7 Soapstone Natural Area 0743 07 100% Construction Documents 1 Sections shall be formed and fabricated as shown on the Drawings Sheets shall wrap countertops and backsplash in one piece without horizontal joints at the backsplash/countertop joint 2 Mitered joints at interior or exterior corners are acceptable 3 Wrap ends of countertops with stainless steel as shown on the Drawings 0 Install hardware, fixtures and accessories supplied under other Sections for installation Install items in accordance with the manufacturers recommendations P Caulk joints of cabinetwork countertops and backsplashes with walls soffits or ceilings as specified in Section 07900 Q Protect all cabinetwork and countertop surfaces during remainder of construction activity with 4 mil poly coverings taped in place 3 03 PREPARATION OF CABINETWORK FOR FINISHING General Prepare hardwood cabinetwork for transparent or opaque finish as specified above in accordance with AWI recommendations Sand work smooth and set exposed nails and screws Apply wood filler in exposed nail and screw indentations 304 INSTALLATION OF CABINET HARDWARE A General Install hardware in accordance with manufacturers written instructions and recommendations and AWI standards B Install and adjust cabinet hardware to ensure proper alignment and operation C Quantities of hardware, such as number of cabinet door hinges per door shall be as recommended by the fabricator for the application D Special Requirements 1 Install cabinet door and drawer locks only where shown on the Drawings 3 05 INSTALLATION OF CABINETWORK FURNISHED BY OTHERS A General Contractor shall schedule delivery of cabinetwork furnished by the Owner and fully install cabinet boxes doors and drawers, countertops, sinks and faucets stainless steel drainboards and glass drying accessones hardware and other items as directed by the Owner Installed systems shall be complete and fully functional B Contractor shall coordinate with the Owner any required cutting, fitting or other minor modifications to the Owner furnished cabinetwork and countertops as may be necessary due to actual field conditions and dimensions 306 ADJUSTING AND CLEANING A Repair damaged and defective cabinetwork where possible to eliminate functional and visual defects, where not possible to repair replace cabinetwork to the satisfaction of the Architect and Owner Adjust joinery for uniform appearance B Clean, lubricate and adjust hardware C Clean cabinetwork on exposed and semi exposed surfaces Touch up shop applied finishes to restore damaged or soiled areas END OF SECTION 06410 8 Soapstone Natural Area 0743 07 100% Construction Documents SECTION 07210 THERMAL BUILDING INSULATION PART 1 GENERAL 1 01 WORK INCLUDED Furnish and install building insulation materials to provide thermal and vapor barrier for building elements and spaces, including 1 Unfaced and faced rigid board insulation in exterior wall construction 2 Blown in place insulation in exterior attic/roof construction Related work specified elsewhere 1 Section 01030, Alternates 2 Section 01714, Construction Waste Management 3 Section 04220, Concrete Unit Masonry Installation of pourable loose fill insulation 4 Section 07900, Sealants and Joint Fillers 5 Section 08110, Standard Steel Doors and Frames Requirements for foamed insulation in hollow metal doors and frames 1 02 QUALITY ASSURANCE A Reference Standards Conform to the current requirements of applicable portions of standards, codes and specifications, except where more stringent requirements are shown or specified 1 FS HH 1 524 Insulation Board Thermal (Polystyrene) 2 FS L P 375C (2) Plastic Film Flexible Vinyl Chloride 3 FS HH 1 521 Insulation Blankets Thermal Fiber for ambient temperatures 4 FS HH 1103E Insulation, Blown in Fiberglass 5 ASTM E 84 Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials 6 ASTM C665 Faced Insulation Materials 7 Applicable provisions of the codes referenced in Section 01060, or as adopted by any jurisdiction with authority over this Project B Certification Manufacturers shall certify that insulation materials are free of asbestos and urea formaldehyde and are non toxic C Certification Fiberglass materials for interior building installations shall be GreenGuard certified for indoor air quality D Certification Installer shall install an insulation certification card upon completion of the insulation work as specified in paragraph 3 04 103 SUBMITTALS Product Data Provide manufacturers product literature and specifications indicating compliance with the requirements of this Section for each type of insulation material specified Clearly mark each submittal for R value of insulation material being furnished 1 04 DELIVERY STORAGE AND HANDLING Furnish materials to manufacturers original packaging, complete with installation instructions Store materials away from sources of intense heat such as open flames or welders torches Protect materials from exposure to moisture and sunlight with an opaque Light colored tarp or equal 07210 1 Soapstone Natural Area 0743 07 100% Construction Documents 105 WARRANTIES Provide the manufacturers written warranty covering materials workmanship and retention of R value of insulation materials for the following terms 1 Faced and Unfaced Blanket Insulation One (1)year PART 2 PRODUCTS 201 BATT INSULATION UNFACED A General FS HH 1 521 F Density not less than 1 5 lbs per cu ft K value of 0 27 at 750 F R value as indicated on the Drawings 1 Apply in framed exterior walls vaulted ceilings and roof construction where materials are covered or protected by gypsum wallboard or other approved materials or as indicated on the Drawings B Sizes Provide manufacturers standard rolls roll width as follows 1 Wood Framing at 16 o c 15 wide 2 Wood Framing at 24 o c 23 wide 3 Steel Stud Framing at 16 o c 16 wide 4 Steel Stud Framing at 24 o c 24 wide C Approved Manufacturers 1 Thermal Shield Unfaced by Johns Manville International Inc Denver CO (800) 654 3103 as basis of design 2 CertamTeed Valley Forge PA and distributed from Arlington TX, (817) 461 5535 3 Owens Corning Fiberglass Corp Toledo OH and represented locally in Denver CO (303) 757 6121 4 Knauf Insulation GmbH Shelbyville IN (800) 825 4434 5 Manufacturers providing materials of same function and performance are acceptable 202 BLOWN IN PLACE INSULATION A General FS HH 11030B and ASTM C764 Blown in fiberglass suitable for intended use Class A, flame spread of 5 or less (ASTM E84) and smoke developed of 5 non combustible (ASTM El36) 1 Apply in attic spaces as an alternate to batt insulation, where allowed by Paragraph 3 0_ Contractors option B Approved Manufacturers 1 Insul Safe III by Certainteed Valley Forge, PA, (913) 342 5759 2 Knauf Insulation GmbH Shelbyville IN (800) 825 4434 3 Manufacturers providing materials of same function and performance are acceptable 2 03 FOAMED IN DOOR AND WINDOW FRAME INSULATION General Two component foamed in place polyurethane insulation system Class A fire rating when tested in accordance with ASTM E 84 1 R value 3 8 per inch minimum ASTM C518 2 Compressive Strength 2 8 lbs /sq in minimum ASTM D1621 3 Tensile Strength 5 7 lbs /sq in minimum ASTM D1623 4 Shear Strength 7 1 lbs /sq in minimum ASTM C273 5 Apply in all perimeter voids between framing and shimmed door and window frames Approved Manufacturers 1 Great Stuff Pro Window and Door by Dow Chemical Co Midland MI, (800) 232 2436 2 Manufacturers providing materials of same function and performance are acceptable 07210 2 Soapstone Natural Area 0743 07 100% Construction Documents 204 INSULATION ATTACHMENTS AND ACCESSORIES A Adhesive or Attachments Type recommended by insulation manufacturer, capable of securely adhering insulation to applicable surfaces B Vapor Barrier Specified in Section 07190 C Insulation Baffles Specified in Section 07621 D Tape 2 wide self adhering type polyethylene faced E Air Infiltration Wrap Specified in Section 07270 F Suspension Wire Type and gage as recommended by insulation manufacturer, as required to hang anticipated weight of insulation blankets G Insulation Netting PART 3 EXECUTION 301 INSPECTION AND PREPARATION A Installer shall examine the surfaces substrates wall floor and attic/ceiling cavities and conditions under which the insulation work is to be performed and notify the Contractor in writing of unsatisfactory conditions Do not proceed with the insulation work until the unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected in a manner acceptable to the Installer B Ensure that building shell has been completely and properly dried in prior to installation of thermal insulation materials C Ensure that all electrical lighting fixtures, mechanical equipment and other devices protruding into rafter attic or soffit cavities are properly rated to be in contact with insulation If they are not Contractor shall build enclosures around such fixtures to hold insulation materials away as required by the fixture manufacturers warranty and installation requirements Maintain tops of enclosures open to allow adequate ventilation of fixtures and devices (Notify Architect of any non complvine materials ) D Ensure that all existing and/or new electrical wiring and other devices protruding into wall cavities are properly rated to be in contact with foamed in insulation materials E Installer shall discuss specific site conditions with the Architect concerning the proper selection of appropriate materials for ceiling/attic installations as referenced in Paragraph 3 03 fcZ1f�^191:73d,T-11,6TM A General Cut and trim insulation neatly to fit spaces Butt edges and ends tight B Install insulation to fit tightly between framing members and fill all voids C Fit insulation tight against mechanical electrical and other items which protrude through plane of insulation, fit insulation to outside of plumbing in exterior walls D Ensure that cavities chases and other void spaces open to attics crawlspaces, etc are sealed with insulation unless used as approved mechanical plenums 3 03 INSTALLATION OF BLANKET TYPE BATT INSULATION A General Install batt insulation materials in accordance with the manufacturers written instructions and recommendations Use unfaced paper faced or foil faced insulation materials as scheduled herein or required by the provisions of applicable building codes B Use batt insulation free of ripped back or edges with vapor barrier intact C Install batt insulation in wall cavities without visible gaps or separations Use roll widths as required for type and spacing of framing members as scheduled above Fit insulation tight within spaces and tight to and behind mechanical and electrical services 07210 3 Soapstone Natural Area 0743 07 100% Construction Documents D Install batt insulation and vapor barrier in accordance with manufacturers recommendations Install after mechanical and electrical services within walls have been installed Provide R value as indicated on the Drawings or specified herein E Install insulation with vapor barrier membrane facing warm side of building spaces Lap ends and side flanges of membranes over framing members Tape m place Tape seal butt ends and lapped side flanges and ends Do not tear or cut membranes F Place vapor barrier on interior face of insulation by taping to framing members Tape seal areas where wires penetrate vapor barrier G Extend vapor barrier tight to full perimeter of adjacent items interrupting the plane of membrane Tape seal in place H Suspended Roof/Attic Areas Hang insulation along lines of roof/attic cavities where shown on the Drawings using specified hanger vnre strung between framing members 304 INSTALLATION OF BLOWN IN INSULATION A General Install blown in place insulation in accordance with the manufacturers written instructions for the particular conditions of installation in each case If instructions do not apply to project conditions consult manufacturers technical representative before proceeding with the work 8 Do not use blown in insulation in vaulted ceiling cavities steeper than 3 in 12 pitch where vaulted attic cavity is too narrow to allow the proper installation of blown in materials or where blown in insulation will not remain in place due to ceiling/roof slope ventilation of drafts through the attic or other potential cause of insulation displacement Install blanket type insulation materials in these conditions 1 Install blanket type insulation in attic areas within 48 of perimeter eave soffit vents C Where blown in place insulation is used in heu of faced blanket type batt insulation install specified vapor barrier to the warm side of the attic prior to placing insulation Ensure full coverage of vapor barrier 1 Lap seams minimum 6 and seal joints with vapor resistant tape of type recommended by manufacturer 2 Attach and seal edges to perimeter wood plates as recommended by the manufacturer D Install insulation in attic cavities in a manner to completely fill all voids 3 05 INSTALLATION OF FOAMED IN DOOR AND WINDOW FRAME INSULATION A General Install foamed in place insulation in all perimeter voids between framing and shimmed door and window frames in accordance with the manufacturers written instructions and recommendations 1 It is not the intention of this specification to fill the voids of aluminum storefront framing sections or other hollow assemblies unless specifically specified elsewhere B Install insulation to completely fill all cavities and voids 306 INSULATION CERTIFICATION Upon completion, the Installer shall install an insulation certification card in the attic space of each unit or applicable portion of building at the access panel stating the following information 1 Name of installer Date of installation Manufacturer(s) of insulation materials installed Types of insulation materials installed R values of insulation materials installed END OF SECTION 07210 4 Soapstone Natural Area 0743 07 100% Construction Documents SECTION 07466 WOOD SIDING PART 1 GENERAL 1 01 WORK INCLUDED Furnish and install wood vertical board and batten siding, complete with fasteners Furnish and install prefabricated veneer plywood panel siding complete with fasteners and accessones Related work specified elsewhere 1 Section 01022 Unit Prices Replacement wood siding 2 Section 06100 Rough Carpentry 3 Section 06200 Finish Carpentry Installation of interior wood casings and trim 4 Section 07270 Air Infiltration Barners 5 Section 07621 Galvanized Metal Flashing and Trim 6 Section 07900 Sealants and Joint Fillers 7 Section 09900 Painting 1 02 QUALITY ASSURANCE A Reference Standards Conform to requirements of the following standards and codes 1 PS 1 Construction and Industrial Plywood 2 PS 20 American Softwood Lumber Standard 3 NFPA National Forest Products Association National Design Specification for Wood Construction 4 APA Plywood Specification and Grade Guide C20 5 Applicable provisions of the codes referenced in Section 01060 or as adopted by any jurisdiction with authority over this Project Plywood panels shall be identified with APA grade trademark of the American Plywood Association Grading of lumber shall be according to the current edition of the Western Wood Products Association Selected Species No 1 Western Red Cedar 103 SUBMITTALS A Product Data Submit manufacturers written product literature and installation instructions for each type of wood siding material specified illustrating the manufacturer s full line of sizes, lap patterns, exposures textures and finishes B Samples Submit samples of specified materials color and texture for approval by the Architect Submit samples of each siding accessory specified 1 04 DELIVERY STORAGE AND HANDLING A Materials stored on the site shall be kept off the ground on pallets or stringers and covered top and sides B Siding shall be stored level on properly aligned stringers 105 WARRANTIES A Wood Siding Provide manufacturers written 1 year warranty covering defects in materials and workmanship 07466 1 Soapstone Natural Area 0743 07 100% Construction Documents 1 06 MAINTENANCE MATERIALS Provide the Owner with 1% additional stock of each type and size of siding specified for replacement Refer to Section 01600, Material and Equipment PART 2 PRODUCTS 201 WOOD VERTICAL BOARD AND BATTEN SIDING A General 1x6 vertical wood boards overlaid with 1x4 wood battens for decorative pattern for opaque or transparent finish 1 Sizes Manufacturer s standard 1 x 6 and 1 x 4 boards 2 Matenal Western Red Cedar 3 Edges Square 4 Texture Smooth 5 Finish Stained finish as specified in Section 09930 Transparent Finishes B Battens ix4 or size as shown on the Drawings, Western Red Cedar B Nails Zinc coated boxnails or as recommended by the siding manufacturer of sufficient length to penetrate minimum 1 1 /2 into studs Use of staples or T nails is not acceptable C Caulk Non hardening color matched exterior acrylic latex caulk Refer to Section 07900 D Underlayment Single layer of 30 lb asphalt saturated and coated organic felt base sheet conforming to ASTM D2626 E Accessories Provide all necessary accessories by the manufacturer for complete installation of siding system 202 WOOD CASINGS, MOULDINGS AND TRIM General ALL solid stock wood fascias, casings brackets mouldings corner boards and other running and standing trim shall be Western Red Cedar 1 Sizes As shown on the Drawings, or as required to match existing 2 Profiles As shown on the Drawings or as required to match existing PART 3 EXECUTION 301 INSPECTION AND PREPARATION A Installer shall inspect rough framing and/or existing solid substrate and notify the Contractor of any conditions which will affect the successful installation of the siding Installer shall not proceed with the work of this Section until such conditions have been corrected in a manner acceptable to the Installer B All wood siding products used shall be same species throughout the project unless otherwise approved by the Architect C Ensure that air infiltration wrap has been properly installed and approved prior to beginning installation of the siding work D Lay out siding work to minimize number of lap joints Refer to the Drawings for locations of vertical trim boards or other details intended to eliminate or reduce the amount of vertical siding joints E Installer shall be responsible for inspecting all siding and trim wood and cutting any material not meeting the quality standards of these Specifications or that exhibit defects such as knots checks splits warping bowing or excessive vanation in color or gram All materials installed in the 07466 2 Soapstone Natural Area 0743 07 100% Construction Documents finished construction shall be subject to the approval of the Architect 3 02 INSTALLATION OF WOOD SIDING A General Install siding over approved underlayment in accordance with the manufacturers written instructions and recommendations B Board Alignment Where new siding matenals will abut existing materials align coursing of boards/panels to match the existing pattern 1 Tolerance +/ 1 /8 C Nailing Nail spacing shall not exceed 16 o c at locations with solid wood substrate or where stud backing is at 16 o c nail spacing shall not exceed 12 o c at locations where stud or furring backing is 24 o c Nails shall penetrate a minimum of 1 1/2 into studs Do not overdrive or countersink nail heads and do not drive nails at an angle Use color matched nails where nails must be exposed D Joints and Edges Siding boards shall be installed in one continuous piece whenever horizontal wall dimensions allow, or where vertical trim boards are shown on the Drawings to reduce the span of siding In these conditions, no other joints will be allowed Where horizontal runs of siding are not broken by vertical tnm boards and these runs exceed the length of the siding all end joints along the run of the siding boards shall have scarf cuts 1 End joints abutting vertical corner or intermediate trim boards shalt allow for expansion/contraction of the materials Leave a 3/16 space where siding abuts these trims and caulk with color matched sealants 2 Alt joints and edges shall have a minimum of 1 1 /2 solid backing material 3 Where vertical walls abut lower level roofs hold bottom edge of siding and trims up minimum 1 1 /2 from adjacent roof planes 4 Provide wicking screed separations of 3/8 minimum where bottom edge of siding and trims is in contact with concrete i e base trims around posts on concrete patio slabs E Replace all split or broken siding at no additional cost to the Owner F Leave surfaces prepared for field finishing as specified in Section 09900, Painting or Section 09930 Transparent Finishes 3 03 INSTALLATION OF CASINGS MOULDINGS AND TRIM A General All wood window and door casings, mouldings corner boards and other running and standing trim shall be furnished and installed by the same installer as the specified wood siding B Refer to Section 06200 Finish Carpentry for installation C Trim pieces forming outside corners of fascia eave wall corners or similar conditions shall be screwed together not nailed where these pieces are to remain exposed to view in the final construction D Joints and Edges Horizontal and vertical running and standing trim including fascias shall be installed in one continuous piece whenever horizontal and vertical wall dimensions allow Where horizontal runs exceed the standard length of material, all end joints along the run of the board shall have scarf cuts 1 End joints abutting vertical corner or intermediate trim boards shall allow for expansion/contraction of the materials 2 Where vertical walls, roof dormers or other conditions abut lower level roofs, hold fascia and other trims back minimum 1 from adjacent walls/roofs to prevent vncking of water into ends of fascias or trims E Leave surfaces prepared for field finishing as specified in Section 09900 Painting or Section 09930 Transparent Finishes QVIX9T; &TX4rll]11 07466 3 Soapstone Natural Area 0743 07 100% Construction Documents address of the Bidder and accompanied by the Bid Security, Bid Form, Bid Bond, Statement of Bidders Qualifications and Schedule of Subcontractors as required in Section 00430 If the Bid is sent through the mail or other delivery system, the sealed envelope shall be enclosed in a separate envelope with the notation "BID ENCLOSED" on the face of it 13 2 Bids shall be deposited at the designated location prior to the time and date for receipt of Bids indicated in the Invitation to Bid, or any extension thereof made by addendum Bids received after the time and date for receipt of Bids will be returned unopened Bidder shall assume full responsibility for timely delivery at the location designated for receipt of Bids 13 3 Oral, telephonic, telegraphic, or facsimile Bids are invalid and will not receive consideration 13 4 No Bidder may submit more than one Bid Multiple Bids under different names will not be accepted from one firm or association 14 0 MODIFICATION AND WITHDRAWAL OF BIDS 14 1 Bids may be modified or withdrawn by an appropriate document duly executed (in a manner that a Bid must be executed) and delivered to the place where Bids are to be submitted at any time prior to the opening of Bids 14 2 Bids may also be modified or withdrawn in person by the Bidder or an authorized representative provided he can prove his identity and authority at any time prior to the opening of Bids 14 3 Withdrawn Bids may be resubmitted up to the time designated for the receipt of Bids provided that they are then fully in conformance with these Instructions to Bidders 15 0 OPENINGS OF BIDS Bids will be opened and (unless obviously non -responsive) read aloud publicly as indicated in the Invitation to Bid An abstract of the amounts of the Base Bids and major alternates (if any) will be made available after the opening of Bids 16 0 BIDS TO REMAIN OPEN SUBJECT TO ACCEPTANCE All Bids shall remain open for forty-five (45) days after the day of the Bid Opening but OWNER may in his sole discretion, release any Bid and return the Bid Security prior to that date Rev10/20/07 Section 00100 Page 6 SECTION 07467 FIBER CEMENT SIDING PART 1 GENERAL 1 01 WORK INCLUDED A Furnish and install fiber cement bevel lap siding, complete with fasteners B Furnish and install fiber cement vertical board and batten siding, complete with fasteners C Furnish and install fiber cement ventilated soffit panels D Furnish and install solid hardboard casings mouldings and trim unless arranged for otherwise (Select either C or D depending upon manufacturer ) E Furnish and install solid fiber cement casings, mouldings and trim F Furnish and install coated organic felt base sheet over wall sheathing if specified G Furnish and install color coordinated caulking, unless arranged for otherwise H Related work specified elsewhere i Section 01030 Alternates 2 Section 06100, Rough Carpentry 3 Section 06200, Finish Carpentry Installation of casings and trim 4 Section 07270 Air Infiltration Barriers 5 Section 07314 Mineral Fiber Cement Shingles 6 Section 07466 Wood Siding 7 Section 07621 Galvanized Metal Flashing and Trim 8 Section 07900 Sealants and Joint Fillers 9 Section 09900, Painting 10 Section 09930 Transparent Finishes 1 02 QUALITY ASSURANCE A Reference Standards Conform to current requirements of the following standards and codes 1 ASTM C1185 96 Sampling and Testing Non Asbestos Fiber Cement Flat Sheet, Roofing and Siding Shingles and Clapboards 2 ASTM E72 95 Conducting Strength Tests of Panels for Building Construction 3 ASTM E84 Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials 4 ASTM Ell 9 95a Fire Tests of Building Construction and Materials 5 ASTM E136 Non Combustible 6 ASTM E330 96 Structural Performance of Exterior Windows Curtain Walls, and Doors by Uniform Static Air Pressure Difference 7 ASTM G26 95 Operating Light Exposure Apparatus (Xenon Arc Type) With and Without Water for Exposure of Nonmetallic Materials 8 International Building Code, current edition 9 International Residential Building Code current edition B All siding boards, ventilated soffit panels casings mouldings and trims shall be by the same manufacturer throughout the Project C Applicable provisions of the codes referenced in Section 01060 or as adopted by any jurisdiction with authority over this Project 103 SUBMITTALS A Product Data Submit manufacturer s written product literature and installation instructions for each type of fiber cement siding material specified illustrating the manufacturer s full line of 07467 1 Soapstone Natural Area 0743 07 100% Construction Documents sizes, lap patterns, exposures textures and finishes Samples Submit samples of specified materials and texture for approval by the Architect Submit samples of each siding accessory specified 1 04 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A Materials stored on the site shall be kept off the ground on pallets or stringers and covered top and sides B Siding shall be stored level on properly aligned stringers 1 05 WARRANTIES Provide manufacturers written warranties covering defects in materials and workmanship, for the following minimum terms 1 Siding and Soffit Boards Manufacturers written 50 year warranty covering manufacturing defects including cracking rotting, delamination efflorescence and termite damage 2 Composite Trims Manufacturer s written 20 year warranty covering manufacturing defects including rotting, cupping separating, rupturing twisting splitting excess moisture absorption and termite damage 3 Installation Manufacturer shall also include the cost of removal and replacement labor for a period of two (2) years from date of Substantial Completion 1 06 MAINTENANCE MATERIALS Provide the Owner with 1% additional stock of each type and size of siding specified for replacement Refer to Section 01600, Material and Equipment PART 2 PRODUCTS 201 FIBER CEMENT BEVEL LAP SIDING A General Exterior plank type, bevel lap, prefabricated mineral fiber cement siding Class A fire rating in accordance with ASTM E84 for painted or solid body stain finish 1 Sizes Manufacturers standard 12 0 long boards, 6 1/4 width or as required for 5 exposure 2 Thickness 5/16 minimum 3 Edges Ship lapped 4 Pattern Straight bevel 5 Texture Wood grained Cedar texture 6 Finish Factory pre primed for field finishing B Materials Manufacturer s standard high pressure process combining Portland cement, sand, wood fiber and proprietary additives C Nails Zinc coated boxnails or as recommended by the siding manufacturer, of sufficient length to penetrate minimum 1 1 /2 into studs Use of staples or T nails is not acceptable D Underlayment 30 lb asphalt saturated and coated organic felt base sheet meeting requirements of ASTM D2626 81 without perforations or D Underlayment Air infiltration barrier specified in Section 07270 E Caulk Use a non hardening color matched exterior acrylic latex caulk F Accessories Provide all necessary accessories by the manufacturer for complete installation of 07467 2 Soapstone Natural Area 0743 07 100% Construction Documents siding system G Approved Manufacturers 1 WeatherBoards Siding by CertainTeed Corp Valley Forge PA (800) 233 8990, as the basis of design 2 Hardiplank by James Hardie Mission Viejo CA, (866) 442 7343 3 Georgia Pacific Corp Atlanta GA, (800) 284 5347 4 Manufacturers providing materials of same design, function, performance quality and appearance are acceptable 202 FIBER CEMENT BOARD AND BATTEN SIDING A General Exterior prefabricated mineral fiber cement sheet type siding panels overlaid with wood battens for decorative pattern, Class A fire rating in accordance with ASTM E84 for painted or solid body stain finish 1 Sizes Manufacturers standard 12 0 long boards 6 1/4 width or as required for 5 exposure 2 Thickness 5/16 minimum 3 Edges Ship lapped 4 Pattern None Surface applied wood battens will be used to create board and batten pattern 5 Texture Wood grained Cedar texture 6 Finish Factory pre primed for field finishing Materials Manufacturer s standard high pressure process combining Portland cement sand wood fiber and proprietary additives 1 Battens 1x2 or size as shown on the Drawings Southern Yellow Pine or Douglas Fir Nails Zinc coated boxnails, or as recommended by the siding manufacturer of sufficient length to penetrate minimum 1 1 /2 into studs Use of staples or T nails is not acceptable Underlayment 30 lb asphalt saturated and coated organic felt base sheet meeting requirements of ASTM D2626 81 without perforations or D Underlayment Air infiltration barrier specified in Section 07270 E Caulk Use a non hardening color matched exterior acrylic latex caulk F Accessories Provide all necessary accessories by the manufacturer for complete installation of siding system G Approved Manufacturers 1 Hardipanel Cedarmill by James Hardie Mission Viejo, CA, (866) 442 7343 as basis of design 2 CertainTeed Corp , Valley Forge PA, (800) 233 8990 3 Georgia Pacific Corp Atlanta GA, (800) 284 5347 4 Manufacturers providing materials of same design, function, performance quality and appearance are acceptable 2 03 FIBER CEMENT CASINGS MOULDINGS AND TRIM General All casings, mouldings corner boards and other running and standing trim shall be same material as specified siding solid pieces 1 Sizes As shown on the Drawings 2 Profiles As shown on the Drawings 3 Finish Wood grained Cedar texture Columns Subfascias and Fascia Trims Rough sawn Red Cedar specified in Section 06100 Ventilated Soffit Panels Manufacturer s standard prefabricated fiber cement ventilated soffit 07467 3 Soapstone Natural Area 0743 07 100% Construction Documents panels 1 Sizes Manufacturers standard 12 0 long boards x width as required for project conditions 2 Thickness 1 /4 minimum 3 Finish Wood grained, Cedar texture 4 Ventilating Slots Manufacturer s standard 6 long slots, staggered 204 COMPOSITE CASINGS MOULDINGS AND TRIM A General All composite casings mouldings corner boards and other running and standing tnm shall be manufacturer sstandard hardboard solid stock 1 Sizes As shown on the Drawings 2 Profiles As shown on the Dravnngs 3 Finish Smooth S4S B Columns, Subfascias and Fascia Trims Rough sawn Red Cedar, specified in Section 06100 C Ventilated Soffit Panels Manufacturer s standard prefabricated fiber cement ventilated soffit panels 1 Sizes Manufacturers standard 12 0 long boards x width as required for project conditions 2 Thickness i/4 minimum 3 Finish Wood grained Cedar texture 4 Ventilating Slots Manufacturer s standard 6 long slots staggered PART 3 EXECUTION 3 01 INSPECTION AND PREPARATION A Installer shall inspect rough framing and/or existing solid substrate and notifythe Contractorof any conditions which will affect the successful installation of the siding Installer shall not proceed with the work of this Section until such conditions have been corrected in a manner acceptable to the Installer B Lay out siding work to minimize number of lap joints Refer to the Drawings for locations of vertical trim boards or other details intended to eliminate or reduce the amount of vertical siding joints C Ensure that air infiltration wrap has been properly installed and approved prior to beginning installation of the siding work D Installer shalt be responsible for inspecting all siding and trim materials and culling any material not meeting the quality standards of these Specifications or that exhibit defects such as warping or bowing All materials installed in the finished construction shall be subject to the approval of the Architect 302 INSTALLATION OF FIBER CEMENT SIDING A General Install prefabricated fiber cement siding materials over approved underlayment, accessories and trims in accordance with the manufacturer's wntten instructions and recommenda tions 1 Bevel Lap Board Overlap 1 1 /4 or manufacturer s standard for specified lap exposure B Nailing Nail spacing shall not exceed 16 o c at locations with solid wood substrate or where stud backing is at 16 o c nail spacing shall not exceed 12 o c at locations where stud or furring backing is 24 o c Nails shall penetrate a minimum of 1 1/2 into studs Do not overdrive or countersink nail heads and do not drive nails at an angle Use color matched nails where nails must be exposed 07467 4 Soapstone Natural Area 0743 07 100% Construction Documents Joints and Edges Siding boards shall be installed in one continuous piece whenever horizontal wall dimensions allow or where vertical trim boards are shown on the Drawings to reduce the span of siding In these conditions, no other joints will be allowed Where horizontal runs of siding are not broken by vertical tnm boards and these runs exceed the length of the siding all end joints along the run of the siding boards shall have scarf cuts 1 End joints abutting vertical corner or intermediate trim boards shall allow for expansion/contraction of the materials Leave a 3/16 space where siding abuts these trims and caulk with color matched sealants 2 All joints and edges shall have a minimum of 1 1 /2 solid backing material 3 Where vertical walls abut tower level roofs hold bottom edge of siding and trims up minimum 1 1 /2 from adjacent roof planes 4 Provide wicking screed separations of 3/8 minimum where bottom edge of siding and trims is in contact with concrete 1 e base trims around posts on concrete patio slabs D Siding Panels Install panels in proper alignment level and plumb Align sheet joints over solid stud backing as required by manufacturer E Replace all split or broken siding at no additional cost to the Owner F Leave surfaces prepared for field finishing as specified in Section 09900 Painting and/or Section 09930, Transparent Finishes 3 03 INSTALLATION OF CASINGS, MOULDINGS AND TRIM A General All wood window and door casings mouldings, corner boards and other running and standing trim shall be furnished and installed by the same installer as the specified siding B Refer to Section 06200 Finish Carpentry for installation C Trim pieces forming outside corners of fascia, eave, wall corners or similar conditions shall be screwed together, not nailed where these pieces are to remain exposed to view in the final construction D Leave surfaces prepared for field finishing as specified in Section 09900 Painting, or Section 09930 Transparent Finishes END OF SECTION 07467 5 Soapstone Natural Area 0743 07 100% Construction Documents SECTION 07612 COLD ROLLED STEEL SHEET METAL SCREWED DOWN METAL ROOFING PART i GENERAL 1 01 WORK INCLUDED A Furnish and install cold rolled 16 gage sheet metal roofing screw down installation complete with all associated copings flashmgs and trims B Furnish and install prefmished corrugated metal roofing as exterior or interior siding interior wainscoting or other interior application, complete with all associated copings flasfnngs and tnms C Related work specified elsewhere 1 Section 01714 Construction Waste Management 2 Section 07621 Galvanized Metal Flashing and Trim 3 Section 07900 Sealants and Joint Fillers 1 02 QUALITY ASSURANCE A Reference Standards Conform to the follovnng reference standards and codes 1 ASTM D226 Asphalt Saturated Organic Felt 2 NAAMM Metal Finishes Handbook 3 SMACNA Architectural Sheet Metal Manual 4 International (Uniform) Building Code, current edition B Manufacturer Qualifications Prefimshed roofing material shall be by a manufacturer who has been in business for a minimum of ten (10) years C Installer Qualifications Installation shall be by an installer with minimum of five (5) years successful experience on projects of similar scale and complexity 1 Certification Installer shall be a manufacturer certified installer, and provide copy of such certification as specified in paragraph 1 03 below D Manufacturer shall ensure the compatibility of all components, accessories and equipment that are part of the fabrication of the roofing and the overall quality and reliability of the system E Manufacturer shall be responsible for any redesign of the basic building components, roof panel layout or accessories required by variance between the manufacturers standard fabrication process and that shown on the Drawings as the basis of design F Design Criteria See structural drawings G Manufacturer volt provide a field representative for on site inspection of the components to ensure that the installation is complete and weathertight and meets the factory quality control requirements of the manufacturer and as specified in this Section H Applicable provisions of the codes referenced in Section 01060 or as adopted by any jurisdiction with authority over this Project 103 SUBMITTALS Product Literature Submit manufacturers written product literature and specifications illustrating the proposed roofing materials and components showing compliance with the requirements of this Section Shop Drawings Submit shop drawings indicating proposed panehzation of the roofs fabrication and mechanical seaming details trims closures and accessories and installation details and instructions Samples Submit samples of manufacturers full line of prefinished metal textures and colors for selection by the Architect 07612 1 Soapstone Natural Area 0743 07 100% Construction Documents 1 Submit sample of roofing system, minimum 12 x 12 illustrating typical screw down seaming condition Installer Certification Submit manufacturer s letter or certificate demonstrating certification by the manufacturer Test Data Submit air infiltration test data specified in paragraph 1 05 below 1 04 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A Installer shall coordinate the delivery schedule for the roofing (and siding) systems with the Contractor to assure that all roof and wall substrates are properly prepared when the components are delivered to the site 1 05 TESTING A Manufacturer shall submit negative load test performed by an independent testing laboratory in accordance with ASTM E330 70 (Standard Test Method for Structural Performance of Exterior Windows Curtain Walls and Doors under the Influence of Wind Loads) When tested in multiple spans of three (3) or more sections the 032 (0 81mm) aluminum roofing/siding material shall span 5 6 (1 68m) and withstand a negative load of 40 psf (1915 2 pascals) without damage, 040 (1 02mm) aluminum roofing/siding material shall span 6 8 (2 03m) and withstand a negative load of 50 psf (2394 0 pascals) without damage 8 Seals between pans shall be affected such that at 18 psf (8862 pascals) static pressure air infiltration shall not exceed 012 cfm per sq ft ( 0037 cu meters per minute per sq meter) Manufacturer shall submit air infiltration tests performed by an independent testing laboratory in accordance with ASTM E283 106 WARRANTIES A Provide manufacturers written one year warranty covering defects in materials and workmanship, including installation on the site PART 2 PRODUCTS 201 16 GAGE COLD ROLLED STEEL SHEET METAL SCREWED DOWN METAL ROOFING A General Cold rolled metal roofing shall be factory fabricated and rolled for delivery to the site System shall include all ridge and hip caps parapet flashings and caps copings trims and accessories necessary for a complete and weathertight installation 1 Specified system is intended to remain as an exposed raw steel finish with no further field finishing required B Materials 16 gage minimum, structural quality steel sheet metal conforming to ASTM A653 Grade C minimum 1 Texture Standard mill finish/texture 2 Finish None C Fabrication Roll form manufacturers prefinished coil stock to produce finished exposed panel width of 40 maximum, flat panel 1 Panehzation of roofing shall be as shown on the Drawings, unless otherwise approved Factory fabricate to the greatest extent possible 2 Form material for ridge caps hip caps parapet flashings roof edge flashmgs and other required trims to match roofing pans D Installation Type Overlapping sheets screw down attachment E Fasteners All fasteners shall be galvanized steel, stainless steel or other material compatible 07612 2 Soapstone Natural Area 0743 07 100% Construction Documents with the roofing system as recommended by the manufacturer 1 All exposed screws in exterior and interior applications shall be set in manufacturers standard neoprene washers for weathertightness 202 ASSOCIATED FLASHINGS AND TRIMS Contractor shall coordinate the furnishing of associated flashmgs trims gutters and downspouts specified in other Sections for exposed locations with the work of this Section Such work shall be by the same manufacturer/installer as the prefinished metal roofing to the greatest extent possible Gage Provide the following minimum gages for accessory materials 1 16 gage for roof edge, parapet cap and step flashings 2 16 gage for ridge and hip cap flashings 3 16 gage for other miscellaneous trims not specified for other gages 2 03 FABRICATION General Metal roofing system shall be factory fabricated for field installation Panel Edges All exposed edges of metal panels shall have clean, straight cuts with burrs removed Gutters, Downspouts, Conductor Heads, Copings and Trims Form sections square true and accurate to size free from distortion and other defects detrimental to appearance or performance 1 Gutters Roof Edge Flashings Copings Cap Flashings and other Trims Form sections in maximum lengths possible Provide for thermal expansion at 10 intervals unless otherwise shown Use material in longest practical lengths Sections shorter than 3 0 wilt not be allowed 2 Joints and seams exposed to view are to be flat lock type except corners or detailed as flat butt joints with backup plate Open tap seams are not permitted for joints exposed to view Seal all seams with elastic cement 3 Hem exposed edges of flashings to underside 1 /2 Hemmed edges shall be straight square design unless otherwise shown on the Drawings 2 Backpamt materials with bituminous paint where expected to be in contact with cementitious materials or dissimilar metals Profiles shall conform to current SMACNA Architectural Sheet Metal Manual standards and details 1 Drip/Fascia Flashings As shown on the Drawings Galvanized Valley and Sill Flashings Refer to Section 07621 204 FIELD EQUIPMENT Installer shall furnish and maintain all site based cutting and forming equipment as necessary to fabricate and install all metal flashings accessories and trim for a complete and weathertight installation PART 3 EXECUTION 301 INSPECTION AND PREPARATION A Installer shall examine the substrate and the conditions under which metal roofing work is to be performed and notify the Contractor in writing of unsatisfactory conditions which would prevent the successful completion of this work Do not start work until unacceptable conditions have been corrected in a manner acceptable to the Installer B Installer shall be responsible for ensuring delivery of the prefimshed materials and forming equipment to the site as specified in paragraph 1 04 at no additional cost to the Owner 07612 3 Soapstone Natural Area 0743 07 100% Construction Documents 3 02 C Installer shall coordinate the work of this Section with other contractors and equipment suppliers as required for a complete and weathertight installation D Ensure that substrate is sound dry properly sloped for drainage and securely anchored in position E Ensure that provision has been made for roof drams scuppers flashings and all other interface items attaching to or penetrating through the prefinished metal roofing F Ensure that adjacent work of other trades has been completed and approved prior to beginning work, to the greatest extent possible G Verify requirements for secondary underlayments with the Building Official with jurisdiction over this Project INSTALLATION OF COLD ROLLED SHEET METAL ROOFING A General Field fabrication and installation shall be done in accordance with all applicable building codes standards and the written instructions and recommendations of the manufacturer of the approved prefinished metal roofing Roofing shall be anchored firmly into position, forming a completely watertight and weathertight installation 1 Field Fabrication Details All aspects of field cutting and installation processes shall be in strict accordance with the manufacturer s instructions and recommendations including but not limited to, the following a Ridge cap flashings b Hip cap flashings c Drip edge flashings at gutters d Eave and rake edge fLashings Fabricate and install metal roofing to components and assemblies without weathertightness of the system allow for expansion and contraction of all compromising the structural capacity or Roofing shall be factory fabricated in continuous lengths, manufactured to actual field measurements unless otherwise approved in writing by the Owner and Architect Horizontal lap joints are not acceptable Neoprene secured by metal profile closures shall be provided when a one piece change of direction is not applicable SMACNA Architectural Sheet Metal Manual specifications shall govern for material and workmanship not otherwise specified herein Screwed Down Installation Sheet metal panels shall be screw attached into structural framing decking or other approved solid substrate Panels shall be lapped along their edge by a 2 overlap minimum Install with manufacturers standard 1 tape sealer at overlapping corrugations 1 Spacing of screw attachments shall be in accordance with the manufacturer's requirements and recommendations for dead live and wind loads specified in paragraph 1 02 2 Screw pattern shall be uniform and evenly spaced both horizontally and vertically for all applications Consult with Architect prior to commencing attachment 3 Provide manufacturers standard neoprene washers at each screw attachment point Exterior washers shall be set in roofing mastic or other approved sealant 4 Install prefinished panel end closure trims at all roof eave and valley conditions 3 03 CLEANING AND PROTECTION A Installer shall thoroughly clean installed prefinished roof panels and trim, using only cleaning products recommended by the manufacturer for this application Cleaning operation shall not mar or abrade the metal finish B Do not permit unnecessary walking on the finished roofing system Require all personnel to wear rubber soled shoes when installing or walking on the finished roof C Remove all excess material and scraps from the site END OF SECTION 07612 4 Soapstone Natural Area 0743 07 100% Construction Documents SECTION 07621 GALVANIZED METAL FLASHING AND TRIM PART 1 GENERAL 1 01 WORK INCLUDED A Furnish and install new cold rolled sheet metal reglets ftashmgs counterflashmgs as indicated on the Drawings B Related work specified elsewhere 1 Section 01030 Alternates Section 01714 Construction Waste Management Section 04220 Concrete Unit Masonry Flexible masonry flashmgs Section 04400 Stone Masonry Flexible masonry flashmgs Section 07210 Thermal Building Insulation Section 07466 Wood Siding Section 07612 Cold Rolled Steel Sheet Metal Screwed Down Metal Roofing Section 07900 Sealants and Joint Fillers 1 02 QUALITY ASSURANCE Reference Standards Conform to the current requirements and recommendations of applicable portions of standards codes and specifications except where more stringent requirements are shown or specified 1 SMACNA Sheet Metal and Am Conditioning Contractors National Association Inc Architectural Sheet Metal Manual, current edition 2 Applicable provisions of the codes referenced in Section 01060 or as adopted by any jurisdiction with authority over this Project Fabrication and installation shall be by manufacturers personnel or manufacturer approved subcontractor with minimum five (5) years successful experience in projects of similar size and complexity 103 SUBMITTALS Product Data Submit manufacturers product Literature and shop drawings indicating materials shapes, proposed layout of joints special details and intersections, and fabrication and assembly details Samples Submit manufacturers standard colors of prefinished flashmgs gutters and downspouts for selection by the Architect Samples Submit manufacturers standard profiles of galvanized flashmgs and trim for selection by the Architect PART PRODUCTS 201 GALVANIZED METAL FLASHING AND TRIM A General Cold rolled sheet metal standard mill finish 1 Gage 16 gage for concealed edge and drip flashmgs valley flashmgs and other miscellaneous trims not specified for other gages 07621 1 Soapstone Natural Area 0743 07 100% Construction Documents 17 0 AWARD OF CONTRACT 17 1 OWNER reserves the right to reject any and all Bids, to waive any and all informalities not involving price, time or changes in the Work, to negotiate contract terms with the Successful Bidder, and the right to disregard all nonconforming nonresponsive, unbalanced or conditional Bids Also, OWNER reserves the right to reject the Bid of any Bidder if OWNER believes that it would not be in the best interest of the Project to make an award to that Bidder whether because the Bid is not responsive or the Bidder is unqualified or of doubtful financial ability or fails to meet any other pertinent standard or criteria established by OWNER Discrepancies between the indicated sum of any column of figures and the correct sum thereof will be resolved in favor of the correct sum 17 2 In evaluating Bids, OWNER will consider the qualifications of the Bidders whether or not the Bids comply with the prescribed requirements, and such alternates unit prices and other data, as may be requested in the Bid Form or prior to the Notice of Award 17 3 OWNER may consider the qualification and experience of Subcontractors Suppliers, and other persons and organizations proposed for those portions of the Work as to which the identity of Subcontractors, Suppliers, and other persons and organizations is submitted as requested by OWNER OWNER also may consider the operating costs, maintenance requirements performance data and guarantees of major items of materials and equipment proposed for incorporation in the Work when such data is required to be submitted prior to the Notice of Award 17 4 OWNER may conduct such investigations as OWNER deems necessary to assist in the evaluation of any Bid and to establish the responsibility qualifications and financial ability of the Bidder's proposed Subcontractors, Suppliers and other persons and organizations to do the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents to OWNER's satisfaction within the prescribed time 17 5 If the Contract is to be awarded, it will be awarded to the lowest responsive and responsible Bidder whose evaluation by OWNER indicates to OWNER that the award will be in the best interest of the OWNER Award shall be made on the evaluated lowest base bid excluding alternates The basis for award shall be the lowest Bid total for the Schedule or, in the case of more than one schedule for sum of all schedules Only one contract will be awarded 17 6 If the Contract is to be awarded OWNER will give the Successful Bidder a Notice of Award within forty-five (45) days after the date of the Bid opening Bev 10/20/07 Section 00100 Page 7 Finish Supply sheet metal flashmgs and trim with manufacturers standard mill finish No further field finishing will be performed where unexposed to view in the completed project Profiles Specified in paragraph 2 03 below Drip Flashing Provide roof edge drip flashings unless integral with gutter section 202 ACCESSORY MATERIALS AND COMPONENTS A Fasteners Concealed clip type of same material as flashmgs, sized to suit application B Nails Hot dipped galvanized steel roofing type C Screws Hot dipped galvanized Phillips head with neoprene washers D Solder and Flux Type recommended for materials being used E Bituminous Paint Acid and alkali resistant type black color F Plastic Cement Cutback asphaltic type, FS SS C 00153a G Sealant One (1) component silicone conforming to FS TT S 00230 non staining non bleeding non sagging, of color suitable for material matching 1 Dow 790 or equal H Soffit Vents (Disk Type) Galvanized sheet metal round disk vents for installation in soffits or rafter rim joints/blocking, 26 gage 1 Size 2 diameter or manufacturer s standard 2 Finish Galvanized for field finishing 2 03 FABRICATION A Form sections square true and accurate to size, free from distortion and other defects detrimental to appearance or performance B Form sections in maximum lengths possible Make allowances for expansion and contraction at joints 1 Provide for thermal expansion at 10 intervals, unless otherwise shown Use material in longest practical lengths Sections shorter than 3 0 will not be allowed C Form stepped parapet cap flashings as detailed on the Drawings Provide mitered intersections between horizontal and vertical sections D Joints and seams exposed to view are to be flat lock type except corners or detailed as flat butt joints with back up plate Open lap seams are not permitted for joints exposed to view Fabricate corners minimum 18 x 18 mitered soldered and sealed as one (1) piece Seat all seams with elastic cement E Wipe and wash clean soldered joints to remove traces of flux immediately after soldering F Hem exposed edges of flashings to underside 1 /2 Hemmed edges shall be straight square design unless otherwise shown on the Drawings G Backpaint flashings with bituminous paint where expected to be in contact with cementitious materials or dissimilar metals H Profiles shall conform to current SMACNA Architectural Sheet Metal Manual standards and details 1 Cap Flashings Regtets and Counterf lashings As shown on the Drawings 2 Dnp/Fascia Flashings As shown on the Drawings or as required by project conditions 3 Sill Flashmgs at Masonry Veneer As shown on the Drawings 204 FIELD EQUIPMENT Installer shall furnish and maintain any site based cutting forming and seaming equipment as necessary to fabricate and install all metal flashmgs accessories and trims (not factory fabricated) for a complete and weathertight installation 07621 2 Soapstone Natural Area 0743 07 100% Construction Documents PART 3 EXECUTION 301 PREPARATION A Installer shall examine the substrate and the conditions under which flashing and trim work is to be performed and notify the Contractor in writing of unsatisfactory conditions which would prevent the successful completion of this work Do not start work until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected in a manner acceptable to the Installer B Ensure miscellaneous metal flashings and trims are fabricated in accordance with paragraph 2 01 above C Coordinate installation of flashings with Contractor for prefimshed metal roofing as required D Coordinate installation of valley and edge/dnp flashings with primary and secondary roof underlayments specified in other sections E Coordinate installation of sill flashings with Contractor for masonry veneer F Coordinate installation of miscellaneous drip and sill flashings and counterflashmgs with Contractor for wood siding as required 302 INSTALLATION A General Install flashings reglets counterflashings and trim in accordance with manufacturers written instructions and recommendations 1 Ensure adequate clearances for thermal expansion and contraction of fabricated sections of materials B Secure flashings in place using specified fasteners Use exposed fasteners only in locations approved by Architect When using exposed fasteners they are to be of same finish as flashings C Conform to applicable SMACNA details unless otherwise shown Consult with Architect as necessary 1 Gutters Use hanging detail for gutters similar to that shown in Fig 1 14A page 1 35 of SMACNA manual 2 Gutters Install gutter sections with seams downhill with slope of gutter Provide minimum 1 /8 per foot slope in runs of gutters 3 Downspouts Install downspouts where shown on the Drawings Do not exceed maximum recommended run of gutters between downspouts unless otherwise directed by the Architect D Install kick flashings at all roof edge or eave conditions adjacent to vertical walls and other conditions requiring diversion of drainage away from a particular point Coordinate specific conditions with Architect as necessary E Apply sealing compound at junction of metal flashings and asphalt felt flashings F Lock seams and end joints Fit flashings tight in place Make corners square surfaces true and straight in planes and lines accurate to profiles G Counterflash mechanical, plumbing and electrical items projecting through roofing 1 Mechanical plumbing and electrical details may be schematic in nature Install all flashmgs in accordance with current SMACNA requirements 2 Refer to the Drawings for any special flashing conditions 3 03 CLEANING Clean all exposed surfaces 1 Remove excess sealants flux plastic cement and bituminous paint 2 Clean soiled surfaces with a solution which will not harm adjacent surfaces Clean all exposed prefinished galvanized surfaces Remove smudges and other imperfections using cleaning materials recommended by the manufacturer Remove excess sealant from prefimshed materials and leave installation in clean condition 07621 3 Soapstone Natural Area 0743 07 100% Construction Documents END OF SECTION 07621 4 Soapstone Natural Area 0743 07 100% Construction Documents weather conditions are favorable for proper curing and development of high early bond strength Where joint width is affected by ambient temperature vanations, install elastomenc sealants only when temperatures are in lower third of the manufacturer's recommended installation temperature range so that sealant will not be subjected to excessive elongation and bond stress by subsequent low temperatures Coordinate time schedule with Contractor to avoid delay of project 105 WARRANTIES A Provide manufacturers written 5 year warranty covering defects in materials when such materials are properly applied and fully cured as described in the manufacturers product data sheets The Contractor further agrees to replace sealants which fail because of loss of cohesion or adhesion, or that do not cure properly due to improper application or curing, or when the materials installed are not appropriate for that application, joint type or other factor beyond the manufacturers control for a period of five (5) years PART 2 PRODUCTS 201 SEALANT MATERIALS General Supplier/Installer of work of this Section shall certify that materials specified and/or furnished for this project are appropriate for use in the specified applications for the following criteria 1 Compatibility of sealant material with adjacent materials 2 Compatibility of sealant material with type and degree of weather exposure 3 Compatibility of sealant material with expected use of space 4 Compatibility of sealant material with joint type, width and depth B Exterior One or two part polyurethane based elastomenc sealants complying with FS Tr S 00230 Class A Type I (self leveling) or Type It (non sag) 1 One Part Sealant Sonolastic NP 1 by Sonneborne as basis of design or as recommended by manufacturer for type of application 2 Two Part Sealant Sonolastic NP 2 by Sonneborne as basis of design or as recommended by manufacturer for type of application C Interior One part silicone based non sag elastomenc sealant resistant to mildew complying with FS TT S 01543, Class A and FF TT S 00230 Class A 1 Sonolastic Ommseal and OmmPlus by Sonneborne as bass of design or as recommended by manufacturer for type of application D Interior Paintable One part non sag mildew resistant acrylic emulsion sealant complying with ASTM C834, paintable 1 Sonolac by Sonneborne as basis of design or as recommended by the manufacturer for type of application E Concrete Slab Joints One part non priming urethane based self leveling pourable sealant complying with FS TT S 00230C, Class A Type 1 (horizontal use) 1 Sonolastic SL 1 by Sonneborne as basis of design or as recommended by manufacturer for type of application 2 Ensure that sealant is compatible with seamless floonng systems specified in Division 9 3 Ensure that sealant is compatible with special concrete floor finish system specified in Section 09800 F Color(s) 1 Colors are to be selected by Architect from manufacturers full line of standard colors 2 Design intent is to match sealant color to color of adjacent material unless indicated otherwise The Architect shall have final authority for color selection including variations from this policy 07900 2 Soapstone Natural Area 0743 07 100% Construction Documents 3 Clear silicone sealant shall be installed at joints between plastic laminate finished countertops and backsplashes G Approved Manufacturers 1 Sonneborne Building Products, Minneapolis, MN, (612) 835 3434 2 Tremco Sealants Cleveland, OH (800) 321 7906 3 Schnee Morehead Inc , Irving, TX, (800) 255 9427 4 Manufacturers providing materials of same design function and performance are acceptable 2 02 ACCESSORY MATERIALS A Primer Non staining type for joints as recommended by sealant manufacturer B Joint Cleaner Noncorrosive and nonstaining type recommended by sealant manufacturer compatible with joint forming materials C Joint Filler ASTM D1056, round polyethylene foam rod, over sized 30 50% as recommended by manufacturer of sealant used 1 Provide closed cell or open cell foam rod materials as recommended by the Installer for specific applications D Bond Breaker Pressure sensitive tape recommended by sealant manufacturer to suit application E Joint Fillers for Cast in Place Concrete Work Refer to Section 03100 PART 3 EXECUTION 301 PREPARATION A Installer shall examine joint surfaces, backing and anchorage of units forming seating rabbet and conditions under which sealant work is to be performed and notify Contractor of conditions detrimental to proper completion of the work performance and curing of sealants Do not proceed with sealant work until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected in a manner acceptable to the Installer B Clean prepare and size joints in accordance with manufacturers instructions Remove any loose materials and other foreign matter which might impair adhesion of sealant C Ensure that horizontal and vertical surfaces are of sufficient dimension for required bonding of sealant materials as recommended by the manufacturer D Ensure that sealants are compatible with the substrates to which they are to adhere E Verify that joint shaping materials and release tapes are compatible with sealant F Examine joint dimensions and size materials to achieve required width/depth ratios G Install joint filler to achieve required joint depths to allow sealants to perform properly H Install bond breaker where required I Mask or otherwise protect adjacent surfaces which may be marred or damaged by sealant materials 302 INSTALLATION OF SEALANTS A General Install sealant in accordance with manufacturers instructions Apply sealant within recommended temperature ranges Consult manufacturer when sealant cannot be applied within recommended temperature ranges B Tool joints slightly concave in vertical surfaces and flush in horizontal surfaces C Maintain joints free of air pockets foreign embedded matter ridges or sags D Ensure that sealant is applied leaving crisp clean lines with adjacent materials Do not allow sealant to bleed onto adjacent surfaces Immediately wipe excess sealant materials off adjacent surfaces 07900 3 Soapstone Natural Area 0743 07 100% Construction Documents Remove and replace any sealants improperly applied to the satisfaction of the Architect Repair and replace any adjacent materials that have been damaged marred or discolored by work of this Section to the satisfaction of the Architect PART 4 SCHEDULES 401 SCHEDULE OF SEALANT WORK A Exterior Install sealants as indicated on the Drawings or scheduled herein including but not limited to 1 Expansion joints in exterior concrete flatwork adjacent to buildings and retaining walls 2 Expansion joints in exterior concrete pavements, aprons sidewalks ramps and curb and gutter sections 3 Vertical expansion and control joints in concrete unit and brick masonry walls 4 Perimeter of exterior window and door frames 5 Perimeter of materials and equipment passing through building walls and roofs 6 Horizontal and vertical joints between wood siding, soffits, and wood running and standing trims 7 Horizontal and vertical joints between solid vinyl siding, soffits and trims and adjacent materials 8 Perimeter joints of metal flashings and accessories 9 Miscellaneous vertical and horizontal joints between dissimilar materials, where required for contraction and expansion of joints, or where required to maintain the weathertightness of the project 10 Other joints as indicated, as required for neat appearance or as directed by the Architect B Interior Install sealants as indicated on the Drawings or scheduled herein including but not limited to 1 Expansion joints and control joints in interior concrete slabs where surfaces are scheduled to be sealed and/or exposed to view 2 Horizontal joints between intenor concrete slabs and precast concrete wall panels or masonry walls 3 Perimeter of plastic laminate casework cabinetry, countertops and backsplashes 4 Horizontal and vertical joints between walls ceilings soffits and running and standing trims 5 Perimeter of interior window and door frames 6 Perimeter of materials and equipment passing through building walls and roofs 7 Miscellaneous vertical and horizontal joints between dissimilar materials where required for contraction and expansion of joints or where required to maintain the weathertightness of the project 8 Other joints as indicated, as required for neat appearance, or as directed by the Architect END OF SECTION 07900 4 Soapstone Natural Area 0743 07 100% Construction Documents SECTION 08110 STANDARD STEEL DOORS AND FRAMES PART 1 GENERAL 1 01 WORK INCLUDED A Furnish standard exterior and interior hollow metal doors and frames B Grout or foam insulate (as specified) cores of exterior hollow metal frames where shown on the Drawings or specified herein unless arranged for otherwise C Related work specified elsewhere 1 Section 01714 Construction Waste Management 2 Section 06200, Finish Carpentry Installation of doors and frames 3 Section 07210, Thermal Building Insulation Foam insulation at perimeter of door and window frames 4 Section 09900, Painting 1 02 QUALITY ASSURANCE A Reference Standards Conform to the current requirements of applicable portions of standards codes and specifications except where more stringent requirements are shown or specified 1 SDI 100 Recommended Specifications of Standard Steel Doors and Frames of Steel Door Institute (SDI) 2 ASTM A366 Steel, Carbon Cold Rolled Sheet, Commercial Quality 3 NFPA 80 Fire rated door assemblies 4 NFPA 65 Smoke control door assemblies 5 Applicable provisions of the codes referenced in Section 01060, or as adopted by any jurisdiction with authority over this Project B Manufacturer Member of Steel Door Institute (SDI) C Manufacturer shall comply with all requirements of Underwriters Laboratories where labeled doors and frames are required 103 SUBMITTALS A Product Data Submit manufacturers product literature and installation schedules B Door Schedules Submit schedule of doors and frames, using same reference marks or numbers for doors and details as that shown on the Drawings C Shop Drawings Submit shop drawings indicating general construction configurations, jointing methods reinforcement and location of cutouts for louvers or glazing D Samples Submit representative sample of corner section of standard hollow metal doors and frames to Architect for approval Sample section shall indicate all details of construction and finish 1 04 DELIVERY STORAGE AND HANDLING A Deliver store and handle all hollow metal doors and frames in a manner to prevent damage and deterioration B Provide packaging including corner guards separators spreaders banding and if prefinished plastic or vinyl wrappings as required to protect all metal doors and frames during transportation and storage 08110 1 Soapstone Natural Area 0743 07 100% Construction Documents Store doors upright in a protected area, off the ground with air space between individual pieces Protect all finished surfaces PART 2 PRODUCTS 201 STANDARD HOLLOW METAL DOORS A Hollow Metal Doors Doors shall be cold rolled, pickled and oiled stretcher leveled all bondenzed steel sheets with clean smooth surfaces complying with Steel Door Institute SDI 100 except as amended in this Section 1 Type Composite construction with flush faces and seamless with hemmed edges Provide insulated doors where scheduled a Exterior Doors Grade II heavy duty, Model 1 full flush design b Interior Doors Grade I standard duty Model 1 full flush design 2 Construction Steel face sheets bonded to 1 3/4 honeycomb or unitized steel core, 14 gage top and bottom channels and 7 gage hinge reinforcement Provide full urethane core on exterior doors or where scheduled to be insulated door Furnish the following minimum face sheets a Exterior Doors 16 gage b Interior Doors over 36 Wide or 84 High 16 gage c All Other Interior Doors 18 gage 3 Sizes As scheduled on the Drawings, 1 3/4 thick unless otherwise indicated 4 Style Imperial Door by Ceco as basis of design for insulated core 5 Finish Shop prime as specified below B Metal Vision Lite Frames 18 gage cold rolled steel frames with countersunk mounting holes and phdhps head steel through bolts Comers to be mitered continuously welded and ground smooth prior to finishing 1 Size(s) As shown on the Drawings 2 Finish Shop prime as specified below 3 Glaring Provide tempered clear double insulatwe glazing C Approved Manufacturers 1 Ceco Corp Brentwood, TN, distributed locally by Architectural Doors Denver CO (303) 322 1410 Curries, Mason City, IA, (515) 423 1334 Kewanee Corp , Kewanee IL, (800) 447 5687 Republic Doors, distributed by Hahl Kern Inc Denver CO (303) 733 5909 Manufacturers providing products of same design performance and function are acceptable as approved by the Architect prior to bidding 202 STANDARD HOLLOW METAL FRAMES A Hollow Metal Frames Frames shall be cold rolled or hot rolled, pickled and oiled steel, all bondenzed sheets complying with Steel Door Institute SDI 100 except as amended by this Section Except where other gages are indicated or specified, fabricate frames from steel not lighter than the following a Exterior Doors 14 gage b Parrs of Interior Doors 14 gage c Single Interior Doors over 36 Wide 14 gage d All Other Frames 16 gage 1 Type Mitered corners fully welded frames Knockdown type frames are not permitted unless approved for use in interior fire rated assemblies 2 Sizes As shown and scheduled on the Drawings 08110 2 Soapstone Natural Area 0743 07 100% Construction Documents Finish Shop primed as specified below Silencers Manufacturers standard resilient type minimum three (3) per jamb equally spaced Jamb Anchors a Wood or Metal Stud Construction welded to back of frames Stud anchors, four (4) per jamb securely 6 Floor Anchors 16 gage, one (1) per jamb Removable Center Mullions Provide manufacturers standard removable center mullions where scheduled on the Drawings Cross Corndor Double Egress Frames Provide manufacturers standard frames as shown on the Drawings Approved Manufacturers 1 Ceco Corp , Oak Brook IL distributed locally by Ceco Door Division Fountain, CO (303) 3827930 2 Curries Mason City IA (515) 423 1334 3 Kewanee Corp , Kewanee IL (800) 447 5687 4 Republic Doors, distributed by Hahl Kern Inc Denver CO (303) 733 5909 5 Manufacturers shall be the same as those for hollow metal doors tijr�13�]yLL�7 A Hollow Metal Frames for Doors Jamb sections shall be standard 2 wide x 5 3/4 deep double rabbeted with 7/16 returns or as shown on the Drawings or required by specified wall construc tion except as noted below Supplier to verify profile specified with wall construction and furnish jamb sections with the required depth B Hollow Metal Frames for Windows Jamb sections shall be standard 2 wide x 3 deep single rabbeted with 1/2 returns 1 Sill and Intermediate Sections Match jamb sections, unless otherwise shown on the Drawings C Miscellaneous Filler and Closure Shapes Fully weld to standard profiles and grind smooth as detailed on the Drawings 205 FABRICATION A Hollow Metal Doors Fabricate doors in accordance with Steel Door Institute requirements and recommendations 1 Fabricate doors of type sizes and designs indicated Provide door clearance of 1 /8 at jambs and heads and 5/8 at bottoms Doors shall have lock edges beveled 1 /8 in 2 2 Finished work shall be rigid neat in appearance and free from defects Form moulded members straight and true with joints coped or mitered, well formed and in true alignment All welded joints on exposed surfaces shall be dressed smooth so they are invisible after finishing 3 Mechanically interlock longitudinal seams Leave seams invisible or weld fill and grind smooth Close top and bottom edges of all hollow metal exterior doors to provide a weather seal provided as part of door construction 4 Fabricate exterior doors with face sheets welded to perimeter stiles and inner frame members Form perimeter frame with continuous one piece channel at hinge edge continuous one piece channel at lock edge and channels at top and bottom Inner frame members shall be continuous one piece vertical steel nb stiffeners spaced not to exceed 6 o c Face sheets are to be continuously arc welded to perimeter channels Weld face sheets to mtenor frame members in manner to provide a door with smooth surfaces Spaces between stiffeners shall be sound deadened and insulated full height of door where scheduled 08110 3 Soapstone Natural Area 0743 07 100% Construction Documents 18 0 CONTRACT SECURITY The General Conditions and the Supplementary Conditions set forth OWNER's requirements as to performance and other Bonds When the Successful Bidder delivers the executed Agreement to the OWNER, it shall be accompanied by the required Contract Security 19 0 SIGNING OF AGREEMENT When OWNER gives a Notice of Award to the Successful Bidder, It will be accompanied by the required number of unsigned counterparts of the Agreement with all other written Contract Documents attached Within fifteen (15) days thereafter, CONTRACTOR shall sign and deliver the required number of counterparts of the Agreement and attached documents to OWNER with the required Bonds Within ten (10) days thereafter, OWNER shall deliver one fully signed counterpart to CONTRACTOR Each counterpart is to be accompanied by a complete set of the Drawings with appropriate identification 20 0 TAXES OWNER is exempt from Colorado State Sales and Use Taxes on materials and equipment to be incorporated in the Work Said taxes shall not be included in the Contract Price Reference is made to the General and Supplementary Conditions 21 0 RETAINAGE Provisions concerning retainage are set forth in the Agreement 22 0 PURCHASING RESTRICTIONS Purchasing restrictions The Bidder's authorized signature of this Bid assures the Bidder's compliance with the City's purchasing restrictions A copy of the resolutions are available for review in the Purchasing and Risk Management Division or the City Clerk's office A Cement Restrictions City of Fort Collins Resolution 91-121 requires that suppliers and producers of cement or products containing cement to certify that the cement was not made in cement kilns that burn hazardous waste as a fuel 23 0 COLLUSIVE OR SHAM BIDS Any Bid deemed by the City in its sole discretion to be a collusive or sham Bid will be rejected and reported to authorities as such Your authorized signature of this Bid assures that such Bid is genuine and is not a collusive or sham Bid Rev 10/20/07 Section 00100 Page 8 5 Fabricate interior doors with honeycomb core and steel face sheets welded to perimeter stiles and inner frame members same as specified above 6 Reinforce and prepare doors to receive hardware Refer to Section 08700 for hardware requirements Mortise reinforce drill and tap doors at factory to receive all mortise type hardware Provide reinforcing only for doors to receive surface applied hardware as required Gages of metal for reinforcing plates shall comply with manufacturers recommendations for type of hardware used and size and thickness of doors 7 Reinforce and prepare doors and/or frames to receive access control systems and other specialty hardware Refer to Section 08700 and Division 16 Electrical for hardware and wiring requirements 8 Fill surface depressions with metallic paste filler and grind to smooth uniform finish 9 Prepare cutouts for louvers or glazing where scheduled on the Drawings and factory install louvers where possible 10 Chemically treat surfaces and apply one (1) coat of primer Hollow Metal Frames Fabricate frames in accordance with Steel Door Institute requirements and recommendations 1 Form frames of steel to sizes and shapes as detailed Frames shall be combination type with integral trim and fabricated with full welded type construction at joints 2 Form frames with full mitered corners and stops, butt T joints of frames and continuously weld all joints for full depth and width of frame and trim Close all contact edges tight and dress all welds on exposed surfaces smooth and flush 3 Mullions and transom bars shalt be closed or tubular construction and shall join with and be secured to heads and jambs with continuous butt welded joints Reinforce joints between members with concealed clip angles of same thickness as frame 4 Finished work shall be strong and rigid neat in appearance and free from defects Fabricate moulded members straight and true with corner joints well formed in true alignment and fastenings concealed 5 Reinforce and prepare frames to receive hardware Refer to Section 08700 for hardware requirements a Prepare frames at factory by templates for installation of specified type hardware Welding of hinges to frames is not acceptable Provide frames to receive surface applied hardware with reinforcing plates only Provide cover boxes in back of all hardware cutouts 6 Provide jamb anchors per Steel Door Institute recommendations for type of wall substrate a Fabricate jambs of frames with dimples for machine bolt anchorage specified in paragraph 2 02 above 7 Provide floor anchors per Steel Door Institute recommendations for anchoring frame to type of floor construction Clips shall be adjustable and dnited for two (2) 3/8 anchor bolts 8 Removable Mullions Provide manufacturers standard machine screw connections including mullion clips 9 Provide prednlled holes or other attachment or anchorage devices supplied by or required by other Sections a Aluminum sliding service windows specified in Section 08520 10 Glazing When glazed or louvered panels are required furnish 18 gage metal glazing beads Drill and tap frames to receive oval head countersunk machine screws spaced approximately 9 o c Beads shall be mitered at corners Fabricate frames so that glazing will be installed from the inside of the building or room 11 Place minimum of three (3) silencers on each interior single door frame Space equally along jamb strike Set out and adjust lock strikes to provide clearance for silencers Delete silencers where doorjamb gaskets or continuous weather stripping are specified in Section 08700 X-REIZE Soapstone Natural Area 0743 07 100% Construction Documents 12 Fill surface depressions of hollow metal frames with metallic paste filler and grind to smooth finish 13 Chemically treat surfaces and apply one (1) coat of primer as specified below 206 FINISHES Shop prime by manufacturer using a phosphatized treatment followed by a prime coat paint finish to all surfaces Clean and chemically treat surfaces to ensure complete paint adherence Follow with a baked on coat of rust inhibitive metallic oxide zinc chromate or synthetic resin primer on all surfaces Air drying is acceptable when metal is electro galvanized Field finishing is specified in Section 09900 Shop prime by manufacturer using a hot dipped galvanized process in accordance with ASTM A525, with A60 or G60 coating designation mill phosphatized Field finishing is specified in Section 09900 PART 3 EXECUTION 301 INSPECTION AND PREPARATION A Installer shalt examine the substrates wall openings and conditions under which the hollow metal door and frames are to be installed and notify the Contractor of conditions detrimental to the proper completion of the work Do not proceed with the work until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected in a manner acceptable to the Installer B Contractor shall field verify dimensions and conditions governing the work of this Section prior to beginning fabrication C Contractor shall verify depth of all frames with specified wall constructions prior to fabrication Notify Architect of any discrepancies or propose required modifications in the shop drawings noted as deviations as specified in Section 01340 D For welded frames provide temporary steel shipping spreaders fastened across bottom of frames Where construction wilt permit concealment leave spreaders in place after installation otherwise remove spreaders when frames are set and anchored In place of spreaders frames may be strapped together in parrs with heads inverted for bracing during shipment Before shipping, label each frame with metal or plastic tags to show their location size door swing and other pertinent information Number frames to correspond to opening numbers on construction drawings E For doors and frames to be installed in prefabricated steel structures erected by others, Contractor shall ensure that framed opening structurals are properly sized and erected, with clearances provided as required by the hollow metal fabricator Furnish welded frames to the site in a timely manner so as not to interfere with the erection schedule of the buildings F Ensure that air infiltration wrap has been properly installed and approved prior to beginning installation of the door frames 3 02 INSTALLATION OF STANDARD HOLLOW METAL DOORS AND FRAMES General Installation of hollow metal doors and frames is specified in Section 06200 Finish Carpentry Install frames and doors in accordance with SDI 100 except as amended in this Section Remove shipping spreaders set frames in position plumb align and brace securely until permanent anchors are set Anchor bottom of frames to floors with expansion bolts or with power fasteners Provide wood spreaders to maintain jamb alignment Build wall anchors into walls or secure to adjoining construction as indicated or specified Where frames require ceiling struts or other overhead bracing they shall be anchored securely to ceilings or structural framing above as indicated or as required by site conditions 08110 5 Soapstone Natural Area 0743 07 100% Construction Documents C Frames Install hollow metal frames plumb and square with maximum diagonal distortion of 1 / 16 Ensure frames are accurately and rigidly anchored to adjacent construction D Grout all exterior hollow metal frames full with masonry mortar after installation in masonry or concrete construction foam in insulation in frames scheduled for insulated doors in other construction and frames in fire rated assemblies where required by the applicable assembly E Ensure that foam insulation specified in Section 07210 has been installed around all door and window frames prior to installation of gypsum wallboard and/or interior casings and trims F Doors Install hollow metal doors plumb and square with maximum diagonal distortion of 1 / 16 Install hardware in accordance with requirements of Section 08700 and adjust as necessary for proper operation G After installation touch up scratched or damaged surfaces Use type of primer identical to that used for shop coat H Coordinate installation of glass and glazing in doors sidelites and transoms where scheduled I Coordinate installation of mechanical units or louvers, furnished by Division 15 into hollow metal doors and/or frames if applicable Ensure the compatibility of sizes materials finishes and anchorages J Doors are to be finished without hardware Coordinate with painting trades Masking of hardware is unacceptable 3 03 PROTECTION AND CLEANING Protect doors and frames from damage during transportation and at site After installation protect doors and frames from damage during subsequent construction activities Damaged work will be rejected and shall be replaced at no additional cost to the Owner Clean all surfaces of hollow metal doors and frames and leave prepared for field finishing Refer to Section 09900 Painting END OF SECTION 08110 6 Soapstone Natural Area 0743 07 100% Construction Documents SECTION 08520 ALUMINUM WINDOWS PART 1 GENERAL 1 01 WORK INCLUDED A Furnish aluminum fixed, horizontal slider and single hung windows complete with hardware as shown or scheduled on the Drawings B Furnish operable security screens at all operable windows or as scheduled on the Drawings C Installation of same, unless arranged for otherwise D Related work specified elsewhere 1 Section 01714 Construction Waste Management 2 Section 07900, Sealants and Joint Fillers 3 Section 08110, Standard Steel Doors and Frames 1 02 QUALITY ASSURANCE A Reference Standards Conform to applicable portions of the following standards 1 ASTM B221 Aluminum alloy extruded bars rods, wire, shapes and tubes 2 FS TT C 494 Coating compound bituminous solvent type, acid resistant 3 FS TT S 00230 Sealing compound elastomenc type, single component (for caulking sealing and glazing in buildings and other structures) 4 NFRC National Fenestration Rating Council Air infiltration 5 Applicable provisions of the codes referenced in Section 01060 or as adopted by any jurisdiction with authority over this Project B Windows shall carry the label of AAMA American Architectural Manufacturers Association C Insulated glass units shall be certified by SIGMA Sealed Insulating Glass Manufacturers Association D Manufacturer shall have minimum five (5) years experience in the manufacturer of the specific systems and components required by this Section E Materials shall be installed by a contractor licensed by the manufacturer or certified by the manufacturer as a qualified installer of the specified products F Installer shall have minimum five (5) years of successful experience in projects of similar size and complexity 1 03 DESIGN CRITERIA General Aluminum entrances and storefront framing systems shall be designed to meet or exceed the following minimum standards 1 Wind velocity 110 mph, Exposure C, International Building Code, 2003 edition 104 SUBMITTALS Product Data Submit manufacturer s written product literature indicating materials, components, sizes fabrication and assembly details and installation instructions Shop Drawings Submit shop drawings indicating pertinent dimensioning, component connections and locations anchorage methods and locations hardware locations fabrication and installation details including the security screens 08520 1 Soapstone Natural Area 0743 07 100% Construction Documents 1 05 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING Deliver materials in manufacturer s original packaging complete with installation instructions 106 WARRANTIES A Provide manufacturer s standard written five year warranty guaranteeing window components against defects in materials and workmanship as well as leakage air and water infiltration and system failure B Refer to Section 08800 for warranty requirements for hermetically sealed insulated glass units PART 2 PRODUCTS 201 ALUMINUM WINDOWS A General Fixed and operable units with full thermal break meeting requirements of the Architectural Aluminum Manufacturers Association B Window Matenals Window units shall be fabricated from extruded aluminum alloy 6063 TS ASTM B221 1 2 5/8 wide frames minimum 2 0 125 wall thickness minimum C Performance Characteristics 1 Air Infiltration 0 37 cfm/ft at 1 57 psf 2 Water Resistance No leakage at 6 75 psf 3 Uniform Load Deflection 0 022 at 15 psf 4 HP Rating 90 psf D Construction Frame and sash corners shall be mitered and mechanically joined Muntin bars and meeting rails shall be coped to create a mortised and tenoned joint which is argon electric welded E Thermal Barrier Two part chemically curing high strength pure urethane cast resin, providing a continuous uninterrupted break around the entire perimeter of frame and sash sections 1 Cavity Size Minimum 0 744 wide x 0 350 high x 0 312 wide or manufacturers standard for commercial quality window systems Residential size cavities will not be permitted F Glazing Beads Furnish all double glazed units with snap on glazing beads sized for the specified glazing G Glazing Refer to Section 08800 H Hardware Provide manufacturers standard hardware, constructed of stainless steel or other corrosion resistant materials 1 Lower sash shall consist of a cam latch and keeper at the interlocking meeting rail along with an independent spring loaded latch 2 Furnish all other required hardware and manufacturers standard double weatherstripping and vinyl gasketing systems I Panning Trim Provide shallow panning trim or as recommended by manufacturer for application J Flashing Trim Windows shall be equipped with integral head and sill flashing with jamb fins specialty designed to match the wall panel profile and ensure complete weathertightness K Nailing Flange Manufacturers standard L Sill Alcoa Sill No 1630 where applicable M Provide full height and width insect screens at operable windows above the first floor Color of screen and frame to match the window frame finish N Provide internal muntins as called for in construction documents 0 Fasteners All screws and miscellaneous fasteners shall be stainless steel or zinc plated steel in accordance with ASTM A164 08520 2 Soapstone Natural Area 0743 07 100% Construction Documents P Finish 1 Factory applied baked polyurethane powder coat finish meeting the requirements of AAMA 2603 Architect to select from manufacturers full Line of standard colors Q Approved Manufacturers 1 Series 500 by Thermal Windows Inc as basis of design a Fixed Windows 525 Series (2 5/8 ) b Horizontal Roller Window 550 Series (2 5/8 ) 2 Manufacturers providing products of same function performance and appearance are acceptable only as approved prior to bidding 202 SECURITY SCREENS Main Frame 1 Certifications Performance and testing must comply with impact test sag test and forced entry resistance test of SMA 6001 85 Manufacturer must submit the AAMA Notice of Product Certification in compliance with CFR 200 935 as Security Screen Heavy 2 The main frame rails shall be of not less than 16 gage 1 x 1 seamless welded galvanized steel tubing with high strength die cast metal corners which are pneumatically inserted into the frame ends with an interference fit 3 A removable faceplate extruded from 6063 T6 aluminum alloy, 062 thick 212 lbs/ft shall be attached to the sides of the main frame using square drive Tek screws The faceplate corner bead shall integrate with the subframe to conceal the hardware and fasteners Subframe 1 The subframe shall be of channel design, extruded from 6063 T6 aluminum alloy Weight shall be 515 lbs/ft Wall thickness shall be 090 The corners of the subframe shall be mitered secured by an internal tension coupling assembly and shall be resistant to both torsion and flexural failure 2 The subframe shall have a continuous groove retaining a combination cushioning strip/insect shield The depth of the subframe shall be no more than 1 3/4 C Finish 1 The main frame and perforated panel infill shall be thoroughly cleaned in a 5 step bondenzing process An electrostatically applied black thermoplastic, polyester powder coating shall be applied and baked to a hard mar resistant finish Coating shall meet or exceed AAMA 2603 2 The subframe faceplates and scribe angles shall be thoroughly cleaned in a 5 step bondenznng process An electrostatically applied thermoplastic polyester powder coating shall be applied and baked to a hard mar resistant finish Coating shall meet or exceed AAMA 2603 a Color Dark bronze Inftll 1 Wire Cloth 12 mesh 028 diameter Type 304 stainless steel wire cloth Infill Attachment 1 The perforated panel shall be attached to the mainframe with hex head Tek screws 2 Wire cloth shall be hemmed 180 degrees and retained by hex head Tek screws 3 Hex head Tek screws shall penetrate the infill and main frame approximately 4 o c Emergency Egress Release 1 Each screen shall have two steel latches, which operate simultaneously from a Roto Lift emergency release The emergency release mechanism shall be contained within the tubular main frame Each Roto Lift shall be outfitted with a secure spring loaded activator to rotate the inhibitor, which allows the steel latches to open When the Roto Lift is activated the steel latches are simultaneously released and the screen opens for instant egress No plastic parts will be accepted 08520 3 Soapstone Natural Area 0743 07 100% Construction Documents 2 Each screen shall have a tamper shield installed at the emergency release to protect the screen hardware from exterior tampering 3 Optional emergency release Push Quick shall be a paddle type push release that when activated simultaneously releases the steel latches and opens the screen for instant egress The emergency release shall meet NFPA 101 (5 2 1 7 1) whereby a push in the direction of the egress unlocks and opens the screen in one motion 4 Optional lock Exterior mounted, keyed cam lock G Hardware 1 Each screen shall be provided with two or more concealed 13 gage electroplated steel hinges with 1 /4 diameter hardened, loose stainless steel pins and integral compression guards 2 Each screen shall have a 062 thick, 3/4 x 1 aluminum scribes at the head and jambs if required 3 Each screen shall come fully assembled and tested from the factory Approved Manufacturers 1 Level Model NR5 B by Kane Manufacturing Corporation 2 03 COORDINATION WITH RELATED WORK A Fabricator to coordinate work of this Section with work of Section 08410 Aluminum Entrances and Storefronts to extent possible for uniformity of fabrication, appearance and hardware PART 3 EXECUTION 3 01 INSPECTION AND PREPARATION Installer shall examine the substrates wall openings and conditions under which the aluminum windows and frames are to be installed and notify the Contractor of conditions detrimental to the proper completion of the work Do not proceed with the work until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected in a manner acceptable to the Installer Contractor shall field verify dimensions and conditions governing the work of this Section prior to beginning fabrication 3 02 INSTALLATION OF WINDOWS A General Install window units as per manufacturers written instructions and recommendations Installation shall be by experienced mechanics or factory supplied installers B Set windows plumb level and in alignment and secure properly to walls with anchors and fastening devices supplied by manufacturer Assure smooth and proper operation of ventilating units C Bed joints at mullions and contacts of windows with sills in mastic cement supplied by window erector Trim off excess mastic D Avoid direct contact between aluminum and adjacent steel work by insulating with materials equal to 3Ms EC 1202 tape if materials are in pressure contact or with bituminous paint if pressure between surfaces cannot be maintained cI�l��PEi/LiI�1[iL`[�j,YjZd11:31�LYy:11:12141 Security screens to be installed at all first floor operable windows Install only over the operable portion of the window General Install in accordance with approved shop drawings and specifications Plumb and align faces in a single plan and erect screens to the window frame square and true adequately anchored 08520 4 Soapstone Natural Area 0743 07 100% Construction Documents After completion of installation screens shall be properly adjusted, in working order and clean 304 ADJUSTMENT AND PROTECTION After windows are in place installer shall adjust hardware and ventilators to operate smoothly without binding and be weathertight when closed Thoroughly clean the complete system, inside and out promptly after installation exercising care to avoid damage to anodized finishes Adequately cover and protect aluminum frames glazing and screens during finishing of adjacent materials 3 05 CLEANING A Final glass clearing shall be provided by the Contractor as specified in Section 01710 END OF SECTION 08520 5 Soapstone Natural Area 0743 07 100% Construction Documents SECTION 09900 PAINTING PART 1 GENERAL 1 01 WORK INCLUDED A Prepare surfaces to receive opaque painted finishes as specified B Furnish materials and finish surfaces as indicated in the schedule at the end of this Section Generally, the scope of work shall include painting all exposed surfaces whether specifically noted or not, and certain concealed surfaces except where materials are prefimshed or where intended to remain unfinished as described in paragraph 1 02 below C Related work specified elsewhere 1 Section 01714 Construction Waste Management 1 02 WORK NOT INCLUDED A Unless otherwise indicated painting is not required on surfaces in concealed areas and inaccessible areas such as furred spaces, foundation spaces, utility tunnels pipe spaces and duct shafts B Metal surfaces of anodized aluminum, stainless steel chromium plate copper bronze and similar finished materials will not require painting under this Section except as may be so specified C Materials, fixtures and equipment specified or supplied by the manufacturer as prefinished shall not be painted unless otherwise indicated in the Schedule at the end of this Section Materials supplied with factory applied primer coats shall be field finished by this Section, unless otherwise indicated D Do not paint moving parts of operating units, mechanical or electrical parts such as valve operators Linkages sensing devices and motor shafts, unless otherwise indicated E Priming or finishing of certain surfaces may be specified to be factory applied or installer performed under other Sections 1 03 QUALITY ASSURANCE A Reference Standards Conform to the current requirements and recommendations of applicable portions of standards codes and specifications except where more stringent requirements are shown or specified 1 Applicable provisions of the codes referenced in Section 01060, or as adopted by any jurisdiction with authority over this Project B Finish work shall be performed only by qualified personnel employed by firms specializing in work of this type, with a minimum of five (5) years successful experience in projects of similar size and complexity C Materials shall be applied with appropriate equipment and tools as specified herein or as required to provide the specified quality D Coordination of Paint Finishes Primers and Substrates 1 Provide finish coats which are compatible with the prime coats actually used 2 Review other Sections of these Specifications as required, verifying the prime coats to be used and assuring compatibility of the total coating system for the various substrates 3 Upon request furnish information on the characteristics of the specific finish materials to assure that compatible prime coats are used 4 Provide barrier coats over non compatible primers or remove the primer and reprime as required 5 Notify the Architect in writing of anticipated problems in using the specified coating systems over prime coatings or substrates supplied under other Sections 09900 1 Soapstone Natural Area 0743 07 100% Construction Documents Certification Supplier shall certify that all paint materials supplied contain no lead or other toxic substances Certification Paint materials used in interior building applications shall be GreenGuard certified for indoor air quality 104 SUBMITTALS A Product Data Submit manufacturers product literature and specifications to show compliance with the specified requirements B Materials List Submit materials list of all items proposed to be provided under this Section C Samples Painting Contractor shall prepare samples of each substrate and finish specified as directed by the Architect including but not limited to 1 Paint samples for typical interior paneling 2 Paint samples for interior wood casings trim and interior doors 3 Paint samples for interior and exterior metal doors pipe railings and miscellaneous metal work 1 05 DELIVERY STORAGE AND HANDLING A Deliver paint materials in original sealed and labeled containers bearing manufacturers name type of paint brand name color designation and instructions for mixing and/or reducing B Provide adequate storage facilities to store materials at minimum ambient temperature of 45 Fin a well ventilated area C Take precautionary measures to prevent fire hazards and spontaneous combustion 1 06 ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS A General Follow manufacturers written specifications and recommendations for product handling and application Adhere to all applicable OSHA regulations related to product application and handling of removed paint rinse water and other residual materials B Measure moisture content of surfaces using an electronic moisture meter Do not apply finishes unless moisture contents of surfaces are below the following maximums 1 Plaster and Gypsum Wallboard 12% 2 Interior Wood 6% Exterior Wood 15% C Ensure that surface temperature or the surrounding air temperature is above 400 F before applying finishes Minimum application temperatures for latex paints for interior work is 45° F 500 F for exterior work D Provide adequate continuous ventilation and sufficient heating facilities to maintain temperatures above 450 F for 24 hours before during and 48 hours after application of finishes E Provide minimum 15 footcandles of lighting on surfaces to be finished 107 PROTECTION A Adequately protect other surfaces from paint and damage Repair damage as a result of inadequate or unsuitable protection B Furnish Sufficient dropcloths shields and protective equipment to prevent spray or droppings from soiling surfaces not being painted and in particular, surfaces within storage and preparation area C Place cotton cloths and any material which may constitute a fire hazard in closed metal containers and remove daily from the site D Remove electrical plates surface hardware, fittings and fastenings prior to painting operations These items are to be carefully stored, cleaned and replaced on completion of work in each area Do not use solvents to clean hardware that may remove permanent lacquer finish 09900 2 Soapstone Natural Area 0743 07 100% Construction Documents 24 0 BID RESULTS For information regarding results for individual Bids send a self- addressed, self -stamped envelope and a Bid tally will be mailed to you Bid results will be posted in the Purchasing office seven (7) days after the Bid Opening END OF SECTION Rev 10/20/07 Section 00100 Page 9 1 08 MAINTENANCE MATERIALS A Contractor shall furnish Owner additional maintenance stock of not less than five (5) gallons of each color of finish coating, except that one (1) gallon shall be adequate for all accent and trim colors B Containers are to be tightly sealed and clearly labeled for identification PART 2 PRODUCTS 201 FINISH MATERIALS A Paints, Enamels and Fillers Type and brand scheduled herein ready mixed except field catalyzed coatings Pigments fully ground maintaining a soft paste consistency capable of readily and uniformly being dispersed to a complete homogeneous mixture Paints shall have good flowing and brushing properties and be capable of drying or curing free of streaks or sags 1 Paint materials shall contain no lead or other toxic substances Refer to paragraph 1 03 C 2 Chemical Components of Field Applied Interior Paints and Coatings Provide products that comply with the following limits for VOC content exclusive of colorants added to a tint base, when calculated according to 40 CFR 59 Subpart D (EPA Method 24) and the following chemical restrictions, these requirements do not apply to primers or finishes that are applied in a fabrication or finishing shop a Flat Paints and Coatings VOC content of not more than 50 g/L b Nonflat Paints and Coatings VOC content of not more than 150 g/L c Aromatic Compounds Paints and coatings shall not contain more than 1 0% by weight of total aromatic compounds (hydrocarbon compounds containing one or more benzene rings) d Restricted Components Paints and coatings shall not contain any of the following 1) Acrolein 14) Formaldehyde 2) Acrylonitnle 15) Hexavalent chromium 3) Antimony 16) Isophorone 4) Benzene 17) Lead 5) Butyl benzyt phthalate 18) Mercury 6) Cadmium 19) Methyl ethyl ketone 7) Di (2 ethylhexyl) phthalate 20) Methyl isobutyl ketone 8) Di n butyl phthalate 21) Methylene chloride 9) Di n octyl phthalate 22) Naphthalene 10) 1 2 duhlorobenzene 23) Toluene (methylbenzene) 11) Diethyl phthalate 24) 1 1,1 trichloroethane 12) Dimethyl phthalate 25) Vinyl chloride 13) Ethytbenzene B Paint Accessory Materials Linseed oil, shellac turpentine and other materials not specifically indicated herein but required to achieve the finishes specified of high quality and approved manufacturer C Cotor(s) as selected by the Architect from manufacturers full color selection unless otherwise indicated Painter shall prepare samples for the Architects approval of each paint color selected Remake samples until approved at no additional cost to the Owner D Approved Manufacturers Use the same brand throughout the project for each type of paint material specified 1 Sherwin Williams ProMar 200 Series for exterior and ProMar 200 Series for interior as basis of design 09900 3 Soapstone Natural Area 0743 07 100% Construction Documents Paint Pittsburgh Diamond Vogel, ICI Dulux, Fuller 0 Brien, Benjamin Moore Kelly Moore Kwal Howell and Sophir Morris Using product lines of same quality, function and performance are acceptable only as approved by the Architect prior to bidding Stain varnish and other transparent finishes Refer to Section 09930 202 APPLICATION EQUIPMENT A For application of the specified paint use only such equipment as is recommended for application of the particular paint by the manufacturer and approved by the Architect, except as limited by paragraph 2 02 C B Prior to use of application equipment verify that the proposed equipment is actually compatible with the material to be applied and that integrity of the finish will not be jeopardized by use of this equipment C Contractor shall use the following application equipment for the specific condition listed unless otherwise approved 1 Hollow Metal Doors and Frames Spray application only Brushing or rolling is not permitted 203 COLOR SCHEDULES A The Architect will prepare marked up elevations or a color schedule with samples for guidance in painting Contractor shall furnish samples of all other related finish materials for coordination in preparation of the color schedule B The Architect may select, allocate and vary colors on different surfaces throughout the work, subject to the following 1 Exterior Work A maximum of three (3) different colors will be used, plus variations for trim doors miscellaneous work and metal work 2 Interior Work A maximum of eight (8) different pigmented colors will be used plus variations for trim and wall surfaces and wainscots 3 Dark Tones A maximum of five (5) dark tones will be used as accent colors for interior 4 Murals and other Historic Painted Surfaces As shown on Preservation/ Restoration Drawings PART 3 EXECUTION 3 01 INSPECTION A Subcontractor shall thoroughly examine surfaces scheduled to be painted or finished prior to commencing work Notify the Architect of any condition that may potentially affect proper application and final appearance Do not commence work until such defects have been corrected to the satisfaction of the painting subcontractor Beginning work shall be considered acceptance of surfaces 3 02 PREPARATION OF SURFACES A General All preparatory work shall be subject to evaluation and acceptance by the Architect Painting subcontractor will accept responsibility for the preparation of all surfaces, as specified herein prior to finishing B Cleaning of all surfaces shall be done with non toxic biodegradable products that comply with the California Code of Regulations Title 17 Section 94509 VOC standards for cleaning products C Ensure that the Contractor has corrected defects in all surfaces which may adversely affect work of this Section including but not limited to 09900 4 Soapstone Natural Area 0743 07 100% Construction Documents 1 Hollow metal doors and frames 2 Cement fiber paneling and trim in interior D New Wood Surfaces Wipe dust and grit from hardwood and softwood items and millwork prior to priming Spot coat knots, pitch streaks and sappy sections with sealer Fill knots, imperfections nail holes and cracks after primer has dried and sand smooth Back prime interior and exterior woodwork 1 Back prime interior woodwork which is to receive paint of enamel finish with enamel undercoat paint 2 Back prime exterior wood with manufacturers recommended primer E Remove mildew by scrubbing with solution of to sodium phosphate and bleach Rinse well with clean water and allow the surface to dry completely F Remove surface contamination and oils from galvanized surfaces and wash with solvent Apply a coat of etching type primer G Remove grease rust scale dirt and dust from steel ferrous metal and iron surfaces Where heavy coatings of scale are evident, remove by wire brushing sandblasting or any other necessary method 1 Clean unprimed surfaces by washing with solvent Apply a treatment of phosphoric acid solution, ensuring that weld joints bolts and nuts are similarly cleaned Prime surfaces as required 2 Sand and scrape shop primed surfaces to remove loose primer and rust Feather out edges to make touch up patches inconspicuous Clean surfaces with solvent and prime surfaces as required 3 Back prime structural steel and ferrous metal surfaces to be in contact with concrete unless furnished by other Sections 4 Ensure that excess weld slag or flux deposits are removed, and that all exposed welds are ground or sanded to specified appearance Prime top and bottom edges of metal doors with enamel undercoat when they are to be painted Refer to Section 09930, Transparent Finishes, for preparation of other materials and surfaces prior to staining or application of transparent finishes Remove at[ hardware from doors before painting Masking of hardware is unacceptable Schedule painting prior to installation of prefinished materials specialties furnishings and fixtures to the extent possible including but not limited to 1 Finish hardware 2 Cabinetry and casework A General Apply finish materials in accordance with the manufacturers instructions and recommendations Ensure that surfaces have been properly prepared and primed prior to application of finish coats B Apply each coat at the proper consistency Allow each coat of finish to dry before the following coatis applied unless directed otherwise by manufacturer Sand lightly between coats to achieve the required finish C Brush Applications 1 Brush out and work the brush coats onto the surface in an even film 2 Finish coats shall be finished by roping the paint moving from wet to dry areas 3 Cloudiness spotting holidays laps brush marks, runs, sags ropiness and other surface imperfections will not be acceptable D Spray Applications 1 Except as specifically otherwise approved by the Architect confine spray application to metal framework and similar surfaces where hand brush work would be inferior 2 Gypsum wallboard walls ceilings and soffits shalt be finished by spray application then back rolled with roller equipment to result in specified mil thickness, moving from wet to 09900 5 Soapstone Natural Area 0743 07 100% Construction Documents dry areas 3 Where spray application is used apply each coat to provide the hiding equivalent of brush coats 4 Do not double back with spray equipment to build up film thickness of two (2) coats in one (1) pass For completed work match the approved samples as to texture, color and coverage Remove, refinish or repaint work not in compliance with the specified requirements 304 AREAS OF SPECIAL CONCERN The painting subcontractor shall consult with the Architect concerning sequencing for painting of tnm and installation of prefinished siding pnor to beginning work in this area The painting subcontractor shall consult with the Architect concerning sequencing for painting steel tube trusses and installation of galvanized wire screen panels Steel components scheduled to be painted shall be finished to the greatest extent possible prior to installation of galvanized components which are not to be finished 3 05 CLEANING A Promptly remove paint from adjacent materials or surfaces as work proceeds where spilled splashed or splattered B Cleaning of all surfaces shall be done with non toxic, biodegradable products that comty with the California Code of Regulations Title 17 Section 94509, VOC standards for cleaning products C During progress of work keep premises free from any unnecessary accumulation of tools, equipment surplus matenals and debris D Place cotton cloths and material which may constitute a fire hazard in closed metal containers and remove daily from the site E Upon completion of work leave premises neat and clean to the satisfaction of the Architect 3 06 QUALITY CONTROL A Painted finishes shall be subject to evaluation and approval to the satisfaction of the Architect including but not limited to, the following characteristics 1 Consistency and smoothness of surface 2 Coverage and mil thickness 3 Color match between adjacent areas 4 Compliance with approved sample(s) 5 Renovation Projects Satisfactory match to adjacent materials or surfaces where entire wall or ceiling area is not scheduled to receive new finish PART 4 SCHEDULES 401 EXTERIOR PAINTING AND FINISHING SCHEDULE NOTE MWF indicates minimum wet film thickness which is a per coat measurement in mits thickness Systems are based on Sherwin Williams IS W) or as noted A Exterior Hollow Metal or Ferrous Metal Surfaces 1 Location Hollow metal doors and frames insulated steel doors pipe bollards site signage poles ornamental fencing handrails and guardrails 2 Primer One (1) coat shop prime or inhibitive metal primer MWF 3 6 mils 3 Finish Two (2) coats alkyd enamel semi gloss MWF 4 4 mils 09900 6 Soapstone Natural Area 0743 07 100% Construction Documents 4 Product S W Industrial Enamel 5 Color(s) To be selected 402 INTERIOR PAINTING AND FINISHING SCHEDULE A Interior Cement Fiber Paneling Surfaces Opaque Finish (Latex) 1 Location Miscellaneous standing and running trim 2 Primer PrepRite Classic Latex Primer MWF 1 6 mils 3 Finish Two (2) coats acrylic latex satin MWF 1 6 mils per coat 4 Product S W ProMar 200 Interior Latex Eg Shel 5 Color(s) To be selected 6 Interior Hollow Metal or Ferrous Metal Surfaces 1 Location Hollow metal doors and frames, handrails and guardrails and miscellaneous metals 2 Primer One (1) coat shop prime or inhibitive metal primer MWF 3 6 mils 3 Finish Two (2) coats alkyd enamel semi gloss MWF 4 4 mils 4 Product S W ProMar 200 Alkyd Semi Gloss Enamel 5 Color(s) To be selected END OF SECTION 09900 7 Soapstone Natural Area 0743 07 100% Construction Documents HKII, 11:7.ri1In A Product Data Submit manufacturers product literature and specifications to show compliance with the specified requirements B Materials List Submit materials list of all items proposed to be provided under this Section C Samples Finish Contractor shall prepare samples of each substrate stain (if applicable) and finish specified, as directed by the Architect, including but not limited to 1 Transparent finish samples for exterior wood siding, cedar shingle siding and trims 1 05 DELIVERY STORAGE AND HANDLING A Deliver finish materials in original sealed and labeled containers bearing manufacturer's name type of stain or finish brand name color designation and instructions for mixing and/or reducing B Provide adequate storage facilities to store materials at minimum ambient temperature of 450 Fin a well ventilated area C Take precautionary measures to prevent fire hazards and spontaneous combustion D Shop Finished Wood and Steel Materials Contractor shall arrange for all exterior wood siding and trim materials to be delivered to an approved off site shop for finishing When finishing is complete, each piece or panel shall be wrapped in manufacturer s protective plastic wrappings and delivered to the site Maintain protective wrappings until the materials are ready for installation Materials to be shop finished include but are not limited to 1 Board and batten wood siding 2 Structural steel 1 06 ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS A Measure moisture content of surfaces using an electronic moisture meter Do not apply finishes unless moisture contents of surfaces are below the following maximums 1 Exterior Wood 15% B Ensure that surface temperature or the surrounding air temperature is above 400 F before applying finishes Minimum application temperature for polyurethane finish is 650 F C Provide adequate continuous ventilation and sufficient heating facilities to maintain temperatures above 450 F for 24 hours before, during and 48 hours after application of finishes D Provide minimum 15 footcandles of lighting on surfaces to be finished (E Preservative Sealer Contractor shall plan the application of the specified preservative sealer with the forecasted weather Prevent the rapid evaporation of solvents by avoiding very sunny, hot and windy days Schedule for overcast or cloudy and calm wind days, if possible-) 1 07 PROTECTION A Adequately protect other surfaces from finish materials Repair damage as a result of inadequate or unsuitable protection B Furnish sufficient dropcloths, shields and protective equipment to prevent spray or droppings from soiling surfaces not being finished and in particular surfaces within storage and preparation area C Place cotton cloths and any material which may constitute a fire hazard in closed metal containers and remove daily from the site D Remove electrical plates surface hardware fittings and fastenings prior to finishing operations These items are to be carefully stored cleaned and replaced on completion of work in each area Do not use solvents to clean hardware that may remove permanent lacquer finish E Provide protective clothing eyewear etc as necessary for workers handling solvents and other flammable or hazardous materials 09930 2 Soapstone Natural Area 0743 07 100% Construction Documents Contractor shall furnish Owner additional maintenance stock of not less than three (3) gallons of each type and color of finish coating Containers are to be tightly sealed and clearly labeled for identification 109 WARRANTIES Shop Finished Wood Materials Provide manufacturer s written 12 yearwarranty for shop finished materials covering defects in materials and workmanship PART 2 PRODUCTS 2 01 FINISH MATERIALS Varnishes Polyurethanes Stains and Fillers Type and brand scheduled herein ready mixed except field catalyzed coatings Pigments fully ground maintaining an adequate consistency capable of readily and uniformly being dispersed to a complete homogeneous mixture Finishes shall have good flowing and brushing properties and be capable of drying or curing free of streaks or sags 1 Finish materials shall contain no lead or other toxic substances Refer to paragraph 1 03 c 2 Chemical Components of Field Applied Interior Stains Varnishes and Fillers Provide products that comply with the following limits for VOC content, exclusive of colorants added to a tint base, when calculated according to 40 CFR 59, Subpart D (EPA Method 24) and the following chemical restrictions Also refer to Section 01050 These requirements do not apply to primers or finishes that are applied in a fabrication or finishing shop a Varnish VOC content of not more than 350 g/L b Lacquer VOC content of not more than 550 g/L c Stains VOC content of not more than 250 g/L d Shellac VOC content of not more than 730 g/L Accessory Materials Linseed oil shellac, turpentine and other materials not specifically indicated herein but required to achieve the finishes specified of high quality and approved manufacturer Color(s) as selected by the Architect from manufacturers full color selection unless otherwise indicated Painter shall prepare samples for the Architects approval of each stain color selected Remake samples until approved at no additional cost to the Owner Approved Manufacturers Use the same brand throughout the project for each type of varnish stain or transparent finish material specified 1 Stain Olympic Sherwin Williams Penofin Cabot s, Okon or Devoe Using product lines of same quality function and performance are acceptable only as approved by the Architect prior to bidding 2 Clear Polyacrylic Blend Finish Environment Friendly by General Finish or approved equal 3 Clear Polyurethane Sealer Watco or as recommended by Manufacturer 4 Rust Accelerator Iron Betallics Surfacer and Rust Antiquing Solution by Sophisticated Finishes Paint Refer to Section 09900 2 02 APPLICATION EQUIPMENT A For application of the specified finish use only such equipment as is recommended for application of the particular paint by the manufacturer and approved by the Architect except as limited by paragraph 2 02 C 09930 3 Soapstone Natural Area 0743 07 100% Construction Documents B Prior to use of application equipment verify that the proposed equipment is actually compatible with the material to be applied and that integrity of the finish vnll not be jeopardized by use of this equipment C Contractor shall use the following application equipment for the specific condition listed unless otherwise approved 1 Interior doors casings and trim Brush or hand wiped only, as appropriate Spraying is not permitted 2 Other areas indicated in paragraph 3 03 203 COLOR SCHEDULES A The Architect will prepare a color schedule with samples for guidance in finishing Contractor shall furnish samples of all other related finish materials for coordination in preparation of the color schedule B The Architect may select, allocate and vary colors on different surfaces throughout the work, subject to the following 1 Exterior Work A maximum of three (3) different pigmented stains will be used 2 Interior Work A maximum of five (5) different pigmented stains will be used PART 3 EXECUTION 3 01 INSPECTION A Subcontractor shall thoroughly examine surfaces scheduled to be finished prior to commencing work Notify the Architect of any condition that may potentially affect proper application and final appearance Do not commence work until such defects have been corrected to the satisfaction of the painting subcontractor Beginning work shall be considered acceptance of surfaces 3 02 PREPARATION OF SURFACES A Ensure that the Contractor has corrected defects in all surfaces which may adversely affect work of this Section including but not limited to 1 Interior hardwood and softwood doors casings trim and other finish carpentry items 2 Casework and cabinetwork 3 Wood paneling 4 Exposed wood beams/trusses and interior or exterior ceiling and roof decking 5 Exterior wood beams trusses and columns 6 Steel plate connectors at exposed wood trusses 7 Exterior Redwood railings and stair components B Wipe dust and grit from hardwood and softwood items and millwork prior to finishing Spot coat knots pitch streaks and sappy sections with sealer Fill knots imperfections, nail holes and cracks after stain has dried and sand smooth Back prime interior and exterior woodwork 3 Back prime interior woodwork which is to receive stain and/or clear finish with gloss varnish reduced 25% with mineral spirits 4 Back prime exterior wood with manufacturers recommended primer C Shop Finished Wood Materials Prime ends of shop finished wood siding and trims prior to installation D Refer to Section 09900 Painting for preparation of other materials and surfaces prior to painting E Remove all hardware from doors before finishing Masking of hardware is unacceptable F Schedule finishing prior to installation of prefinished materials specialties furnishings and fixtures to the extent possible including but not limited to 1 Toilet and bath accessories 09930 4 Soapstone Natural Area 0743 07 100% Construction Documents Door and cabinet finish hardware Cabinetry and casework Vinyl component handrail and wall bumper systems Fire extinguisher cabinets Surface mounted mechanical and electrical devices such as thermostats prefinished grilles and diffusers switchplates and outlet cover plates etc 3 03 APPLICATION A General Apply finish materials in accordance with the manufacturers instructions and recommendations B Apply each coat at the proper consistency Allow each coat of finish to dry before the following coatis applied unless directed otherwise by manufacturer Sand lightly between coats to achieve the required finish C Where clear finishes are required ensure that tint fillers match wood Work fillers well into the gram before set Wipe excess from the surface D Brush Applications 1 Brush out and work the brush coats onto the surface in an even film 2 Cloudiness spotting holidays laps brush marks runs sags ropiness and other surface imperfections volt not be acceptable E For completed work, match the approved samples as to texture color and coverage Remove or refinish work not in compliance with the specified requirements F Shop Finish Apply two (2) coats of specified material to all six (6) surfaces of each board for siding and tnms in accordance with manufacturers written instructions and recommendations and as required for 12 year warranty Any cuts made in the field during installation shall have two (2) coats of stain applied to these areas 3 04 APPLICATION OF PRESERVATIVE SEALER A General Apply specified preservative sealer in accordance with the manufacturers instruction and recommendations B Apply preservative sealer to a small test area to venfy formulation penetration rate coverage, equipment and application method before proceeding with full treatment C Apply in a minimum two (2) flood coats using high volume/low pressure spray equipment Allow initial flood coat to stand at least seven (7) days before application of succeeding coat(s) Continue applying flood coats until material stands on the surface D Application Rate Apply at the rate of 1 gal /150 sq ft /coat Refer to Section 01022 for unit prices related to quantities in excess of the two (2) flood coats specified above 3 05 CLEANING A Promptly remove finishes from adjacent materials or surfaces as work proceeds where spilled splashed or splattered B During progress of work keep premises free from any unnecessary accumulation of tools equipment surplus materials and debris C Place cotton cloths and material which may constitute a fire hazard in closed metal containers and remove daily from the site D Upon completion of work leave premises neat and clean, to the satisfaction of the Architect 3 06 QUALITY CONTROL A Transparent finishes shall be subject to evaluation and approval to the satisfaction of the Architect including but not limited to, the following characteristics 09930 5 Soapstone Natural Area 0743 07 100% Construction Documents SECTION 00300 BID FORM Consistency of stain application if applicable Consistency and smoothness of surface Coverage Color match between adjacent areas Compliance with approved sample(s) Renovation Projects Satisfactory match to adjacent materials or surfaces PART 4 SCHEDULES 401 EXTERIOR FINISHING SCHEDULE Exterior Cedar Surfaces (Stained) i Location Exterior redwood trellis sunshade structures gable and vents and miscellaneous trims 2 Primer As recommended by the manufacturer 3 Finish One (1) coat semi transparent water repellent natural linseed oil stain 4 Sealant Integral with finish 5 Product Olympic Weather Screen Semi Transparent Water Repellent Oil Stain 6 Color To be selected Exterior Structural Steel 1 Location Exposed beams purhns columns and other miscellaneous metal components 2 Primer Iron Metallic Surfacer by Sophisticated Finishes 3 Finish Rust Antiquing Solution by Sophisticated Finishes 4 Sealant Primer and Clear Seater by Sophisticated Finishes 5 Products Sophisticated Finishes 6 Color Natural Rust Refer to Section 09900 for painted finishes 09930 6 Soapstone Natural Area 0743 07 100% Construction Documents SECTION 12512 HORIZONTAL AND VERTICAL WINDOW BLINDS PART 1 GENERAL 1 01 WORK INCLUDED A Furnish and install horizontal slat louver blinds where scheduled in this Section B Related work specified elsewhere 1 Section 01714 Construction Waste Management 2 Section 06100 Rough Carpentry Blocking for head track installation 3 Section 08110 Standard Steel Doors and Frames 4 Section 08520 Aluminum Windows 1 02 QUALITY ASSURANCE A Reference Standards Conform to the current requirements of applicable portions of standards codes and specifications, except where more stringent requirements are shown or specified 1 Applicable provisions of the codes referenced in Section 01060, or as adopted by any jurisdiction with authority over this Project B Installation of window blinds shall be by qualified personnel employed by firms specializing in work of this type with a minimum of five (5) years successful experience in projects of similar size complexity, and type of application 103 SUBMITTALS A Product Data Submit manufacturers product data indicating specifications installation of blinds method of attachment, clearances and operation and hardware 8 Samples Submit samples of manufacturers full color and fabric lines for selection by the Architect 1 04 DELIVERY STORAGE AND HANDLING A Deliver blinds to site wrapped in a manner to prevent damage to components or marring of surfaces B Store in a clean dry area, laid flat and blocked off the ground to prevent sagging, twisting or warping 105 WARRANTIES A Provide manufacturer s written one year warranty covering defects in materials and workmanship PART 2 PRODUCTS 201 HORIZONTAL LOUVER BLINDS A General Blinds shall have 1 wide horizontal tempered aluminum slats supported by braided ladders from manufacturers standard duty head track system Operating hardware shall be enclosed in the head track assembly 1 Operation Blinds shall raise and lower by means of a lift cord, length sufficient to 12512 1 Soapstone Natural Area 0743 07 100% Construction Documents completely raise or lower blinds Blinds shall tilt by means of a suspended plastic tilt rod approximately 3/8 cross sectional dimension B Sizes Window opening sizes as shown on the Drawings 1 Continuous Ribbon Storefront Window Systems Unit widths shall match width of each section of fixed or operable aluminum storefront window system Provide maximum 1 /2 separation between installed window blind units to be centered on mullions of storefront window system Match exposure over mullions at end conditions as applicable C Color(s) As selected by the Architect from manufacturers full line Color to be the same on each face One (1) color shall be used throughout the project D Mounting Surface mounted or as recommended by manufacturer for specific application E Accessories Provide manufacturer's standard hold down attachments for securing bottom of blinds on vision liter of half lite or full hte doors F Valance Trim Provide manufacturer s standard valance trim at head track assembly including attachment clips and slat trims G Approved Manufacturers 1 Levelor Parsippany NJ (800) 223 0193 2 Bali and Graber by Springs Window Fashions Montgomery PA (800) 544 4749 3 Hunter Douglas Inc Broomfield CO (800) 477 4254 4 Kirsch Sturgis MI (800) 528 1407 5 Manufacturers providing products of same design, function performance and appearance are acceptable PART 3 EXECUTION 3 01 PREPARATION A Installer shall inspect the window and/or door openings and substrates to receive window coverings and notify the Contractor of any conditions that may potentially affect the proper installation and operation of the window coverings Do not proceed with installation until such conditions have been corrected to the satisfaction of the Installer 8 Field verify necessary measurements of windows and doors scheduled to receive blind installation C Ensure that adequate blocking is provided for installation of window blind system head track assemblies Refer to Section 06100 Rough Carpentry and/or Section 09110 Non Load Bearing Metal Framing, as applicable D Ensure that preparatory work and cutouts are correctly done 3 02 INSTALLATION A General Install blinds accessories and operating hardware in accordance with manufacturers written instructions and recommendations B Adjust hardware and operable parts to ensure proper operation C Clean all window blind slats louvers, head track assemblies and valance trims PART 4 SCHEDULES 401 INSTALLATION SCHEDULE A Install horizontal louver blinds in the following locations 1 All perimeter aluminum windows END OF SECTION 12512 2 Soapstone Natural Area 0743 07 100% Construction Documents 5OAP5TONE PRAIRIE NATURAL AREA FINAL CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS JULY 78 2005 ABBREVIATIONS ARCHITECTURAL SYMBOLS GENERAL NOTES VICINITY MAP DRAWING INDEX 2LEo LnG-E AXXCCTS 4X ua rrnmn um scow xm w' sms.,m, rvmm xwmw�.— �+e varse amrcuuow�aa MATERIALS BUILDING DATA o� ry cv waw. __� ricm ' kN+ e Ohsenalay MSF Entry SlOG�n 45SF 9 �� n wm L"N $FdlbrSNIW 61SSF ( �.me S �V SouM Ls9e5MCr 697SF E I LU IL N Z a:3 J awo W J Zq O ¢ 0 0.z Q —� O L) U) 1� wefp y' xL ATNew s m V I V (ij`4KJAl „KxR P T W P1 LG PLK.ES P TI`�J' ftKI 6G W N QQiJ ao O W� O°CO azuo- a L O o N aj lqqw P-LO jaK AXATECTS PC O lgTw ER' V LE R'Kf'L-A __ U b WRAM I � �J,� J['/ MfCZV 6 U ` I� FRAM VG RNJ W 0 W cn Z Q J J ao 0 W_jI'- IC )CCO CAao aZ a O N OL (JLLER LF\CLE TLATECTS PC ftZIA Al �2 C %-LK�5r�WN R" RM I� EB EO ti ti (EAl n n n 69 OEC V RM W fA Z IiW3 aw00 W'! �- O°C0 aZ0 O U N CJLLLP Lf1GLE ax-ATECTS PC rNt o Al 3 ee"EVE HWf nFog�< /1 YL 5 EVA A 0tr}Irtn t! n K1 O 0 ar e cenna AYf}fRNANGP AV W LE z aJ °Q o W 0 4 Zao Oyu. Nao az a O aj Iqllw (JLLE4 JaE (JXNTECTS K R Al 4 SECTION 00300 BID FORM PROJECT 6110 Soapstone Prairie Natural Area Shelters and Observatory Place Date 1 In compliance with your Invitation to Bid dated _ 20 and subject to all conditions thereof, the undersigned a (Corporation, Limited Liability Company Partnership, Joint Venture, or Sole Proprietor) authorized to do business in the State of Colorado hereby proposes to furnish and do everything required by the Contract Documents to which this refers for the construction of all items listed on the following Bid Schedule or Bid Schedules 2 The undersigned Bidder does hereby declare and stipulate that this proposal is made in good faith, without collusion or connection with any other person or persons Bidding for the same Work, and that it is made in pursuance of and subject to all the terms and conditions of the Invitation to Bid and Instructions to Bidders, the Agreement, the detailed Specifications, and the Drawings pertaining to the Work to be done, all of which have been examined by the undersigned 3 Accompanying this Bid is a certified or cashier's check or standard Bid bond in the sum of ($ _) in accordance with the Invitation To Bid and Instructions to Bidders 4 The undersigned Bidder agrees to execute the Agreement and a Performance Bond and a Payment Bond for the amount of the total of this Bid within fifteen (15) calendar days from the date when the written notice of the award of the contract is delivered to him at the address given on this Bid The name and address of the corporate surety with which the Bidder proposes to furnish the specified performance and payment bonds is as follows 5 All the various phases of Work enumerated in the Contract Documents with their individual jobs and overhead whether specifically mentioned, included by implication or appurtenant thereto are to be performed by the CONTRACTOR under one of the items listed in the Bid Schedule, irrespective of whether it is named in said list 6 Payment for Work performed will be in accordance with the Bid Schedule or Bid Schedules subject to changes as provided in the Contract Documents Rev 10/20/07 Section 00300 Page 1 w z a-j u ao o w_� OHO Nao ILZ} O N (IL IqIIW (LLO uKLE uxurEcis a I Al 5 O 2�� W z aa� [Lmo, ZRM zao OWR Nao aZ a O N L lqw A -LED LraE (JK4ITECTS 4Y 10 W U) z ao U Z<M OCELL Sao Qz� O N qj IRIEW 2EER ESE TCuTE(Ts a I I I I I I GI*i2VA GQ+I'VESi fJ5'�jJ W z J J aWo W�� zao OMLL Nao aZ a O U cn iA ENBY 5 A A 4AnH M VAWV I I (D,Y1Ay'kgV t \A .N W �N Z ILMO W _j I- OMO Nao 0.z Q O Cl) qj QLLE LrKLE AXATECTS D; YA23 U o brft W_ W z Q<J J a° 0 WJH ZQ0 U. Ora U) aZ Q O N aj A-LO LfKLE fIKUTECTS LY �A25 JC9tLtRW hA ,.H Eo- PCV 9&TPS W W9 PCN kUTVk I6L PoLN u W �N Z J J a�0 W_jF- Zao Ora t~nao °'Z a O cn aj CLLER LIICLE CAXIATECTS X 0 A2 6 v PCV`kE WN'W WA _ - 9 PLVILAE EVEP ELyA¶GV PI N A IPV TU \AI W z Q J aMO W_jH ZRW O°CO LL cn oc o aZ� a O N aj a A2 7 0 OMY4 WNA 2 90V ��A.��� ��,� (D MNAkL&YNTW� X VN (1C>R?vA4Xy q.J Bt iION � J l n Cs.Ae�Af(a X IMN �J L AVY WAI6R M �(L /W/� LV Z a-j a. o o W_� ZMO O�LL Nao aZ� O N (IL CLLER LfKLE T{ A—TECTS LC A31 G FOB FAt M N n wxi cw �rn� ne r n wad WAA SB69T W z J J a�0 WJ¢ OMO N40 aZ� Q O V N (Ij IkT lJLLUT ECTLS TK X CAX4Y �31� 7 The undersigned Bidder hereby acknowledges receipt of Addenda No through 8 BID SCHEDULE (Base Bid) Dollars $ Total Cost in Words Over runs and under runs of 12 diameter drilled piers Unit L F Colored concrete sidewalk with fibermesh 5 thick Unit S F $ DESCRIPTInN OP AI TCRNATrC 1 (Add) Gateway Structure (east of the entry station) + $ 1 (Deduct) Delete all 4 nominal Colorado Buff sandstone neer and associated brick ledges at the foundations from base bid Feand nd install simulated stone veneer Provide and install 6 solid ete masonry units with simulated stone veneer at the extended stone wing walls on the north and west elevations of the Entry Station with the deductive alternate $ Rev 10/20/07 Section 00300 Page 2 v 9Kr " _Ed IVA A �i✓ VJ.RI �4RQ444.}JAGL_4�A � _ _ w z J aMO w_� zao o�U. fAao < zL O N (JLLER LIKLE (4)CWTECTS X 0A33 IED W0.L 9C1aJ9 ewk YcCN3 W C N Z .maJ o W�i- Za�.o Nao aZ� a O N OL CELED L�E ��TE�rs a c " 33 UTW K NT wx n viww �e U ewE a Nk e f0ff l�q MfA evv Am eNkL B W �N Q J a o O W ZaJM O�0 U. Nao aZ� a O N �U (JLLLR LIICLL (1XIJTLCTS IX "33 W L %C y e I64`iLrx W �N Z aaq a. o o WAS Zao O5LL Nao aZ� O N OLLO LIY�E CIXLtlTECTS lC a'M5 a W hb X kl (A 11dW 4 ➢L'N W Z Qa� ao O W J QO M O Ora Nao aZ Q O CO) (IL (LLEQ LfK,L6 AXLTECTS LC A3 6 o za EAw M a W �N Z aJ ac 0 W_H Z4 0�L, Nao a.z a O cn (IL N_LLR JaL (XUTECTi 4C k oA37 �w a� 8TANDMDBYMBDIB 1 gT0. prm.wm wm ® v wwn m W 1-1 9 v/ w a O J g g O O UO Z F- v wwvi LL OgJ LL W O, OZL) O~ 0 LL Ua O U) aj CLLED LIICLE (JKNTECTS CC m a m STRUCTURAL GENERAL NO ES Sol W v NYviK! F-I IRIEW SEER ESE f1YWrCTS X §o �S1 1 ROOF FRAMING PLAN a ,,, v G'u7iiKG F1 Q U W ) zao J � J�Q J' RR' pao Z 0 �wN LL LL IL o LU 0� _~0 N LL UQ 0 rn a.i ('LLER SaL T�YTECT5 X a;� m s o � rnorye oS1 2 FOUNDATION PLAN / ROOF FRAMING PLAN D FOOTING/PAD SCHEDULE Y z Y ra , Y� ME all v a W U) 1 a ZJG J42 i 8Q0 z0 H V � LU_ rn LL � J LL W 0 0ZL) �O _~Oow gL U a LL a 0 U) qj (ILER LraE (JXIJTECTS K �i ro $ D C M� a.Y.,� u S2 1 SECTION 00300 BID FORM PROJECT 6110 Soapstone Prairie Natural Area Shelters and Observatory ADDENDUM #2 Place In compliance with your Invitation to Bid dated _ 20_ and subject to all conditions thereof the undersigned a (Corporation Limited Liability Company Partnership Joint Venture or Sole Proprietor) authorized tc do business in the State of Colorado hereby proposes to furnish and do everything required by the Contract Documents to which this refers for the construction of all items listed on the following Bid Schedule or Bid Schedules The undersigned Bidder does hereby declare and stipulate that this proposal is made in good faith without collusion or connection with any other person or persons Bidding for the same Work and that it is made in pursuance of and subject to all the terms and conditions of the Invitation to Bid and Instructions to Bidders the Agreement the detailed Specifications and the Drawings pertaining to the Work to be done all of which have been examined by the undersigned 3 Accompanying this Bid is a certified or cashiers check or standard Bid bond in the sum of ($) in accordance with the Invitation To Bid and Instructions to Bidders 4 The undersigned Bidder agrees to execute the Agreement and a Performance Bond and a Payment Bond for the amount of the total of this Bid within fifteen (15) calendar days from the date when the written notice of the award of the contract is delivered to him at the address given on this Bid The name and address of the corporate surety with which the Bidder proposes to furnish the specified performance and payment bonds is as follows 5 All the various phases of Work enumerated in the Contract Documents with their individual jobs and overhead whether specifically mentioned included by implication or appurtenant thereto are to be performed by the CONTRACTOR under one of the items listed in the Bid Schedule irrespective of whether it is named in said list 6 Payment for Work performed will be in accordance with the Bid Schedule or Bid Schedules subject to changes as provided in the Contract Documents 7 The undersigned Bidder hereby acknowledges receipt of Addenda No through _ 9 PRICES The foregoing prices shall include all labor, materials, transportation, shoring, removal, dewatering, overhead, profit insurance, etc , to cover the complete Work in place of the several kinds called for Bidder acknowledges that the OWNER has the right to delete items in the Bid or change quantities at his sole discretion without affecting the Agreement or prices of any item so long as the deletion or change does not exceed twenty-five percent (25%) of the total Agreement Price RESPECTFULLY SUBMITTED Signature Title CONTRACTOR BY License Number (If Applicable) (Seal - if Bid is by corporation) Attest Address Telephone Email Date Rev 10/20/07 Section 00300 Page 3 FOOTING/PAD SCHEDULE f3 3 YS � Y I K ROOF FRAMING PLAN V o FOUNDATION PLAN / o w v "SOME F-1 a W U) a ZJC 0Zo ZL) V ��N 0 LL J LL W O p Z ti 0~ Hy0 VaLL a 0 rn (li TEED Lr'LE OXUTECTS a �6�ae�J VFllJfL ) � �L S3 1 FOUNDATION PLAN 0 ROOF FRAMING PLAN 0 FOOTING/PAD SCHEDULE , , P I Iu Ili F-1 a W cn 0 Zao Jp J = 8Q0 z0 U �LL, O wn � J J LL W 0 0ZU O� _~O N UU. a 0 rn aj TLE4 LI1GLL (JXIATECTS CY a w no/m R S4 1 FOOTING/PAD SCHEDULE r i i End Sg Ba v.� i ROOF FRAMING PLAN u 0 FOUNDATION PLAN / o ui F-1 a W U) M a ZJG J = QQ j ZO � U wWWN QgJ � J QWU Z ��oK y0 VaLL a O y (ij lqqw CLUED LraL (AXWIECT4 PC a Psi for C S5 1 Q 4 I I 'I i I I I �A �a I I I I I I MI FOUNDATION PLAN / a FOOTING/PAD SCHEDULE B 3 / CO Y C ] Y Y� — -o --o — -0 ROOF FRAMING PLAN u ®QKY 111 �Y F-I Q _W U) a ZJG J = 0Q0 ZO H V �UH O � J LL LLWO C)Z0 H fA O O~ Vaa a 0 rn (ti (-LED LIXLL (JXLVTECTS 0. x. wauxs �u � w E nBrv1 N � o S6 1 v "' �� oYYGGFiG w vo xarax vER 0E � ,/ E Eo 0 onN v a ,. J IL ®� e E M NL (1 EW wm wu oCrN %1 O�.wmMMl NL oC u _ /z 0 a / o { 1-1 rr^^ W vJ � Z. ao Jp J p O Z 0 U wLu LL LL W O p Z ci 0 ~ F—N0 Ua O N aj (LLER Li)GLE (JXIJTECTS LY x NV a110M VS ER OE u �� WHm110 PUSIER OETNL EWM TP w L M AL �, W 0 IION K OEr / 0 Q / 0 W vW a o vsrt MT. 0 ZVI CONTROL JOINT -CONSTRUCTION JONT sl,a o—uwoe sw oc ups 3� Cow u+ cw axc C / o W M PL M J/ 0 c nrr s mry rwu xc ocr. w oEEMS �u m �r B Cabinet Hardware Items 1 Shelf Standards and Supports Specified in Section 06200 2 Cabinet Shelf Supports Heavy duty self locking plastic with 1 /4 diameter steel pin four (4) per shelf installed in predrilled holes in cabinet ends and partitions 3 Cabinet Door and Drawer Pulls 4 wire pulls with 1 5/16 projection or other accessible type approved by the Architect 4 Door Catches 2 part magnetic catches Stanley SP41 for single doors and SP45 for double doors, or approved equal 5 Full Extension Drawer Slides a Regular drawers shall be equipped with one (1) pair of ball bearing nylon roller suspensions, self closing from 4 extension, have a load capacity minimum of 75 lb and be on zinc coated cold rolled steel b Knee drawers shall be equipped with full extension suspensions with a load capacity minimum of at least 50 lbs c Paper storage and file drawers shall be equipped with one (1) pair of full extension suspensions of similar design with load capacity minimum of 100 lbs 6 Concealed Door Hinges Self closing 3/8 cranked or straight hinge arm as recommended by fabricator for particular application minimum 1100 opening Blum Modul series 7 Drawer Locks Deadbolt type locks minimum 1 /2 throw a Door Locks Corbin 02066 or approved equal b Drawer Locks Corbin 02067 or approved equal 8 Plastic Grommets Counter and desktop grommets for equipment cords as required Coordinate locations with Owner in the field 9 Hardware for Concessions Flip Counter and Doors Specified in Section 08700 10 Other miscellaneous cabinet hardware items as required for a complete and operational system C Approved Manufacturers 1 Julius Blum Inc Stanley NC (800) 438 6788 2 EPCO, Flint MI (313) 767 2050 3 Grant Slides Ltd , West Nyack, NY (914) 358 4400 4 Sugatsune America, Inc , Carson, CA (800) 562 5267 5 Stanley Hardware, Naperville, IL (312) 416 2140 6 Accuride International Inc , Santa Fe Springs CA, (310) 903 0200 7 Manufacturers providing hardware of the same design function quality durability and appearance are acceptable 2 05 FABRICATION A General Cabinet boxes to be modular construction, European full overlay construction without face frames in configurations and layouts as shown on the Drawings Fabricate cabinetwork in accordance with recommendations of AWI Shop fabricate items to greatest extent possible i AWI Grade Custom 2 Umt Sizes Sizes for cabinet boxes and/or drawers shall be industry standard for cabinetry units indicated on the Drawings unless specifically noted otherwise 3 Field verify critical dimensions for cabinetwork prior to fabrication 4 Apply plastic laminate finish in full uninterrupted sheets consistent with manufactured sizes Corners and joints to be hairline Slightly bevel anses Locate countertop butt joints at least 24 from sink cutouts, unless otherwise approved 5 Cap exposed plastic laminate edges with material of same finish and pattern, unless indicated for hardwood edge trim or PVC moulding Plastic T nosings for cabinet box door and drawer front edges are not acceptable 6 Mechanically fasten straight backsplashes and aprons to countertops with steel brackets at 16 o c Post formed countertops and splashes are not acceptable 06410 4 Soapstone Natural Area 0743 07 100% Construction Documents SECTION 07900 SEALANTS AND JOINT FILLERS PART 1 GENERAL 1 01 WORK INCLUDED Clean and prepare joint surfaces Furnish and install joint backing materials Furnish and install joint caulking and sealants in exterior applications Furnish and install joint caulking and sealants in interior applications Related work specified elsewhere 1 Section 01714 Construction Waste Management 2 Section 02515 Portland Cement Paving 3 Section 03100, Concrete Formwork Joint fillers for cast in place concrete work 4 Section 03300 Cast in Place Concrete 5 Section 04220, Concrete Unit Masonry 6 Section 04400, Stone Masonry Joint sealants 7 Section 04430 Simulated Stone Masonry (Bid Alternate) Section 06410 Custom Cabinetwork 9 Section 07466 Wood Siding 10 Section 07612 Prefinished Corrugated Screwed Down Metal Roofing 11 Section 07621, Galvanized Metal Flashmgs and Trim 12 Division 8, Doors and Windows 1 02 QUALITY ASSURANCE A Reference Standards Conform to the current requirements of applicable portions of standards, codes and specifications except where more stringent requirements are shown or specified 1 Applicable provisions of the codes referenced in Section 01060, or as adopted by any jurisdiction with authority over this Project B Installer of sealants and caulking shall have minimum five (5) years of successful experience with projects of similar size and complexity C Installer shall be continuously employed in work of this type D Certification Manufacturer/Supplier of sealant and accessory materials shall certify that materials supplied are acceptable and appropriate for the materials substrates and conditions under which sealants are to be installed 103 SUBMITTALS Product Data Submit manufacturers specifications recommendations and installation instructions for each type of sealant caulking compound and associated miscellaneous material required Samples Submit samples of manufacturers standard color tine for each type of sealant specified for exposed locations for selection by the Architect Sample Installation Select a test area on the exterior and install caulking Notify the Architect for approval and acceptance prior to proceeding with caulking The test area will become the standard for quality control of remaining caulking 1 04 ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS Do not proceed with installation of sealants under adverse weather conditions or when temperatures are below 400 F or above 1000 F Proceed with the work only when forecasted 07900 1 Soapstone Natural Area 0743 07 100% Construction Documents SECTION 09930 TRANSPARENT FINISHES PART 1 GENERAL 1 01 WORK INCLUDED A Prepare surfaces to receive transparent finishes as specified B Finish surfaces as indicated in the schedule at the end of this Section C Shop finish all surfaces of wood siding cedar shingle siding and trims offs1te wrap in protective coverings and deliver to site D Related work specified elsewhere 1 Section 01600, Material and Equipment Maintenance materials 2 Section 01714 Construction Waste Management 3 Section 05120 Structural Steel 4 Section 07466 Wood Siding 5 Section 09900 Painting 1 02 WORK NOT INCLUDED A Unless otherwise indicated finishing is not required on surfaces in concealed areas and inaccessible areas such as furred spaces foundation spaces utility tunnels pipe spaces and duct shafts B Metal surfaces of anodized aluminum stainless steel, chromium plate copper, bronze and similar finished materials will not require finishing under this Section, except as may be so specified C Materials fixtures and equipment specified or supplied by the manufacturer as prefinished shalt not be finished under this Section D Priming or finishing of certain surfaces may be specified to be factory applied or installer performed under other Sections 1 03 QUALITY ASSURANCE A Reference Standards Conform to the current requirements of applicable portions of standards, codes and specifications, except where more stringent requirements are shown or specified 1 Applicable provisions of the codes referenced in Section 01060 or as adopted by any jurisdiction with authority over this Project B Finish work shall be performed only by qualified personnel employed by firms specializing in work of this type with a minimum of five (5) years successful experience in projects of similar size and complexity C Materials shall be supplied with appropriate application equipment and tools as specified herein, or as required to provide the specified quality D Coordination of Transparent Finishes, Primers and Substrates 1 Provide finish coats which are compatible with the prime coats actually used 2 Review other Sections of these Specifications as required verifying the prime coats to be used and assuring compatibility of the total coating system for the various substrates 3 Upon request furnish information on the characteristics of the specific finish materials to assure that compatible prime coats are used 4 Notify the Architect in writing of anticipated problems in using the specified coating systems over prime coatings or substrates supplied under other Sections E Certification Supplier shall certify that all finish materials supplied contain no lead or other toxic substances 09930 1 Soapstone Natural Area 0743 07 100% Construction Documents wemn / Ll W M y z J J a�0 W Ja' Z�O LL v''/Q� az O y SECTION 00400 SUPPLEMENTS TO BID FORMS 00410 Bid Bond 00420 Statement of Bidder's Qualifications 00430 Schedule of Subcontractors Rev 10/20/07 Section 00410 Page 1 SECTION 00410 BID BOND KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS that we, the undersigned as Principal and as Surety, are hereby held and firmly bound unto the City of Fort Collins Colorado as OWNER in the sum of $ for the payment of which, well and truly to be made, we hereby jointly and severally bind ourselves, successors, and assigns THE CONDITION of this obligation is such that whereas the Principal has submitted to the City of Fort Collins Colorado the accompanying Bid and hereby made a part hereof to enter into a Construction Agreement for the construction of Fort Collins Project, 6110 Soapstone Prairie Natural Area Shelters and Observatory NOW THEREFORE, (a) If said Bid shall be rejected, or (b) If said Bid shall be accepted and the Principal shall execute and deliver a Contract in the form of Contract attached hereto (properly completed in accordance with said Bid) and shall furnish a BOND for his faithful performance of said Contract, and for payment of all persons performing labor or furnishing materials in connection therewith and shall in all other respects perform the Agreement created by the acceptance of said Bid, then this obligation shall be void, otherwise the same shall remain in force and effect, it being expressly understood and agreed that the liability of the Surety for any and all claims hereunder shall, in no event, exceed the penal amount of this obligation as herein stated The Surety, for value received hereby stipulates and agrees that the obligations of said Surety and its BOND shall be in no way impaired or affected by any extension of the time within which the OWNER may accept such Bid and said Surety does hereby waive notice of any such extension Surety Companies executing bonds must be authorized to transact business in the State of Colorado and be accepted by the OWNER Rev 10/20/07 Section 00410 Page 2 IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Principal and the Surety have hereunto set their hands and seals this day of , 20, and such of them as are corporations have caused their corporate seals to be hereto affixed and these presents to be signed by their proper officers, the day and year first set forth above PRINCIPAL Name Address By Title ATTEST By (SEAL) Rev 10/20/07 By Title SURETY (SEAL) Section 00410 Page 3 SECTION 00420 STATEMENT OF BIDDER'S QUALIFICATIONS All questions must be answered and the data given must be clear and comprehensive This statement must be notarized If necessary, questions may be answered on separate attached sheets The Bidder may submit any additional information he desires 1 Name of Bidder 2 Permanent main office address 3 When organized 4 If a corporation where incorporated 5 How many years have you been engaged in the contracting business under your present firm or trade name 6 Contracts on hand (Schedule these showing the amount of each contract and the appropriate anticipated dates of completion ) 7 General character of Work performed by your company 8 Have you ever failed to complete any Work awarded to you? If so where and why? 9 Have your ever defaulted on a contract? If so where and why? 10 Are you debarred by any government agency? If yes list agency name Rev 10/20/07 Section 00420 Page 1 11 List the more important projects recently completed by your company, stating the approximate cost of each, and the month and year completed location and type of construction 12 List your major equipment available for this contract 13 Experience in construction Work similar in importance to this project 14 Background and experience of the principal members of your organization, including officers 15 Credit available $ 16 Bank reference 17 Will you, upon request, fill out a detailed financial statement and furnish any other information that may be required by the OWNER W. 19 Are you licensed as a General CONTRACTOR? If yes in what city, county and state What class license and numbers? Do you anticipate subcontracting Work under this Contract If yes what percent of total contract and to whom? 20 Are any lawsuits pending against you or your firm at this time? IF yes, DETAIL Rev 10/20/07 Section 00420 Page 2 21 What are the limits of your public liability DETAIL What company 22 What are your company's bonding limitations 23 The undersigned hereby authorizes and requests any person, firm or corporation to furnish any information requested by the OWNER in verification of the recital comprising this Statement of Bidder's Qualifications Dated at this day of 20_ Name of Bidder By Title State of County of being duly sworn deposes and says that he is of and that (name of organization) the answers to the foregoing questions and all statements therein contained are true and correct Subscribed and sworn to before me this day of 20 Notary Public My commission expires Rev10/20/07 Section 00420 Page 3 SECTION 00430 SCHEDULE OF SUBCONTRACTORS List all subcontractors for the work items listed below and all subcontractors performing over 15% of the contract ITEM SUBCONTRACTOR Section 00430 Page 1 SECTION 00500 AGREEMENT FORMS 00510 Notice of Award 00520 Agreement 00530 Notice to Proceed SECTION 00510 NOTICE OF AWARD Date TO PROJECT 6110 Soapstone Prairie Natural Area Shelters and Observatory OWNER CITY OF FORT COLLINS (hereinafter referred to as "the OWNER') You are hereby notified that your Bid dated 20 for the above project has been considered You are the apparent/successful Bidder and have been awarded an Agreement for 6110 Soapstone Prairie Natural Area Shelters and Observatory The Price of your Agreement is Three (3) copies of each of the proposed Contract Documents (except Drawings) accompany this Notice of Award Three (3) sets of the Drawings will be delivered separately or otherwise made available to you immediately You must comply with the following conditions precedent within fifteen (15) days of the date of this Notice of Award, that is by 20 1 You must deliver to the OWNER three (3) fully executed counterparts of the Agreement including all the Contract Documents Each of the Contract Documents must bear your signature on the cover of the page 2 You must deliver with the executed Agreement the Contract Security (Bonds) as specified in the Instructions to Bidders, General Conditions (Article 5 1) and Supplementary Conditions Failure to comply with these conditions within the time specified will entitle OWNER to consider your Bid abandoned, to annul this Notice of Award and to declare your Bid Security forfeited Within ten (10) days after you comply with those conditions, OWNER will return to you one (1) fully -signed counterpart of the Agreement with the Contract Documents attached City of Fort Collins OWNER By James B O'Neill, II, CPPO, FNIGP Director of Purchasing & Risk Management Section 00510 Page 1 8 BID SCHEDULE (Base Bid) Addendum #2 1 Lump sum for total project EXCLUDING #2 in Bid Schedule 2 Lump Sum ONLY for the Observation Shelter concrete trail and associated site access improvements involving the widening of the existing trail from the north parking lot to the Observation Shelter 3 BASE BID TOTAL COST (addition of item 1 and 2 in Bid Schedule) In Words and cents Over -runs and under -runs of 16' diameter drilled piers Unit - L F $ grey concrete sidewalk with fibermesh - 5" thick Unit - S F $ DESCRIPTION OF ALTERNATES Alternate No 1 (Add) Gateway Structure (east of the entry station) + $ Alternate No 1 (Deduct) Delete all 4 nominal Colorado Buff sandstone strip -stone veneer and associated brick ledges at the foundations from base bid and provide and install simulated stone veneer Provide and install 6" solid -grouted concrete masonry units with simulated stone veneer at the extended stone wing walls on the north and west elevations of the Entry Station with the deductive alternate _ $ SECTION 00520 AGREEMENT THIS AGREEMENT is dated as of the day of in the year of 20 and shall be effective on the date this AGREEMENT is signed by the City The City of Fort Collins (hereinafter called OWNER) and (hereinafter called CONTRACTOR) OWNER and CONTRACTOR, in consideration of the mutual covenants hereinafter set forth, agree as follows ARTICLE 1 WORK CONTRACTOR shall complete all Work as specified or indicated in the Contract Documents The Project for which the Work under the Contract Documents may be the whole or only a part is defined as the construction of the 6110 Soapstone Prairie Natural Area Shelters and Observatory natural area structures including an observatory, an entry station small and large picnic shelters, kiosks and associated paved trails and site work and is generally described in Section 01010 ARTICLE 2 ENGINEER The Project has been designed by Aller-Lingle Architects, who is hereinafter called ENGINEER and who will assume all duties and responsibilities and will have the rights and authority assigned to ENGINEER in the Contract Documents in connection with completion of the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents ARTICLE 3 CONTRACT TIMES 3 1 a The Work for Phase I the three picnic shelters, Lindenmeier observation shelter, the two kiosks, the entrance station building and the entrance station island curbing, sidewalk and parking area shall be Substantially Complete November 30 2008 as provided in the General Conditions and completed and ready for Final Payment and Acceptance in accordance with the General Conditions March 30 2009 b The Work for Phase II the north and south trail head trail paving and handicap parking spaces and the paved trail to the Lindenmeier site shall be Substantially Complete March 20, 2009 as provided in the General Conditions and completed and ready for Final Payment and Acceptance in accordance with the General Conditions March 30 2009 1 Section 00520 Page 3 2 Liquidated Damages OWNER and CONTRACTOR recognize that time is of the essence of this Agreement and that OWNER will suffer financial loss if the Work is not completed within the times specified in paragraph 3 1 above, plus any extensions thereof allowed in accordance with Article 12 of the General Conditions They also recognize the delays, expenses and difficulties involved in proving in a legal proceeding the actual loss suffered by OWNER if the Work is not completed on time Accordingly, instead of requiring any such Proof, OWNER and CONTRACTOR agree that as liquidated damages for delay (but not as penalty) CONTRACTOR shall pay OWNER the amounts set forth hereafter Phase I 1) Substantial Completion Three Hundred Dollars ($300 00) for each calendar day or fraction thereof that expires after November 30 2008 the date for Substantial Completion of the Work until the Work is Substantially Complete 2) Final Acceptance After Substantial Completion, One Hundred Fifty Dollars ($150 00) for each calendar day or fraction thereof that expires after March 30, 2009 the date for Final Payment and Acceptance until the Work is ready for Final Payment and Acceptance Phase II 1) Substantial Completion Three Hundred Dollars ($300 00) for each calendar day or fraction thereof that expires after March 20 2009 the date for Substantial Completion of the Work until the Work is Substantially Complete 2) Final Acceptance After Substantial Completion, One Hundred Fifty Dollars ($150 00) for each calendar day or fraction thereof that expires after March 30 2009 the date for Final Payment and Acceptance until the Work is ready for Final Payment and Acceptance ARTICLE 4 CONTRACT PRICE 4 1 OWNER shall pay CONTRACTOR for performance of the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents in current funds as follows ($ ), $ Dollars in accordance with Section 00300, attached and incorporated herein by this reference ARTICLE 5 PAYMENT PROCEDURES CONTRACTOR shall submit Applications for Payment in accordance with Article 14 of the General Conditions Applications for Payment will be 2 Section 00520 Page processed by ENGINEER as provided in the General Conditions 5 1 PROGRESS PAYMENTS OWNER shall make progress payments on account of the Contract Price on the basis of CONTRACTOR's Application for Payment as recommended by ENGINEER once each month during construction as provided below All progress payments will be on the basis of the progress of the Work measured by the schedule of values established in paragraph 2 6 of the General Conditions and in the case of Unit Price Work based on the number of units completed, and in accordance with the General Requirements concerning Unit Price Work 5 1 1 Prior to Substantial Completion, progress payments will be in the amount equal to the percentage indicated below, but, in each case, less the aggregate of payments previously made and less such amounts as ENGINEER shall determine, or OWNER may withhold in accordance with paragraph 14 7 of the General Conditions 90% of the value of Work completed until the Work has been 50% completed as determined by ENGINEER, when the retainage equals 5% of the Contract Price, and if the character and progress of the Work have been satisfactory to OWNER and ENGINEER, OWNER on recommendation of ENGINEER, may determine that as long as the character and progress of the Work remain satisfactory to them, there will be no additional retainage on account of Work completed in which case the remaining progress payments prior to Substantial Completion will be in an amount equal to 100- of the Work completed 90% of materials and equipment not incorporated in the Work (but delivered, suitably stored and accompanied by documentation satisfactory to OWNER as provided in paragraph 14 2 of the General Conditions) may be included in the application for payment 5 1 2 Upon Substantial Completion payment will be made in an amount sufficient to increase total payments to CONTRACTOR to 95% of the Contract Price, less such amounts as ENGINEER shall determine or OWNER may withhold in accordance with paragraph 14 7 of the General Conditions or as provided by law 5 2 FINAL PAYMENT Upon Final Completion and Acceptance of the Work in accordance with paragraph 14 13 of the General Conditions, OWNER shall pay the remainder of the Contract Price as recommended by ENGINEER as provided in said paragraph 14 13 ARTICLE 6 CONTRACTOR'S REPRESENTATION In order to induce OWNER to enter into this Agreement, CONTRACTOR makes the following representations 6 1 CONTRACTOR has familiarized himself with the nature and extent of the Contract Documents, Work, site, locality, and with all local conditions and Laws and Regulations that in any manner may affect cost progress, performance or furnishing of the Work 6 2 CONTRACTOR has studied carefully all reports of explorations 3 Section 00520 Page and tests of subsurface conditions and drawings of physical conditions which are identified in the Supplementary Conditions as provided in paragraph 4 2 of the General Conditions 6 3 CONTRACTOR has obtained and carefully studied (or assumes responsibility for obtaining and carefully studying) all such examinations, investigations explorations, tests, reports, and studies (in addition to or to supplement those referred to in paragraph 6 2 above) which pertain to the subsurface or physical condition at or contiguous to the site or otherwise may affect the cost, progress, performance or furnishing of the Work as CONTRACTOR considers necessary for the performance or furnishing of the Work at the Contract Price, within the Contract Times and in accordance with the other terms and conditions of the Contract Documents, including specifically the provisions of paragraph 4 2 of the General Conditions, and no additional examinations, investigations explorations, tests, reports studies or similar information or data are or will be required by CONTRACTOR for such purposes 6 4 CONTRACTOR has reviewed and checked all information and data shown or indicated on the Contract Documents with respect to existing Underground Facilities at or contiguous to the site and assumes responsibility for the accurate location of said Underground Facilities No additional examinations, investigations explorations, tests, reports, studies or similar information or data in respect of said Underground Facilities are or will be required by CONTRACTOR in order to perform and furnish the Work at the Contract Price, within the Contract Times and in accordance with the other terms and conditions of the Contract Documents, including specifically the provision of paragraph 4 3 of the General Conditions 6 5 CONTRACTOR has correlated the results of all such observations, examinations, investigations, tests, reports and data with the terms and conditions of the Contract Documents 6 6 CONTRACTOR has given ENGINEER written notice of all conflicts, errors or discrepancies that he has discovered in the Contract Documents and the written resolution thereof by ENGINEER is acceptable to CONTRACTOR ARTICLE 7 CONTRACT DOCUMENTS 7 1 The Contract Documents which comprise the entire Agreement between OWNER and CONTRACTOR concerning the Work consist of the General Conditions Supplementary Conditions, those items included in the definition of Contract Documents in Article 1 10 of the General Conditions, and such other items as are referenced in this Article 7, all of which are incorporated herein by this reference 7 2 Forms for use by CONTRACTOR in performing the Work and related actions in carrying out the terms of this Agreement are deemed 4 Section 00520 Page 5 Contract Documents and incorporated herein by this reference, and include but are not limited to, the following 7 2 1 Certificate of Substantial Completion 7 2 2 Certificate of Final Acceptance 7 2 3 Lien Waiver Releases 7 2 4 Consent of Surety 7 2 5 Application for Exemption Certificate 7 2 6 Application for Payment 7 3 Drawings, consisting of a cover sheet and sheets numbered as follows PG SHEET TITLE SHEET NO 1 Cover Sheet ARCHITECTURAL 2 North Site Plan SD1 3 South Site Plan SD2 4 Observatory Floor Plan Al 1 5 Observatory Roof and Framing Plan Al 2 6 Entry Station Floor & Roof Framing Plan Al 3 7 Kiosk Floor Plan, Framing Plan Elevations & Section Al 4 8 North Picnic Shelter Plans Al 5 9 South Sm Picnic Shelter Plans Al 6 10 South Lg Picnic Shelter Plans Al 7 11 Observatory Elevations & Sections A2 1 12 Entry Station Elevations A2 3 13 North Picnic Shelter Elevations A2 5 14 South Sm Picnic Shelter Elevations A2 6 15 South Lg Picnic Shelter Elevations A2 7 16 Observatory Sections & Details A3 1 17 Observatory Wall Sections & Details A3 1B 18 Entry Station Sections & Details A3 3 19 Entry Station Wall Sections & Details A3 3B 20 Entry Station Details A3 3C 21 North Picnic Shelter Sections & Details A3 5 22 South Sm Picnic Shelter Sections & Details A3 6 23 South Lg Picnic Shelter Sections & Details A3 7 STRUCTURAL 24 Structural General Notes SO 1 25 Lindenmeier Observatory Foundation Plan S1 1 26 Lindenmeier Observatory Framing Plan S1 2 27 Entry Station Foundation & Framing Plans S2 1 28 Kiosk Foundation & Framing Plan S3 1 29 North Picnic Shelter Fnd & Framing Plan S4 1 30 South Sm Picnic Shelter Fnd & Framing Plan S5 1 Section 00520 Page 31 South Lg Picnic Shelter Fnd & Framing Plan S6 1 32 Foundation & Framing Details S7 1 33 Foundation & Framing Details S7 2 6 Section 00520 Page The Contract Drawings shall be stamped "Final for Construction" and dated Any revisions made shall be clearly identified and dated 7 4 Addenda Numbers to , inclusive 7 5 The Contract Documents also include all written amendments and other documents amending, modifying, or supplementing the Contract Documents pursuant to paragraphs 3 5 and 3 6 of the General Conditions 7 6 There are no Contract Documents other than those listed or incorporated by reference in this Article 7 The Contract Documents may only be amended, modified or supplemented as provided in paragraphs 3 5 and 3 6 of the General Conditions ARTICLE 8 MISCELLANEOUS 8 1 Terms used in this Agreement which are defined in Article I of the General Conditions shall have the meanings indicated in the General Conditions 8 2 No assignment by a party hereto of any rights under or interests in the Contract Documents will be binding on another party hereto without the written consent of the party sought to be bound, and specifically but not without limitations, moneys that may become due and moneys that are due may not be assigned without such consent (except to the extent that the effect of this restriction may be limited by law), and unless specifically stated to the contrary in any written consent to an assignment no assignment will release or discharge that assignor from any duty or responsibility under the Contract Document 8 3 OWNER and CONTRACTOR each binds itself, its partners, successors, assigns and legal representatives to the other party hereto, its partners, successors assigns and legal representatives in respect to all covenants Agreement and obligations contained in the Contract Document 7 Section 00520 Page OWNER CITY OF FORT COLLINS CONTRACTOR By By JAMES B O'NEILL II CPPO, FNIGP DIRECTOR OF PURCHASING _ AND RISK MANAGEMENT Date Attest City Clerk Title Date Attest (CORPORATE SEAL) Address for giving notices Address for giving notices P 0 Box 580 Fort Collins, CO 80522 LICENSE NO Approved as to Form Assistant City Attorney 8 Section 00520 Page SECTION 00530 NOTICE TO PROCEED Description of Work 6110 Soapstone Prairie Natural Area Shelters and Observatory To This notice is to advise you That the contract covering the above described Work has been fully executed by the CONTRACTOR and the OWNER That the required CONTRACTOR's Performance Bond and Payment Bond have been received by the OWNER That the OWNER has approved the said Contract Documents Therefore as the CONTRACTOR for the above described Work you are hereby authorized and directed to proceed within (_) calendar days from receipt of this notice as required by the Agreement Dated this day of 20 The dates for Substantial Completion and Final Acceptance shall be 20_ and 20_ respectively City of Fort Collins OWNER By Title ACKNOWLEDGMENT OF NOTICE Receipt of the above Notice to Proceed is hereby acknowledged this day of , 20_ CONTRACTOR By Title Section 00530 Page 1 SECTION 00600 BONDS AND CERTIFICATES 00610 Performance Bond 00615 Payment Bond 00630 Certificate of Insurance 00635 Certificate of Substantial Completion 00640 Certificate of Final Acceptance 00650 Lien Waiver Release (CONTRACTOR) 00660 Consent of Surety 00670 Application for Exemption Certificate DESIGN/BUILD PLUMBING AND MECHANICAL SYSTEMS PART 1 GE14ERAL 101 WORK INCLUDED A Design furnish and Install complete and functional propane gas fired heater and gas lamps mechanical systems within the entry station building complete with all equipment trims and accessories as Base Bid B Coordination with the Contractor other Subcontractors Architect Engineers and Owner as necessary for a complete and operational system C Prepare and submit all submittals and shop drawings required by Division 1 or required for the Proper coordination of the work D Prepare and submit operations and maintenance manuals E Related work specified elsewhere 1 Division 1 General Requirements 2 Section 01030 Alternates 3 Section 11452 Residential Appliances 4 Division 16 Electrical 1 02 DESIGN CRITERIA A All systems shall be designed and stamped by a professional engineer registered In the State of Colorado if required B All systems shalt be designed and installed to property and efficiently operate at the attitude longitude and latitude of the project site C All fixtures equipment faucet tnms controls etc ran handicapped accessible and/or adaptable units shall be of the type and installed at appropriate tocation(s) and height(s) to meet all applicable accesstinlity codes and standards 1 03 WARRANTIES A Contractor shall warrant the design materials equipment and mstaltatran workmanshipto be free from defects and operate satisfactorily under normal conditions for a period of two (2) years from the date of Substantial Completion PART 2 PRODUCTS 201 MATERIALS AND SYSTEMS A General Mechanical/HVAC and plumbing systems shall be design/build by the selected Subcontractor Systems shall be designed by a professional engineer registered in the State of Colorado Subcontractor(s) shall Install each system and provide all required drawings specifications calculations equipment arid fixture cut sheets as required to acquire building permits and allow for Owner and Architect review of the proposed system B All materials fixtures equipment controls and mstaltation workmanship shall meet the requirements of all applicable codes and standards Also refer to Section 01060 Regulatory Requirements 15020 1 Soapstone Natural Area 0743 07 100% Construction Documents SECTION 00610 PERFORMANCE BOND Bond No KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS that (Firm) (Address) (an Individual), (a Partnership) (a Corporation), hereinafter referred to as the "Principal" and (Firm) (Address) hereinafter referred to as "the Surety" are held and firmly bound unto City of Fort Collins 300 Laporte Ave Fort Collins Colorado 80522 a (Municipal Corporation) hereinafter referred to as the "OWNER", in the penal sum of in lawful money of the United States, for the payment of which sum well and truly to be made, we bind ourselves, successors and assigns, iointly and severally firmly by these presents THE CONDITIONS OF THIS OBLIGATION are such that whereas the Principal entered into a certain Agreement with the OWNER dated the _ day of 20_, a copy of which is hereto attached and made a part hereof for the performance of The City of Fort Collins project, 6110 Soapstone Prairie Natural Area Shelters and Observatory NOW, THEREFORE if the Principal shall well, truly and faithfully perform its duties all the undertakings covenants, terms, conditions and agreements of said Agreement during the original term thereof, and any extensions thereof which may be granted by the OWNER, with or without Notice to the Surety and during the life of the guaranty period, and if the Principal shall satisfy all claims and demands incurred under such Agreement, and shall fully indemnify and save harmless the OWNER from all cost and damages which it may suffer by reason of failure to do so, and shall reimburse and repay the OWNER all outlay and expense which the OWNER may incur in making good any default then this obligation shall be void, otherwise to remain in full force and effect Rev 10/20/07 Section 00610 Page 1 PROVIDED, FURTHER that the said Surety, for value received hereby stipulates and agrees that no change, extension of time, alteration or addition to the terms of the Agreement or to the Work to be performed thereunder or the Specifications accompanying the same shall in any way affect its obligation on this bond, and it does hereby waive notice of any such change, extension of time, alteration or addition to the terms of the Agreement or to the Work or to the Specifications PROVIDED, FURTHER, that no final settlement between the OWNER and the CONTRACTOR shall abridge the right of any beneficiary hereunder, whose claim may be unsatisfied PROVIDED FURTHER, that the Surety Company must be authorized to transact business in the State of Colorado and be acceptable to the OWNER IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this instrument is executed in three (3) counterparts, each one of which shall be deemed an original, this day of 20 IN PRESENCE OF (Corporate Seal) IN PRESENCE OF IN PRESENCE OF (Surety Seal) Principal (Title) (Address) Other Partners By By Surety By By (Address) NOTE Date of Bond must not be prior to date of Agreement If CONTRACTOR is Partnership, all partners should execute Bond Rev10/20/07 Section 00610 Page 2 SECTION 00615 PAYMENT BOND Bond No KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS that (Firm) (Address) (an Individual), (a Partnership), (a Corporation), hereinafter referred to as the "Principal' and (Firm) (Address) hereinafter referred to as "the Surety", are held and firmly bound unto the City of Fort Collins 300 Laporte Ave Fort Collins Colorado 80522 a (Municipal Corporation) hereinafter referred to as "the OWNER", in the penal sum of in lawful money of the United States, for the payment of which sum well and truly to be made, we bind ourselves, successors and assigns, jointly and severally, firmly by these presents THE CONDITIONS OF THIS OBLIGATION are such that whereas the Principal entered into a certain Agreement with the OWNER, dated the _ day of 20_, a copy of which is hereto attached and made a part hereof for the performance of The City of Fort Collins project 6110 Soapstone Prairie Natural Area Shelters and Observatory NOW THEREFORE if the Principal shall make payment to all persons, firms, subcontractors, and corporations furnishing materials for or performing labor in the prosecution of the Work provided for in such Agreement and any authorized extension or modification thereof, including all amounts due for materials, lubricants, repairs on machinery, equipment and tools, consumed, rented or used in connection with the construction of such Work, and all insurance premiums on said Work, and for all labor, performed in such Work whether by subcontractor or otherwise, then this obligation shall be void, otherwise to remain in full force and effect Rev 10/20/07 Section 00615 Page 1 PROVIDED FURTHER, that the said Surety for value received, hereby stipulates and agrees that no change, extension of time, alteration or addition to the terms of the Agreement or to the Work to be performed thereunder or the Specifications accompanying the same shall in any way affect its obligation on this bond, and it does hereby waive notice of any such change, extension of time, alteration or addition to the terms of the Agreement or to the Work or to the Specifications PROVIDED, FURTHER, that no final settlement between the OWNER and the CONTRACTOR shall abridge the right of any beneficiary hereunder, whose claim may be unsatisfied PROVIDED, FURTHER, that the Surety Company must be authorized to transact business in the State of Colorado and be acceptable to the OWNER IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this instrument is executed in three (3) counterparts, each one of which shall be deemed an original, this day of 20 IN PRESENCE OF (Corporate Seal) IN PRESENCE OF IN PRESENCE OF Princ3.pal By (Title) (Address) Other Partners Surety By By (Address) (Surety Seal) NOTE Date of Bond must not be prior to date of Agreement If CONTRACTOR is Partnership, all partners should execute Bond Rev10/20/07 Section 00615 Page 2 SECTION 00630 CERTIFICATE OF INSURANCE CONTRACTOR shall insert his own standard form for Certificate of Insurance Rev 10/20/07 Section 00630 Page 1 SECTION 00635 CERTIFICATE OF SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION TO CITY OF FORT COLLINS (OWNER) DATE OF SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION PROJECT TITLE 6110 Soapstone Prairie Natural Area Shelters and Observatory PROJECT OR SPECIFIED PART SHALL LOCATION Fort Collins, Colorado INCLUDE OWNER City of Fort Collins CONTRACTOR CONTRACT DATE The Work performed under this contract has been inspected by authorized representatives of the OWNER, CONTRACTOR, and the ENGINEER and the project (or specified part of the project, as indicated above) is hereby declared to be substantially completed on the above date A tentative list of items to be completed or corrected is appended hereto This list may not be exhaustive, and the failure to include an item on it does not alter the responsibility of the CONTRACTOR to complete all the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents ENGINEER AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE DATE The CONTRACTOR accepts the above Certificate of Substantial Completion and agrees to complete and correct the items on the tentative list within the time indicated CONTRACTOR By AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE DATE The OWNER accepts the project or specified area of the project as substantially complete and will assume full possession of the project or specified area of the project at 12 01 a m on The responsibility for heat t 1 t , u 1 1 ies, security, and insurance under the Contract Documents shall be as set forth under 'Remarks" below CITY OF FORT COLLINS, COLORADO By OWNER REMARKS AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE Rev 10/20/07 Section 00635 Page 1 DATE SECTION 00640 CERTIFICATE OF FINAL ACCEPTANCE 20 TO Gentlemen You are hereby notified that on the day of 20the City of Fort Collins, Colorado, has accepted the Work completed by for the City of Fort Collins project, 6110 Soapstone Prairie Natural Area Shelters and Observatory A check is attached hereto in the amount of $ as Final Payment for all Work done subject to the terms of the Contract Documents which are dated 20_ In conformance with the Contract Documents for this project, your obligations and guarantees will continue for the specified time from the following date _ 20_ Sincerely OWNER City of Fort Collins By Title ATTEST Title Rev 10/20/07 Section 00640 Page 1 SECTION 00650 LIEN WAIVER RELEASE (CONTRACTOR) TO City of Fort Collins, Colorado (OWNER) FROM (CONTRACTOR) PROJECT 6110 Soapstone Prairie Natural Area Shelters and Observatory 1 The CONTRACTOR acknowledges having received payment, except retainage from the OWNER for all work, labor skill and material furnished, delivered and performed by the CONTRACTOR for the OWNER or for anyone in the construction, design, improvement, alteration, addition or repair of the above described project 2 In consideration of such payment and other good and valuable consideration the receipt and adequacy of which are hereby acknowledged, the CONTRACTOR voluntarily waives all rights claims and liens, including but not limited to, mechanic's liens, Miller Act claims (40 U S C A 270 a and b), stop notices, equitable liens and labor and material bond rights which the CONTRACTOR may now or may afterward have, claim or assert for all and any work, labor, skill or materials furnished, delivered or performed for the construction, design, improvement, alteration, addition or repair of the above described project against the OWNER or its officers agents employees or assigns, against any fund of or in the possession or control of the OWNER against the project or against all land and the buildings on and appurtenances to the land improved by the project 3 The CONTRACTOR affirms that all work, labor and materials, furnished, delivered or performed to or for the construction, design, improvement, alteration, addition or repair of the project were furnished, delivered or performed by the CONTRACTOR or its agents, employees, and servants or by and through the CONTRACTOR by various Subcontractors or materialmen or their agents, employees and servants and further affirms the same have been paid in full and have released in full any and all existing or possible future mechanic's liens or rights or claims against the project or any funds in the OWNER S possession or control concerning the project or against the OWNER or its officers, agents, employees or assigns arising out of the project 4 The CONTRACTOR agrees to defend and hold harmless the OWNER, the lender, if any and the Surety on the project against and from any claim hereinafter made by the CONTRACTOR'S Subcontractors, materialmen employees, servants, agents or assigns against the project or against the OWNER or its officers, employees, agents or Rev 10/20/07 Section 00650 Page 1 assigns arising out of the project for all loss damage and costs, including reasonable attorneys fees incurred as a result of such claims 5 The parties acknowledge that the description of the project set forth above constitutes and adequate description of the property and improvements to which this Lien Waiver Release pertains It is further acknowledged that this Lien Waiver Release is for the benefit of and may be relied upon by the OWNER, the lender, if any, and Surety on any labor and material bonds for the project Signed this ATTEST Secretary day of CONTRACTOR By Title STATE OF COLORADO ) )ss COUNTY OF LARIMER ) , 20_ Subscribed and sworn to before me this day of 20_, by Witness my hand and official seal My Commission Expires Notary Public Rev 10/20/07 Section 00650 Page 2 SECTION 00660 CONSENT OF SURETY TO City of Fort Collins, Colorado (hereinafter referred to as the "OWNER") CONTRACTOR PROJECT 6110 Soapstone Prairie Natural Area Shelters and Observatory CONTRACT DATE In accordance with the provisions of the Contract between the OWNER and the CONTRACTOR as indicated above, for (Surety) on bond of hereby approves of the Final Payment to the CONTRACTOR, and agrees that Final Payment to the CONTRACTOR shall not relieve the Surety Company of any of its obligations to the OWNER, as set forth in the said Surety Company's Bond IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Surety Company has hereunto set its hand this day of , (Surety Company) 0 ATTACH Power of Attorney and Certificate of Authority of Attorney(s)- in-Fact Rev 10/20/07 Section 00660 Page 1 All watt and muf penetrations shall be sealed using rubber gasketed closure trims made specifically for this purpose 1 No roof Penetrations are allowed within 1 B of any roof valley 202 PLUMBING SYSTEMS Gas Lines 1 Above Ground from Methanical Room to Each Gas Fired fiesta of Equipment Flexible corrugated stainless steel tubing Gas Tite or equal 2 Entire gas piping installation shall be in accordance with current requirements of AGA and NRFU Combustion Air Pronde direct ducted combustion air from outside to equipment rwm(s) in accordance with applicable building codes Combustion air shalt be from 16 x t6 louver noted on the Drawings 203 MECHANICALJHVAC SYSTEMS Heater Indmdual propane gas fired heater by Mr Heater Model MHGLLP or approved equal Combustion Air Provide direct ducted combustion air from outside See Drawings for 16 x 16 lower location PART 3 EXECUTION 3 01 INSTALLATION General Install plumbing and mechamcal/HVAC systems in accordance with the marwfwturer s written instructions and recommendations prevailing industry workmanship standards and a0 apptir IsLe building codes and regulations Install all related fittings valves controls accessories and trims as required for complete and operational systems whether specifically called out or not Test completed systems and assemblies and adjust for proper performance END OF SECTION Saapatone Natural Area 0743 07 15020 2 100% Construction Documents SECTION 00670 Section 00670 Page 1 DR 0172 (12/98) COLORADO DEPARTMENT OF REVENUE DENVER CO 80261 (303) 232 2416 CONTRACTOR APPLICATION FOR EXEMPTION CERTIFICATE Pursuant to Statute Section 39-26 114(1)(a)(XIX) C$I DO NOT WRITE IN THIS SPACE The exemption certificate for which you are applying must be used only for the purpose of purchasing construction and building materials for the exempt project described below This exemption does not Include or apply to the purchase or rental of equipment supplies and materials which are purchased rented or consumed by the contractor and which do not become part of the structure highway road street or other public works owned and used by the exempt organization Any unauthorized use of the exemption certificate will result in revocation of your exemption certificate and other penalties provided by law A separate certificate is required for each contract Subcontractors will not be Issued Certificates of Exemption by the Department of Revenue It is the responsibility of the prime contractor to Issue certificates to each of the subcontractors (See reverse side) FAILURE TO ACCURATELY COMPLETE ALL BOXES WILL CAUSE THE APPLICATION TO BE DENIED r8Registralill/Accourtit No (to be assigned by DOR) Penod 9 - 0170-750 (999) $0 00 COMMACTOR INFORKATION Trade name/DBA Owner partner or corporate name Mailing address (City State Zip) Contact Person E Mail address Federal Employers Identification Number Bid amount for your contract ` Fax Number ( Business telephone number Colorado withholding tax account number COPift EXEMPTIONINFORWATION �r �Or� ebw W°�`w' Name of exempt organization (as shown on contract) Exempt organizations number 98 - Address of exempt organization (City State Zip) Principal contact at exempt organization Principal contacts telephone number Physical location of project site (give actual address when applicable and Cities and/or County (ies) where project is located) Scheduled Month Day Year construction start date Estimated Month Day Year completion date l declare under penalty of pequry In the second degree that the statements made In this application are true and complete to the best of my knowledge Signature of owner partner or corporate officer Title of corporate officer Date uv tvv t W xi E BELV W 1ri1J L1Nt, Section 00670 Page 2 Special Notice Contractors who have completed this application in the past please note the following changes in procedure The Department will no longer issue individual Certificates of exemption to subcontractors Only prime contractors will receive a Contractors Exemption Certificate on exempt projects Upon receipt of the Certificate the prime contractor should make a copy for each subcontractor involved in the project and complete it by filling in the subcontractors name and address and signing it The original Certificate should always be retained by the prime contractor Copies of all Certificates that the prime contractor issued to subcontractors should be kept at the prime contractors place of business for a minimum of three years and be available for inspection in the event of an audit Once an 89# has been assigned to you please use the next five numbers following it for any applications submitted for future projects This should be your permanent number For instance if you were assigned 89 12345 0001 every application submitted thereafter should contain 89 12345 on the application The succeeding numbers will be issued by the Department of Revenue DO NOT enter what you believe to be the next in sequence as this may delay processing of your application Section 00670 Page 3 Section 00670 Page 4 SECTION 00700 GENERAL CONDITIONS GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONSTRUCTION CONTRACT These GENERAL CONDITIONS have been developed by using the STANDARD GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONSTRUCTION CONTRACT prepared by the Engineers Joint Contract Documents Committee EJCDC No 1910 8 (1990 Edition) as a base Changes to that document are shown by underlining text that has been added and striking through text that has been deleted EJCDC GENERAL CONDITIONS 1910 8 (1990 EDITION) WITH CITY OF FORT COLLINS MODIFICATIONS (REV 9/99) TABLE OF CONTENTS OF GENERAL CONDITIONS Article or Paragraph Number & Title DEFINITIONS 11 Addenda 12 Agreement 1 3 Application for Payment 1 4 Ashestos 1 5 Bid 1 6 Bidding Documents 1 7 Bidding Requirements 18 Bonds 19 Change Order 110 Contract Documents 1 I Contract Price 112 Contract Times 113 CONTRACTOR 1 14 defective 1 15 Drawings 1 16 Effective Date of the Agreement 117 ENGINEER 1 18 ENGINEERS Consultant l 19 Field Order 1 20 General Requirements 121 Hazardous Waste 122 a Laws and Regulations Laws or Regulations 1 22 b Legal Holidays 123 Liens 124 Milestone 1 25 Notice of Award 1 26 Notice to Proceed 127 OWNER 1 28 Partial Utilization 129 PCBs 130 Petroleum 131 Project 132 a Radioactive Material 132 b Regular Working Hours 133 Resident Project Representative 134 Samples 135 Shop Drawings 136 Specifications 137 Subcontractor 138 Substantial Completion 1 39 Supplementary Conditions 140 Supplier 141 Underground Facilities 142 Unit Price Work 143 Work 144 Work Change Directive 145 Written Amendment Page Article or Paragraph Number Number & Title Page Number l 2 PRELIMINARY MATTERS 3 1 , 1 Delivery of Bonds 3 1 22 Copies of Documents j I 23 Commencement of Contract 1 Times Notice to Proceed 3 1 24 Starting the Work, 3 I 25 27 Before Starting Construction 1 CONTRACTOR s Responsibility 1 to Report Prelim mary Schedules 1 Delivery of Certificates of 1 Insurance 3 4 1 28 Preconstruction Conference 4 1 1 29 Initially Acceptable Schedules 4 1 3 CONTRACT DOCUMENTS INTENT I AMENDING REUSE 4 1 3 1 32 Intent 4 1 33 Reference to Standards and Speci I fications of Technical Societies I Reporting and Resolving Dis 2 crepancies 4 2 34 Intent of Certain Terms a Adjectives 5 2 35 Amending Contract Docun ents 5 2 36 Supplementing Contract 2 Documents 5 2 37 Reuse of Documents 5 2 2 4 AVAILABILITY OF LANDS 2 SUBSURFACE AND PHYSICAL CONDITIONS 2 REFERENCE POINTS 5 2 4 1 Availability of Lands 5 6 2 42 Subsurface and Physical 2 (,onditions 6 2 42 1 Reports and Drawings 6 2 4 2 2 Lim tied Reliance by CONTRAC 2 TOR Authorized Technical 2 Data 6 2 423 Notice of Differing Subsurface 2 or Physical Conditions 6 2 424 ENGINEER s Review 6 2 4 2 5 Possible Contract Documents 2 Change 6 2 4 2 6 Possible Price and Times 2 3 Adjustments 67 3 43 Physical Conditions Underground 3 Facilities 7 3 41 l Shown or Indicated 7 3 4 3 2 Not Shown or Indicated 7 44 Reference Points 7 EKDC (F;NERAL CONDITIONS 1910 8 (19% EDITION) w/=OF FORT COL NS MODIFICATIONS(REV 9199) Article or Paragraph Page Article or Paragraph Page Number & Title Number Number & Title Number 45 Asbestos, PCBs Petroleum 6 2b Submittal Proceedures CON Hazardous Waste or TRACTORS Review Prior Radioactive Material 7 8 to Shop Drawing or Sample Submittal 16 5 BONDS AND INSURANCE 8 626 Shop Drawing & Sample Submit 5 1 52 Performance Payment and Other talc Review by ENGINEER 16 17 Bonds 8 627 Responsibility for Variations 5 3 Licensed Sureties and Insurers From Contract Documents 17 Certificates of Insurance 8 628 Related Work Performed Prior 54 CONTRACTOR s Liability to ENGINEER s Review and Insurance 9 Approval of Required 55 OWNER s Liability Insurance 9 Submittals 17 56 Property Insurance 9 10 629 Continuing the Work 17 57 Boiler and Machinery or Add, 630 CONTRACTORS General tional Property Insurance 10 Warranty and Guarantee 17 58 Notice of Cancellation Provision 10 631633 Indemnification 1718 5 9 CONTRACTORS Responsibihty 634 Survival of Obligations 18 for Deductible Amounts 10 5 10 Other Special Insurance 10 7 OTHER WORK 18 � 11 Waiver of Rights 11 7 1 7 3 Related Work at Site 18 s 12 5 13 Receipt and Application of 74 Coordination 18 Insurance Proceeds 10 11 514 Acceptance of Bonds and Insa 8 OWNER S RESPONSIBILITIES 18 ante Option to Replace 11 8 I Communications to CON 5 15 Partial Utilization Property TRACTOR 18 Insurance 11 82 Replacement of ENGINEER 18 83 Furnish Data andPay Promptly i CONTRACTORS RESPONSIBILITIES I When Due 18 6 1 6 2 Supervision and Superintendence 11 84 Lands and Easements Reports 6 3 6 5 Labor Materials and Equipment 11 12 and Tests 18 19 66 Progress Schedule 12 85 Insurance 19 67 Substitutes and Or Equal Items 86 Change Ord!rs 19 CONTRACTORS Expense 87 Inspections Tests and Substitute Construction Approvals 19 Methods or Procedures 88 Stop or Suspend Work ENGINEERS Evaluation 12 13 Terminate CONTRACfORs 6 8 6 11 Concerning Subcontractors Services 19 Suppliers and Others 89 Limitations on OWNERS Waiver of Rights 1314 Responsibilities 19 612 Patent Fees and Royalties 14 8 10 Asbestos PCBs Petroleum 613 Permits 14 Hazardous Waste or 6 14 Laws and Regulations 14 Radioactive Material 19 615 Taxes 14 15 8 11 Evidence of Financul 616 Use of Premises 15 Arrangements 19 617 Site Cleanliness 15 6 18 Safe Structural Loading 15 9 ENGINEERS STATUS DURING 619 Record Documents 15 CONSTRUCTION 19 620 Safety and Protection 15 16 91 OWNERS Representative 19 621 Safety Representative 16 92 Visits to Site 19 622 Hazard Communication Programs 16 93 Project Representative 1921 623 Emergencies 16 94 Clarifications and Interpre 624 Shop Drawings and Samples 16 rations 21 95 Authorized Variations in V&k 21 EJCDC GENERAL CONDITIONS 1910 8 (1990 EDITION) w/ CITY OF FORT COLONS MODIFICATIONS (REV 9199) Article or Paragraph Page Article or Paragraph Page Number & Title Number Number & Title Number 96 Rejecting Defective Work °1 138 139 Uncovering Work at ENGI 9 7 9 9 Shop Drawings Change Orders NEER s Request 2728 and Payments 21 13 10 OWNER May Stop the Work 28 910 Determinations for Unit Prices 21 22 13 11 Correction or Removal of 9 1 l 912 Decisions on Disputes ENGI Defective Work z8 NEER as Initial Interpreter 22 13 12 Correction Period 28 913 Limitations on ENGINEERS 13 13 Acceptance ofDefecnve Work 28 Authority and Responsibilities 2223 1314 OWNER May Correct Defective CHANGES IN THE WORK 23 Work 28 29 10 1 OWNERs Ordered Change 23 14 PAYMENTS TO CONTRACTOR AND 102 Claim for Adjustment 23 COMPLETION 29 103 Work Not Required by Contract 141 Schedule of Values 29 Documents 23 142 Application for Progress 104 Change Orders 23 Payment 29 105 Notification of Surety 23 143 CONTRACTORs Warrantyof CHANGE OF CONTRACT PRICE 23 144 147 Title Review of Applications for 29 11 1 113 Contract Price Claim for Progress Payments 2930 Adjustment Value of 148 149 Substantial Completion 30 the Work 23 24 1410 Partial Utilization 30 31 11 4 Cost of the Work °4 25 1411 Final Inspection 31 11 5 Exclusions to Cost of the Work 25 1412 Final Application for Payment 31 11 6 CONTRACTORS Fee 25 1413 1414 Final Payment and Acceptance 31 11 7 Cost Records 25 26 1415 Waiver of Claims 31 32 11 8 Cash Allowances 26 119 Unit Prone Work 26 15 SUSPENSION OF WORK AND CHANGE OF CONTRACT TIMES 26 TERMINATION 151 OWNER May Suspend Work 32 32 121 Claim for Adjustment 26 152 154 OWNER May Terminate 32 122 Time of the Essence 26 155 CONTRACTOR May Stop 123 Delays Beyond CONTRACTORS Work or Terminate 3233 Control 2627 124 Delays Beyond OWNERS and 16 DISPUTE RESOLUTION 33 CONTRACTORS Control 27 17 MISCELLANEOUS 33 TESTS AND INSPECTIONS CORRECTION 171 Giving Notice 33 REMOVAL OR ACCEPTANCE OF 172 Computation of Times 33 DEFFC77VE WORT. 27 173 Notice of Clam 33 131 Notice of Defects 27 174 Cumulative Remedies 33 13 2 ALcess to the Work 27 175 Professional Fees and Court 133 Tests and Inspections Costs Included 33 CONTRACTOR s Cooperation 27 176 Applicable State Laws 33 34 134 OWNERS Responsibilities Intentionally left blank 3� Independent Testing Laboratory '17 135 CONTRACTORs EXHIBIT GC A (Optional) Responsibilities 17 Dispute Resolution Agreement GC Al 136 137 Covering Work Prior to Inspec 161 166 Arbitration GC Al Lion Testing or Approval 17 lb 7 Mediation GGA1 E1CDC GENERAL CONDITIONS 1910 811990 EDITION) w/ CITY OF FORT COLLINS MODIFICATIONS (REV 9I99) INDEX TO GENERAL CONDITIONS City of Fort Collins modifications to the General Conditions of the Construction Contract are not shown in this index Article or Paragraph Number Acceptance of Bonds and Insurance 5 14 defective Work 104 1 135 13 13 final payment 912 14 15 insurance 5 14 other Work, by CONTRACTOR 73 Substitutes and Or Equal Items 67 l Work byOWNER 25 630 634 Access to the Lands OWNER and CONTRACTOR responsibilities 41 site related Work 72 Work, 132 13 14 149 Acts or Omissions Acts and Omissions CONTRACTOR 691 9133 ENGINEER 620 9 133 OWNER 620 89 Addenda definition of (also see definition of Specifications) (1 6 1 10 6 19) 1 1 Additional Property Insurances 57 Adjustments Contract Price or Contract Times 15 35 41 432 452 453 94 95 102104 11 12 148 151 progress schedule 66 Agreement definition of 12 All Risk Insurance policy form 5 6 2 Allowances Cash 11 8 Amending Contract Documents 3 S Amendment Written in general 1 10 145 3 5 5 10 5 12 6 6 2 682 619 101 104 112 121 13122 1472 Appeal OWNER or CONTRACTOR intent to 910 911 104 162 165 Application for Payment definition of 13 ENGINEER s Responsibility 99 final payment 9 13 4 913 5 14 12 14 15 in general 2 8 2 9 5 6 4 9 10 15 5 progress payment 141 147 review of 144 147 Arbitration 161 166 Asbestos claims pursuant thereto 4 D 2 4 5 3 CONTRACTOR authorized to stop Work 4 5 2 definition of 14 Article or Paragraph Number OWNER responsibility for 451 810 possible price and times change 452 Authorized Variations in Work 36 625 627 95 Availability of Lands 4 1 84 Award, Notice of defined 1 25 Before Starting Construction 2 5 2 8 Bid definition of 1 5 (1 1 1 10 2 3 3 3 4164 613 1143 1191) Bidding Documents definition of 1 6 (6 8 2) Bidding Requirements definition of 17(11 4262) Bonds acceptance of 5 14 additional bonds 105 11459 Cost of the Work, 1154 definition of 18 delivery of 21 5 1 final Application for Payment 1411 1414 general 1 10 5 1 5 3 5 13 913 105 1476 Performance Payment and Other 5 15 2 Bonds and Insurance in general 5 Budder s risk all risk policy form � 6 2 Cancellation Provisions Insurance 54 11 5 8 5 15 Cash Allowances 11 8 Certificate of Substantial Completion 138 630 23 148 1410 Certificates of Inspection 9 13 4 13 5 14 12 Certificates of Insurance 27 53 5411 54 13 565 58 514 9 13 4 1412 Change in Contract Price Cash Allowances claim for price adjustment 41 426 45 95 911 102 1313 1314 C,ONTRACTORs fee Cost of the Work general Exclusions to Cost Records 118 515 682 94 105 112 139 147 1U1 155 116 in general 119 144 911 1042 Lump Sum Pricing Notification of Surety Scope of Testing and Inspection Uncovering the Work 114 11 7 11 5 11 7 1043 11 1132 105 103104 139 EKW GENERAL CONDITIONS 1910 8 (1990 EDITION) W CITY OF FORT COLLINS MODIFICATIONS (REV 9199) EXHIBIT FOR ACCESS ALIGNMENT TO LINDENMEIER OBSERVATORY APPROXIMATE LOCATION FOR A HAMMER MEAD TURN AROUND IF NEEOED LINOENMEIER OBSERVATOR SHELTER ACCESS ALIGNMENT APROX_ 1 70OLF TO LINOENME IER OBSERVATORY APPROXIMATE LOCATION FOR A HAMMER HEAD TURN AROL D IF NEEDED r APPROXIMATE LOCATION FOR A HAMMER HEAD TURN AROLANO IF NEEDED NORTH SMALL PICNIC SHELTER LOCATION (FOR SHELTER SEE c I 6) NORTH PK SHEL emergencies ENGINEER s responsibility execution of indemni6ction Insurance Bonds and OWNER may terminate OWNERS Responsibility Physical Conditions Subsurface and, Underground Facilities Record Documents Scope of Change Substitutes Unit Price Work value of Work covered by Changes in the Wort. Notification of surety OWNERS and CONTRACTOR, responsibilities Right to an adjustment Scope of change Claims Unit Price Work 119 CONTRACTORS Fee Article or Paragraph Number Value of Work Change in Contract Times Claim for times adjustment 4 1 426 45 682 94 95 911 102 105 13 9 13 13 13 14 14 7 15 1 Contractual tune Jim its Delays beyond CONTRACTORS control Delays beyond OWNERS and CONTRACTORS control Notification of surety Scope of change Change Orders Acceptance ofDefechve Work 13 13 Amending Contract Documents } $ Cash Allowances 11 8 Change of Contract Price 11 Change of Contract Times t_ Changes in the Work 10 CONTRACTOR s fee 116 Cost of the Work 114 117 Cost Records 11 7 definition of 1 9 623 98 104 112 121 104 612 616 6 31-6 33 510 513 105 152 154 86 104 IM Article or Paragraph Number 11 3 CONTRACTORS liability 54 Cost of the Work 5 15 Decisions on Disputes 121 Dispute Resolution 155 Dispute Resolution Agreement 122 ENGINEER as initial interpretur Lump Sum Pricing 123 Notice of 124 105 103104 42 432 619 103 104 673 682 119 113 10 105 104 102 103104 against CONTRACTOR 6 16 against ENGINEER 632 against OWNER 632 Change of Contract Prae 94 11 2 Change of Contract Times 94 121 CONTRACTORS 4 7 1 94 95 9 11 102 112 119 121 139 148 151 155 173 612, 616 631 114 115 911 912 161 161 166 911 1132 171 OWNERS 94 95 911 102 112 119 121 139 1313 1314 173 OWNERS liability 5 � OWNER may refuse to make payment 147 Professional Fees and Court Costs Included 175 request for formal decision on 911 Substitute Items 6 7 1 2 Time Extension 12 1 Time requirements 911 11 l Unit Price Work 11 9 3 Value of 113 Waiver of on Final Payment 14 14 14 15 Work Change Directive 102 written notice required 9 11 11 2 12 1 Clarifications and Interpretations 363 94 9 11 Clean Site 6 17 (,odes of Technical Society Organization or Association 3 3 3 Commencement of Contract Tunes 23 Communications general 62 6 9 2 8 1 Hazard Communication Programs 622 Completion Final Application for Payment 14 12 Final Inspection 1411 Final Payment and Acceptance 14 13 14 14 Partial Utilization 1410 Substantial Completion 138 148 149 Waiver of Claims 1415 Computation of Times 172 1 1722 Concerning Subcontractors Suppliers and Others 68 611 Conferences minall) acceptable schedules 29 preconstruction o 8 Conflict Error Ambiguity Discrepancy CONTRACTOR to Report '5 3 3 2 Construction before starting by CONTRACTOR 2527 Construction Machinery Equipment etc 64 Continuing the Work 629 104 Contract Documents 4mending 3 5 Bonds 51 EICr Oft ER COFDITIONS 1910 8 (19%EDITION) w CM OF FORT COLUI MODIFICATIONS (REV w99) Cash Allowances 11 8 Stop Work requirements CONTRACTORS — Article or Paragraph Number Change of Contract Price I Change of Contract Times 12 Changes in the Work 104 105 check and verify 25 Clarifications and Interpretations 32 36 94 9 11 definition of 1 10 ENGINEER as initial interpreter of 911 ENGINEER as OWNER s representative 91 general3 Insurance 53 Intent 3 1 34 minor variations in the Work, 3 6 OWNERS responsibility to furnish data 83 OWNERS responsibility to make prompt paym ent 83 144 14 13 precedence 3 1 3 3 3 Record Documents 619 Reference to Standards and Specifications of Technical Societies 33 Related Wok 72 Reporting and Resolving Discrepancies 2 s 33 Reuse of 37 Supplementing 36 Tenn matron of ENGINEER s Employm ent 82 Unit Price Work 11 9 variations 36 623 617 Visits to Site ENGINEER s 92 Contract Price adjustment of 35 41 94 103 112113 Change of II Decision on Disputes 911 definition of 1 11 Contract Times adjustment of 3 5 4 1 9 4 10 3 12 Change of 121 124 Commencement of 23 definition of 1 p CONTRACTOR Aaeptance of insurance 14 Communications 62 692 Continue Work 629 104 coordination and scheduling 692 definition of 1 13 Limited Reliance on Technical Data Authorized 4 2 2 May Stop Work or Terminate 15 5 provide site access to others 72 132 Safety and Protection 43 12 6 16 618 621 623 72 131 Shop Drawing and Sample Review Prior to Submittal 625 452 Article or Paragraph Number Compensation 11 1 11 2 Continuing Obligation 1415 Defective Work 96 13 10-13 14 Duty to correct defective Work 1311 Duty to Report Changes in the Work caused by Emergency 623 Defects in Work of Others 7 3 Differing conditions 4 2 3 Discrepancy in Documents 25 3 3 2 6142 Lndergrcund Facilities not indicated 4 3 2 Emergencies 623 Equipment and Machinery Rental Cost of the Wok 11453 Fee Cost Plus 114 5 6 115 1 11 6 General Warranty and Guarantee 630 Hazard Communication Programs 622 Indemnification 612 616 631 633 Inspection of the Work 73 134 Labor Materials and Equipment 6 3 6 5 Laws and Regulations, Compliance by 6 141 Liability Insurance 54 Notice of Intent to Appeal 910 104 obligation to perform and complete the Wok 630 Patent Fees and Royalties, paid for by 6 12 Performance and Other Bonds 5 1 Perm its obtained and paid for by 6 13 Progress Schedule 26 2 8 29 66 629 104 1521 Request for formal decnsionon disputes 911 Responsibilities Changes in the Work 101 Concerning Subcontractors Suppliers and Others 6 M 11 Continuing the Work 629 104 CONTRACTOR s expense 6 7 1 CONTRACTOR s General Warranty and Guarantee 6 30 CONTRACTOR s review prior to Shop Drawing or Sample submittal 625 Coordination of Work 692 Emergencies 623 ENGINEER s evaluation Substitutes or Or Equal Items 6 7 3 For Acts and Omissions of Others 6 9 1 692 913 for deductible amounts insurance 59 general 6 72 73 89 Hazardous Communication Programs 6 2 Indemnification 631633 EJCOC (£NERAL CONDITIONS 1910 a t7990 EDITION) w/ CITY OF FORT COLLINS MODIFICATIONS IREX 9/99) Labor Materials and Equipment 6 3 6 5 CONTRACTORS other 7 Laws and Regulations 614 Contractual Liability Insurance 54 10 Liability Insurance 54 Contractual Time Limits 122 Article or Paragraph Article or Paragraph Number Number Notice of variation from Contract Coordination Documents 627 CONTRACTOR s responsibility 692 Patent Fees and Royalties 6 1? Copies of Documents 22 Permits Progress Schedule 613 Correction Penal 1312 66 Correction Removal or Acceptance Record Documents 619 of Defective Work related Work performed prior to in general 104 I 13 10 13 14 ENGINEER approval of required Acceptance of Defective Work 13 13 submittals 628 Correction or Removal of safe structural loading Safety and Protection 620 6 18 72 132 Defective Work 630 13 11 Safety Representative 621 Correction Period OWNER May Correct Defective Work 13 12 1314 Scheduling the Work 692 OWNER May Stop Work 1310 Shop Drawings and Samples 624 Cost Shop Drawings and Samples Review of Tests and Inspections 134 by ENGINEER 626 Records It 7 Site Cleanliness 6 17 Cast of the Work Submittal Procedures 625 Bonds and insurance additional 114 � 9 Substitute Constriction Methods Cash Discounts 1142 and Procedures 6 7 2 CONTRACTORs Fee 116 Substitutes and Or Equal Items 6 7 1 Employee Expenses 1l 4 5 1 Superintendence 62 Exclusions to 11 5 Supervision 4 I General ll 4 11 5 Survival of Obligations 634 Home office and overhead expenses 115 Taxes Tests and Inspections 6 15 13 5 Losses and damages 11456 To Report Materials and equipment 11 4 25 Use of Premises 6 16 6 18 6 30 2 4 Minor expenses Payroll costs on changes 11458 Review Prior to Shop Drawing m performed by Subcontractors 11 4 1 1143 Sample Submittal 625 Recordsl17 Right to adjustment tor changes in the Work 102 Rentals of construction equipment right to clam 4 7 1 9 4 9 5 9 11 10 211 2 and machmery 11 4 5 3 119 12 1 13 9 14 8 15 1 15 5 17 3 Royalty payments, permits and Safety and Protection 6 20 6 22 7 2 13 2 license fees 114 5 5 Safety Representative Shop Drawings and Samples Submittals 621 6 24 6 28 Site office and temporary facilities 11452 Special Consultants Special Consultants CONTRACTORS 1144 1144 Substitute Construction Methods and Procedures 6 7 Supplemental Taxes related to the Work 1145 Substitutes and Or Equal Items Tests and Inspection 11454 134 Expense 67 Subcontractors Suppliers and Others 1 6 7 2 68 611 Trade Discounts Utilities fuel and sanitary facilities 114 2 Supervision and Superintendence 6 1 62 621 Work after regular hours 11457 11 41 Taxes, Payment by Use of Premises 6 15 Covering Work lib 13 7 Warranties and guarantees 6 l6 6 18 b 5 630 Cumulative Remedies Cutting hiring and patching 174 175 Warranty of Title 143 Data to be furnished by OWNER 72 83 Written Notice Required Day definition of 1722 CONTRACTOR stop Work or terminate 155 Decisions on Disputes 911 912 Reports of Differing Subsurface defective definition of 1 14 and Physical Conditions 4 2 3 defective Work Substantial Completion via 148 Acceptance of 1041 13 13 EICD6 GENERAL COND[TION51910 a (1990 EDITIONI w/ CITY OF FORT COUJI MODIF1CA11ONa(REV 9/99) Correction o Removal of 104 1 13 It Correction Period 13 12 in general 13 147 1411 Article or Paragraph Number Observation by ENGINEER OWNER May Stop Work Prompt Notice of Defects RejeUing Uncovering the Work Definitions Delays 41 629 Delivery of Bonds Delivery of certificates of insurance Determinations for Unit Pnees Differing Subsurface or Physical Conditions Notice of ENGINEERS Review Possible Contract Documents Change Possible Price and Times Adjustment* Discrepancies Reporting and Resolving 25 Dispute Resolution Agreement Arbitration genera116 Mediation Dispute Resolution Agreement Disputes Decisions by ENGINEER Documents Copies of Record 6 19 Reuse of Drawings definition of Easements Effective date of Agreement definition of Emergencies ENGINEER 92 13 10 13 1 96 13 8 1 123124 21 27 910 423 424 425 426 332 6142 161166 lol 1o5 166 161 166 911 912 22 37 1 15 41 1 16 623 as initial interpreter on disputes 911 9 12 definition of 1 17 Limitations on authority and responsibilities 913 Replacement of 8 2 Resident Project Representative 93 ENGINEERS Consultant definition of 1 18 ENGINEERS authority and responsibility Itionations on 9 13 Authorized Variations in the Work 95 Change Orders responsibility for 97 10 11 12 Clarifications and Interpretations 3 6 3 94 Decisions on Disputes 9 11 9 12 defective Work notice of 13 1 Evaluation of Substitute Items 6 7 3 Liability 632 912 Notice Work is Acceptable 14 13 Observations 6 302 92 OWNER s Representative 91 Payments to the CONTRACTOR, Responsibility for 99 14 Recommendation of Payment 144 1413 Article or Paragraph Number Responsibilities- Limitations on 9 11 913 Review of Reports on Differing Subsurface and Physn,dl Conditions 4 2 4 Shop Drawings and Samples review responsibility 626 Status During Construction authorized variations in the Work 95 Clarifications and Interpretations 94 Decisions on Disputes 911 912 Determinations on Unit Price P 10 ENGINEER as Initial Interpreter 911 912 ENGINEER s Responsibilities P1912 Limitations on ENGINEERS Authority and Responsibilities 9 13 OWNER s Representative 91 Project Representative 93 Rejecting Defective Work 96 Shop Drawings, Change Orders and Payments 9799 Visits to Site 92 Unit Price determinations 910 Visits to Site 92 Written consent requued 72 91 Equipment, Labor Materials and 6 3 6 5 Equipment rental Cost of the Work 11453 Equivalent Materials and Equipment 67 error or omissions 633 Evidence of Financial Arrangements 8 11 Explorations of physical conditions 42 1 Fee CONTRACTOR, Costs Plus 11 6 Field Order definition of 1 19 issued by ENGINEER 36 1 95 Final Application for Payment 1412 Final Inspection, 1411 Final Payment and Acceptance 14 13 14 14 Prior to for cash alloisnces 118 General Provisions 173 174 General Requirements - definition of 120 principal references to 26 64 6 6-6 7 624 Giving Notice 171 Guarantee of Work by CONTRACTOR 630 1412 Hazard Communication Programs 622 Hazardous Waste definition of 1 general -1 45 OWNERS responsibility for 810 EICDC OENFRAL CONDITIONS 1910 8 (1990 EDITION) w/ CITY OF FORT COLLINS MODIFICATIONS (REV 9/99) Indemnification 612, 616 631633 Insurance 53 Initially Acceptable Schedules 29 Precedence 3 1 3 3 3 Inspection Reference to 3 3 1 Certificates of 9 13 4 13 5 14 12 Safety and Protection 620 132 Final 1411 Subcontractors Suppliers and Others 6 8-6 11 Article or Paragraph Article or Paragraph Number Number Special required by ENGINEER 96 Tests and Inspections 135 Tests and Approval 87 133 134 Use of Premises 616 Insurance Visits to Site 92 Acceptance of by OWNER 514 Liability Insurance Additional required by changes CONTRACTORS 54 in the Work 11459 OWNERS 5 5 Before smiting the Work 27 Licensed Sureties and Insurers 53 Bonds and in general 5 Liens Cancellation Provisions 58 Application for Progress Payment 142 Certificates of 2 7 5 5 3 5 4 11 5 4 13 CONTRACTORs Warranty of Title 143 5 6 5 58 514 9 13 4 14 12 Final Application for Payment 1412 completed operations 54 13 definition of 123 CONTRACTORS Liability 54 Waiver of Claims 14 15 CONTRACTORS objection to coverage 5 14 Limitations on ENGINEER s authority and Contractual Liability 54 10 responsibilities 9 13 deductible amounts CONTRACTOR, Limited Reliance by CONTRACTOR responsibility 59 Authorized 4 2 2 Final Apphcalon for Payment 14 12 Maintenance and Operating Manuals Licensed Insurers 53 Final Application for Payment 1412 Notice requirements material changes 5 8 105 Manuals (of others) Option to Replace 5 14 Precedence 3 3 3 l other special insurances 5 10 Reference to in Contract Documents 3 3 1 OWNER as fiduciary for msureds 5 12 5 13 Materials and equipment OWNERS Liability 55 furnished by CONTRACTOR 63 OWNERS Responsibility 85 not incorporated in Work 142 Partial Utilization Property Insurance 5 15 Materials or equipment equivalent 6 7 Property 56 5 10 Mediation (Optional) 167 Receipt and Application of Insurance Milestones definition of 124 Proceeds 5 125 13 Miscellaneous Special Insurance 5 10 Computation of Times 172 Waiver of Rights 5 11 Cumulative Remedies 174 Intent of Contract Documents 3 1 34 Giving Notice 171 Interpretations and Clarifications 3 6 3 94 Notice of Claim 173 Investigations of physical conditions 42 Professional Fees and Court Costs Included 17 c Labor Materials and Equipment 6 3 6 5 Multi prime contracts 7 Lands Not Shown or Indicated 4 3 2 and Easements 8 4 Notice of Availability of 4 1 8 4 Acceptability of Project 14 13 Reports and Tests 8 4 Award, definition of 1 25 Laws and Regulations- Laws a Regulations Claim Bonds 5152 Defects 131 173 Changes in the Work 104 Differing Subsurface or Physical C,onditiom 4 2 3 Contract Documents 31 Giving 171 CONTRACTOR s Responsibilities 614 Correction Period defective Work 13 12 Tests and Inspections 133 Cost of the Work, taxes It 4 5 4 Variation, Shop Drawing and Sample 627 definition of 1 22 Notice to Proceed genmal614 definition of 6 Indemnification 031633 giving of ,g x EJCr I;ENFRAL CONDITIONS 1910 S (1990 MInON) w C17Y OF FORT COLLINS MODIFICATIONS (REV 9/99) Notification to Surety 105 Observations by ENGINEER 630 92 Occupancy of the Work 5 15 6 30 2 4 14 10 Omissions a acts by CONTRACTOR 69 913 Open Peril policy form Insurance 562 Option to Replace 5 14 Article or Paragraph Number Or Equal Items 67 Other work 7 Overtime Work prohibition of 63 OWNER Acceptance ofdefechve Work 13 13 appoint an ENGINEER 82 as fiduciary, 5 12 5 13 Availability of Land, responsibility 41 definition of 127 data furnish 83 May Correct Defective Work 1314 May refuse to make payment 147 May Stop the Work 13 10 May Suspend Work Terminate 8 8 13 10 15 1 154 Payment make prompt 83 144 14 13 performance of other work 71 permits and licenses requirements o 1, purchased insurance requirements 56 5 10 OWNERs Acceptance of the Work Change Orders obligation to execute Communications Coordination of the Work Disputes, request for decision Inspections tests and approvals Liability Insurance Nonce of Defects Representative During Construction ENGINEERs Status Responsibilities Asbestos PCBs, Petroleum Hazardous Waste or Radioactive Material Change Orders Changes in the Work communications CONTRACTOR s responsibilities evidence of financial arrangements inspections tests and approvals msurance lands and easements prompt payment by replacement of ENGINEER reports and tests 63025 86 104 81 74 911 87 134 55 13 1 stop or suspend Work 88 13 10 terminate CONTRACTORS 91 8 10 86 101 81 89 8 11 87 85 84 83 8- 84 151 services 8 8 15 2 separate representative at site 93 testing independent use a occupancy of the Work written consent or approval required 134 515 63024 1410 91 63 114 EXEC GENERAL CONDITIONS 1910 8 (1990 EDITION) w/ CITY OF FORT COLLINS MODIFICATIONS (REV 91Wi Article or Paragraph Article or Paragraph Number Number written notice required 71 94 911 Ill 119 147 154 PCBs definition of 129 general 45 OWNER s responsibility for 8 10 Partial Utilization definition of 1 78 general 6 30 2 4 14 10 Property Insurance 1 15 Patent Fees and Royalties 612 Payment Bonds 5 1 5 2 Payments Recommendation of 144147 1413 Payments to CONTRACTOR and Completion Application for Progresspayments 142 CONTRACTORS Warrantyof Title 143 Final Application for Payment 1412 Final Inspection 1411 Final Payment and Acceptance 14 13 1414 general $ 3 14 Partial Utilization 1410 Retamage 142 Review of Applications for Progress Payments 144147 prompt payment 83 Schedule of Values 141 Substantial Completion, I4 8 149 Waiver of Claims 14 15 when payments due 144 14 13 withholding payment 147 Performance Bonds 5 1 5 2 Permits 6 13 Petroleum dehnition of 1 30 general 45 OWNER s responsibility for 810 Physical Conditions Drawings of in or relating to 4 2 1 2 ENGINEER s review 424 existing structures 4 2 2 general 2 1 2 Notice of Differing Subsurface or 4 2 3 Possible Contract Documents Change 4 2 5 Possible Price and Times Adjustments 4 2 6 Reports and Drawings 42 1 Subsurface and 42 Subsurface Conditions 4 2 1 1 Technical Data Limited Reliance by CONTRACTOR Authorized 422 Underground Facilities general 43 Not Shown or Indicaed 4 3 2 Protection of 43 620 Shown or Indicated 4 3 1 Technical Data 4 2 2 Preconstruction Conference 2 8 Preliminary Matters 2 Preliminary Schedules 26 Premises Use of 6 16-6 18 Price Change of Contract I Price Contract definition of 1 11 Progress Payment, Applications for 142 Progress Payment retamagg 142 Progress schedule CONTRACTOR, 26 28 29 66 629 104 1521 Project definition of 131 Project Representative ENGINEER s Status During Construction( 93 Project Representative Resident -definition of 1 33 prompt payment by OWNER 93 Property Insurance Additional 57 genera15 6 5 10 Partial Utilization 5 15 14 102 receipt and application of proceeds 5 12 5 13 Protection Safety and 6 2M 21 132 Punch list 1411 Radioactive Material de£int on of 132 general4 5 OWNERS responsibility for 8 t0 Recommendation of Payment 144 145 14 13 Record Documents 619 1412 Records procedures for maintaining "8 Reference Points 44 Reference to Standards and Specifications of Technical Societies 3 3 Regulations Laws and (or) 614 Rejecting Defective Work 96 Related Work at Site 7 1 7 3 Performed prior to Shop Drawings and Samples submittals review 629 Remedies cumulative 174 175 Removal or Correction ofDefeenve Work 13 11 rental agreements OWNER approval required 11 4 5 3 replacement of ENGINEER by OWNER 82 Reporting and Resolving Discrepancies 25 3 3 2 6 142 Reports and Drawings 42 I and Tests OWNERS responsibility 84 Resident and Project Representative definition of 1 33 provision for 93 E1C1X GENERAL CONDITIONS 1910 8 (1990 EDITION) w CITY OF FORT COLONS MODIFICAUONS (REV W99) Article or Paragraph Number Resident Superintendent CONTRACTOR s 62 Responsibilities CONTRACTOR s-in general 6 ENGINEERS in general 9 Limitations on 913 OWNERS in general 8 Retamage 142 Reuse of Documents 37 Review by CONTRACTOR Shop Drawings and Samples Prior to submittal 625 Review of Applications for Progress Payments 144 147 Right to an adjustment 102 Rights of Way 41 Royalties Patent Fees and 612 Safe Structural Loading 618 Safety and Protection 4 3 2 616 618 620621 72 132 general 620623 Representative CONTRACTORs 621 Samples definition of 134 general 624 628 Review by CONTRACTOR 625 Review by ENGINEER 6-6 627 related Work b 28 submittal of 6 24 2 submittal procedures 625 Schedule of progress 26 28 29 66 629 104 1521 Schedule of Shop Drawing and Sample Submittals 26 2829 624628 Schedule of Values 26 28 29 14 1 Schedules Adherence to 152 1 Adjusting no Change of Contract Times 104 Initially Acceptable 28 29 Prelim nary z 6 Scope of Changes 103 104 Subsurface Conditions 42 11 Shop Drawings and Samples general 624 628 Change Orders & Applications for Payments and 9799 definition of 1 35 ENGINEER s approval of 3 6 2 ENGINEER s responsibility for review 97 624628 related Work 629 review procedures 28 624628 xm Article or Paragraph Number submittal required 624 1 Submittal Procedures 625 use to approve substitutions 673 Shown or Indicated 43 1 Site Access 72 132 Site Cleanliness 6 17 Site VIsltS to by EN(A VEER 92 132 by others 132 special causes of loss policy form insurance � 6 2 definition of 136 Specifications- defriation of 136 of Technical Societies reference to 3 3 1 precedence 3 3 3 Standards and Specifications of Techmcal Societies 3 3 Starting Construction Before 2 5 2 8 Starting the Work 4 Stop or Suspend Work by CONTRACTOR 15 5 by OWNER 88 1310 151 Storage of materials and equipment 4 1 7 2 Structural Leading Safety 6 18 Subcontractor Concerning 6 8 6 11 definition of 137 delays 12 3 waiver of rights 6 11 Subcontractors in general 68 6 11 Subcontracts required provisions 11 611 I143 Submittals Applications for Payment 142 Maintenance and Operation Manuals 14 12 Procedures 6 25 Progress Schedules 16 29 Samples 6 24 6 28 Schedule of Values 26 141 Schedule of Shop Drawings and Samples Submissions 16 28 29 Shop Drawings 624628 Substantial Completion certification of 6 30 2 3 14 8 14 9 definition of 138 Substitute Construction Methods or Procedures 6 7 2 Subsntutes and Or Equal Items 6 7 CONTRACTORs Expense 67 13 ENGINEER s Evaluation 673 Or Equal 6 7 1 1 Substitute Construction Methods EXt£NERAL CONDITIONS 1910 8 (1990EDITION) w/ = OF PORT COLLINS MODIFICATIONS (REV 9jWi Temporary construction facilities 41 Article or Paragraph Article or Paragraph Number Number or Procedures Substitute Items Subsurface and Physical Conditions Drawings of in or relarng to ENGINEERs Review general Limited Reliance by CONTRACTOR Authorized Notice of Differing Subsurface or Physical Conditions Physical Conditions Possible Contract Documents Change Possible Price andTunes Adjustments Reports and Drawings Subsurface and Subsurface Conditions at the Site Technical Data Supervision CONTRACTOR s responsibility OWNER shall not supervise ENGINEER shall not supervise Superintendence Superintendent, CONTRACTORS resident Supplemental costs Supplementary Conditions 6 7 2 rermmation 67 12 by CONTRACTOR by OWNER 8 8 15 1 4212 424 42 422 423 4212 425 426 421 42 4211 422 61 89 92 9132 62 62 1145 definition of 139 principal references to 110 118 22 27 42 43 51 �3 54 5659 511 68 613 74 811 93 910 Supplementing Contract Documents 36 Supplier definition of 140 principal references to 37 65 68611 620 624 913 1412 Waiver of Rights 611 Surety consent to final payment 1412 1414 ENGINEER has no duty to 913 Notification of 101 105 152 qualification of 5 1 5 3 Survival of Obligations o 34 Suspend Work OWNER May 13 10 15 1 Suspension of Work and Termination 15 CONTRACTOR May Stop Work or Tenn mate 155 OWNER May Suspend Work 151 OWNER May Terminate 15 - 15 4 Taxes Payment by CONTRACTOR 415 Technical Data Limited Reliance by CONTRACTOR 422 Possible Pride and Times Adjustments 416 Reports of Differing Subsurface and Physical Conditions xV 423 of ENGINEER employment Suspension of Work in general Terms and Adjectives Tests and Inspections Access to the Work by others CONTRACTORS responsibilities cost of 13 4 covering Work prior to Laws and Regulations (or) Notice of Defects OWNER May Stop Work OWNER s independent testing special required by ENGINEER timely notice required Uncovering the Work at ENGINEERS request Times Adjusting Change of Contract Computation of Contract Times definition of day Milestones Requirements appeals clarifications claims and disputes p I1 Commencement of Contract Times Preconstruction Conference schedules Starting the Work Title Warranty of Uncovering Work Underground Facilities Physical Conditions definition of Not Shown a Indicated protection of Shown or Indicated Unit Price Work claims definition of generall1 9 14 1 14 5 Unit Prices general 11 3 1 2 155 154 82 15 34 132 13 5 136137 135 13 l 1310 134 96 134 138139 66 12 172 1 12 1722 12 0021r.., 11 2 12 23 28 6 29 66 _4 143 138139 141 432 43 620 431 1193 142 Determination for 910 Use of Premises 6 16 6 18 6 30 2 4 Utility owners 613 620 7173 132 Utilization Partial 1 28 5 15 6 30 2 4 14 10 Value of the Work 11 3 alues Schedule of 26 28 29 14 1 E1CW GENERAL CONDITIONS 1910 8 (1990 EDITION) wl CITY OF FORT COI M MODIFICATTONS (REV W99) Variations in Work Minor Authorized 625 627 95 Article or Paragraph Number Visits to Site by ENGINEER 92 Waiver of Claims on Final Payment 14 15 Waiver of Rights by insured parties $ 11 611 Warranty and Guarantee General by CONTRACTOR 630 Warranty of Title CONTRACTOR, 143 Work Access to 132 by others 7 Changes in the 10 Continuing the 629 CONTRACTOR May Stop Work or Termmate 155 Coordination of 74 Cost of the 114 115 definition of 1 43 neglected by CONTRACTOR 13 14 other Work 7 OWNER May Stop Work 13 10 OWNER May Suspend Work 13 10 15 1 Related, Work at Site 7 1 7 3 Starting the 2 4 Stopping by CONTRACTOR 15 � Stopping by OWNER 15 1 154 Variation and deviation authorized minor 36 Work Change Directive — clams pursuant to 102 definition of 144 principal references to 3 5 3 101 102 Written Amendment deftmtion of 145 principal references to 1 10 3 5 5 10 15 12 662 682 619 101 104 112 121 13122 1472 Written Clarifications and Interpretations 3 6 3 94 911 Written Notice Required by CONTRACTOR 71 9109 11 104 112 12 1 b5OWNER 910911 104 112 1314 x� EICOC GENERAL CONDITIONS 1910 8 (1990 EDITION) w/ CITY OF FORT COLLINS MODIFICA ❑ONS (REV 9I99) k 2 n1r o14+r�-Y ��C.�S3 1a�- � KSi�+.crioa �-l'— f10 Z3 l�kM144Cl4r- C1 ',c AI I pt"h Ih ` tlmpc^ pw Erl_ S li- +/�/ry4 �J w (This page left blank intentionally) xn EIODC GENERAL CONDITIONS 1910 8 (1990 EDITION) wi CITY OF FORT COLLINS MODE lCAIIONS (REV 9/99/ GENERAL CONDITIONS ARTICLE 1 DEFINITIONS Wherever used in these General Conditions or in the other Contract Documents the following terms have the meanings mdieited which are applicable to both the singular and plural thereof 1 l Addenda Written or graphic instruments issued Prior to the opening of Bids which clarify correct or change the Bidding Requirements or the Contract Documents 12 Agreement —The written contract between OWNER and CONTRACTOR covermg the Work to be Performed, other Contract Documents are attached to the Agreement and made a Part thereof as provided therein 13 Application for Payment —The form accepted by ENGINEER which its to be used by CONTRACTOR m requesting Progress or final Payments and which is to be accompamed by such supporting documentation as is required by the Contract Documents 14 Asbestos Any material that contains more than one percent asbestos and is friable or is releasing asbestos fibers into the am above current action levels established by the United States Occupational Safety and Health Administration 15 B:d--The offer or proposal of the bidder submitted on the prescribed form setting forth the pnces for the Work to be performed 16 Bidding Docwnents—The advertisement or invitation to Bid Instructions to bidders, the Bid form and the proposed Contract Documents (including all Addenda Issued prior to receipt of Bids) 17 Bidding Requirements- The advertisement or invitation to Bid, instructions to bidders, and the Bid form 18 Bands —Performance and Payment bonds and other instruments of security 19 Change Order —A document recommended by ENGINEER, which is sgned by CONTRACTOR and OWNER and authorizes an addition, deletion or remion in the Work or an adjustment in the Contract price or the Contract Times, issued on or after the Effective Date of the Agreement 110 Contract Documents —The Agreement, Addenda (which pertam to the Contract Documents) CONTRACTORs Bid (including documentation accompanying the Bid and any test Bid dommentaton submitted prior to the Notice of Award) when attached m an exhibit to the Agresmem the Notice to Proceed, the Bonds, these General Conditiorq the Supplementary Conditions, the Specifications and the Drawings as the EICDC GENERAL CONDITIONS 19104 (1990 Ehum) w/ CITY OF PORT COLLINS MODIFICATIONS (REV 4C000) same are more specifically identified in the Agreement, together with all Written Amendments, Change Orders, Work Change Directives, Field Orders and ENGINEERS written Interpretation and clarifications issued pursuant to paragraphs 3 5 3 6 1 and 3 6 3 on or after the Effective Date of the Agreement Shop Drawing submittals approved Pursuant to paragraphs 6 26 and 6 27 and the reports and drawings referred to in Paragraphs 4 2 I and 4 2 2 are not Contract Doeiuoems 111 Contract Pnce—The moneys payable by OWNER to CONTRACTOR for completion of the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents m stated in the Agreement (subject to the provisions of paragraph 119 1 in the case of Unit Price Work) 112 Contract Times —The numbers of days or the dates stated in the Agreement (1) to achieve Substantial Completion, and (n) to complete the Work so that it is ready for final payment as evidenced by ENGINEERS written recommendation of final payment in accordance with paragraph 14 13 1 13 CONRACTOR The person, firm or corporation with whom OWNER has entered mar the Agreement 1 14 defective —An adjective which when modifying the word Work refers to Work that its unsatisfactory faulty OF deficient in that it does not conform to the Contract Documents, or does not meet the requirements of any inspection, reference standard, test or approval referred to in the Contract Documents, or has been damaged pnor to ENGINEERS recommendation of final payment (unless responsibility for the protection thereof has been assumed by OWNER at Substantial Completion in accordance with paragraph 14 8 or 1410) 1 15 Dramngs The drawings which show the scope extent and character of the Work to be famished and performed by CONTRACTOR and which have been Prepared or approved by ENGINEER and are referred to in the Contract Documents Shop drawings are not Drawings as so defined 116 Effective Date of the Agreement —The date indicated in the Agreement on which it becomes effect,, but If no such date is indicated it means the date on which the Agreement is signed and delivered by the last of the two parties to sign and deliver 117 ENGINEER —The person firm or corporation roamed as such in the Agreement 118 ENGINEERS ConSdtaut A person. firm or corporation having a contract with ENGINEER to famish services as ENGINEERS independent professional associate or consultant with respect to the Project and who is identified as such in the Supplementary Conditions 119 Field Order —A written Order issued by ENGINEER which order; minor changes in the Work in accordance with paragraph 9 5 but which does not involve a change in the COmtmct Price or the Contract Times 120 General Requirements —Sections of Division I of the Specifications 121 Hazardous Waste —The tens Hazardous Waste shall have the meaning provided in Section 1004 of the Solid Waste Disposal Act (42 USC Section 6903) as amended from Irma to time 122 a Laws and Regulations Laws or Regulations Any and all applicable laws, rules, regulations, ordinances, codes and orders of any and all governmental bodies, agencies, authorities and courts having jurisdiction 122 b Legal Holidays -shall be those holidays observed b� the City of Fort Collis 123 Liens Liens, charges, security interests or encumbrances upon real property or personal property 124 Milestone A principal event specified in the Lontract Documents relating to an Intennednale completion date or time prior to Substantial Completion of all the Work 1 2i Nonce of Award —A written notice by OWNER to the apparent successful bidder stating that upon comphance by the apparent successful bidder with the conditions precedent enumerated therein, within the time specified OWNER will sign and deliver the Agreement 126 Nonce to Proceed —A written notice given by OWNER to CONTRACTOR (with a copy to ENGINEER) fixing the date on which the Contract Tunes will commence to run and on winch CONTRACTOR shall start to perform CONTRACTORS obligations under the Contract Documents 127 OWNER —The public body or authority corporation, association, firm or person with whom CONTRACTOR has entered into the Agreement and for whom the Work is to be provided 128 Partial Utilization —Use by OWNER of a substantially completed pan of the Work for the purpose tor which it is intended (or a related purpose) poor to Substantial Completion of all the Work 129 PCBs—Polychlonnated bnphenyls 130 Petroleum petroleum including crude oil or any frachon thereof winch is liquid at standard conditions of temperature and pressure (60 degrees Fahrenheit and 147pounds per square inch absolute) such as oil petroleum fuel oil oil sludge oil refuse gasoline kerosene and oil mixed with other non Hazardous Wastes and crude oils 131 Project —The total construction of which the Work to be provided under the Contract Documents may be the whole or a part as indicated elsewhere inthe Contract Documents 1 32a Radioactive Matenal—Source srmal nuclear or byproduct mineral as defined by the Atomic Energy Act of EICDCGENERAL CONDI110N3191o4 (19%Edit,) w/ OI OF FORT OOLLIM MODIFICATIONS (REV 4/2000) 1954 (42USC Section 2011 et sea) as amended from tune to trine 1 32 b Regular Worlang Floury Remila works hours are defined as 7 OOam m 6 00om unless otherwise specified in the General Reguaements 133 Resident Project Representative —The authorized representative of ENGINEER who may be assigned to the site or any part thereof 134 Samples —Physical examples of materials equipment, or workmanship that are representative of some portion of the Work and which establish the standards by which such portion of the Work will be judged 135 Shop Dmx¢ngs All drawings, diagrams illustrations schedules and other data or information which are specifically prepared or assembled by or for CONTRACTOR and submitted by C,ONTRAC,IOR to illustrate some portion of the Work 136 Specifications —Those portions of the Contract Documents consisting of written technical descriptions of materials, equipment construction, systems, standards and workmaltship as applied to the Work and certain administrative details appbcable thereto 137 Subcontractor An individual firm or corporation having a direct contract with CONTRACTOR or with any other Subcontractor for the performance of a part of the Work at the site 138 Substantial Completion The Work (or a specified part thereof) has progressed to the point where in the opiruon of ENGINEER as evidenced by ENGINEERS definitive certificate of Substantial Completion it a sufficiently complete in accordance with the Contract Documents so that the Work (or specified part) can be utilized for the purposes for which it a intended or if no such certificate is issued when the Work is complete and ready for foal payment as evidenced by ENGINEERS written recommendation of final payment in accordance with paragraph 1413 The terms substantially complete and substantially completed as applied to all or pan of the Work refer to Substantial Completion thereof 139 Supplementary Conditions —The Fart of the Contract Documents which amends or supplements these General Conditions 140 Supplier —A manufacturer fabricator supplier distributor matertalman or vendor having a direct contract with CONTRACTOR or with any Subcontractor to furnish materials or equipment to be incorporated in the Work by CONTRACTOR or any Subcontractor 141 Ondergmrnd Facchhes—All pipelines conduits ducts, cables, wires manholes vaults, tanks, tunnels or other such facilities or attachments, and any encasements containing such faL11111ee whlch have been installed underground to furnish any of the following services or materials electricity gases, steam liquid petroleum products, telephone or other cannmunications, cable television, sewage and drainage removal, traffic or other control systems or water 142 Unit Price Work —Work to be paid for on the bans of unit prices 143 Work The entire completed construction or the various separately identifiable parts thereof required to be furnished under the Contract Documents Work includes and is the result of performig or furnishing labor and furmsfung and incorporating materials and equipment into the construction, and performing or fumishuig services and furnishing documents, all as required by the Coatmor Documents 144 Work Change Directive —A written directive to CONTRACTOR, Issued on or after the Effective Date of the Agreement and signed by OWNER and recommended by ENGINEER, ordering an addition, deletion or revision in the Work or responding to differing or unforeseen physical conditions under which the Work is to be performed as provided in parsgmph42 or 43 or to emergencies under paragmph623 A Work Change Directive will not change the Contract Price or the Contract Times but is evidence that the parties expect that the change directed or documented by a Work Change Directive will be incorporated in a subsequently issued Change Order following negotiations by the parties as to its effect, if any on the Contract Price or Contract Tames as provided in paragraph 10 2 145 Written Amendment A written amendment of the Contract Documents, signed by OWNER and CONTRACTOR on or after the Effective Date of the Agreement and normally dealing with the nonengineeruig or nontechracal rather than strictly constriction related aspects of the Contract Documents ARTICLE 2—PRELIMINARY MATTERS Delivery of Bondy 21 When CONTRACTOR delivers the ececuted Agreements to OWNER, CONTRACTOR shall also deliver to OWNER such Bonds as CONTRACTOR may be required to furmsh in accordance with paragraph, 1 Copies ofDoeumenis 22 OWNER shall furnish to CONTRACTOR up to ten copies (unless otherwise specified in the Supplementary Conditi(ns) of the Contract Documents as are reasonably necessary for the execution of the Work Additional copies will be furnished upon request, at the cost of reproduction Commencement ofConinaa Times Nalce to Proceed 3 The Cuntact Tunes will commence to run on the thirtieth day after the Effective Date of the Agreement, or EJCDC GENERAL COM4TIONS 19108 (1990 Edtim) w/ CITY OF PORT COLLINS MODIFICATIONS (REV 42000) if a Notice to Proceed is given an the day indicated in the Notice to Proceed A Notice to Proceed maybe given at any time within thirty days after the Effective Date of the Agreement. in no went will the Castaiet Taii.as 06FIRM0110- la ran lQt8F than dis is a._ _ c-- Starting Starring the Work 24 CONTRACTOR shall start to perform the Work on the date when the Contract Times commence to run, but no Work shall be done at the site prior to the date on which the Contract Times commence to run Before Sainting Consimetron 25 Before undertaking each Ian of the Work CONTRACTOR shall carefully study and compare the Contract Documents and check and verify, pertinent figures shown thereon and all applicable field measurements CONTRACTOR shall promptly report in writing to ENGINEER any conflict, error ambiguity or discrepancy which CONTRACTOR may deserver and shall obtain a written interpretation or clarification from ENGINEER before proceeding with any Work affected thereby however CONTRACTOR shall not be liable to OWNER or ENGINEER for failure to report any conflict error ambiguity a discrepancy in the Contract Documents unless CONTRACTOR knew or reasonably should have known thereof 26 Wilhm ten days after the Effective Date of the Agreement (unless otherwise specified in the General Requirements) CONTRACTOR shall submit to ENGINEER for review 26 1 a preliminary progress schedule indicating the tunes (numbers of days or dates) for starting and completing the various stages of the Work including any Milestones specified in the Contract Documents 262 a preliminary schedule of Shop Drawing and Sample submittals which will list each required submittal and the times for submitting reviewing and processing such submittal 262 1 In no case will a schedule be acceptable which allows Is than 21 calendar days for each review by Engineer 263 A preliminary schedule of values for all of the Work which will include quantities and prices of items aggregating the Contract Price and will subdivide the Work into component parts in sufficient detail to serve as the basis for progress payments during construction Such prices will include an appropriate amount of overhead and profit applicable to each item of Work 27 Before arry Work at the site is started CONTRACTOR and OWNER shall each deliver to the tither OWNER, with copes to ^^ L a...._ in idfflnew _ .L_ c .— __ _- Co-JR,-n ENGINEER, certificates of insurance (and other evidence of insurance rr>�ae6ly--request reouested by OWNER which CONTRACTOR is required to purchase and maintain in accordance with Paragraphs 5 4- 5 6 aad , Preeanstrucnon Conference 28 Within twenty days after the Contract Times start to rein, but before any Work at the site is started a conference attended by CONTRACTOR ENGINEER and others as appropriate will be held to establish a working understanding among the parties as to the Work and to discuss the schedules referred to in paragraph 2 6 procedures for handling Shop Drawings and other submittals processing Applications for payment and mama'" grequiredrecards Initially Acceplable Schedules 29 Unless otherwise provided in the Contract Documents, at lea __ _ _hsfers submission App4iwHen-feFPaymenE before anv work a[ [he site beams a conference attended by CONTRACTOR ENGINEER and others as designated by OWNER will be or held to review bihty to ENGINEER as provided below the schedules submitted in accordance with paragraph 26 and Division I (>e cral Requirements CONTRACTOR shall have an addttioQ ten days to make corrections and adjustments and to complete and resubmit the schedules No progress payment shall be made to CONTRACTOR until the schedules are submtted to and acceptable to ENGINEER as provided below The progress schedule will be acceptable to ENGINEER as providing an orderly progression of the Work to completion within any specified Milestones and the Contract Tunes but such acceptance will neither impose on ENGINEER responvbdty for the sequencing scheduling or progress of the Work net interfere with or relieve CONTRACTOR from CONTRACTORS fiill responsibility therefor CONTRACTORs schedule of Shop Drawing and Sample submissions will be acceptable to ENGINEER as providing a workable arrangement for reviewing and processing the required submittals CONTRACTORS schedule of values will be acceptable to ENGINEER as to form and substance ARTICLE 3—CONTRACT DOCUMENTS INTENT AMENDING REUSE Intent 31 The Contract Documents comprise the entire agreement between OWNER and CONTRACTOR concerting the Work The Contract Documents are complementary what is called for by one is as binding as if called for by all The Contract Documents well be construed in accordance with the law of the place of the Project 32 It is the intent of the Contract Documents to EICDCOENERAL COND7770NS 19104 (19%EMtim) w/ CITY OF FORT COLLINS MODIFICATIONS(REV 42000) describe a functionally complete Project (or part thereof) to be constructed in accordance with the Contract Documems Any Work materials or equipment that may reasonably be inferred from the Contract Documents or from prevailing custom or trade usage as being required to produce the intended result will be furnished and performed whether or not specdically celled for When words or phrases which have a well-known technical or construction industry or trade meaning are used to describe Work materials or equipment such words or phrases shall be interpreted in accordance with that meaning Clarifications and mterpretatiors of the Contract Documents shall be issued by LNGINEER as provided in paragraph 9 4 33 Reference to Siandardr and Specifications of Technical Societies Reporting and Resolving Discrepancies 33 1 Reference to standards, specifications manuals or codes of any technical society organization or association, or to the Laws or Regulations of any govemmentzl authority whether such reference be specific or by unpheation, shall mean the latest standard, specification, manual code or Laws or Regulations in effect at the time of opening of Bids (or on the Effective Date of the Agreement if there were no Bids) except as may be otherwise specifically stated in the Contract Documents 332 If during the performance of the Work CONTRACTOR discovers any conflict error ambiguity or discrepancy within the Contract Documents or between the Contract Documents and any provision of any such Law or Regulation applicable to the performance of the Work or of any such standmd, specification, manual or code a of any instruction of any Supplier referred to in paragraph 6 :1 CONTRACTOR shall report it to ENGINEER in writing at once and, CONTRACTOR shall not proceed with the Wort, affected thereby (except in an emergency as authonzed by paragraph 623) until an amendment or supplement to the Contract Documents has been issued by one of the methods indicated in Paragraph 3 5 or 3 6 provided however that CONTRACTOR shall not be liable to OWNER or ENGINEER for failure to report any such conflict, error ambiguity or discrepancy unless CONTRACTOR knew or reasonably should have known thereof 3 3 3 Fxcept as otherwise specifically stated in the Contract Documents or as may be provided by amendment or supplement thereto issued by one of the methods indicated in paragraph 3 5 or 3 6 the Provisions of the Contract Documents shall take precedence in resolving any conflict, error ambiguity or discrepancy between the provisions of the Contract Documents and 3 3 3 1 the provisions of any such standard, specification manual code or instruction (whether or not specifically incorporated by reference in the Contract Documents) or 3 3 3 2 the provisions of any such Laws or Regulations applicable to the performance of the Work (unless such an interpretation of the Provisions of the Contract Documents would result in violation of such Law or Regulation) No provision of any such standard, spectfication, manual code or instruction shall be effecuve to change the daties and responsibilities of OWNER CONTRACTOR or ENGINEER, or any of their subcontractors, comultants, agents or employees from those set forth in the Contract Documents, nor shall it be effective to assign to OWNER, ENGINEER cr any of ENGINEERS Consultants, agents or employees any duty or authority to supervise or direct the fumishmg or performance of the Work or any duty a authority to undertake responsibility inconststent with the Provisions of paragraph 9 13 or any other provision of the Contract Documents 34 Whenever in the Contract Documents the terms as ordered as directed as required as allowed as approved a terms of like effect or import are used, or the adjectives reasonable suitable acceptable proper or satisfactory a adjectives of like effect or import are used to describe a requirement, direction, review or judgment of ENGINEER as to the Work it is intended that such requirement direction, review or judgment will be solely to evaluate in general, the completed Work for comphance with the requirements of and uSamation m the Contract Documents and conformance with the design concept of the completed Project as a functioning whole as shown or indicated in the Contract Documents (unless there is a specific statement Indicating otherwise) The use of any such term or adjective shall not be effective to assign to ENGINEER any duty Or authority to supervise a direct the furnishing or performance of the Work or rimy duty or authority to undertake responsibility contrary to the Provisions of paragraph 9 13 or any other provision of the Contract Documents Amendingand Supplementing Contend Documents 35 The Contract Documents may be amended to provide for additions, deletions and revisions in the Work or to modify the terms and conditions thereof in one or more of the following ways 35 1 a formal Written Amendment, 35 2 a Change Order (pursuant to paragraph 10 4) or EICDC GENERAL CONDITIONS 19104 (1990 Edam) w/ CITY OF FORT COLLIW MODIFICATIONS(REp 42000) 353 a Work Change Directive (pursuant m paragraph 10 I) 36 In addition, the requirements of the Contract Documents may be supplemented, and minor variations and deviations in the Work may be authonad, in one or more of the followmg ways 3 6 1 A Field Order (pursuant to paragraph 9 5) 362 ENGINEERs approval of a Shop Drawing or Sample (pursuant to paragraphs 6 26 and 6 27) or 363 ENGINEERS written anerpretation or clarification (pursuant to paragraph 9 4) Reuse of Documents 37 CONTRACTOR, and any Subcontractor or Supplier or other person or orgamcation performing or furnishing any of the Work under a direct or rand or ct contract with OWNER (n) shall not have or acquire any title to or ownership rights in any of the Drawings, Specifications or other documents (or copies of any thereof) prepared by or bearing the seal of ENGINEER or ENGINEERS Consultant and (n) shall not reuse any of such Drawings Specifications other documents a copies on extensions of the Project a any other project without written consent of OWNER and ENGINEER and specific written verification or adaptation by ENGINEER ARTICLE 4- AVAILABILITY OF LANDS SUBSURFACE AND PHYSICAL CONDITIONS REFERENCE POINTS 4vadabibry efLandr 41 OWNER shall tunas}, as indicated in the Contract Documents, the lands upon which the Work is to be performed nghtsof way and easements for access thereto and such other lands which are designated for the use of CONTRACTOR OWAIT�� c._ .r_ I am nquyst OWTIER "shall arty encumbrances or restno iom not of general application but specifically related to use of lands so furnished with which CONTRACTOR will have to comply in performing the Work Easemems for Permanent structures or permanent changes in casting facilities will be obtained and paid for by OWNER, unless otherwise provided in the Contract Documents If CONTRACTOR and OWNER are unable to agree on entitlement to or the amount or extent of any adjustments in the Contract Price or the Contract Times as a result of any delay in OWNERs furnishing these lands rights -of way OF easements, CONTRACTOR may make a clans therefor as provided in Articles I and 12 CONTRACTOR shall provide for all additional lands and access thereto that may be required for temporary construction facilities or storage of materials and equipment 42 Subsurface and Physical Conditions 4 2 1 Reports and Drawings Reference is made to the Supplementary Conditions for identification of 42 1 1 Substrface Conduions Those reports of explorations and tests of subsurface conditions at a contiguous to the site that have been ubhzed by ENGINEER m preparing the Contract Documents, and 421 2 Physical Conditions Those drawings of physical conditions in or relating to existing surface or subsurface strictures at or contiguous to the site (except Underground Facilities) that have been utilized by ENGINEER in preparing the Contract Documents 422 Limited Reliance by CONTRACTOR Authorized Technical Data CONTRACTOR may rely upon the general accuracy of the technical data contained in such reports and drawings, but such reports and drawings are not Comma Documents Such technical data is identified in the Supplementary Conditions Except for such reliance on such technical data CONTRACTOR may net rely upon or make any claim against OWNER, ENGINEER or any of ENGINEER s Consultants with respect to 4221 the completeness of such reports and drawings for CONTRACTORS purposes including but not limited to any aspects of the means methods techniques, sequences and procedures of construction to be employed by CONTRACTOR and safety precautions and programs incident thereto or 4222 other data, umerpretattorm opinions and information contamed in such reports or shown or indicated in such drawings, or 4223 any CONTRACTOR interpretation of or conclusion drawn from any technical data or any such data interpretations, opinions or inform ation 4 2 3 Notice of Dzermg Subsurface or Physical Conditions if CONTRACTOR believes that any subsurface a physical condition at or contiguous to the site that is uncovered or revealed either 4 2 3 1 rs of such a nature as to establish that any technical data on which CONTRACTOR m entitled to rely as provided in paragraphs 4 2 1 and 4 2 2 is materially maccurate or 4232 is of such a nature as to require a change in the Contract Documents, or 4233 differs materially from that shown or EICDC GENERAL COND[TI0N319104 (19%Edam) wr CITY OF FORT COLLIAB MODIFICATIONS (REV a2000) indicated in the Comma Documents or 4234 is of an unusual nature and differs materially from conditions ordinarily encountered and generally recognized as inherent in work of the character provided for in the Contract Documents then CONTRACTOR shall prompt!) unmediate after becoming aware thereof and before further disturbing condibons affected thereby or performing any Work in connection therewith (except in an emergency as permitted by pamgraph623) nobly OWNER and ENGINEER in wntmg about such condition CONTRACTOR shall not further disturb such conditions or perform any Work in connection therewith (except as aforesaid) until receipt of written order to do an 424 ENGINEERS Rewew ENGINEER will promptly review the penmen conditions, determine the necessity of OWNERS obtaining additional exploration or tests with respect thereto and advise OWNER in writing (with a copy to CONTRACTOR) of ENGINEERs findings and conclusions 425 Possible Contract Dammumenis Change If ENGINEER concludes that a change in the Contract Documents is required as a result of a condition that meets one or more of the categories in paragraph 4 2 3 a Work Change Directive a a Charge Order will be issued as provided in Article 10 to reflect and document the consequences of such change 426 Possible Price and Tunes Adustments An equitable adjustment in the Contract Price or in the Contract Times, or both, will be allowed to the extent that the existence of such uncovered a revealed condition causes an increase or decrease in CONTRACIORs cost of or time required for performance of the Work subject however to the following 4261 such condition must meet any one or more of fie categories described in paragraphs 4 2 3 l through 4 2 3 4 inclusive 4262 a change in the Contract Documents pursuant to paragraph 4 2 5 will no be an automatic authorization of nor a condition precedent to entitlement to any such adjustment, 4263 with respect to Work that is paid for on a Unit Price Basis any adjustment in Contract Price will be subject to the provisions of paragraphs 9 10 and 11 9 and 4264 CONTRACTOR shall not be enutted n any adjustment in the Contract Price or Times if 42641 CONTRACTOR knew of the existence of such conditions at the nine CONTRACTOR made a final commiment to OWNER in respect of Contract price and Contract Tunes by the submission of a bid or becoming bound under a negotiated contract or 42642 the exstence of such condition could reasonably have been discovered or revealed as a result of any exammation. Investigation, explombon, test or study of the site and contiguous areas required by the Bidi Requirements carContract Documentstobe conducted by or for CONTRACTOR prior to CONTRACTORS making such find commitment or 42643 CONTRACTOR furled to give the written notice within the time and as required by paragraph 4 2 3 If OWNER and CONTRACTOR are unable to agree on entitlement to or as to the amount or length of any such equitable adjustment in the Contract Price or Contract Tunes, a clam may be made therefor as provided in Articles I and 12 However OWNER ENGINEER and ENGINEERS Consultants shall not be liable to CONTRACTOR for any claims, costs, losses or damages sustained by CONTRACTOR on or in connection with any other project or anticipated project 43 Physical Condhons Underground Faahhes 43 I Shown orinnccated The information and data shown or indicated in the Contract Documents with respect to emsting Underground Facilities at or contiguous to the site is based on information and data furnished to OWNER or ENGINEER by the owners of such Underground Facilnies or by others Unless itis otherwise exyressly provided m the Supplementary Conditions 4 3 1 l OWNER and ENGINEER shall not be responsible for the accuracy or completeness of any such information or data and 43 12 The cost of all of the following will be included in the Contract Price and CONTRACTOR shall have full responsibility for (i) reviewing and checking all such information and data (u) locating all Underground Facilities shown or indicated in the Contract DocumentR(un) coordination of the Work with the owners of such Underground Facilities during construction, and (w) the safety and protection of all such Underground Facilities as provided in paragmph 6 20 and repairing any damage thereto resulting from the Work 4 3'I Vot Slio" or Inchcated It an Underground Facility is uncovered or revealed at or contiguous to the site which was not shown or indicated in the Contract Documents, CONTRACTOR shall promptly Immediarelv after becoming aware thereof and before further disturbing conditions affected thereby or performing any Work in connection therewith (except in an emergency as required by paragraph 6 23) idembfv the owner of such Underground Facility and EJCDC GENERAL CONDITIONS I910S (1990 Edit,) wl CITY OF FORT COLLIN9 MODIFICATp Ns(REV 4/20M) give written notice to that owner and to OWNER and ENGINEER ENGINEER will promptly review the Underground Facility and determine the extent If any to which a change is required in the Contract Documents to reflect and document the consequences Of the exstence of the Underground Facility If ENGINEER concludes that a change in the Contract Documents is required a Work Change Directive or a Change Order will be issued as provided in Article 10 to reflect and document such consequences During such time CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for the safety and protection of such Underground Nacdity as provided in paragraph 620 CONTRACTOR shell may be allowed an increase in the Contract Price or an extension of the Contract Tunes, or both, to the extern that they are attributable to the existence of any Underground Facility that was not shown or indicated in the Contract Documents and that CONTRACTOR did not know of and could not reasonably have been expected to be aware of or to have amicipated If OWNER and LONTRACI OR are unable to agree on entitlement to or the amount car length of any such adjustment in Contract Price or Contract Times, CONTRACTOR may make a claim therefor as provided in Articles 1 I and 12 However OWNER ENGINEER and ENGTNEERs Consultants shall not be liable to CONTRACTOR for any clams, costs, losses or damages mounted or sustained by CONTRACTOR on or in connection with any other project or anticipated project Reference Points 44 OWNER shall provide engineering surveys to establish reference points for construction which in ENGINEERs judgment are necessary to enable CONTRACTOR to proceed with the Work CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for laying out the Work, shall protect and preserve the established reference Points and shall make no changes or relocations without the prior written approval of OWNER CONTRACTOR shall report to ENGINEER whenever any reference point is lost or destroyed or requires relocation because of necessary changes in grades or locations, and shall be responsible for the accurate replacement or relocation of such reference points by professionally quahfied Personnel 415 Asbestos PCBs Petroleum Hazardous Waste or Radroaetrve Material 451 OWNER shall t>e responsthle for any Asbestos, PCBs, Petroleum Hazardous Waste or Radioactive Ivfaterial uncovered or revealed at the site which was not shown or indicated in Drawings or Specifications or identified in the Contract Documents to be within the scope of the Work and which may present a substantial danger to persons or property exposed thereto in connection with the Work at the site OWNFR shall not be responsible fir any such materials brought to the site by CONTRACTOR Subcontractors, Suppliers or anyone else for whom CONTRACTOR is responsible ARTICLE S BONDS AM INSURANCE Performance Payment and Other Bonds � 1 CONTRACTOR shall furnish Performance and Payment Bonds, each in an amount at least equal to the Contract Rice as security for the faithful performance and payment of all CONTRACTORS obti aeons under the Contract Documents These Bonds shall remain in effect at least until one year after the date when final payment becomes due except as provided otherwise by Laws or Regulations or by the Contract Documents CONTRACTOR shall also furnish such other Bonds as me required by the Supplementary Conditions All Bonds shall he in the form prescribed by the Contract Documents except as provided otherwise by Laws o Regulations and shall be executed by such suretnes as are named in the current list of Companies Holding Certificates of Authority as Acceptable Sureties on F ederal Bonds and as Acceptable Remaining Companies as published in Cucular 570 (amended) by the Audit Staff Bureau of Government Financial Operations, US Treasury Department All Bonds signed by an agent must be accompanied by a certified copy of such agents authority to act 52 If the surety on any Bond furnished by CONTRACTOR 1s declared a bankrupt or becomes insolvent or its right to do business a terminated many state where any part of the Project is located or it ceases to meet the requirements of paragraph 5 1 CONTRACTOR shall within ten days thereafter substitute another Bond and surety both of which must be acceptable to OWNER 53 Licensed Sureties and Insurers Certificates of Insurance S 3 l All Bonds and insurance required by the Contract Documents to be purchased and mau tainted by OWNER o CONTRACTOR shall be obtained from surety o insurance companies that are duly licensed or authorized in the jurisdiction in which the Project is located to issue Bonds or insurance policies for the limns and coverages so required Such surety and ins mannce companies shall also meet such additional requirements and qualification as may be provided in the Supplementary Conditions 5 3 2 CONTRACTOR shall deliver to OWNER, with copies to each additional insured identified in the Supplementary Conditions, certificates of insurance (and other evidence of insurance requested by OWNER or any other additional insured) which CONTRACTOR is required to purchase and maintain in accordance with paragraph 5 4 9AA44ER -shell EICDC GENERAL CONDITIONS I910-S (1990 ENpm) W C(TY OF FORT COLLINS MODIFICATIONS (REV 42000) CONTRACTOR s Liability Insurance 54 CONTRACTOR shall purchase and maintain such liability and other insurance as is appropriate for the Work being performed and furnished and as will provide protection from clans set forth below which may arise out of or result from CONTRACTORS performance and fiirnishrng of the Work and CONTRACTORS other obligations under the Contract Documents, whether it is to be performed or furnished by CONTRACTOR, any Subcontractor or Suppher or by anyone directly or indirectly employed by any of them to perform a fumrsh any of the Work or by anyone for whose acts any of them may be liable 5 41 clans under workers compensation, disability benefits and other sanilar employee benefit acts � 42 clans for damages because of bodily injury occupational sickness or disease or death of CONTRACTOR s employees 543 clans for damages because of bodily injury sickness or disease or death of any person other than CONTRACTORs employees =— _ other reason; 5 4 5 clans for damages, other than to the Work itself because of injury to or destruction of tangible property wherever located, including loss of use resulting therefrom and 5 46 clans for damages because of bodily injury a death of any person or property damage arising out of the ownerstup marnteliance a use of any motor vehicle The policies of insurance so required by this paragraph 5 4 to be purchased and maintained shall 5 4 7 with respect to insurance required by paragraphs 5 4 3 through 5 4 6 inclusive and 5 4 9 include as additional insureds (subject to any customary exclusion in respect of professional liability) OWNFR ENC INFFR FNCINFFRs Consultants and any other persons or Mines Idemified in the Supplementary Conditions, all of whom shall be listed as additional insureds, and include wverage for the respective officers and employees of all such additional insureds 5 4 8 include the specific coverages and be written for not less than the luaus of liability provided in the Jupplementary Conditions or required by Laws or Regulauons, whichever is greater 5 4 9 include completed operations Insurance E1 CGENERALCOMHUON519105(IMEdinm) w/CITY OF FORT COL M MODIFICATIONS(REV 42WO) 5410 include contractual liability utsumnce covering CONTRACTORS indemnity obligations under paragraphs 6 12 6 16 and 6 31 through 6 33 5 411 contain a provision or endorsement that the coverage afforded will not be cancelled, materially changed or renewal refused until at least thirty days Prior written notice has been given to OWNER and CONTRACTOR and to each other additional insured identified in the Supplementary Conditions to whom a certificate of insurance has been issued (and the certificates of insurance furnished by the CONTRACTOR pursuant to paragraph 5 3 2 will so provide) 5 4 12 remain in effect at least until final payment and at all times thereafter when CONTRACTOR may be correcting, removing a replacing defect" Work in accordance with paragraph 13 12 and 5 413 with respect to completed operations msamince and any insurance coverage written on a clamis-made basis, remam in effect for at least two years after final payment (and CONTRACTOR shall furnish OWNER and each other additional insured identified in the Supplementary Conditions to whom a certificate of insurance has been issued evidence satisfactory to OWNER and any such additional insured of continuation of such insurance at final Payment and one year thereafter) OWNER s Liability Insurance 55 In addition to insurance required to be provided by CONTRACTOR under paragraph 5 4 OWNER, at OWNERs option, may purchase and mmntain at OWNERS expense OWNERS own Lability insurance se; Will protect OWNER against claims which may arise from operations under the Contract Documents Property Insurance